A Wakea Creation Chant.

BY KALEIKUAHULU.[1]

Wakea the son of Kahikoluamea.

Papa even Papahanaumoku the wife.

She brought forth also Kahikiku and Kahikimoe;

She also bore Keapapanuu and Keapapalani,

But her first-born child was the island Hawaii. 5.

The first-born child of them two,

Wakea was, acted the husband.

Papa, Walinuu was the wife.

Papa conceived the island (Hawaii).

In pregnant sickness Mauiloa was an island. 10.

Then were born quiet and restlessness;

The system of Kapus;

A distant place lying in quietness

For Ku, for Lono,

For Kane, together with Kanaloa. 15.

She brought forth with flowing of blood,

Papa was weakened at the birth of the island Kanaloa (Kahoolawe).

It was born beautiful like the birds punua and naia,

It was the child born of Papa.

Papa forsook her husband and returned to Kahiki: 20.

Returned to Kahiki she lived at Kapakapakaua,

Wakea stayed, lived with Kaulawahine,

From them was born Lanaikaula (Lanai).

Who was indeed the first-born of that woman (Kaulawahine).

Wakea sought a new wife and found Hina. 25.

Hina [when] found lived with Wakea.

Hina brought forth the island of Molokai:

Molokainui was the large island of Hina.

Laukaula the plover had told [Papa].

That Wakea was living with another woman. 30.

The chief was on fire; Papa raged with fury—a—

Papa returned from Kahiki,

She stood with jealous rage against the second wife (punalua),

Full of rage towards her husband Wakea.

She lived (moe) with Lua her new husband. 35.

[From them] Oahualua was born,

Oahualua the island child.

A child proceeding born from Lua—a—

She then returned and lived with Wakea.

From her quarrels were internal sensations (iloli), 40.

Then Papa brought forth the island Kauai.

Kamawaelualani was born an island,

Niihau was the after-birth, (eweewe)

Lehua separated them,

Kaula was the youngest, also a low flat island. 45.

From Papa is the extended creation of Lono—o—o

Lono is the lord,

The voice ringing from heaven;

The voice is uttered all nature flees in terror.

Kahai was the trumpet causing storms to flee, 50.

From the descendant, the Kamaluahaku,

Is the consent, the answering, the anointing.

The tatooing black of many shades,

The black, the black,

The darkening frequently the rain of Papa—a— 55.

Papa, Hoohokuhonua (her daughter) [[361]]

Is the chief digging the trenches without smoothness

Then dressing them smoothly,

Are shaved at top to thinness.

Wakea is the head. 60.

Haloa is a grade below,

Wailoa descends from him, from him (Kakaihili),

The young man (Kakaihili) like a high chief (pueo alii).

The steadfast chief (pueo makalulu).

Dwelt swaying this way and that like a kite;

Like the kite of the kapu chiefs 65.

Strike and unite and adhere together,

So Ahukai and Laa.

Laa, Laa, Laamaikahiki was the chief;

Ahukini and Kukona were sons of Laa;

Lauli was also the son of his father Laa, 70.

These were the three sons of Laamaikahiki

The kapu first-born (three at a birth) children of Laa,

All born in one day,

Appeared at once the placenta, the mucous, with the blood.

The blood flowed at the navel, 75.

The royal navel, the points within;

The royal birth-place of chiefs,

The placenta of the chief.

Puaa was a chief the son of Kahuoi,

Kamalea was before Piliwale, 80.

Kamaiki was the son of Lena, the son of Lena.

Kahalolena, Kahalolena the descendant,

Even Kalanimanuia.

Kailikapuamanuia was the king (son of the former),

The dog of a brown hair, striped, 85.

With white cheeks, that is kapu.

That was Kaunuiakanehoalani,

This was Ipuwaiaholani.

The pain fitting the breast and joins the liver

In the small intestine, the small intestine. 90.

In the muscles opening wide the eyes

To draw aside and loosening the knot,

The chiefs assembled together.

Kauakahikuanauakanu

The wife of Iwikauikaua staid [dwelt]; 95.

She lived and obtained also Kaneikauawilani (her son),

Like the high surf breaking roughly,

It breaks double [with double force],

It bends over, it is covered with froth greatly [of chief’s],

The froth broken [in the breaking of the surf] and turned over and over into the deep. 100.

The lower part of the surf meet with the upper part;

Liloa Kaikilani Pakaalana.

Hakau was the regal offspring, the high one,

The place above floating upon the water, Umi,

The proud one, he was the first-born. 105.

To Umi also belonged mischievous haughtiness,

Superb highness, highly exalted,

Exalted was Makakaualii.

A high chief was Kamawaelualanimoku,

The calm place between two winds. 110.

The calm streak of water is Hinakuluimua,

The rise of a race of splendid chiefs,

The bud, the leaf was Kalau,

From him was Kuaiwa the royal garment.

The kapus Kukohana and Kawaluna 115.

Raised on high a flower, raised up high as one can see,

Bowed down with the weight of the kapus;

The hau tree kapu of Manauea,

The little black bills [of the fighting cocks of Mahi]

Rush together, they fight on the top of Hawaii. 120.

The clear whiteness, the fast red,

The fighting [pecking] of cocks of the royal cock-pit

Before the chief Kihanuilulumoku.

The pathway was opened by Lanakalau,

The heart of the tree leaps forth cut by the large heavy adze; 125.

The striking, striking [clicking] of the adze the tree lies in the water.

Iwikauikaua the descendant.

That [he] is the pali point of the smooth pali,

The steep pali is the road, (i.e., there is no road). [[362]]

The strong ladder that shall not be broken, 130.

Not by this chief shall [he] it be broken.

Kahului is a conch shell, the chief is a fence around the island.

A high one, a high one is the chief Keakealani indeed,

Kanaloa is another high chief,

So are Keawe and Kalanikauleleiaiwi. 135.

Collected [united] of one color are hams of the chiefs.

The flesh (one colored hams meet in royal fat,) unites in the chiefs remnant,

Kalaninuiiamamao, Kalaninuiieaumoku,

Kekuiamamao the seven-fold sacred (kapu);

Eight times by the kapu, the kapu of the chief, 140.

The first-born chief of the thunder.

When the strong thunder sounds,

The chief, the King Kauhilonohonua,

The lightning smote the Hinamahuia,

The smooth pebbles for redness in the center of an oven 145.

When the stones are thrown open, the steam, the strong heat;

When the little stones are red hot from the burning fire,

The burning stones, the oven stones on fire,

The small stones thrown out being red hot,

Kalolapupukaohonokawailani, 150.

Kalanikekumaieiwakamoku,

Kalanikupuapaikalaninui,

They three were united, united at one place;

The chiefs were united at the royal baking oven,

Anointed with the fat, with the fat (wai) of men; 155.

The chiefs united were mixed together like pia ground with water;

Ground up mixed till ropy, mixed till ropy;

The chiefs mix like the long sea shell makaloloaulani (with many convolutions),

The shell makaliliko.

The shell called the likoliko so is the chief; 160.

They had one appearance, that of chiefs,

Four, five to one chief for them.

The charge is, be still, ’twas death to make a noise.

The heavens were awed, the island was silent,

Hawaii was under a kapu, he is the chief by acclamation; 165.

A rigid kapu, it shoots up and spreads abroad extensively.

The fine roots run deep, it is examined by Lono.

My yellow grass is Maheha.

The man indeed blackens the water, Kawelo himself.

The floater which causes Wailua to float, 170.

Yea truly Wailua is a house,

A long house for Kawelo;

A room set apart, (kapu) sacred as a place for births;

A chief having the side fins of a fish

With sharp prickles set upon the scales upon the tail, 175.

It is under kapu, the pit (mokilaula) for Kawelo,

A child born indeed from the eight

Certain blossoms [chiefs] of royal birth, unlike others;

Blossoms renowned called Kanikawi.

Above on the leaf called Laumalahea, 180.

The forbidden branch called Ulumeheikona;

Ulumeheikona—e—

Like a strong Kona wind is the internal love,

It now strikes violently within the bosom

Exciting like cold water the crown of the head: 185.

Like water from the mountain—le—

These (o ke aloha) are the burdens [loads] perhaps that belong to living [life],

If borne away there will be disappointment [shame],

Gratuitously giving much so great will the reproach be;

Giving on throughout the day 190.

That is the reward, your inheriting the pain,

It is a pain of your own making.

He who vilely slanders another, he is the wrong doer.

That which goes proudly and wickedly forth indeed is the wind, [[363]]

He shall never perhaps see [enjoy] a calm. 195.

A fine rain, it forsakes indeed the cold wind from the mountains—

The cold wind, it breathes steam from the mouth on Hainoa;

It brings and sets up the standing cloud,

Causing to sneeze [to breathe again belongs to some winds];

Some go forth, some return from the sea as the south wind (lau eka); 200.

A gentle breeze, a fish ripple within;

It is broken up into waves, broken into steps,

It is doubled along Kona (Hawaii) itself,—i—e.


[1] Kaleikuahulu was a person of ingenuity. He was a chief, a priest, a diviner, a counselor, the king’s genealogist, and a renowned poet who composed many songs. He was a grandson of Keawe, King of Hawaii, and the son of Kumukoa, King of Molokai. He was born at Kainalu on Molokai in the year 1725, when Kalanikuihonoikamoku was King of Maui, and Kanealii his grandmother was chiefess of Molokai. He lived for some time on Oahu and on Kauai, when Kaiana and Namakeha lived with Kamehameha on Hawaii. Kaleikuahulu also lived on Hawaii with Kamehameha, who appointed certain of his chiefs to learn from Kaleikuahulu the genealogy of kings.

Unfortunately the original Hawaiian of the chant was not among the papers of Judge L. Andrews which enrich this collection, nor has a copy been found. The version in Vol. IV of these Memoirs, pp. 13–17, credited to Pakui, resembles it in part. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Born Was the Island Born was the island— It budded, it leafed, it grew, it was green, The island blossomed on tip, ’twas Hawaii This Hawaii was an island. Unstable was the land, tremulous was Hawaii, Waving freely in the air: Waved the earth. From Akea ’twas fastened together Quiet by the roots was the island and the land, It was fast in the air by the right hand of Akea Fast was Hawaii, by itself— Hawaii appeared an island. Ua Hanau ka Moku Ua hanau ka moku A kupu, a lau, a loa, a ao, a muo Ka moku iluna o Hawaii. O Hawaii nei no ka moku He pulewa ka aina, he naka Hawaii E lewa wale ana no i ka lani, Lewa honua Mai i Akea ua pahono ia Malie i ke aa o ka moku me ka honua Paa ia i ka lawaealani i ka lima akau o Akea Paa Hawaii la a laa Hawaii la i ikea he moku.

[[Contents]]

Old Creation Chant. (INCOMPLETE) O Kane, O Ku-ka-Pao, With great Lono, dwelling on the water, Brought forth are heaven and earth. Quickened, increasing, moving, Raised up into Continents. 5. The great ocean of Kane, The ocean with the dotted seas, The ocean with the large fishes, And the small fishes, The sharks, and niuhi, 10. The whales, And the large hihimanu of Kane. [[364]] The rows of stars of Kane, The stars in the firmament, The stars that have been fastened up, 15. Fast, fast, on the surface of the heaven of Kane, And the wandering stars, The sacred stars of Kane; The moving stars of Kane. Innumerable are the stars. 20. The large stars, The small stars, The red stars of Kane, O infinite space! The great moon of Kane, The great sun of Kane, 25. Moving, floating, Set moving about in the great space of Kane. The great earth of Kane, The rain-encircled earth of Kane, The earth that Kane set in motion. 30. Moving are the stars, moving is the moon, Moving is the great earth of Kane. [[363]] He Mele Koihonua. (APANA) O Kane, o Ku-ka-Pao. Me Lono-Nui-noho-i-ka-Wai. Loaa ka Lani, Honua. Ho-eu, kukupu, inana. Ku iluna o ka moku. 5. O ka Moana nui a Kane. O ka Moana i kai oo. O ka Moana i ka ia nui, I ka ia iki, I ka mano, i ka niuhi, 10. I ke kohola, I ka ia nui hihimanu a Kane. [[364]] O na lalani hoku a Kane. O na hoku i ka nuu paa. O na hoku i kakia ia 15. I paa, i paa i ka ili lani a Kane. O na hoku i Kahakahakea. O na hoku kapu a Kane. O na hoku lewa a Kane. O kini, o ka lau, o ka mano o ka hoku. 20. O ka hoku nui, O ka hoku iki, O na hoku ula a Kane, he lewa.— O ka mahina nui a Kane. O ka La nui a Kane. 25. I hoolewa, a lewa. I hoolewaia i ka lewa nui a Kane. O ka Honua nui a Kane. O ka Honua i kapakapaua a Kane. O ka Honua a Kane i hoolewa. 30. O lewa ka hoku, o lewa ka malama, O lewa ka Honua nei a Kane.

[[Contents]]

Primary Gods and Creations. Kane of the great night, Ku and Lono of the great night, Hika-po-loa the king. The sacred night that is set apart, The poisonous night, 5. The barren, desolate night, The continual darkness of midnight, The night, the reviler. O Kane, O Ku-ka-pao, And great Lono dwelling on the water, 10. Brought forth are heaven [and] earth, Quickened, increased, moving, Raised up into Continents. Kane, Lord of night, Lord the father, Ku-ka-pao, in the hot heavens, 15. Great Lono with the flashing eyes, Lightning-like lights has the Lord, Established in truth, O Kane, master-worker. [[365]] The Lord creator of mankind: Start, work, bring forth the chief, Ku-honua 20. And Ola-ku-honua, the woman; Dwelling together are they two, Dwelling [is she] with the husband, the brother. The chief Ku-honua [was] the husband, Ola-ku-honua the wife, 25. Kumu-honua the husband, Lalo-honua the wife, Honua-ula the husband, Lalo-honua-ula the wife, The Lepo-ahulu the husband, 30. The Lalo-lepo-ahulu the wife, The Iu-honua the husband, The Lalo-io-honua the wife, Ku-hele-loa the husband, Kolo-i-ke-ao the wife, 35. Kumuhonua of Kane the husband, Lalo Kumuhonua of Kane the wife, Hooulu the husband, Hoolaha the wife extended. The kiohala flower rises in the calm, 40. The Ilioha mischief-maker stands on the land He has caught the chief Ku-honua, [And] Polo-haina the wife, The sacred chiefs of Kane. Polo-haina the wife, 45. Uulia-wale the husband, Laa’i the wife, Laa-hee-wale the husband, Laa-make the wife, Laa-uli the husband, 50. Kanikau the wife, Kani-kuo the husband, Noho-u the wife, Noho-mihi the husband, Hukiku the wife, 55. Piliwale the husband, They became impoverished. [[364]] Na Akua Mua me Koihonua. Kane-i-ka-po-loa, Ku a me Lono-i-ka-po-loa, O Hika-po-loa ke ’lii. Ka po kapu i hoana e, O ai-au ka po, 5. O kekaha ka po anoano, O mau kulu ka po-eleele, Ka po ke haiamu. O Kane, o Ku-ka-pao, Me Lono nui noho o ka wai 10. Loaa ka lani, honua, Ho-eu, kukupu, inana, Ku iluna o ka moku. Kane po Lani, o Lani makua, O Ku o ka pao i kikilani, 15. O Lono nui-maka-oaka, Huila, malamalama, loaa ka Lani, Hooia, i oia o Kane-kumu hana. [[365]] O ka Lani-hookanaka. Hoi, hana, loaa ke ’Lii-ku-honua. 20. O ke Ola-ku-honua, ka wahine, Nonoho iho no laua, I hoi noho i ke kane kaikunane. O ke Lii-ku-honua, ke kane, O ke Ola-ku-honua, ka wahine, 25. O Kumu-honua, ke kane, O Lalo-honua, ka wahine, O Honua-ula, ke kane, O Lalo-honua-ula, ka wahine, O ka Lepo-ahulu, ke kane, 30. O ka Lalo-lepo-ahulu, ka wahine, O ka Iu-honua, ke kane, O ka Lalo-iu-honua, ka wahine, O Ku-hele-loa, ke kane, O Kolo-i-ke-ao, ka wahine, 35. O Kumuhonua a Kane, kane, O Lalo-Kumuhonua a Kane, ka wahine, O Hooulu, ke kane, O Hoolaha, ka wahine laha la. Ka pua kiohala, ku i ka lai, 40. Ka Ilioha kupu ino, ku iluna o ka moku, Loaa na Lii ku-honua O Polo-haina, ka wahine-la-e He mau alii kapu na Kane-e, O Polo-haina, ka wahine, 45. O Ulia-wale, ke kane, O Laa’i, ka wahine, O Laa-hee-wale, ke kane, O Laa-make, ka wahine, O Laa-uli, ke kane, 50. O Kanikau, ka wahine, O Kani-kuo, ke kane, O Noho-u, ka wahine, O Noho-mihi, ke kane, O Hukiku, ka wahine, 55. O Piliwale ke kane-la-e, Pili wale laua-la-e. [[366]]

[[Contents]]

The Fall of Kumuhonua and His Wife.

O Kane-Laa-uli, uli, uli,

Dead by the feast, feast, feast,

Dead by the oath, by the law, law, law,

Truly, thus indeed dead, dead, dead.

O vanish the stars! 5.

O vanish the light!

In company

With the moon, moon, moon,

And cursed be my hand,

Cut off be my course! 10.

O Kane-Laa-uli, uli, uli,

O Kane-Laa-huli, huli, huli,

O Kane-Laa-make, make, make,

Dead are you, you, you,

By Kane thy god, god, god, 15.

Dead by the law, law, law,

Truly, thus indeed dead, dead, dead,

O Kane-Laa-uli, uli, uli,

O Kane disbelieving the gods, gods, gods,

O Kane [returned] to the muddy waters. 20.

[[366]]

O Kane Laa-uli-uli-uli,

I make i ahaina ina-ina,

I make, i hoohiki i kanawai-wai-wai,

Oia nae no ke make, make-make!

O hele ka hoku, 5.

O hele ka malama,

Ka kakai pu ae no

Me ka mahina-hina-hina,

A laa kuu lima la

Kaapahu kuu hele e! 10.

E Kane-Laa-uli, uli, uli,

E Kane-Laa-huli, huli, huli,

E Kane-Laa-make, make, make,

O make oe, oe, oe,

Ia Kane kou akua, kua, kua, 15.

I make, kanawai, wai, wai,

Oia nae no ke make, make, make,

O Kane-Laa-uli, uli, uli,

O Kane aaia, ia, ia,

O Kane i ka wai lepo, lepo. 20.

[[Contents]]

The Flood.

Here is the food, O God,

O Kahuli, O Kahela,

O the woman sleeping face upwards,

O Moe of Hanuna,

O Milikaa, 5.

O the Lepo-ahulu,

O Pahu Kini, O Pahu Lau,

O Kulana of Pahu,

O Ola the large fruit,

O Kapapai of Laka, 10.

O Manuu the mischievous,

O the great supporter, awaken the world.

Awake!

[[367]]

Awake, here is the rain,

Here is the day, 15.

Here the mists driving inland,

Here the mists driving seaward,

[The] swelling sea, rising sea,

[The] adjoining sea of Iku.

Lo! it has encircled [us]. 20.

O the foaming sea,

O the rising billows, O the falling billows,

O the overwhelming billows

In Kahiki.

Salvation comes 25.

For this death by you, O Lono.

An altar for you, O Lono,

O Lono of the night,

O Lono of the thunder,

O Lono of the lightning, 30.

O Lono of the heavy rain,

O Lono of the terrible, divine face.

O Lono, O Lono with restless eyes,

Ah, fly to the northern sea,

Ah, fly to the southern sea; 35.

To the eastern sea,

To the dark shore, to the white shore,

To the dark moon, to the clear moon,

O Pipipi, O Unauna,

O Alealea, O glide away; 40.

O Naka, Kualakai,

O Kama, O shell-fish clinging to the cliffs,

O Ku, altar head,

Scattering the hair.

O the chief’s covered canoe of the island 45.

Where were deposited the words of Pii,

O Kama of Poepoe, the woman of the water-bowl.

[[366]]

Kai-a-kahinalii.[1]

Ei ka ai, e ka Akua,

E Kahuli, E Kahela,

E ka wahine moe iluna ke alo.

O Moe a Hanuna

O Milikaa, 5.

O ka Lepo-ahulu,

O Pahu Kini, O Pahu Lau,

O Kulana a Pahu,

O Ola ka Hua nui,

O Kapapai a Laka, 10.

O Manuu ke Eu,

O ka paepae nui ala i ka moku la e.

E Ala!

[[367]]

E Ala e ka ua,

E ka la, 15.

E ka ohu-kolo i uka,

E ka ohu-kolo i kai,

Kai nuu, Kai ee,

Kai pipili a Iku,

La! e, ua puni! 20.

O Huahua kai

O ka ale i, o ka ale moe,

O ka ale hakoikoi,

I Kahiki

A hiki a ola 25.

No nei make ia oe la e Lono.

E kaukau nou e Lono,

E Lono i ka Po,

E Lono i ka Hekili,

E Lono i ka Uwila, 30.

E Lono i ka ua loko,

E Lono i ka oili maka Akua nei la.

E Lono, E Lono, makahia-lele,

A lele oe i ke kai uli

A lele oe i kai kona 35.

I kai koolau

I One-uli, i One-kea,

I mahina-uli, i mahina kea.

O Pipipi, O Unauna,

O Alealea, O hee, 40.

O Naka, Kualakai,

O Kama, O Opihi kau pali

O Ku lele poo,

O helelei ke oho.

O Waa-Halau-Alii, ka moku, 45.

Kahi i waiho ai na hua olelo a Pii,

O Kama, a Poepoe, ka wahine i ka ipuwai. Etc., etc.

[[368]]


[1] The balance of this mele I have not been able to obtain. It is said to go on to thetime of Keaniniulaokalani.—Editor. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Fallen is the Chief.

A Prophecy of the Overthrow of the Kingdom by Kamehameha.[1]

Haui ka Lani.

He wanana no ka make ana o na aina ia Kamehameha.

By Keaulumoku.

Na Keaulumoku.

Canto I.Pauku I.

Fallen is the chief, overthrown is the whole kingdom,

Haui ka lani,[1] ka mauli[2] au[3] honua,

Gasping in death, deserted, forsaken in flight,

He mauli hau[4] lani, malolo[5] auhee—

An universal overthrow is this;

He malolo auhee hulimoku[6] keia;

A hard panting this for the speedy flight.

He ana[7] hanui keia no ke auhee la!

Numberless the cases, for the flight is everywhere. 5.

He manomano[8] no ke auhee huli moku, 5.

The nights declare the slaughter.

Ke hai mai nei ka po[9] i ka hee,

There was extended my night of death—

Ua ka[10] ilaila kuu po[11] auhee—

My real night, dark, seeing nothing,

Kuu po maoli;[12] makole, ka ala,

Falling in the smooth road, on the sand.[[369]]

Hina wale[13] i ke ala kapapa, ke one; [[369]]

The kingly power along with the land 10.

Ke au[14] me ka honua, 10.

Are passed away, here they are with the chief.

Ua lilo,[15] eia la ia ka lani,[16]

The personal dignity of chiefs their glory, is gone,

Ua hele[17] kino alii, ka hanohano,

The multitude also with them in high places,

O ke kini hoi[18] i kahi kiekie,

There they are now in humble places,

Aia hoi i kahi haahaa;[19]

They are shaken, they are scattered asunder, are destitute, dead; 15.

Ua luia,[20] ua helelei, ua hune, ua make, 15.

Wantonly slain with their harmless women.

Ua pepehi wale ia kana wahine,[21]

There stand two signs of great slaughter;

Ke ku la na kii[22] elua i ka paupau make,

The house of death for them there,—the house of safety for him here,

Ka hale make[23] ia lakou, ka hale ola ia ia nei:

There is triumph for him here,—there is destruction for them there,

Ka lanakila[24] ia ia nei, ke auhee ia lakou.

The people of that land are conquered, their chief is dead, 20.

Ua hee kela aina[25] he alii make, 20.

Hoku has the care of the land,

He malama aina i o Hoku,[26]

The mountain tops are bare of verdure,

Ua omea[27] ia ke kuahiwi

Burnt by the hot whirlwinds of heaven they stand;

Ku kamaehu[28] owela[29] uluwela ka lani.

Withering has struck them, the polluted scent rises to heaven;

Ua kamae,[30] ke ku nei ka maea lani,

The polluted scent of night contends with the great heat of day, 25.[[370]]

Hakoko[31] maea ka po hahana koehana ke ao, 25. [[370]]

The strong scent rises on high, the mountain tops are hot;

Ua maea[32] lani, wela ke kuahiwi,

The mountains are covered with pointed clouds and stormy winds.

Ua kaiopua[33] kaiawe[34] na mauna,

The spirit of the land is fled;

Ua lele ka hoaka[35] o ka aina,

The soul of the island is flown upward.

Ka uhane[36] o ka moku eia iluna,

The pebbles of Palila have appeared, 30.

Ua ikea[37] na iliili a Palila.[38] 30.

The glory of the land is thrown into a place of death:—Kau is dead!

Ua hoolei[39] ia i kahi make,—Kau make la,

Kau is slain by these conquering forces.

Make[40] Kau e lakou nei,

The souls of the land approach, weak and staggering,

Ke newa mai nei[41] ka uhane,

Even the enlarged ghosts of the land.

Ka uhane kinowailua[42] o ka aina,

The enlarged ghosts of the three [lands] of Kau, of Puna, of Hilo. 35.

Ke kinowailua o na kolu[43] o Kau, o Puna, o Hilo. 35.

Not lately did they flee, long ago they fled conquered by the chief,

E oe kala[44] i hee ai, he luahi kahiko, na ka lani,

Then was finished the offering of the sacrifice by Ku.

Ua noa i ka hai ia e Ku.[45]

The souls of the slaughtered are crowded together—they are dead;

Ua laumiloia[46] na uhane, ua make,

They have flown to the pit,—there, where there is no repentance.

Ua lele i ka lua pau[47] aia i ka lua mihi ole.[48]

[[371]]

[[371]]

Canto II.[2]Pauku II.

Alas for them, now grieving in sadness! 40.

Nani[49] lakou e mimimihi[50] nei, 40.

On all sides they grieve their loss;

Ua mihi[51] aku ua mihi mai,

They sit constant with heads bowed down;

Ua haakulou[52] wale ka noho ana,

They sit with hands beneath their chins;

Ua kalele[53] na lima i ka auwae,

They feed upon their grief and their sadness;

Ua ai[54] i ke ana i ke kenaa,

They eat men as sweet food; the thought of flight is their constant meat 45.

Inai[55] i ka ia o kanaka, o ka ia mau no ka hee; 45.

The fire of death is kindled among them,—O thou Kalanimakua!

Ua hoaa[56] ia no ka make, e Kalanimakua e.

Puna is dead! Puna is dead! Puna is thrice dead!!

Make Puna[57] e! make Puna!! makemake Puna!!!

They live in dying sighs, they gasp for breath;

Ua na[58] ka noho ana, ke kaili nei ka nae,

They catch their breath as in hiccough—the hiccough ends the breathing;

Ua kaahiki mauliawa,[59] ua kona mauliawa ke ea,

The breath and breathing are gone, the spirit has fled. 50.

Ua lilo[60] ke ea me ka hanu, ua haalele loa ke aho: 50.

They have forsaken the place of the sun—the place of warmth;

Haalele lakou[61] i na la, i kahi mehana,

They have gone to darkness, to the place of cold;

Lilo lakou i ka po i kahi anu;

They have leaped into darkness, the place of shivering,

Kaa[62] i ka hakapo i kahi koekoe,

The sun is departed, the warmth is changed with desolation.[[372]]

Lilo ka la, ka mehana ia mehameha,[63][[372]]

The light of day is passed to the parent chief and his people; 55.

Lilo ke ao[64] ia Kalanimakua ma; 55.

One only parent now rules over the island.

Noho hookahi[65] makua i luna o ka moku;

Let the chief live to extreme old age;

Kau i ka puaneane[66] ola ke alii,

Let the chief live till his spirit dies;

Ola ka lani i kona haili make,[67]

Till the signs of his death shall pass from the land;

I ka haili make o kona aina,

Till the sign of death shall pass from his district of Hilo. 60.

I ka haili[68] make o kona moku o Hilo; 60.

Hilo is in a state of dying;—even Waiakea;

He ano make[69] o Hilo—Waiakea;

Hilo is thrown down the precipice of death;

Lumia[70] Hilo i kaulu o ka make,

Hilo has a deathly flight;—Hilo in dying, is twisted as a rope;

Lele[71] make Hilo, hilo ka make ana o Hilo,

The mountain part of Hilo is dead, this part wails for death;

Make Hilopaliku,[72] ke uwe mai o Hilo nei make,

Even now dead;—Hilo is really dead,—has disappeared in thick darkness. 65.

Aia make-a[73]-make loa Hilo, nalo i ka polioia. 65.

Canto III.Pauku III.

The divisions of Hawaii are lost,—gone to the chief.

Make na moku[74] ia ka lani,

Small now indeed is Hawaii, grasped in the hollow of the hand;

Uuku[75] wale no Hawaii i lomia i ka poho o ka lima,

He is holding it fast, fluttering in his right hand.

Kapauu[76] ana i ka akau;

Thou shalt soon see the shadow of one seizing land,[[373]]

E ike[77] oe auanei i ke Akamahaoaina,[78][[373]]

The son of Kupuapa, Kalanikupuapaikalani, 70.

I ke kama[79] a ke Kupu—apa,—Kalanikupuapai kalani, 70.

The child who did the work of a chief, struggling he gained the island.

I ke keiki[80] hana a ka lani, i ka hakoko ae moku,

He marched boldly within the lines, Papa entered where there was a left handed fight;

I ke kaina[81] o ka luahine komo Papa[82] ke kui hema,

He reigned in the land as with a strong arm,

Ke kipu[83] ka aina ka lima aiwaiwa,[84]

Even the Chief Aneheaulaweaina,

O ka lani o Aneheaulaweaina,[85]

The right hand of the sweeper of the land. 75.

Ka lima akau[86] o Alapauilamoku; 75.

There are the double tusks of Hinamoe;

Ilaila ka oikepa[87] lua o Hinamoe,[88]

Where he dwelt, there death lay;

O kahi ia,[89] o ka make i waiho ai,

His going forth was firm without weakness.

O ka hele ainewanewa[90] ole ia:

The chief takes hold, the work is done.

Lalau ka lani[91] la, moa

He bends his back,—they are thrown into a place of filth; 80.

Opaha[92] kua i olomehani. 80.

They thrust each other on all sides, with broken bones they chase each other; theygroan within.

Hookui[93] a puni, haihai hahai moloku moloalo.

The strength of the island is broken, the bones of the land creak;

Haka iwi[94] o ka aina, manunu ka iwi o ka honua—

Broken, they creak like a falling precipice.

Uina[95] me he pali hiolo la.

The enemy wheezes, he doubles up with pain, the air is hot around him;[[374]]

Ua hano,[96] ua kekee, kaka ka lani,[[374]]

Sideways in the air it falls irregularly, it moves unevenly. 85.

Kaka ka lewa[97] haule, lele walawala, 85.

The kingdom has become the toe-nail of the island.

Ke aupio[98] ka manea[99] o ka moku;

The chin there it is above, the top of the head, there it is below,

Ka auae[100] aia iluna, o ke poo, aia ilalo

Swinging back and forth.

Hoolewalewa ia,[101]

Hawaii is a swing, it is like a rope that draws the swing;

Ka koali[102] Hawaii me he kaula ka pinao la.

By the pendulum swung by thee, O chief, by this chief is the overthrow. 90.

I ke kaiewe[103] e ka lani, na ka lani nei auhee, 90.

He looked this way and that in fear in the jungle

Ua makaio[104] i ka nahele;

While the slaughter raged, not sparing any.

Ke makawi[105] ka luku ana,

They rushed as a rushing stream,

Ua mio[106] aku la mehe wai la—

Like the smoking oven of the volcano

Me he umu puhi[107] la na Pele,

When the rising steam ascends to heaven; 95.

Ke ku o ke ’hu[108] i ka lani; 95.

As the constant restlessness of the high surf

Me he lumanawahine[109] kaikoo—e—a—

When the soft coral and the hard are thrown together on the beach;

Ku ka puna[110] ke koa i uka,

So is thrown together the refuse of the island.

Ua limua[111] opala ka moku.

Canto IV.Pauku IV.

The whole land belongs to the chief,

No ka lani[112] ka moku, ka honua,

The chief holds the inland and the ocean; 100.[[375]]

Ka uka,[113] ka moana no ka lani; 100.[[375]]

For him is the night, for him the day,

Nona ka po, nona ke ao,

For him are the seasons, the winter, the summer,

A, nona ke kau, ka hooilo, ka makalii,[114]

The months, the seven stars of heaven now present.

Ka malama,[115] ka huihui hoku lani e kau nei.

All valuable property, above and below,

Ke kapolapilau[116] oluna olalo;

The chief holds all fixed property; 105.

No ke alii ka ukana kikoola;[117] 105.

All property that floats ashore, all fowls that light upon the land,

O ka haopae,[118] o ka manu pae i ka honua,

The thick-shelled broad backed turtle, the dead whales cut up,

O ka ea[119] makaulii mo ka palaoa,

And the annually appearing uhu.

Ka uhu[120] kai o ka makahiki.

Let the chief live the highest! let him ever live a chief!

Niaupio[121] ka lani, ke kupa ai au,[122]

Let him be borne along with honor among the short gods and the long gods, 110.

Kaa niau[123] ka lana, ke ’kuapoko, ke ’kualoa; 110.

Let him go forth fearlessly, the chief in possession of the island.

Holo kapapa,[124] a he aliiaimoku o ka lani;

Get up a dance, dance upon the dance-ground;

Ku ka hula,[125] haa ka papa haa,

Let the dancers rise and fall in ranks throughout the islands,

Ulu papa[126] mahimahi na moku,

As in going up and down along the tiresome road through Hilo,

I ka pii,[127] i kana pii, pii ke ala o ana Hilo,

And passing on from ridge to ridge. 115.

I kana lapa[128] i kana lapa. 115.

Spoiled meat are Kau and Puna.[[376]]

Io alaulau Kau me Puna;[129][[376]]

They early peck each other as broods of fowls;

Ai koke[130] no i na io o hanamoa,

They early peck each other back and forth.

Ke kiko koke, ke kiko aku, ke kiko mai.

Wonderfully they act! how shamefully they behave!

Nani wale lakou[131] e hoohohoka mai nei.

Shame is their pleasure, how great their disappointment! 120.

Lea ka hoka[132] i ka nui o ke ahuawa; 120.

Alas for them; they are greatly disappointed.

Aloha ino[133] lakou e hoka mai nei;

Much less shame to the crown had he fled to Kailua in Kona.

E hapa ka hoka[134] i kalei e hala i Kona, i Kailua la—

There would be a less shame in that, but this shame exceeds the others;

Eia ka hokahoka[135] iho alaela, he kela keia no ka hoka

They exceed in badness, deafness arises with one accord.

He aiwaiwa nei,[136] he aa pii lokahi,

There was entire stubbornness, windy Kau was deaf at Keaa. 125.

Aia ke aa[137] wale la no, aa Kau, makani i Keaa, 125.

Treacherous is Puna at Leleapiki as seen at Nanawale.

Apiki Puna[138] i Leleapiki ke nana la i Nanawale,

Hilo is making mischief at the sand of Kalalau.

Lalau wale ana o Hilo one[139] i Kalalau,

She is rendered powerless, Hilopaliku is bound with hands behind.

Ua oki i opeana,[140] opea iho la Hilopaliku,[141]

She stands ashamed, she wanders a vagabond in the mountains;

Ku wale[142] ana i ka hoka, kueo wale ana i ka mauna,

In the uplands of Laa, in Paoole. 130.

I ka uka o Laa[143] i Paoole. 130.

Unsettled, the people only stay, liable to be driven off;[[377]]

Aole kohukohu[144] ka moe wale ko ka aina makee wale,—e—[[377]]

Their bodies carried off, the land is useless;

Kai na kino,[145] ka aina lapa wale,

Cut up in patches, the people live by sufferance.

Ka hoomoku hoomoku[146] wale iho no.

Canto V.Pauku V.

This has grown into an island sacrifice by the chief,

He ulu alanamoku[147] keia e ka lani,

O Malelekuala, O Pokikaina, O Kahuaole, O Naka, 135.

E Malelekuala, e Pokikaina, e Kahuaole, e Naka;[148] 135.

O Kakae, son of Kahekili, the offering prayer is now made.

E Kakae,[149] a Kahekili ke kani mai nei ka alana,

The sacrifice is proclaimed aloud to the one father:

Ke oho[150] alana makuakahi,—

The fresh honors of his kingdom

Ka hulu kupu[151] o kona au.

Are drawn along before him as a dead body slain in battle;

Ke kokoia[152] mai nei me he heana la;

They are dragged hither, the districts are drawn with ropes. 140.

Ke kauo ia mai nei,[153] ke koloa mai nei ka moku, 140.

Who is this person, O chief, now to be offered in sacrifice?

Owai la ke kanaka,[154] e ka lani, e alana mai nei?

Let the multitude shout aloud. We, we two here, men of Kukapalani,

O hooleia ae,[155] o maua o maua nei o Kukapalani,

From above is the man to be sacrificed.

No luna ke kanaka[156] e alana mai nei,

What sacrifice is this? A sacrifice of the Island.

He alana aha la keia? He alana moku.

The chief has a royal robe, the swelling bud of a chief is his child. 145.

He hulu alii[157] ko ke alii, he liko alii kama— ke— 145.

The prayer by night and by day belongs to the priest declaring ancient times.[[378]]

Ka haipo me ka haiao,[158] ko ke kahuna hai kupua;[159][[378]]

It belongs to the god to reveal the long past, it is for the people to sustain theland everywhere.

Ko ka akua-haiamio,[160] ko ka aina o makia ahuli-honua.

The chief offered a sacrifice, the island was free from war.

Hai ka lani[161] la noa ka moku.

The chief offered Puna in sacrifice, of a small part of Kapueokahi.

Hai ka lani ia Puna[162] ka kolii Kapueokahi;[163]

Where the air is dry, the land is burnt, the pits have no moisture, 150.

Maloo ka lani,[164] wela ka honua, ka lua hau ole, 150.

In the dark world, no clouds float.

Ka po,[165] aole ao nana e lele.

The torches of the lands are set up, the sea-moss stands erect for the chief.

Ku ka laulama[166] o na moku, ku pono ka limu[167] i ke alii,

To the pious one, to the chief, belongs the island;

Ka haipule moku o ka lani,

To the resident under Ku, the chief greatly loved by Lono;

I ka hoanoho[168] o Ku o ka lani, he hiwahiwa na Lono,

A precious one to the forty thousand gods; 155.

He hikuhiku[169] na Kiniakua. 155.

A descendant of Maliu also of Kaekae.

He kupu na Maliu,[170] na laua me Kaekae.

Conceived and born of such, he wishes to act the pious man.

Hookauhua i ka opu, hanau mai[171] no mai loko, e ake no e haipule,

While even yet unborn, the chief was a breaker of nuts,

Iloko noki o ka opu, ka wawahi hua o ka lani,

He broke the young coconuts of the night—

Wahi ka niu[172] maka a ka po,

Fresh coconuts of clear water, clear as the light. 160.[[379]]

Niu maka[173] o nolaelae malamalama moakaka 160.[[379]]

Akea remained unknown in ancient times, now appears upon the rostrum.

Waiho wale kahiko[174] Akea, ikea kahua o Waiali,[175]

Appears the wonder of the island.

Ikea ka hipahipa[176] o ka moku,

The image gods now stand full in their places;

Ka pae kii,[177] ka pae newenewe;

In the house built for the gods, there the people hear the worship.

Ka hale hau[178] a ke ’kua, hoolono wale iho—

’Tis ours to listen to the sounds we now hear, 165.

Ka kakou ike[179] ia pihe e wa nei. 165.

A sound of island flight perhaps.

He wa hee[180] paha no ka moku,

Not indeed long ago the island people fled

A o[181] no ka! e kala i hee ai na aina;

At the setting of the sun; Hilo fled in the evening,

I ke kulu[182] ana ’ku a ka la, hee Hilo i ke ahiahi—

Puna fled in the morning, at the sun’s high noon Kau fled.

Hee Puna[183] i ke kakahiaka, i ka aluna awakea o Ka’u—

All done quickly in a single day. 170.

Puni koke[184] no i ka la hookahi. 170.

Quickly were they subdued by strength, dizzy the island rolled over and over;

Kaele[185] ua make ikaika, poniuniu pokakaa ka moku,

Hawaii was tamed by the chief and his warriors;

Laka Hawaii[186] e ka lani ma,

They consult respecting the koali blossom, a balm for the eyeball of the island,

Wa iho la i ka pua koali,[187] ninia i ka onohi o ka moku,

That the obscurity of the eye might cease.

I pau ka pohihi[188]o ka maka,

The white matter flows out from the eye, 175.

Kahe ae ka walekea[189] i waho, 175.

The wild gushing tears cease to fall.

Pau ae ka waimaka hihiu.

The island also was untamed, that the chief well knew.

E hihiu[190] hoi ia moku ua ike pono ia ka lani,

On his becoming guardian it was more and more tamed,[[380]]

I kona kahu[191] e laka—e laka ai.[[380]]

It was caught with a rope, the voice soothing the island was a net,

Ua hei[192] aku la i ke kaula, i ka upena mali-moku he leo;

It was well fed with the bait, it was choked with the cuttle-fish. 180.

I kupalu ia i ka maunu,[193] puua ka waha i ka muhee; 180.

He fed the small fish, he gathered them together like the bonito,

Ua hanai[194] ia i ka iao, ua hoolulu ia me he aku la,

He filled their open mouths with the bait.

I kimokimoia[195] i ka hauna,

Streams of country people of the island follow;

Hahai[196] wini auka ka moku;

Here the red tail of the land sweeps around

Eia ke ka mai nei[197] ka hielo ula o ka aina,

Like a well fed favorite dog. 185.

Me he ilio welu[198] moe poli la. 185.

Shall these lands escape from Kaiolenakamau,

E pakele ia aina[199] ia Kaiolenakamau,

The first of soldiers that ever appeared?

I ke kumu[200] o ke koa i puka mai ai;

He is a soldier of uncommon personage, strangely unlike another,

He kino pahaohao[201] o ke koa, he ouli e wale no,

The hair of his head stands erect;

E wanahina[202] ana ke poo,

Bristling upwards are the hairs of the head of Keohohiwa. 190.

E okalakala[203] ana i luna na oho o Keohohiwa, 190.

A dark redness all over had the chief;

He moano-hiwa-puni[204] ka lani,

A ferocious boar, a swine strong rooting,

He kea[205] makaiolelepa, he puaa eku ikaika,

Up-turning the islands;

E haulani ana[206] i na moku—e—a—

The island is enlarged by the chief, he obtained it in the day of [his] strength.

Puipui ka moku[207] o ka lani—a—he loaa i ka la ikaika.

[[381]]

[[381]]

Canto VI.Pauku VI.

The chief is strong in exercise—rapid in movement. 195.

He ikaika-hiliau[208] ka lani o ka neiku, 195.

The breaking light of morn, the sudden flash of light is Leimanomano.

O ka malio[209] o ke aka, o Akaleimalio[210] o Leimanomano,

The Haili, the strong bird, bearing off the living men;

O Haili[211] o kaunuanalau ka manu;

The bird floating high in air and singing in its flight, the Kiwaa flying with a song.

Ka manu iolana[212] i ana, o Kiwaa o lele ia’na;

The hovering Io gently floating off,—the progenies of chiefs.

O ka io lele[213] mapumapu, o na pua o ka lani,

Halulu and Hiapo are the pins fastening the parts falling to pieces. 200.

O Halulu, o Hiapo,[214] o ka makia, lelehuna i ka apana, 200.

The strong reef of the land, the flocks of Koae, a bird descended from Kuala;

O ka pukoa kani aina,[215] o ke koae aulele manu a Kuala,

A blossom breaker, a fine rain of a high cloud on the bud of the island.

He a,[216] he haihai pua,[217] he naulu kaupua likomoku,

The tail feathers guide, the long tail of the bird of early flight;

Ke kaapeha[218] o analio, ke koo o ka manu leinapawa;

The Ao singing loudly is the chief, he flaps his wings upon the mountains;

Ka ao[219] kani koha he alii, i kani ka poa i ke kuahiwi;

He flaps his wings upon the mountains, waking up the mountain people of Haili.205.[[382]]

Nana poa[220] kuamauna, hikilele ka uka o Haili, 205.[[382]]

They are suddenly aroused at the boldness of the chief;

Puiwa[221] i ka paha a ka lani.

The chief shows himself bold at Kukuipahu;

Paha ka lani[222] i Kukuipahu,

He commanded with a loud voice, there is great silence above;

Kani ka ikuwa[223] a miha iluna,

The loud voice cried, the people all fled quickly;

Kani ka laka[224] a haalele, a haalele wale

Hilo people ran inland, they rushed inland of Makaholo. 210.

Nakolokolo[225] i uka o Hilo nei, i uka o Makaholo. 210.

The head of the upland is broken,

Wahia ka manawa[226] o ka uka,

Very much broken by Akakalani; astonishing was their cowardice;

Nakaka[227] e Akakalani, ka i ka ai a ka haiwale

The hair of the coward trembles; full of fear, he crawls away and crouches like afowl,

A li ka hulu[228] o ka hohe, wiwo a kolo a moa ka noho,

Trembling at the voice of the soldier,—the chief,

Weliweli[229] i ka leo o ke koa o ka lani.

His voice sounds on high like a voice of thunder. 215.

Ke heu[230] mai nei maluna me he heu la na ka hekili—e— 215.

But the chief is a fowl sitting quietly upon its roost.

A o ka lani[231] o ka moa i kau i ke kau,

Astonishing is the transfer of Hawaii!

I ka[232] i ka ai o Hawaii!

Canto VII.Pauku VII.

Hawaii is a cock-pit, on the ground the well fed cocks fight;

O Hawaii kahua,[233] ilalo e haka[234] ’i o ka moamahi,

The chiefs fight, the dark-red [cock] the bird awake at night for battle;[[383]]

Hakau[235] ka lani ka ulahiwa, ka moa ala po i ke kaua,[[383]]

The young man fights bravely, Loeau the son of Keoua. 220.

Haka koeleele[236] ui o Loeau a Keoua, 220.

He sharpens his spurs, he picks up something;

Walu[237] ke kakala, pikawai,

He scratches in the ground of this Hilo,

Huai[238] i ke kahua o Hilo nei

On the sand of Waiolama.

I ke one i Waiolama.

He plants the soldier’s standard, the dust is raised on high as in a whirlwind;

Hoonoho ka uli[239] koa iluna, hoahoaka iluna ka lepo,

Quickly flows the perspiration on the brow of Laniulimahiia; 225.

Iho[240] koke i ka hou i ka lae ko Laniulimahiia, 225.

That he might secure the battleground of Mokuohai, robbed at Keei;

I ko ai[241] i Mokuohai, i hao ai i Keei,

That he might collect the property staked, at the sand beach in Hauiki.

I ohi[242] ai ka pili me ka mau, i kahi one i Hauiki.

There was a chief, this was a chief; the stake was the island.

O ka lani kela,[243] o ka lani keia, koi moku ilaila,

There [at Keei] the property was staked, the game was played to utter loss.

Koi kaakumu[244] ilaila, koi pa i ke paho,

He strikes the goal, he counts double, he quickly counts what he has gained.230.

Pa i ke kumu,[245] helu palua, helu koke no i ka puni eo. 230.

’Tis he who staked the land, he claps his hands, he is the chief who staked the island.

Eia koi aina,[246] puo ka lima, oia koi moku o ka lani;

That chief was Kauikeaouli, this chief was Kalaninuilanimehameha,

O kalani Kauikeaouli[247] kela, o Kalaninuilanimehameha keia;

He is the person who caused the flight.

O ka mea[248] nana ke auhee.

Did he flee secretly, did he vanish in darkness?

He hee malu auanei a nalo i ka poeleele?

Did he gain a secret hiding place? No, 235.[[384]]

O loaa uanei[249] i ka hunahuna? Aole— 235.[[384]]

He fled at noon, while the sun was high.

I hee[250] no i ke awakea, iluna nui no ka la,

The small man saw him and the large man;

Ike ke kanaka iki ke kanaka nui,[251]

The tall man saw him and the short man

Ike kanaka loa kanaka poko.

At the camp ground of Akahipapa.

I ha papa[252] la o Akahipapa;

Thou gavest up thy life, thy death; 240.

Haawi oe[253] i kou ea, o kou make, 240.

The south land and the north are gone;

Lilo ka hema me ka akau.

There they are now lost, grudge not to yield them, dispute not, hold not back.

Ala,[254] lilo, mai welawela, mai e’a e’a, mai puniu,

Give up to him what he has gained, with his joy,

Waihoa[255] ko ia nei ko, me ko ia nei olioli;

That his followers may be glad, the high officers of trust.

I olioli ai na pilikamau,[256] na kahu lauaua.

He is a well fed fowl, the chief is a finished man. 245.

O ka moa i hanai ia,[257] oki o ka lani, 245.

Warmed in the fire-house until the stiffened feathers rattle;

I lania[258] i ka hale uahi, a kani eeina ka hulu.

Of varied colors, like the many colored paddles, like the piles of kauila timber.

Ohiohi[259] ma hoe panoa la, me he puu kauila ka io;

The feathers rise and fall when the cock spurs;

E hulili[260] napa iluna ka paku;

The cock spurs south and then spurs north,

Paku ka hema paku ka akau;

’Till one great spur blow of itself 250.

Hookahi[261] no ka pakuna iho, 250.

Hits the head, he flees, much wounded.

Ku no i ka ihu,[262] holo hai liilii iana.

The chief bites like a dog, he scratches the ground like a fowl;

Hae ka lani helu i ke kahua,

The foot scratches, the soft dust flies upward,[[385]]

Helu ka wawae ku ke’hu,[[385]]

It sweeps past, the dust is raised in frequent whirls toward heaven.

Kahili,[263] hao lele i ka lani, wili o kai ka lepo iluna,

The dust in great clouds appears from the mountains, in yellow flames the red dirtpasses to the sea. 255.

Okai[264] ka ea i ka mauna, puokoula ka lepo i kai; 255.

Like the coming of a red shower, so is the soldier’s person, the chief.

Me he ku[265] na ka ua ula la; o ke kino koaia o ka lani,

He is the chief, the son of a chief.

O ka lani ia[266] la a ka lani,

Is the chief the soldier that he should take pleasure with the holua?

O ka lani anei[267] ke koa e lea ai ka holua?

Will he talk deceitfully to please the deceived ones?

Kapehe[268] e lea ai ka hoomahua?

They are boasters who occupy the house; 260.

Ke kaiena[269] a na noho hale 260.

Those boast without cause who enjoy the island.

E haakei wale ai no ka aimoku,

A multitude of parents will waste, holding what the mind has proudly laid up;

E uaua[270] ai ka lau makua, hoaono keha ka umauma,

They eat at leisure, sitting on their hams, in small and in large houses.

Ua ai kahela[271] ka uha, ku ka hale iki ka hale nui,

The full supplied plate is the wooden plate.

Ka pa wiwi[272] ka pa laau,

The high raftered sleeping house with shelves across, 265.

Ka aleo hale[273] moe me ka amana, 265.

The long house, the eating house of women.

Ka halau aina[274] o ka wahine

They spread down the rushes; upon them they spread the mat;

Lulu kohekohe,[275] hohola ka moena,

They lie with heads on pillows raised in dignity.[[386]]

Kau ka pakakeha[276] ka hanohano,[[386]]

The fly-brushes at the door wave to and fro, the door is shut, the black kapa is drawnup.

Lele kahili[277] ma ka puka, holo ka uhai, kapa eleele,

Run, hide a little in quiet sleep, dismiss fatigue and care. 270.

Holo pee iki[278] ma ke kuono, kuu ka luhi; 270.

They take their siesta, ’tis silent where noises are forbidden.

Kauaikanana ka moe, kilou i na wawa kapu,

If they sleep two and two, double is their sleep.

I na mahana kanaloa,[279] mahana kanaloa,

Pleasant is food of large landed men.

Lea ka ai[280] a ka mea aina—nu—i.

In parrying spears the chief was strong, breaking their points was sweet.

I ka pale ihe[281] ui o ka lani, hahaki i na welau ono,

Pleasant in the season of fish or food, when he is filled with both. 275.

Lea ke kau ia,[282] ke kau ai, he maona ia, he maona ai, 275.

Thou art satisfied with food, thou common man;

He maona ai kou[283] ko ka noanoa,

To be satisfied with lands is for the chief.

He moana moku[284] ko ka lani;

He says, “I will eat, I will consume the sweet remnants.

Ke i aku nei[285] e ai, e hoopau i ke koena ono,

The bundles of food around the country.”

I na hai ai[286] auhonua e—a—.

The thoroughly baked food of the island; bring here, 280.

O ka hoolua[287] pikao moku la—e ho mai e; 280.

Bring here, let the chief eat.

E ho mai e ai ka lani.

Canto VIII.Pauku VIII.

Let the chief enjoy Hawaii to wrinkled old age,

Ai kalani[288] ia Hawaii, kau ka pakaeaea iluna,

The noble sea-moss walks the chief, a noble upright chief;[[387]]

Limu kohu[289] ka lani ke hele, i kohu no he alii pono,[[387]]

An upright chief; an upright chief, entirely upright;

He alii pono,[290] he alii pono, he honua pono,

Entirely just he shall enjoy the land. 285.

Pono wale ia e ai mai la, 285.

He enjoys the land Hawaii of Keawe.

Ka ai ana i ka aina ia Hawaii[291] o Keawe.

Hawaii is from ancient times, Keawe is recent;

O Hawaii kahiko, o Keawe ka i lalo,

The chief Malela was thy predecessor.

O ka lani[292] o Malela la ko luna,

Malela arose, the strong east wind,

Ea Malela[293] ka moaeku,

The furious east wind, when it rushes on like fire; 290.

Ka moae kukuku,[294] pakuku ahi, 290.

But the strongest east wind is the chief Akaleiohua,

Ka makani[295] aeku ikaika, o Akaleiohua ka lani,

Of Kalaninuilanimehameha the kapu chief.

O Kalaninuilanimehameha[296] i ke kapu;

A real kapu chief, all sacredness belongs to him;

O ke kapu no,[297] o ka hoano, pau no i nei lani,—

Deep homage is his or burning; the chief’s attendants all bow to this chief.

O ka moe,[298] o ke puhi, o ka wohi pau no i nei lani,

He is, first, a high chief; second, of late a conquering soldier. 295.

O ke alii[299] nui no kahi, o ke koa iho nei alua, 295.

The chief is the man, the high soaring bird of Ku.

O ka lani,[300] o ke kanaka, o Iolaniku;

A man from the very high place, the high place of the wind of Laa.

He kanaka no kaulu hanae,[301] no kaulu makani a Laa,

The Kameeliko of the high chief, the descendant of Hoomilialau,

O Kameelikookalaninui[302] ka pua a Hoomilialau

The source of winds which come forth and become men.[[388]]

A ke kumu o[303] ka makani i puka mai ai waikanaka[[388]]

The chief comes forth a man but god like. 300.

Puka mai[304] ka lani waiakua, 300.

The beginnings of the winds as they come from the clouds;

Na maka o ka makani[305] i puka i ke ao,

The bud, the swollen bud, the opening, the leaf of the wind;

Ka muo,[306] ka liko, ka ao, ka lau o ka makani.

The wind, the whirlwind breaking vegetation;

O ka makani kuhonua[307] hililaumoku,

The wind, the whirlwind twisting bananas.

O ka makani kuhonua hililaumaia,

The bananas of Humuula are twisted, defiled by the chief: 305.

Hilia[308] ka maia o Humuula, paumaele ia kalani, 305.

The remnants of bananas by Palila eaten, even the lower, small ones;

Ka hakiana[309] maia a Palila i ai a koe ma ka pola,

All are swept away by the chief, yea every one,

Ua hoopau ia[310] e ka lani, pau aku la, Kaholoiki

From Kaholoiki to Kaholonui.

Ka maia o Kaholonui,[311]

The large banana fields sacred to Niheu twisted in their rows

Na ea kapu[312] a Niheu, ku awili ka okai

On the upland of Wilikulamanu, at Laumaiakemilia, 310.

I ka uka[313] o Wilikulamanu i Laumaiakemilia. 310.

At Laumaiakenahae, at Malele, at Malaekahana,

I Laumaiakenahae[314] i Malele, i Malaekahana;

When Kahikolani and Puukahonua were chiefs of few men of the island.

Kahikolani, Puukahonua,[315] o kanaka iki o ka moku.

The strong one at Wawau, whose children are the present lawless race.

O ka uuina[316] i Wawau, oia na keiki eu nei,

The windy form is his, the raging wind and the soft breeze,

Ka oiwi[317] makani ona, o kona ku, o kona moe,

The strong kona of six teeth, of the province of Heapuku; (konohiki) 315.[[389]]

O kona nui a niho[318] aono, o ke konohiki o Heapuku. 315.[[389]]

The wind in sudden gusts, that is it of Hanaia when it shall come;

O ke kikiao[319] kahi ia o ka Hanaia, ke hiki mai.

The stirring wind, the sweeping rain, the double forced storm of winter;

O ke kiki,[320] o leleuli, lelekuilua, o ka hooilo,

A straight down falling rain, the rain without wind, with wind as at Kona;

Leleua[321] ia, leleleaka, leleaka mea i Kona u;

This is the chief, the strong wind, the wind of Kona,

Eia ka lani[322] ke kikiao makani kona,

The strong rushing wind breaking down villages, 320.

Ke kona[323] ku wawahi kauhale, 320.

Laying waste the land, the very Kamaniheunonea.

E inoino[324] ai ka aina, i ke kamaniheunonea,

The bearded beauty, son of the chief Kuakaa,

Kamani heu[325] a ka lani Kuakaa,

Who overturned the hill-top swept into silence by the chief.

Nana[326] e kaa ke kualono, kahilikia oneanea ia ka lani.

The upland of Pumaialaukupono on the top of Laa;

Ka uka o Pumaialaukupono i ke poo o Laa;

Calmly the chief sits at leisure 325.

Oi pono[327] ka lemu o ka lani, 325.

Upon the mountain neck of Kumoho;

I ka pane mauna o Kumoho[328]—e—a;

Resting the foot on the top of high Kumoho.

Ku e ae ana[329] i ka wawae la ka luna o Kumohokiekie.

Canto IX.Pauku IX.

Exalted sits the chief and from on high looks forth;

Kiekie ka lani[330] i ke kaulu halona,

He views the island; far down he sees the beauteous lands below.

Nana[331] i ka moku, haahaa kilohana ilalo,

Much sought after, hoped for, the island as sought for is seen, 330.[[390]]

Imiimihia[332] lanalanahia, lana, makai ka moku 330.[[390]]

It stood plainly, it was examined carefully;

Kulia[333] kilokilohia—

The timbered capes of Puna were examined;

Ua kilokilohia na lae laau o Puna,

Kau burnt with the sun was scrutinized, ’twas kicked at with the foot;

Kilohia Kau o haoa, keehia aku kapuai,

The top of Maunaloa is looked upon;

Papa[334] luna o Maunaloa;

Like a spotted mat is seen the mountain top of Papai, the mountain range, 335.

Ku moena[335] lau ke kuahiwi o Papai kapae mauna; 335.

The top of Kaiholena trembles, and the still higher head of Kaumaiikaohu.

Haalulu[336] luna o Kaiholena, ke poo o Kaumaiikaohu,

The highlands of Pakua are cleanly swept of people, and thus they lie

Ua monea[337] ka uka o Pakua, penei wale no ka waiho,

As trodden by the soldiery, the short maloed soldiers of the chief.

I ka hele ia[338] e ke ku, e ka huikahi a ka lani.

Ye robbers, ye vagabonds, ye poor without land,

E ka apo wale,[339] kaaoe, e ka makia hele la,

Ye wanderers in the highway, ye people of Kaipuu in Kapapala; 340.

Kulolia[340] o ke alanui, o Kaipuu i Kapapala, 340.

Ye have been broken by the soldiers, the forest is clean swept away;

Ua wawahia[341] e ke koa, ua kahiauia ka nahele,

It is all swept off; the spittle is corrupted;

Ua kahiauia, ua nao ka wale.[342]

They are all mixed up, greatly demoralized, being rubbed together.

Ua wali[343] wale, aole nao, i ke kuai ina ia,

The multitude who labor, the people of Kaunuikuamakani;

O ke kini nana i kuai,[344] o Kaunuikuamakani,

The froth, the low common people; 345.[[391]]

O ka hu[345] o ka makaainana, 345.[[391]]

The mass of common people; the bald-headed;

Ka makaainana nui poo kuakea[346]

The multitude of farmers of Kau;

Ke kini[347] mahiai o Kau.

To cover with bundles of grass the road of Kapaukua.

Haawe pili,[348] poi ai i ke alaloa o Kapaukua,

Is the chief thy companion that you should dare to rebel?

O ka lani anei[349] kou hoa i aa mai ai e kipikipi?

Do you play the game of moa? This is another thing, a chief! 350.

I lou mai ai[350] me he moa la? He mea e keia, he alii, 350.

He is a chief! a fighting chief! The common people fight with common people;

He alii no! He alii, paio,—he noa[351] no, ke noa, haka.

The low fellows with low fellows as they say; the clod-hoppers with the servants.

He lepo no,[352] he lepo, olelo; he mahiai na he kauwa.

Great pity for thee,—be greatly ashamed,

Aloha ia oe,[353] e alahokahoka.

Thou little sneaking dog; thou branded servant;

E kena[354] ilio lepo iki, e na kauwa makawela,

Thou ancient resident of Naalehu; thou wast sent for to be hanged. 355.

Kupa kahiko[355] o Naalehu, kiina ’ku aumiia 355.

The wakeful birds from ancient time remain.

Na manu ala kahiko[356] i koe,

The vagabond, unstable as the wind, stays on the cape of Kunounou.

Ke kulolia,[357] aalo makani, noho lae o Kunounou,

Slaughter upon slaughter, Koolau’s people were trodden under foot.

Lukulukua[358] iho, lukua iho, i kamaa no Koolau,

Thy sandals, O Kohala, send and trample down, O Kona;[[392]]

Ko pale wawae[359] e Kohala, kena e hehi e Kona,[[392]]

Stop thy wicked mouth against the chief, 360.

I ka waha hewa[360] ia ka lani. 360.

The sorcery of Kahaulu,—his worthless words of double meaning,

Ia Kahaulu[361] anaana, pupuka olelo kaanema,

The guilty one of great offenses, let him die. Is there destruction for the upright?

Halaiwi[362] nui make ia; he lukuna uanei no ka ponopono?

Shall he be thrown among the boxers? No.—

O hoolei[363] ia i ke kuikui? Aole.—

He only should be kicked—kicked often with the foot.

He hehi wale[364] no ko iana, he keekeehi i ka wawae,

The dead tree—now a common man. 365.

Ka laau make o ka noa, 365.

Shall there be a royal slaughter made for you? Let him be set apart for the spear;

He lukuna alii[365] aunei? o wae ia i koaie; koa ie

For the long-speared soldier of Lono;—speak to the sharpening stone;

I koa laukani[366] a Lono, e i-ae i ka hoana,

The wooden broadsword of two edges; the ene weapons of sharp teeth.

Na laau pahi lepelua,[367] na ene pahi niho wanawana,

He is the great ulae with sharp projecting teeth.

Ka ulae nui[368] niho wakawaka,

Such was thy instrument to destroy the evil. 370.

O kou laau no ia[369] e luku ia o ke ino. 370.

Is it an evil to increase hereafter? It is an evil to be shunned,

He ino ahona aunei?[370] he ino haalele loa,

It is a small offense in the list of chiefs? There he showed his face;

I ahona[371] i ke kuauhau, i ka hoopuka maka ana—e.

A grandchild of a servant,

He moopuna[372] na ke kauwa,

Born of ancient Hana of Kahuku;[[393]]

Na Hana[373] kahiko o Kahuku,[[393]]

The children of orphans, tossed back and forth; 375.

Na kamalii[374] na kamalele, he nounou miana na; 375.

A criminal on the sea of Kaaawa, according to the law of Kaihehee.

He moe kai no Kaaawa,[375] he kupono i ke kaihehee;

The sea-moss floating ashore at Kauwahine;

He limu lana[376] no Kauwahine,

Sea moss floating, sea moss a watcher guarding the harbor.

He limu lana he lipuupuu,[377] he halua kiai awa,

Ye are brought hither as a beacon for Unulau,

I halihalia mai oukou[378] i makakoa no Unulau

To be a guard for Halaea; death crawls there from Oahu, 380.

I kiai no Halaea,[379] hookolo ka make a Oahu, 380.

A thrifty growing plant extending to Kau;

Kanukawowo[380] laha i Kau;

It shoots up, leaves out, and sends forth branches there.

Ku a lau[381] manamana ilaila.

Bring here, O bring here; bring here the prisoners for slaughter:

Ho mai no,[382] e ho mai, ho mai no i nokea—

Slaughtered inland, slaughtered by the sea-side:

Nokea i uka, nokea i kai,

A slaughter with defilement of blood, thoroughly destroyed. 385.

Nokea ia paumaele,[383] meea ia kahi paawela, 385.

A place bound in darkness, awful darkness;

Kahi paa i ka po kuakini,[384]

A place bound in darkness, thousand fold darkness.

Kahi paa i ka po kuamano.[385]

A shark going inland is my chief,

He mano holo uka kuu lani,

A very strong shark able to devour all on land;

He niuhi[386] lawa aimoku,

A shark of very red gills is the chief, 390.[[394]]

He pihapiha ulaula[387] ka lani; 390.[[394]]

He has a throat to swallow the island without choking.

He puu kalea ole[388] i ka moku,

Lands in working dress are Kau and Puna;

He mock aleuleu[389] Kau me Puna,

Lands where my chief may freely go, as thou knowest.

He moku hele wale[390] no ia no kuu lani, iike oe.

Puna is a land where he may eat himself alone;

He moku ai malu aku o Puna,[391]

It is a land unfortified for my chief, thou knowest. 395.

He moku pakaua ole[392] ia no kuu lani, iike oe. 395.

Hilo is a land not surely captured for my chief, thou knowest.

He moku uhaiaholo[393] o Hilo o kuu lani, iike oe.

Keaau of Waiakea is a fish calabash, the cover is Olaa,

Keaau,[394] o Waiakea, he ipu ia, he poi o Laa—e—

What belongs to other calabashes, belongs to Lawalawaihonua.

Noloko ia o na ipu[395] e, no Lawalawaihonua ma—e—.

Canto X.Pauku X.

Lawalawaihonua and company was the large calabash,

O Lawalawaihonua[396] ma ka ipu,

They were cut up short as if for a small dish; 400.

I mokuku[397] poke ipukai; 400.

Cut up small and mixed together.

Pokepokea iho poke iho.

They were stirred together in the gravy dish:

Pokea iho iloko o ka ipukai;[398]

They gave them into the gravy dish in clear water;

Hoae[399] iloko o ka ipukai moakaka,

Into the royal dish of the chief of Hilo.

I ka ipu nani a ka lani o Hilo.

It was polished by Imoku till beautiful, 405.

Ua halo[400] ia e Imoku a nani, 405.

The wooden vessels [calabashes] of Kulukulua.

Na ka laau a Kulukulua;[401]

Fetch the bambu, bring here the bambu,

Kii mai ka ohe, homai ka ohe,

The sharp bambu of Lono.

O ka ohe[402] hanaoi a Lono,

Bring here, bring here,[[395]]

Homai la e homai—.[[395]]

Bring the [sharp] bambu of Lelepakalani. 410.

Homai ka ohe o Lelepakalani,[403] 410.

Let the red flesh of the island be cut,

Okia[404] i ka io alaea o ka moku,

It is dark colored flesh, it is sweet-tasting flesh.

He io eleele ia he io kuhikuhi.[405]

Let it be cut through the navel flesh where it is sweet.

Okia i ka io piko[406] i kahi ono,

That is fat flesh, the flesh of the lower abdomen;

He io momona ia, he io hakualo;[407]

Let the hinder part be cut, the tail of the land. 415.

Okia ka hiu,[408] ka pewa, o ka aina, 415.

Wrap it up in ki leaves the first fruits of summer.

E lawalu[409] e na maka mua kau;

Cut off the head and put it in the oven

E oki ke poo e kao[410] i ka imu,

For a supply hereafter.

I mea hoomaona aku no muli;[411]

Let fuel be brought from inland of Lanipae

Kii ia ka wahia i uka o Lanipae

Where the kalo is small. 420.

Ma[412] kalo iki. 420.

We two are dead by the large kalo, dead—

Mamama[413] kaua e kalo nui—la—make.

Dead in the heated oven of the pious parent

Make i ka imu ehuehu, a makuakapule.[414]

Who walks straight forward a Kukoae [as a god],

Kani pololei o Kukoae,[415]

He goes after [the enemy], he is dead, is dead indeed.

Kena a make—make—ia—a

Just now died the offender for breaking kapu; 425.

Make loa ia nei ke Kulimaaihala;[416] 425.

Given up to the prayer of the priest

Kaa[417] i ka pule a kahuna

The dead body in the sea, and mutilated in death.

Ka popoki[418] ainaholo make.

Thou are dead, O Hainalua,

Make oe e Hainalua,[419]

The land is slain, Ku is fled abroad;

Ma[420] ka moku, lele Ku i waho.

Fled together sinking and rising [as gods fly]. 430.

Lelelua[421] io o miolani. 430.

Thou art flying hence, O Kupalena.[[396]]

Amio oe, e Kupalena,[[396]]

The red tail of Hahomea

Ka pewa ula a Hahomea[422]

Breaking through indeed the forces of the leaders;

Paoa[423] na ma ka a lihi;

Thou art jumping to the upland of the island;

Leia[424] oe ma ka uka o ka moku;

Thou art leaping to the Hikiku; 435.

Leia oe ma ka Hikiku; 435.

Thou are leaping to the Hikimoe;

Leia oe ma ka Hikimoe;

That land is left behind.

Waihoa[425] iho ia aina.

The land has become the favorite’s,

Ka honua no ko kamaiki,

Its breath even belongs to him;

O ke ea ka ko i ana;

The people all adhere to him; 440.

He mea pili wale no kanaka; 440.

Their food indeed is baked kalo.

He mea ai na kalo moa.

They fetch the stones from all the island round.

Kiina ka pohaku i ko na aumoku.[426]

His master comes in the presence of Wakea.

Ka mai kona haku i ke alo o Wakea.

The thunder on the ground, the thunder in the air,

O nehenuu,[427] o nehelani,

It moves along over Punaluu and Papakiikii, 445.

Hoae i Punaluu,[428] i Papakiikii, 445.

Over the plain where Kane was worshiped;

I ka papa lekaleka[429] a Kane;

On the plain where Ku along with Lono [was worshiped].

I ka papa a Ku ma laua o Lono.

There was adorning, the mixed sweet food of the land

Hanaia i nani i wali ka inai o ka moku

Was given into the mouth of Hainukulani;

Haona[430] iloko o Hainukulani;

There it was gathered, collected, 450.

Ohiohia[431] mai, ukai akoakoa, 450.

By Luakaimoana [god of that place].

O Luakaimoana.[432]

They were gathered in sufficient abundance;

Ohiohia mai a lako wale na;

The awa was prohibited by Kukailimoku;

O ke kapu o ka awa o Kukailimoku;[433]

It was the god’s kapu through Malela;

O ko akua kapu hoi e Malela;

The kapu also by the male gods; 455.

Kapu hoi i na ’kua Kane; 455.

But they ate together with the female gods.

Ai puku[434] hoi i na ’kuawahine.

But his awa was prohibited Ulunae;

Kapu hoi kona awa o Ulunae;[435]

[The priest] proclaimed a kapu, the adze rests;[[397]]

Kahea lealea[436] ia mai ke koi;[[397]]

The adze that was hewing at the eternal thought,

Ke koi hauhaua[437] ka—manawa,—e—

At thy offence of inward evil thought. 460.

Ka hala au a Kinaukolo.[438] 460.

There is the breaking of the kapu

Aia ka wahi kapu

At the stand of the god pardoning offence of Wakea.

Ka hainuu[439] kalana o Wakea.

The assembly of worshipers of Iku, by the power of Kihawahine,

Ka hainana[440] a Iku, mana a Kihawahine,

Greatly desiring to consume the land of Puna.

E hia ai[441] ana ia Puna.

That is food for that many bodied woman. 465.

Ia ai ka wahine kino lau,[442] 465.

For the fish lying on the surface of the water; the milo below;

Ina ia moe aau[443] milo,

For the mullet swimming in the lake Waiwela,

Ina anae holo o Waiwela,[444]

Passing thence to Waiakea,

Holo wai[445] o Waiakea,

Through Kula, through Kapoho, through Puehu, through Kumukukui.

I Kula, i Kapoho, i Puehu, i Kumukukui.[446]

The houses stood at Walekawahine, 470.

Ku aku na hale i Walekawahine, 470.

The capacious house built by the chiefs.

Ka hale Kamauliola[447] e ka lani,

Let him live forever. O let him live;

E ola,—e—e ola,—

Let the chief live, the royal festoon of Kiha.

E ola kalani, ka maile alii a Kiha,[448]

This chief is thine, O Ku!

Keia wahi lani[449] au, e Ku!

Let the little chiefs under him live, 475.

Ola iho na lani liilii[450] malalo, 475.

Let the father chiefs live under his protection;

Ola iho na makualii[451] i ka opina,[452]

Let the soldiers live who fought in former times,

Ola na koa nana e haka[453] kahuna,

Let the mass of people live—the common people;

Ola ka hu[454] poe nui he makaainana;

Those who make the collected body of the island

Ka mea nana ka aha moku—e—a—

Who prepare and put in order the feasts. 480.

Nana e luaa[455] wali ka ahaaina. 480.

[[398]]

[[398]]

Canto XI.Pauku XI.

The royal feast in the presence of Ku:

Ahaaina kalani i ka lolo[456] o Ku:

Kahuilalani giving food in abundance and overflowing;

Kahuilalani apiapi[457] kanalani;

In great abundance of food that men may live.

I kanalani[458] ola—

He has an abundance at the assembly of the chiefs.

Apiapikana ka aha a ke ’lii.

Let all the lands lie hushed in silence; 485.

Hakei[459] na moku kaiamu; 485.

Let the chiefs assemble the multitude into a company,

Hoolua[460] kaha kalani i ke anaina,

To eat the good collections of the land.

Ai i na kio[461] honua maikai.

Let the land of Maui belonging to Kama be searched,

Honua makaikai[462] Maui o Kama.

And the four islands of Kalakaua;

Na aina eha o Kalakaua;[463]

Let Oahu first be swept clean by Kuihewa; 490.

I kahili ia e Oahu o Kuihewa;[464] 490.

Let the region of Ewa [be swept], even Lihue of Hoalani,

I ke au[465] Ewa o Lihue o Hoalani,

O thou white land, thou child of Laa.

E ka ainakea[466] kamalii a Laa

The land of Kauai appears belonging to Manokalani,

Ike mai la Kauai o Manokalani[467]

The island of Kealohikikaupea.

Ka moku o Kealohikaupea[468]

Come ye [to Hawaii] and dwell with propriety; 495.

Hele mai e noho i ka pono; 495.

Sit down at the feast of the chief that he may be honored.

E noho i ka ahaaina a ka lani i nani ai.

The chief holds a feast throughout Hawaii.

Ahaaina ka lani iluna o Hawaii.

The line of separation is set up, a line from ancient times;

Kau ahaula[469] ka aha mai ka po mai;

The cord, the sign of separation;

Ka aha hailona i kaawale;

And the chief is separated like the head-dress from the head. 500.

A kaawale ka lani me he pualei[470] la. 500.

The cord [called] Mahilipine and Mahilika,[[399]]

Ka aha o Mahilipine o Mahilika[471][[399]]

The cord manawaauea,

Ka aha manawaauea,[472]

The cord even to show a person [not to enter].

Ka aha hoi i ke kanaka i akaka

To sit down also, to sit silently in rows—

E noho hoi ilalo, e punaue[473] ka noho,

The knees alike, holding fast the legs, 505.

E like kuli[474] e hoomau ka lemu i paa, 505.

That the service might be proper in the congregation of the island.

I maikai ka aha[475] ke anaina moku.

Let Kohala people crowd in; slip along a little,

E kuene[476] ae Kohala e oi noho,

Let the valley people move over with Waipio’s;

E nee ka hulaana[477] me Waipio,

Let Koolau’s people go out separate;

E wai[478] aku Koolau i kaawale,

Let Hilo be beautiful to those observing, 510.

I maikai Hilo ke nana mai, 510.

That they may see clearly the breasts of the people.

I ike pono i ka umama o kanaka.

Let Hiloone crawl upon the knees; so Waiakea,

E kolo kuli Hiloone,[479] Waiakea,

Let Puna stay, the land blown on by the wind.

E noho Puna, ka aina i ka makani.

Kau sits uprightly, sits quietly,

Hoahaaha[480] Kau onahawalu,

Kona sits undisturbed as in a calm. 515.

Noho hoahaawa[481] Kona i ka pohu, 515.

Kona is under a kapu respecting awa, they are in pleasure together

Kapu Kona i ka awa[482] he lealea pu

For the chief’s sake, for Paiea, for Liloa.

No kalani, no Paiea,[483] no Liloa,

Red is the koaekolo, a koae from Nihoa.

He ula koaekolo he koae[484] mai Nihoa.

The singing voice of the pleasure conch is heard;

Hoolono ia ’ku ke kani a ka pu lealea;

The conch proclaiming a kapu is sounded, 520.

Kani ka pu hoanoano,[485] 520.

The kapu of the chief is determined on,

Ko[486] ke kapu o ke ’lii.

The sound rings through Kona, the awa is kapu;

Kani ku e[487] i Kona ka awa peapea.

The awa kapu by the chief, the kapu of the chief.[[400]]

Ka awa kapulani[488] peapea o ke ’lii;[[400]]

The living awa of the chief, let him live to old age.

Ka awa Koolani makuakahi,[489]

The feasting awa of the chief till he walks with his staff; 525.

Ka awakoo Koolani makualua,[490] 525.

The feasting awa of the chief till he walks in a tremor;

Ka awakoo[491] Koolani makua kolokolo.

The feasting awa of the chief till he goes on four,

Ka awakoo Koolani makuaha,[492]

When he sits doubled up, bound fast, unable to speak.

O Puhekeha[493] lawalawa i namu.

But the king’s awa causes men to sit still;

O amau[494] nae ka awa o ke ’lii:

The awa of the kapu Koolei to the time when old age seizes the hands, 530.

Ka awa koolei[495] makualima, 530.

To the sixth generation, to the seventh,

Makuaono, makuahiku,

To the eighth, to the ninth,

Makuawalu, makuaiwa,

[Till the] chief becomes dark water.

Wai eleele ka lani.

The chief drank in Kona, at Kahaluu,

Inu aku i Kona, i Kahaluu,[496]

Of the water of Waiakapo. 535.

I ka wai o Waiakapo.[497] 535.

He destroyed the youngest child of Umi

Puku[498] aku i ka pokii a Umi

In the calm of Ehukaipo.

I ka malino a Ehukaipo.[499]

In the time of the hot sun when it was calm,

I ka la koko[500] malie,

In the bosom of Ahuina there at Kailua

I ka poli o Ahuena[501] i Kailua—la—

He ate to the full, was satisfied with the fat of the island. 540.

Hoao[502] na iho, ana ka momona o ka moku. 540.

Let the chief eat;

E ai ka lani;

The chief ate the rich dainties of the land.

Ai ka lani ke kuilena[503] aina.

He ate consuming the property of the island;

Ai na[504] naulia iho ka opala moku;

The remnant was burnt, it was thrown into the pit of filth;

Puhia ae ka iwi,[505] hoolei ia ae i ka manaku—e—a—

Into the vomit of Hawaii. 545.

I ka puaina[506] o Hawaii la— 545.

Into the chewed matter of the chief throughout the island.

I ka moka[507] o kalani honua moku.—

[[401]]

[[401]]

Canto XII.Pauku XII.

Here is thy island, O chief!

Eia ko moku, e ka lani!

The top knot of hair of him standing erect;

O kaeo oho o ke kupu;[508]

The flowing dawn of the rising god [Oulu].

Ka leina[509] pawa o Oulu,

Above Oulu he lies 550.

I luna o Oulu ke moe— 550.

Above the kapu gods, even Lono;

O na ’kua kapu o Lono;

Above the relatives of ancient chiefs.

O ke awe[510] o ka lani ma.

O thou chief,—

E ka lani e,—

Thou Kalaninuikuhiwakawaka;

E Kalaninuikuhiwakawaka;

Thou dispersest light every way, thou showest thy descendants— 555.

Kuhikuhi wakawaka kuhi kau kama. 555.

Thy descendants have passed before the chief.

Kaukama[511] i aloalo ka lani.

There was the striking, the boxing is past;

Ilaila ke kui[512] hala ka peku;

The fighting assault, the royal contest;

Ka punana[513] kui ka pekulani;

The kapued prostration of the boxers,

Ka momoe kapu[514] a kekui,

The boxing going forth, he is the strong ohia; 560.

Ke kui hele lani[515] he ohiako; 560.

The ohia tree, the devoted to Ku.

He ohiako, he oneo[516] no Ku.

Ku separates the ohias.

Ku ka mahele[517] ka ohia.

Wonderful is his exclamation.

Kamahao mai ka wao,[518]—he—o—

A broad leafed ohia, a heiau of living sacrifice

He ohia lauhau, he unu[519] kalana ola

Before the heiau, even Kanoa. 565.

Imua i ka waihau,[520] i Kanoa. 565.

There shall be led the multitude of worshipers,

I laila e kai[521] ai ka aha,

O thou who hast destroyed the land!

E papahola[522] ai ka aina.

Tell thou to the chief what is right;

E hai ae ai ka pono i ke ’lii;

To his counselors of the island;

I na hoa noiau[523] moku;

To Ku, even Kunuiakea. 570.[[402]]

Ia Ku, ia Kunuiakea,[524] 570.[[402]]

At evening bow down at kapu service of the island:

Ahiahi hoomoe ka aha o ka moku;

In the morning put up the twisted cord over all the island;

Kakahiaka kau kaula lino moku peapea;

On that day proclaim throughout the land

Ka la e kukala ai ka aina

The konohiki is a leaning tree.

O ka laau hio[525] konohiki.

O ye poor people, changing this way and that, 575.

E ke alualu[526] la, ka malalaioa, 575.

The dark haired, the red, the standing hair, the curly haired, the long smooth haired;

Ka uli, ka ehu, ke kapii,[527] ke kaai, ka lole,

The malo upon the loins;

Ka malo kau i ka piko;[528]

The tatued thigh, the cunning mouth where the chief lives.

Ka uha kakau, ka waha maalea i kahi alii.

The multitude of that war,

Ke kini o kela kaua,

The hosts of this war, 580.

Ka poe o keia kaua, 580.

Ye flatterers, stingy, slippery in thought, go farther off;

Ke kuaii[529]—kai—olu—e ke loa;

Ye whose office is swollen words, paying with vanity;

Ke kuleana[530] pehu, ka hookaa pehu.

To please, to feed the vanity;

Ka peue,[531] pepeue o

To satisfy [the chief] in his house.

Hoowalea oloko o ka hale.

The chief has a lameness, 585.

He opa[532] na ke ’lii, 585.

The parent is a kinsman, the kindred are possessors of land.

He kini[533] makua, he kini ai aina,

These indeed are the people about the king

Oia kanaka no ia o ke ’lii

Exciting him to go this way and that,

E hoeueu e holoholo ana i o i anei,

Taxing themselves much to think for him

Noonoo iho ana ka noonoo

Seeking out their personal skill. 590.

Imi iho ana ke kino akamai. 590.

Pull away [ye advisers], pull away,

Hukia[534] la—e—, hukia la—e,

Let the root of Kuaana be pulled up;

Hukia ka mole o Kuaana[535] iluna,

The tap root, the side roots of Kekuahuia;

Ka mole[536] ka paiaa o Kekuahuia;

The roots of Akaanuioleloloa.

Ke aa o Akaanuioleloloa.[537]

Pick off its leaf bud and let it dry, 595.

Akoa[538] iho kona liko a maloo, 595.

Let him sidle down.

Noho wale ia,

Go for the huli, let it grow thriftily,[[403]]

E kii ka huli[539] kawowo,[[403]]

O thou chief! spread abroad, increase the people;

Hoolaha kanaka e ka lani;

Assemble the people for Puna, for Kukii,

Ku[540] aku i Puna, i Kukii,

These are all Kamehameha’s people, 600.

Ko Kumehame a pau, 600.

The kapu of Lono is at an end.

Ua pau ka mehame[541] a Lono.

The chief is engaged in religious thoughts and deeds,

I ka haipule[542] ia ka lani,

At Wahaula [temple] is his engagement.

I Wahaula[543] kana kupu—e—a—

There indeed will end the passing year;

I laila e kauwelu[544] ai ka makahiki,—la—

The chief will begin a new year in Puna. 605.

E makahiki ai ka lani iluna o Puna. 605.

Canto XIII.Pauku XIII.

In years the chief united the districts,

Makahiki[545] ka lani hui haahui[546] na moku,

Stood and defended the reports of the land

Ku a pale lono[547] i ka aina,

[Which,] rising north, swept south in his island.

Ulu akau hoi hema i kona moku,

[He] established the sacred temple of Lono

Ku kamahele[548] ka unu[549] kapu o Lono,

And published relief for the distressed, 610.

A kukui[550] holoi i ka poino, 610.

Removing the defilement of his land,

Pale i ka haumia[551] o kona aina,

Thus obliterating the distress of his land.

I pau ke a’e[552] o kona moku,

The time of restless wandering is past,

Pau aku ka wa a ke kulolia,[553]

The fears are displaced by universal peace;

Ka polulu[554] ka me ka hulialana,[555]

Purifying the land, the living is in comfort, 615.

Maemae[556] ka aina konalenale[557] ka noho, 615.

Tranquility pervades the masses,

Nihope[558] Kualuka i ka pinaea,

Silence prevails.

He mu oia,[559] he mu oi—a,

The chief changes; what is the chief doing?

E kua’i[560] he lani, e aha ana la kalani[561] ma,

What indeed is the chief doing in front?[[404]]

E ahanana[562] la ka lani ma imua,[[404]]

[He is] standing to inquire of the gods, 620.

E ku i pehe[563] ana i na akua,[564] 620.

To recompense the lords,

E hookaa[565] ana i na haku,

Piikua together with Leiau.

Ia Piiku laua o Leiau,

They were instructors of the day and night lessons.

Ka ka haku oihana ao, oihana[566] po,

The companions showed the kapu observances,

Ka hoalii kilihe’a[567] i ka malama kapu,

Carefully [instructing] till the chief was proficient. 625.

Malama a koa kalani ma,[568] 625.

Kauai heard it at Papaenaena,

Wa[569] i Kauai i Papaenaena,[570]

At Hanahananui Laniakea,

I Hanahananui,[571] Laniakea,

At the house adjoining the land of Wakea people.

I ka hale ku ka aina o Wakea ma,[572]

Sea waves are the teeth of Ku.

Lapa kai[573] i ka niho o Ku,[574]

Dark clouds are the eyes of Ku. 630.

I maka o Ku[575] ka kamauli,[576] 630.

Of Kapilikea, Kapilikea treading his island,

I hahi[577] Kapilikea, Kapilikea i kona moku,

Spreading the spider-web

Ka i ka punawelewele,[578]

For the spider’s eradication of all ills.

I ka punananana nai ea,

Swept is the island of trouble makers,

Pau ka nana nanaiea a ka moku,

Clearly plain is the welfare of the land, 635.

Akaka[579] i kea ka pono o ka aina, 635.

The chief has established his authority,

Hookau ka pono[580] o ke alii,

Planted the food, restricted [it till] ripe, broke the sugar cane,

Kanu ka ai, kapu, o-o, ha ka ko,[581]

The bananas ripen, pigs are raised,

Pala ka maia, ke a ka puaa,

The dogs fattened, the cock’s spurs sharpened,

Welu ka ilio, kakala ka moa—e,

The awa ripens, the wauke has fruited. 640.

Lena ka awa, hua ka wauke, 640.

Plant the coconut of the chief,

Kanu ka niu a kalani ma,

The coconut of Kane-i-honua.

Ka niu a Kane-i-honua,

Radiating the length of Hawaii

Kaa ka loloa[582] o Hawaii,

Houses stand apart in pairs,

Ku au aha lua[583] na hale,

[As] in the time of Wakea’s reign. 645.[[405]]

O ke au lani[584] o Wakea, 645.[[405]]

Great Wakea was the land’s life of the chief Haloa,

O Wakea nui ka ha[585] moku, o ke lii o Haloa,

Hawaii was part of his flesh,

Wahi i kana io,[586] Hawaii,

At the foundation of the land.

I ka honuna[587] nui o ka moku,

They ate and were nauseated;

Ua ai[588] a ua lihaliha,[589]

They were surfeited with wealth; 650.

Ua kenakena[590] i ka waiwai, 650.

The store houses were filled:

Ua piha na hale papaa,

There was no space for garments,

He aahu wahi noho ole,

The calabashes were stored within

Hookuonoono na ipu iloko,

With the prolific gourd of Kama.

I ka ipu lonolau[591] a Kama,

Seen covering houses and trees in growth, 655.

Ike aa kau hale a kawowo i kawiliwili, 655.

Gourd-hanging wiliwili at Naalehu,

Na wiliwili kau ipu a kaalehu,

Growing and fruiting on the trees.

I kau a hua iluna o ka laau,

The chief wielding the weapon strikes squarely on Hanakahi,

Hahau ka lani[592] i ka laau, pa pono iluna o Hanakahi,

Breaking Hilo’s brains, oozing slippery at the thrust,

Naha ka lolo poo[593] Hilo, kukele paki me ka hou,

[At] the slopes of Halai. 660.

Na mahapuu o Halai,[594] 660.

Paikaka is linked in companionship,

Hoaka lei o Paikaka,[595]

Struck with the kapa beater the alaea water overflowed.

Pa i ka ie kuku kua, huai ka ipu wai[596] Alaea.

Blood flowed, flowed below the wet land,

Kahe koko kahe ilalo ka wai aina,

Changing correctly the sacrifice,

Hoololia[597] i pono ke oma,[598]

That the sacrifice for Hilo [might] be acceptable. 665.

I pono ke oma ia Hilo, 665.

The sacred awa borne in procession,

Na awa[599] hiwa i hoolewa,

With morning [gathered] awa,

Me na awa kakahiaka,

As [an] offering for sanctification

E kaumaha i pono ka ai,

To enlarge the power of the god

I nui ka mana o ke Akua,

[To] curse contending forces, 670.

Molia i kini[600] waha hewa, 670.

Those many composers

I ua kini haku[601] mele la,

That informed him. Kona heard;

Nana i lou ae a kona[602] lono Kona,

The stones were at once arranged in order,

Akahi la hakuhaku ka pohaku,[603]

Arranged from morn till noon,[[406]]

Ke ao haku ke awakea,[[406]]

At evening was seen some fruit of their labors, 675.

Ke ahiahi, ike na hua iki[604] alihi, 675.

The fat oopu,

Ka oopu a kelekele,[605]

The okuhekuhe inhabiting streams,

Ke okuhekuhe moe wai.

An offensive fish of an offensive pond.

Ia hauna la o hauna loko,

On the day following their disbelief,

I ke la ae ka hoomaloka,[606]

We took, with my chief, 680.

Lawe maua[607] me ku’u alii, 680.

Took the authority with the land.

Lilo ke’a me ka aina,

The chief possessed the flat land,

Lilo ka honua ia kalani,

Possessing even to the shore.

Nee wale ana i kahakai.

They had no land to be lorded over.

Aohe honua e haku[608] ai,

Thou wilt lord the floats of sea moss 685.

Haku oe i ka hua limukala,[609] 685.

On the sea-foam.

Huna o ka huahua kai,

Movable has become the district,

Ua olewe[610] ae la ka moku,

Unstable is the land by those fleeing;

Olewa ae la ka aina na hehee,

Like mixed arrowroot the tongue is disjointed,

Me he pia lewa la ua kapeke ae la ke lelo,[611]

The dark paddle of the lips. 690.

Ka hoe uli[612] o ka lehelehe, 690.

The boasting mouth has arisen,

Ua ala hilipa[613] ka waha,

The words of reply have passed,

Ua hala ka hua i pane ai,[614]

Wakea has become parent,

Ua kaa makua o Wakea,

Removed to the grassy nest.

Kaa i ka punana weuweu,[615]

They are stripped in the mountain, 695.

Hapapa wale i ka mauna, 695.

Huddling at the summit,

Pupue[616] wale i ke kuahiwi,

Covered with leaf-joined garments,

Aahu i ke kui lau hulu,

Twisting uneasily in the sand

Oni pakaawili[617] i ke one,

Like a worm wiggling in the dust,

Me he koe[618] la ka oni i ka lepo[619]—e—a,

Dust was the warming garment 700.

He lepo ke kapa e mehana ai—la, 700.

Of the many composers here.

O na kini haku mele nei.

[[407]]

[[407]]

Canto XIV.Pauku XIV.

O Hina, O Hina of heavenly song!

E Hina, e Hina mele lani,[620]

O Kiha, O supernatural Kihawahine!

E Kiha, e Kihawahine mana,

O Hina, O Hina of heavenly song!

E Hina, e Hina mele lani,

O Kiha, O supernatural Kihawahine! 705.

E Kiha, e Kihawahine mana, 705.

O supernatural Kihawahine, the supreme head!

E Kihawahine mana ia[621] ke poo,[622]

Increase the power of thy lord,

I nui ka mana i ko oukou Haku

The power of thy chief, Umi,

O ka mana o ka lani o Umi,[623]

That wise prophet indeed, that there

Oia kaula mana hoi oia aia,

Procured and ate the eyes of the body 710.

Ki ina a aina na maka o ke kino,[624] 710.

Of the blanched crackled-back;

O ke kekea kua aaka,[625]

Skin crackled as of the (shell-fish) ina,

Ua aaka ili paka kuaina la,

[Like] small female white rodents,

Wahine iki iole keokeo,

White rodents fleeing to the thicket,

Iole[626] keokeo holo nahele,

Running below Kahilipali, 715.

Holo aku lalo o Kahilipali, 715.

Descending seaward of Kauwa.

Iho kahakai o Kauwa,

Together they all fled;

O kona hee no a hakua mai,

With your lord did you flee,

Me ko haku no i hee ai,

Entangling Hilo with wild waste,

I loku ai Hilo i kanahele,

To thwart the footsteps 720.

I olokea ai ka wawae, 720.

Of Punanui Kumakahe,

O Punanui Kumakahe,

A noni-juice itch producer,

He wai noni[627] hoomaneo ia,

A berry red is his,

He ula ohekoheko[628] kana,

The doubly enjoyed water is this

O ka wai paa lua keia,

Whereby the chief boasted of death doings, 725.

I liki ka lani i ka wai moe,[629] 725.

By the victory of his warriors.

No ko ka puka o ka paa kaua,

Kanekapolei has capitulated,

Ua mulehu o Kanekapolei,[630]

He was indeed the war-club

Oia iho i ka palau,

Annihilating above Kopekope,

Niania ka uka o Kopekope,[631]

Desolating by the unerring spear. 730.

Ua kopea ke aku ihi, 730.

O chief, O distinguished one!

E ka lani, e ke aiwa,

O thou light, light of the island!

E ka a, a o ka moku.

The peopled hills are Haui’s victory!

O ka puukanaka no Haui[632] no.

[[408]]

[[408]]

Canto XV.Pauku XV.

Blinded are the eyes of the gods with salt,

Liu na maka o na akua[633] i ka paakai,

Seasoned are the edges of the eyelashes 735.

Ono ka lau o ka lihilihi,[634] 735.

Throughout the island of the chief—

I kapa’i[635] moku o ka lani,

Standing high stripping Hawaii bare.

O kulani ai kohana[636] ia Hawaii,

The chief, who will he be?

Ke alii owai[637] kena?

Placed over the districts?

Ke o i na moku,

Who are the settlers of the land, 740.

Iawai ke oio[638] o ka aina, 740.

That can correctly point the finger

E kuhi pono aku ai ka lima,

To indicate his portion of the district?

I kai hoi o ka moku i kena la—

To send indeed,

E kena—no,

To send by the numerous [followers]

He kena no[639] i ke kini a lehu a mano,

Those who supported the cause of the chief, 745.

Ka poe i hoa ka waa o ke ’lii, 745.

The buoyant land growth,

O ka ulu lana[640] honua,

Producing people for the chief.

E ulu ae i kanaka o ke ’lii,

The increase of those twin chiefs

Ka ulu[641] o na mahana aimoku[642]

Kauwau together with Kiha,

O Kauwau, laua o Kiha,

Of the branch of Mahi of I. 750.

O ka hulu[643] o Mahi o I, 750.

Severed was the elder brother’s line,

Pau[644] na hulu o kaikunane,

Keawe-i-kekahi-alii-o-ka-moku.

O Keawe-i-kekahi-alii-o-ka-moku,

That belonging to the sister,

O ka ulu o kaikuahine,

The chiefess Kauleleiaiwi,

O ka lani Kauleleiaiwi,

Hers was the red encircling kapu, 755.

Nana[645] na ula a pa kapu, 755.

The red placed on commanding officers,

Na ula e kau i ke kuhina,[646]

Lani-epa, the husband,

Lani-epa[647] ke kane,

Lani-malama-iluna, the wife,

Lani-malama-iluna ka wahine,

Lani-ae-ae, Lani-ae-ae,

Lani ae ae, lani ae ae,

Lani-piikoi-elelani, the husband, 760.

Lani piikoi-elelani i ke kane, 760.

Their offspring [was the] chief Kupuaopa-i-ka-lani,

Kolaua ulu kalani Kupuaopa-i-ka-lani,

Perplexed, many branched

Pea-pea-mana-ma-na,[648]

Are the births of the high chiefs.

Ka hanau ana o na o na ’lii nui,

Excelled is the chief, sounds many voices,

Kela i ka lani o kani[649] ma,

Simply saying in talking to you, 765.[[409]]

E i wale aku no la, e olelo aku ia oe, 765.[[409]]

O great Kau, of dust eye:

E Kau[650] nui kua makalepo,

O Puna, of thorny pandanus:

E ka Puna[651] kokala lauhala,

O Hilo-iki, of black edges;

E ka Hilo[652] iki pahi eleele,

Born approvedly was the lone one,

I hanau a pono[653] ia mai ka mehameha,[654]

A renowned head for Hawaii. 770.

He poo kui[655] no Hawaii, 770.

Born and recognized by man,

I hanau a pono ia mai kanaka,[656]

Only a night man

He kanaka po[657] wale no,

But flesh before us.

He io[658] wale no i ke alo,

No image man was this chief,

Aohe kanaka kii onei alii,

None followed [simply] for the fish for the food, 775.

Aohe aku[659] na ka ia na ka ai, 775.

Nor soldiers [simply] for the garments and the malos,

Aohe koa na ke kapa na ka malo,

They were true warriors all.

He kini koa ponoi wale no,

They were [all] companionable, overcame the complaint,

I lea wale[660] ai hoi ha ka nu-ku,[661]

The anger,

Ka-hu-hu,

The quarreling. 780.

Ka-pane-pane, 780.

The frequent command

Ke-kena a kenakena,

Emanated from here,

Mai nei la,

To send indeed,

E kena no,

To send and bid the chief to awake!

E kena[662] no o kalani e, E ala!

They awoke at midnight in response, 785.

E ala ka po ana lia i mai, 785.

They hastened and lit the lamps,

Hoolale ia ku puhia ke kukui,

Partook of the food, partook of the food.

E ai i ka ai, e ai i ka ai,

[They] considered the prospects,

E manao ka noonoo,[663]

Measured off the line of the fisherman,

Halona ia mai ke aho a ka lawaia,[664]

Fastened on the fish-hook securely, 790.

Malia mai ka makau ka i paa, 790.

For the fish, the fish,

I ka i-a, i ka i-a,

The canoe,

Ka-waa,

The paddle,

Ka-hoe,

The bailer,

Ke-ka,

The seating. 795.

Ka-noho ana, 795.

Carrying,

Ha-paina,

[And] departing.

Hele-a,

Go and embark the land-fisher.

Ahele a ae ka lawaia moku,

Wide are the shallows for fishing,[[410]]

Ua akea ke kohola e lawaia ai,[[410]]

The ocean is broad, it is unconfined, 800.

Ua laula ka moana ua liuliu, 800.

From that sea to this sea,

Mai kela kai, a keia kai,

From Kumukahi to Alenuihaha [channel].

Mai Kumukahi a Alenuihaha,

There the fishermen prosecutes his fishing,

Ilaila e lawaia ai ka lawaia,

Pointing truly with the finger,

E kuhi pono aku ai ka lima,

Completely closing the channel. 805.

E pane pono aku ai ka waha, 805.

The land was safely guided that day.

I kai hoe o ka moku i kena la,

Send indeed,

E kena-no—

Send indeed, O chief,

E kena-no—O ka-lani-e,

[The] declaration is raised.

Hai-na-ia-ae—.[665]

[[368]]


[1] [This noted prophecy of Keaulumoku on the rise of Kamehameha and his overthrow ofKeoua, is here published in full in translated form for the first time. Up to cantoXII, the translation and its copious notes is the work of Judge Andrews. All revisionshave been made with care to do justice to the work of so profound an Hawaiian scholar,yet with reluctance, from the apparent presumption. Judge S. B. Dole expressed himselfsimilarly in his giving publicity for the first time to the translation of cantosI to IX (inclusive) of this chant in the Islander, in 1875. Three other cantos (X, XI and XII) were referred to at that time but wereheld for revision and only now see print. Since then three additional cantos (XIII, XIV, and XV) are found in the versionof “Haui ka Lani” published in King Kalakaua’s “Mele Aimoku” collection of 1886, and are embodied here for completion, translated by the editorof these Memoirs, with the aid of J. P. Kuluwaimaka, a famed chanter. The notes ofthe larger portion particularly refer to the Hawaiian version, and, as formulatedby Judge Andrews, will be found to throw much light on ancient thought and usage,as also interpretations of many obsolete terms.—Editor.] [↑]

[2] This section describes first the state of the conquered people, including the districtof the first section related to Kau and Puna. [↑]


[1] The first canto depicts as already past, the state of the district and the peopleof Kau, on Hawaii, though the opening lines refer to all the districts.

Haui ka lani, fallen is the chief; that is, Keoua, chief of Kau. This prophecy was uttered eightyears before Keoua was conquered. Haui is the ancient and poetical word for haule. [↑]

[2] Ka mauli, the weakness, the overthrow, is the ancient pronunciation of maule, andis here in apposition with haui. [↑]

[3] Au, a kingdom, a region; honua here merely strengthens au; the meaning of the line is: fallen is the chief—overthrown is the whole kingdom. [↑]

[4] Hau lani, hau to breathe hard from fright or fatigue, lani an intensive, a grievous overthrow. [↑]

[5] Malolo, a flight as of a conquered foe, a rout, the state of a country where the peopleare all cut off, intensified by auhee, a flight; that is, a grievous overthrow [of those] forsaken in flight. [↑]

[6] Hulimoku, through the islands. The expression may mean all the islands or only the islandof Hawaii. The poet was living at Napoopoo in Kona when composing this mele. [↑]

[7] He ana hanui, ana, a panting as from severe exertion, strengthened by hanui, a hard breathing struggle, no ke auhee, on account of the flight. [↑]

[8] He manomano, numerous, very great, in all directions, was the flight. [↑]

[9] Ke hai mai nei ka po, the night declares, tells; that is, the dreams, the common talk, the priests converseabout these overturnings. [↑]

[10] Ua ka ilaila, the language of Kamehameha; ka often signifies to dash, to strike against; here the poet speaks in the name of Kamehameha. [↑]

[11] Kuu po, my night of death or slaughter; meaning, there, at that time spread out [extended]my night of defeat, i.e., in the night when I defeated the enemy. [↑]

[12] Kuu po maoli, my real night, everything dark and doubtful; makole, dimsighted. [↑]

[13] Hina wale, i.e., Keoua fell in confusion with his forces. [↑]

[14] He au, the kingdom, royal authority; honua, land, soil. [↑]

[15] Ua lilo, is transferred to another, passed away. [↑]

[16] Eia la ia ka lani, here it is [the kingdom] belongs to the chief, Kamehameha. [↑]

[17] Ua hele, synonymous with lilo in the line above; that is, all is lost. Keoua and his people. [↑]

[18] O ke kino hoi, those in high places about the chiefs. [↑]

[19] Kahi haahaa, in low places, conquered, poor. [↑]

[20] Ua luia, lu, to shake out, to throw away as useless; a graphic description of a conquered people. [↑]

[21] Kana wahine, singular for plural. [↑]

[22] Ke ku la na kii elua, literally, there stand these two images; kii signifies not only an image but a sign, a representation; ku, to show, to stand, to appear; paupau, make a great slaughter. The meaning of the poet, is, there exist two evidences ofgreat slaughter. [↑]

[23] Ka hale make, etc., their miserable condition as conquered, called hale make, house of death for them, i.e., Keoua’s party, that is one sign or evidence; theother is, ka hale ola ia ia nei, the house of safety for him here; that is, on the side of Kamehameha where the poetappears to be, there is safety and quietness, in opposition to the other side; bothimply that there had been a great slaughter. [↑]

[24] Ka lanakila, the triumph for him here, i.e., Kamehameha; and auhee, flight, slaughter for them, i.e., Keoua ma. This line expresses the same idea as the preceding. [↑]

[25] Kela aina, i.e., Kau. He alii make, conquered, subjugated, politically. Keoua was slain ten years after at Kawaihae. [↑]

[26] He malama aina. Hoku has now the care of the land as head man or konohiki. Hoku was the name of the fifteenth day of the month and considered an unfortunate day,in which no one would begin business. It was to the Hawaiians what the dies nefastus was to the Romans. This will account for the following dreary appearance of the countryupon which the poet now enters. [↑]

[27] Omea, bare, destitute of verdure, also like malolo, no people. [↑]

[28] Kamaehu, burnt red or brown, literally, the child of redness, the dry tops of the mountainsas blown upon by winds, whirlwinds and storms; so the mountains stand. [↑]

[29] Owela, a hot sun in a dry place; uluwela, used to intensify owela. [↑]

[30] Kamae, withered; ku, to rise, to float off as miasma; maea, a bad odor, unpleasant smell; lani, towards heaven; or perhaps lani is to be taken here for an intensive, i.e., a very bad smell. This must be from thedead bodies of the fallen, as there could be no vegetable miasma on the mountainsblown over by the winds. [↑]

[31] Hakoko, to struggle, to wrestle with. This is a bold figure, the stench of dead bodies atnight contending with the heat of the sun by day, which shall be the most troublesome. [↑]

[32] Maea, to be strong scented, to cause a stench; see above; lani, excessive, very like the mountains of God, i.e., very high, wela inoino loa. [↑]

[33] Ua kaiopua, kai to lead along, opua, standing clouds, that is, clouds that appear to stand erect. [↑]

[34] Kaiawe, to lead straight forward; the meaning is, that vertical standing clouds were drivenover the mountains, they were conducted on bearing showers, storms, etc. [↑]

[35] Ua lele ka hoaka; hoaka signifies the spirit, the soul; here it means figuratively, the valuable part, theglory; the glory of the land is fled. [↑]

[36] Ka uhane, the soul; this is generally applied to the energizing principle of men in distinctionfrom animals. The soul of the island, here it is going upward—the idea is parallelwith the preceding line. [↑]

[37] Ua ikea, for ikeia; iliili, small pebbles that have been washed by water. This line is somewhat obscure. [↑]

[38] Palila was a man who lived in ancient times, when he died, he was buried among the pebbles,or far down in the earth. What was far down in the earth has been brought to light.So great is this overthrow. The whole line might be thrown into a parenthesis. [↑]

[39] Ua hoolei, i.e., the beauty, excellency, and understood; is thrown into a place of death, i.e.,those noble qualities are gone; Kaù make la, Kaù is there dead! [↑]

[40] Make Kaù, Kaù is subdued by those persons, i.e., the soldiers of Kamehameha. [↑]

[41] Ke newa mai nei; newa, to stagger, to move reeling through weakness; the souls approach the land, weakand staggering. [↑]

[42] Ka uhane kino wailua is the visible ghost of a person supposed to be seen while the person was still living.The kino wailua as a ghost was supposed to be much larger than the body of the living person. [↑]

[43] Ke kino wailua, of the three, i.e., of the three districts or kingdoms, that is, Kaù, Puna and Hilo. [↑]

[44] E oe kala, a poetic contraction of aole kala, not lately, long ago; meaning, not lately did he flee, i.e., Keoua, but in the time past he fled; luaha, overcome, conquered. [↑]

[45] Ua noa i ka haiia, the sacrifice was completed by being offered by Ku, one of the names of Kamehameha. The whole name was Kunuiakea. It was a custom ofKamehameha, perhaps other chieftains, to offer a sacrifice to the gods on gaininga victory. The inference from the poet’s language is that Keoua had been conqueredbefore. [↑]

[46] Ua laumilo, laumilo signifies (1) to rub in one’s hands till ground fine; (2) to collect together asprisoners for slaughter. The souls of the captives are collected together; ua make;that is, the souls of those slain in a former war. [↑]

[47] Ua lele, etc., lua pa’u, a pit or place where dead bodies were thrown when slain. Afterwards they were takenup and offered to the god of the conqueror. Lua pa’u was also a pit outside of the luakini or temple. [↑]

[48] Aia i ka lua mihi ole, lua mihi ole is synonymous with lua pa’u, there they are where there is no repentance. [↑]

[49] Nani, wonderful, very great. [↑]

[50] Mimimihi, a poetic form expressing sadness, dejection, referring to Keoua and his party. [↑]

[51] Ua mihi, etc., same as above, universal sadness. [↑]

[52] Haakulou, haa for hoo, kulou, to bow down, to bend forward; they sit bowed over as in sorrow. [↑]

[53] Kalele, to lean the head on the hand. [↑]

[54] Ua ai, etc., they eat, i.e., enjoy grief and sadness; like the expression “the joy of grief.”Kena is similar in meaning to ana. [↑]

[55] I nai i ka ai, this is a difficult verse to get into English; I nai signifies to eat delicate food, i.e., to feed leisurely, ai is vegetable food in distinction to ia animal food further on in the verse; the meaning then may be, the conquered onesare eating the food of men, i.e., suffering their calamities, undergoing their miseries,partaking of their errors; and parallel with this it is poetical, added, they eatalso understood, the ia, the animal food of flight, i.e., they feed upon the food of misfortune, they eatalso the stronger food [animal food] of overthrow. [↑]

[56] Ua hoaa, ho for hoo; the fire of death, i.e., a deadly fire is kindled, O thou Kalanimakua, i.e., Kamehameha.The expression implies a call upon the conqueror to show mercy to the miserable; seethe pathetic lamentation in the next line. [↑]

[57] Puna make, etc., supposed to be the expression of exultation of Kamehameha people. The readerwill notice the repetition of make to so strengthen and intensify the idea of the total overthrow of Puna. In otherplaces the word make applied on a person, army or nation, does not mean absolute death,i.e., the cessation of life, but a helpless state or condition, as the following linewill show. [↑]

[58] Ua na, etc., na, to be just alive, having a little breath left, they live just breathing; ke kailinei, they gasp for breath, nae, the breath of one faint. [↑]

[59] Ua kaahili, to struggle to obtain something, here it means to struggle for breath, to catchfor breath; mauliawa, the hiccough, in many diseases the last stage of life; ua kona, to rush out as the breath in coughing. [↑]

[60] Ua lilo, etc., ea, hanu, and aho are here used as synonymous. [↑]

[61] Haalele lakou, i.e., the dead were assigned to the place of warmth, but in the next line they are lost in cold night. [↑]

[62] Kaa, to go away, to depart, they have gone to the resting place of night where chilldampness prevails. [↑]

[63] Ia mehameha, this is undoubted a play upon the name of the conqueror, the light is gone, literallyto desolate places, the idea being that the comforts of life have forsaken the conqueredand gone to Kamehameha. [↑]

[64] Lilo, the light of day is gone to the father chief. [↑]

[65] Noho hookahi, one parent, i.e., Kamehameha, over all Hawaii. [↑]

[66] Kau i ka puaneane, puaneane is here put for very long life. As the saying: “Let the king live forever.” Notethe figurative description of those lands ended at l. 54. The poet now speaks of Kamehamehaand the subjection of Hilo. [↑]

[67] Ola, etc., let the chief live; e haili make, a sign or symptom of his death, synonymous with the preceding verse—a prayer ofthe poet for the long life of Kamehameha. [↑]

[68] I ka haili, etc., these lines express the blessings of the poet upon the conqueror. [↑]

[69] He ano make, Hilo is under sentence of death, i.e., already as dead. Waiakea is the representativeplace of Hilo. [↑]

[70] Lumia for lumiia, to be pressed together, to be thrown down or into confusion. [↑]

[71] Lele, etc., Hilo means to twist as a rope or string. [↑]

[72] Hilo paliku, the north or largest part of Hilo is cut up with palis or ravines; she cries orwails in death. Hilo paliku was the north part; Hilo nei, where the poet or the conqueror was, i.e., the south part wails also. [↑]

[73] Aia make a, the a is emphatic, even now dead; i ka poli oia, in a distant place of suffering, a place of darkness. [↑]

[74] Na moku, the six divisions or districts, the dead divisions of the island gone to the chief;lilo understood, they have become the property of the chief, i.e., Kamehameha. Inthis place, as in many others, the word make does not mean dead absolute, but bereftof power, political life. [↑]

[75] Uuku, etc., Hawaii is of small consequence; lomia for lomiia, grasped or compressed in the hand of Kamehameha. [↑]

[76] Kapauu, to hold firmly as one holds a slippery fish; akau, lima understood, right hand. [↑]

[77] E ike, etc., thou shalt soon see, the poet addresses the enemies of Kamehameha; the singularfor the plural, Ye shall. [↑]

[78] Akamahaoaina, an epithet of Kamehameha; the literal meaning is, ye shall see the shadow of oneseizing land. [↑]

[79] I ke kama, even the child of Kupuapa; a contraction of Kalanikupuapaikalani, i.e., the fatherof Kamehameha; another name was Keoua, the younger brother, kaikaina of Kalaniopuu. [↑]

[80] I ke keiki, to the child; hana a ka lani, according to the chief, i.e., doing the work, managing the business of a child;i kahukoko, this is connected with i ke keiki, the child, the struggler for the island. [↑]

[81] I ke kaina, by the marching or stepping of a soldier, with boldness and resolution, over thekapu ground; the luahine, name of a rope fixed around a place within which was the wrestling ground. It waskapu to break over such places, but Kamehameha fearlessly did so. [↑]

[82] Komo Papa. i.e., Kamehameha, kui, etc., Papa entered and fought left-handedly. The old people say that all Kamehameha’smilitary tactics were new to his adversaries, they did not understand his maneuvers.In this he resembled the Great Napoleon. [↑]

[83] Ke kipu, to restrain, to draw up as one reins up a horse; the land; the people of the land. [↑]

[84] Ka lima aiwaiwa, a strong enough arm. [↑]

[85] O ka lani, even the Chief Aneheaulaweaina, i.e., Kamehameha. [↑]

[86] Ka lima akau, the right hand of Alapauilamoku, the sweeper of the island, Kamehameha. [↑]

[87] Ilaila ka oikepa, there, with him are double tusks; oikepa, the tusk, especially of a large hog. [↑]

[88] Hinamoe, an ancient chief famed for his strength and for his dashing way among his enemies;so is Kamehameha. [↑]

[89] O kahi ia, where was Hinamoe, there death lay. [↑]

[90] Ainewanewaole, see newanewa with ole, without faltering, i.e., Hinamoe. [↑]

[91] Lalau ke lani, Kamehameha lays hold; moa, literally, it is cooked, it is done, finished. Caesar is represented as saying aftera conquest, “veni, vidi, vici,” I came, I saw, I conquered; but the Hawaiian poet says of Kamehameha, the chieflays hold, moa, they [the enemy] are cooked, subdued. [↑]

[92] Opaha kua, opaha, to cast or throw away, here to throw over the back; i olomehani, a place of darkness, a place of filth. [↑]

[93] Hookui, to thrust, to push; haihai, broken, bones understood; hahai, to chase, pursue; moloku, moloalo, behind and before. [↑]

[94] Haka iwi, the bones of the land are broken; manunu, to creak as broken bones, the bones ofthe plain creak. [↑]

[95] Uina, to crack, creaking, breaking. [↑]

[96] Ua hano, he wheezes, etc.; kekee, to be crooked, to double up; kaka, to be hot as in a hot room, kiikii, wela; ka lani, the air, atmosphere. [↑]

[97] Kaha, to fall irregularly; walawala, irregularly in movement; kaha, the action of a kite, in its motion downwards, that is bowing. Kaha ka lewa, the atmosphere falls; lele walawala, uncertain, uneven over and over as a kite, so are the enemies of Kamehameha. [↑]

[98] Ke aupio, aupuni, all round the country. [↑]

[99] Ka manea, a toe-nail, not a finger nail, meaning, he, the enemy, is the toe-nail of the island,i.e., underneath all. [↑]

[100] Ka auae, there is the chin above; o ke poo aia ilalo, the top of the head is below. The poet would say an utter subversion of the kingdom. [↑]

[101] Swinging back and forth, unstable. [↑]

[102] Ka koali, a swing such as children play on. Hawaii is a swing, it is like a rope of a pinao.The pinao is a swing; koali, a small rope used to work the swing backwards and forwards, practiced by men andchildren. Ka koali and ka pinao are possessives, and signify their characters. [↑]

[103] I ke kaiewe, followers or adherents to a chief, meaning, by thy adherents O chief, and by thischief is the overthrow. [↑]

[104] Ua makaio, to look this way as in fear in the jungle like wild cattle or other animals, appliedalso to people pursued by an enemy. [↑]

[105] Ke makawi, to make a great slaughter not sparing any. [↑]

[106] Ua mio, to flow swiftly, as water through a constrained place, applied to the flight ofKamehameha’s enemies. [↑]

[107] Me he umu puhi, like the smoking oven, or Pele, the volcano. [↑]

[108] Ke ku o ke ehu, like the rising of the red dirt towards heaven in a whirlwind. [↑]

[109] Me he lumanawahua, the colic, internal distress. Kaikoo, the constant restlessness of the surf, another figure strengthening lumanawahua. E—a— here the reciter or chanter of the mele extends his voice ad libitum. [↑]

[110] Ku ka puna, the soft coral such as is burnt into lime is thrown together on the beach. So theenemy are thrown promiscuously together. [↑]

[111] Ua limua, to collect many things in one place. Opala, these things, the property of chiefs have become opala, worthless, things for Kamehameha. [↑]

[112] No ka lani, belonging to the chief is the island and the land. [↑]

[113] Ka uka, what belongs to the upland and inland, and all that is in the ocean, i.e., fulland entire possession by conquest. [↑]

[114] A nona ke kau hooilo, the six months of winter, the same as kau makalii, the six summer months. [↑]

[115] Ka malama, the month, the seven stars now in sight. [↑]

[116] Ke kapola pilau, 1st, the property of a chief of all kinds and everywhere; 2d, the steward or personwho had the charge of such property. [↑]

[117] No ke alii ka ukana, property that may be transferred or carried from place to place, but ukana kikoolà, property not able to be carried on account of its weight or quantity, as we say,fixed property. [↑]

[118] O ka haopae, property that floats ashore from the sea, as it was called in former times becausethe most valuable property from the sea was the iron, hao, from wreckage; ka manu pae, birds driven here by the winds perhaps; i ka honua, upon the land. [↑]

[119] O ka ea ka honu, the sea turtle; makaulii, broad-backed, thick-shelled; mo ka palaoa, mo for moku, ka palaoa, the ivory of dead whales. For Kamehameha is the broad-backed turtle, and the whaleivory. [↑]

[120] Ka uhu kai, uhu, name of a fish that made its appearance and came ashore once a year. [↑]

[121] Niaupio ka lani, epithet of the only, the highest chief, hence in blessing him they said, “e niau pio ka lani,” let the king live forever, as in the Eastern countries. [↑]

[122] Ke kupa ai au, ai au, constantly, continually, forever may Kamehameha live a chief. [↑]

[123] Ka niau, to wrap in the leaves of the niau, kaa, to swathe, to bind up, to go around as a piece of land; kaaniau signifies to bind up as a dead body and carry about a country. Ka lana, this applies to uprightness and excellence of Kamehameha; let him be celebratedalong with the short god and the long god. Their gods accompanied the high chief whereverthey went. (See Antiquities.) [↑]

[124] Holo kapapa, to go quietly, in peace; kuapapa, all quiet, no enemies; a he alii, and is a chief in possession of the island—the chief, i.e., Kamehameha. O ka lani synonymous with alii aimoku. [↑]

[125] Ku ka hula, hoala ia hua, to get up a dance, they dance; ka papa he hahuu, a pleasant, even, smooth ground for dancing. This practice of getting up a dancein honor of a celebrated man is not unknown in Christian countries. [↑]

[126] Ulu papa, ulu, to rise up and down as in some dances; ulu papa mahimahi, the rise and fall in classes like the mahimahi (name of a fish), which moves in shoals, so the people follow Kamehameha throughoutthe islands. [↑]

[127] I ka pii, in leaping, jumping in the dance; i kanapii, of this and that one; pii ke ala, so goes up and down the path; o ana, suffering to get to Hilo, dancing up and down is like going in the fatiguing roadto Hilo from Hamakua. By this it appears that the heathen dance was an up and downmovement. [↑]

[128] I kana lapa, from one ridge to another. [↑]

[129] Io, meat, flesh; alaulau, bad meat, hurt, spoiled. Kaù and Puna are putrid meat. [↑]

[130] Ai koke no, they quickly eat, that is, peck each other as a brood of chickens; Keawemauhili at Hilo quarreled with Keoua at Kaù, pecked each other. [↑]

[131] Nani wale lakou, that is Hilo people and Kaù people, wonderful how shamefully they behave, how disappointed. [↑]

[132] Lea ka hoka, their disappointment, shame was their pleasure for the greatness of the ahuawa, disappointment, shame, grief. [↑]

[133] Aloha ino, a phrase of great contempt; also of great affection, according as it is spoken;great contempt for their present disappointment. [↑]

[134] E hapa ka hoka, much less shame to the crown, if he, Keawemauhili had fled to Kailua. [↑]

[135] Eia na hokahoka iho, here is the great shame, another ground of shame; alaela—alaila, these at that transaction; he kela, to exceed, to be more, to excel, this exceeds all other deeds of shame. [↑]

[136] He aiwaiwa nei, he aa, dumb, acting like deaf persons with one mind, Keawemauhili and Keoua. Language ofthe poet. [↑]

[137] Aia ke aa, there was nothing but deafness, stubbornness, windy Kaù was deaf at Keaa, a placein Kaù. [↑]

[138] Apiki Puna, false was Puna, deceitful; Leleapiki, name of a land in Puna; ke nana la, if one looks at Nanawale (name of a place in Puna). [↑]

[139] Lalau wale ana Hilo one, sandy Hilo is mischievous. Hilo at Waiakea was called Hilo one for the flat surfaceand much sand; i Kalalau, a place north of Waiakea. [↑]

[140] Ua oki i opeana Hilo, the chief and people are destroyed, rendered powerless by having their hands tiedbehind their back; Opea, name of a small land in Hilo. [↑]

[141] Hilo paliku, north part of Hilo; Hilo pali, thus all parts of Hilo were like a person with hands bound behind his back. [↑]

[142] Ku wale Hilo (alii) stands ashamed, in shame Kueo goes as a poor man to the mountains; Kueo applies toone who has had property, but has been stripped of everything and goes about in poverty. [↑]

[143] I ka uka o Laa, on the upper side of Laa, name of a land in Puna, on the road to the volcano fromHilo; i Paoole, name of a land in Laa. To these lands the people of Hilo had fled when conquered. [↑]

[144] Aole kohukohu, not certain, not fixed; ka moe wale, the people of the land simply live, stay; makau wale, liable to be driven off at any time. [↑]

[145] Kaina kino, i.e., kaina kino, kai to carry off, to seize, kaina bodily. Hilo is full of ridges (olapa’s) rendered useless for cultivation. [↑]

[146] Ka hoomoku. the people of Hilo, Puna and Kau having lost their lands now stay on lands not theirown. Hoomoku, to place a person over a moku, district of country. [↑]

[147] He ulu alanamoku, ulu to grow like a tree, alanamoku, a sacrifice for a district. Keia, these lands haveall grown up into a sacrifice by the chief, i.e., Kamehameha. [↑]

[148] E Malele kuala. Pokikaina, Kahuaole, Naka, names of ancient chiefs to whom Kamehameha is likened. [↑]

[149] E Kakae, the son of Kahekili, names still applied to Kamehameha; ke kani mai nei ka alana, to sing, to pray, i.e., the offering. [↑]

[150] Ke oho, proclaim aloud, as many voices in praise proclaim the sacrifice to the one father,“live forever.” (See l. 109.) [↑]

[151] Ka hulu kupu, the new feathers, new hair, hence the fresh or growing glories of Kamehameha, i.e.,of his honor, his army, his wealth; o kona au, of his kingdom. [↑]

[152] Ke kokoia, to lead on, to be drawn or dragged backward and forward as a dead body of one slainin battle; this applies to the districts, lands and people taken by Kamehameha. [↑]

[153] Ke kauo ia mai nei, they are dragged hither, the districts, lands, people; ke koloa, to draw as with a rope the moku, i.e., Hilo, Puna, Kau. [↑]

[154] Owai ke kanaka, who is the person to be sacrificed by Kamehameha. This is the language of the poet. [↑]

[155] O hooleia, the o is the answer to the question owai; hooleia is for hoohohoolei, to shout aloud, to cry out as many. O maua, the poet and his assistant, we two, we two here, Kukapalani o Kamehameha. [↑]

[156] No luna ke kanaka, from above is the man to offer the sacrifice. [↑]

[157] He hulu alii, the dress, the ornament, the external appearance of the chief is what belongs tohim; he liko, the bud, first shoot of a chief is his child; ke a, syllable used in cantillating. [↑]

[158] Ke haipo me ka haiao, haipo, the prayer offered by the priest in the temple (heiau) by night; haiao, the same offered by day. [↑]

[159] Ko ke kahuna hai kupua, it belongs to the priest to declare ancient transactions. (See Antiquities.) [↑]

[160] Ko ke akua haiamio, haiamia, to reveal what is long past, or beyond the research of man; meaning it belongs tothe god to reveal or show the priest to declare to men what they do not know; ko ka aina, what belongs to the land, holding fast the land; a huli honua, everywhere, all about the island. [↑]

[161] Hai ka lani, hai to offer a sacrifice, the chief Kamehameha had conquered the three districts, hewas offering a sacrifice; when this was finished, noa ka moku, freedom from war, followed. [↑]

[162] Hai ka lani, the chief Kamehameha offered Puna in sacrifice, Puna and all belonging; ka, possessive; kolii, a diminished part, a small part of a thing. [↑]

[163] Kapueokahi, a small land in Puna. The name also of the harbor of Hana, Maui. [↑]

[164] Maloo ka lani, the heavens are dry. the land is dried, the pits have no dew, no rain, nor moisture.This line is descriptive of a long season of drought in the southern and eastern partsof Hawaii. The air (lani) becomes dry, the rocks and earth become heated, all moisture seems to be gone, theravines down which the water runs impetuously during the rainy season forms in manyplaces, deep pools (lua), the poet here asserts that even these are now dry. [↑]

[165] Ka po, the under world, the place of darkness, meaning, in the dark world, no clouds floatthere. [↑]

[166] Ku ka laulama, the signals of joy are set up; laulama, a bonfire as a sign of rejoicing for victory around the island. [↑]

[167] Ku pono ka limu, the sea moss stands erect for the chief Kamehameha, to honor him.This limu was highly regarded as food by the chiefs. [↑]

[168] I ka hoanoho, one who dwells on a land, keeps possession. Kamehameha held possession under Ku, an ancient god; e ka lani, the chief, synonymous with me hoanoho, Kamehameha, the chief, is in possession under Ku; he hiwahiwa, he is greatly beloved by Lono. [↑]

[169] He hikuhiku, the name of a thing greatly esteemed as a plaything by a child, like hiwahiwa, heis dear to the poe kiniakua, the 40,000 gods. Kamehameha was the favorite of all the gods. [↑]

[170] He kupu na Maliu, kupu, to sprout, to grow, but here a descendant, same as kupuna na Maliu, a man celebrated in ancient times for his piety and goodness; na laua me Kaekae, another devotedly pious man. These pious men and others were renowned not only fortheir piety while living but the gods watched over them and kept them alive to extremeold age. Kamehameha was defended as though he was a child of these pious persons. [↑]

[171] Hanau mai, and when born, e ake no e haipule, when young he wished to be pious. [↑]

[172] Wahi ka niu, he broke the fresh coconut, i.e., offered to the god of night while young, an evidenceof his piety. [↑]

[173] Niu maka, fresh young coconuts; o nolaelae, it was by the water of young coconuts that the poe kilo made out their divinations; nolaelae, clear, distinct. [↑]

[174] Waiho wale kahiko, things that have been secret, unknown from ancient times, time of Akea, are nowknown. [↑]

[175] Ikea kahua Waiali, appears the base, foundation, place for the king when he speaks,rostrum for speakers. [↑]

[176] Ikea hipahipa, wonder, strange thing, there has appeared the wonder of the island in the overthrow,the new state of things. [↑]

[177] Ka pae kii, the images of the gods stand in rows. This is said in distinction from the formertimes of confusion during the war. [↑]

[178] Ka hale hau, a place within the heiau (temple) where the people heard the voice of what was done. [↑]

[179] Ka kakou, for us, common people, to see the wailing, pihe, wawa, the noise then made. [↑]

[180] He wa hee paha, it was the time perhaps of the flight of the people of the island. [↑]

[181] A o no, ao should be understood as aole, as it sometimes is in poetry. The place where the enemies of Kamehameha were: Ka! astonishment indeed, some time ago the lands have yielded, been conquered. [↑]

[182] I ke kulu, kulu the setting of the sun, same as napoo. Hilo, the people of Hilo fled in the evening. [↑]

[183] Hee Puna, Puna fled in the morning; i ka aluna awakea, when the sun was a little turned at noon Kaù fled. [↑]

[184] Puni koke, pau koke, it was done quickly even in one day. [↑]

[185] Kaele, quickly, the districts were quickly conquered by strength, i.e., the invinciblepower of Kamehameha; poniuniu, dizzy. [↑]

[186] Laka Hawaii, the island conquered by the chief and warriors became tame and lived quietly. [↑]

[187] Wa iho la, Kamehameha’s people converse over what they have gained, liked the butterflies aroundthe flowers of the koali (convolvulus); ninia, a medicine; the capture of the island was the medicine that gave comfort to theeyeball (center) of the island, i.e., all the island. Kamehameha poured on the oiland the island was comforted. [↑]

[188] I pau ka pohihi, pohihi applies to the condition of the people, their vision was obscured in regard to theircivil rights. [↑]

[189] Kahe ai ka walekea, wale, soft matter, matter that issues from a sore, kea, white, the white matter flows from the eyes. [↑]

[190] E hihiu, the island was wild, untamed, badly governed by the former chiefs; ua ike pono ia ka lani, it was well known to the chief, Kamehameha. [↑]

[191] I kona kahu, Kamehameha becoming kahu, guardian, that was what tamed it, the island. [↑]

[192] Ua hei akula, they are caught as with a rope, i.e., those lands with their chiefs and people;hei represents the action of throwing the lasso. I ka upena, by a net, with the voice of flattery. [↑]

[193] I kupalu ia i ka muhee, Kamehameha fattened them with the bait, puua; they were choked with the muhee (a fish), the bait sticking in their throats. [↑]

[194] Ua hanai i ka iao, they were fed with the iao, a species of small fish, i.e., Kamehameha fed them. Hoo-lulu—Hooalualu, to collect, to gather; they were gathered like the aku, a species of fish which swim in shoals and can be baited by feeding them and afterwardscaught in great quantities. [↑]

[195] I kimokimo, dogs were fed by throwing them on their back and as they opened their mouths a personwould drop a fish into their open mouth, that was kimokimo, the fish was called hauna. [↑]

[196] Hahai, being thus fed the dog would follow his master. Wini auka, a great multitude, ka moku, the people, as Kamehameha fed and fattened the people, they followed him in longtrains. [↑]

[197] Eia ke ka mai nei, the expression of the poet. Ka, to sweep, to brush around like the tail of a horse, hielo—huelo, tail; here by the coming of Kamehameha sweeps around the red tail of the land. [↑]

[198] Me he ilio welu, welu well fed; moe poli la, like a well fed dog that lies in the bosom, i.e., a favorite. [↑]

[199] E pakele ia aina, these lands, i.e., Hilo, Puna, Kau; e pakele ia aina, an affirmative form, but the meaning is negative, i.e., they shall not escape. Kaiole na kamau, name of Kamehameha. [↑]

[200] I ka kumu, the first, the chief, the alihikaua, the greatest leader of soldiers, i puka mai ai, that has ever risen. [↑]

[201] He kino pahaohao, the soldier has a person unlike any other, invulnerable; he ouli e, not like any other, strange to look at. [↑]

[202] E wanahina, to stand erect like the hair on the shoulders of an angry dog, or the scales ofcertain fish, bristling, fearless. [↑]

[203] E okalakala, rough on top of his head. Keohohiwa, name of Kamehameha. [↑]

[204] He moano hiwa, a dark red all over is the chief, that is a comparison of the chief to this redfish. [↑]

[205] He kea-puaa, boar; makai olelepa, fierce, fearless, a puaa strong at rooting. The wild boar of the islands was the most powerful, energeticand fierce of any animal that the people knew of; these names applied to Kamehameha. [↑]

[206] E haulani ana. overthrowing, upturning the islands; e a, to give attention. [↑]

[207] Puipui ka moku, the island is enlarged by the triumph of the chief. Kamehameha has enlarged himself,he loaa, etc., he obtained it in the day of his strength. [↑]

[208] He ikaika hili au, an action like the sword exercise; ikaika, strong; hiliau, brandishing as one does a sword, or a boxer his arms; o ka neiku, nei, the wail, cry of many voices; ka, a strengthening of the idea; neiku, like the sliding down of a high pali; nei used in poetry for nee, to move off. [↑]

[209] O ka malio, 1st, the sensation to the eyes of looking at the sun, at first a dazzling brightness,afterwards different shades of darkness; 2nd, such shades of light as are seen earlyin the morning or at the setting of the sun; aka, a shadow, an appearance. [↑]

[210] O akaleimalio, the sudden entrance of light, like lightning, a flash of light; this is said inpraise of Kamehameha for the sudden coming upon his enemies; o Leimanoano, very sacred,applied to Kamehameha as a sacred chief. [↑]

[211] O haili, name of a large bird known or spoken of by the ancients; kaununalau, strong and able to carry off a man, such a bird was Haili, i.e., Kamehameha. [↑]

[212] Ka manu iolana, the bird that sings when flying high in the air, i.e., haili i ana, speaking like io ana, singing. Kiwaa, a large bird in ancient times; o lele i ana, singing in its flight; these were resemblances to Kamehameha. [↑]

[213] O ka io lele, name of a bird like an owl in its hovering, or standing still in the air, it isa black bird; lele mapumapu, a hovering as a bird floating in the air, flapping with the wings, but making noprogress. O na pua a ka lani, na pua, the ancestors of Kamehameha, the descendants of chiefs down to Kamehameha’s time. [↑]

[214] O Halulu, o Hiapo, two fabled birds which Kamehameha worshiped, and Kamehameha’s feathered god, Kaili,when the feather sprung up in the forehead of the god, the people thought it a signof ability to conquer; o ka makia, that which fastens together, as with a pin or nail; o ka makia o Kamehameha, he held together the islands; lele huna, falling, as drops of rain; i ka apana, falling to pieces. [↑]

[215] O ka pukoa kani aina, the coral reef is a strong land; kani, strong, applied to Kamehameha, he is a strong barrier, i.e., a conquering warrior;o ke koae, a bird that flies with a motion like that of a person swimming; manu, a bird descended from kuala, a large bird of ancient times. [↑]

[216] He a, this has no meaning, it is simply the lengthening of the voice in cantillating,here used to call attention to the foregoing, often used at the end of a line, insome poetry at the beginning like this. [↑]

[217] He haihai pua, a breaker of blossoms, as these birds; he naulu, a shower with wind; kaupua, falling on buds and blossoms; likomoku, the bud, the growing of the islands. [↑]

[218] Ke kaapeha, 1st, to fold up as a long bundle; 2nd, to manage as a bird does its tail feathersin steering its course, or like the steering of a boat with a long oar; analio, the tail feathers of a bird. Ke koo, the long tail feathers of a bird; leina pawa, the bird that flies very early in the morning, expressions assimilated and in praiseof Kamehameha. [↑]

[219] Ka ao, a bird about the size of a hen, black feathers, very long wings, sings loudly; i kani ka poa, poa the sound of the wings of a cock before he crows; i ke kuahiwi, on the mountains. These actions are all likened to those of Kamehameha. [↑]

[220] Nana poa, who flaps his wings upon the mountain; hikilele, wakes up the inland dwellers; haili, the forest upland from Hilo. [↑]

[221] Puiwa, suddenly frightened, applied to the people at the boasting, bragging; paha, to boast, to brag of a place, country, or person; a ka lani, Kamehameha. [↑]

[222] Paha ka lani, Kamehameha boasts at Kukuipahu, name of the place where Kamehameha encamped aboveHilo. [↑]

[223] Kani ka ikuwa, to sound with a loud stentorian voice, to call aloud; a miha, 1st, to float off silently, calmly; 2nd, the calmer silence after a great noise,applied to Kamehameha commanding his soldiers, for he had a very strong voice. [↑]

[224] Kani ka laka, of loud voice, Kamehameha cried aloud. His voice frightened his enemies, they fledquickly. [↑]

[225] Nakolokolo, all Hilo ran inland, rushed inland of Makaholo up above Waiakea. [↑]

[226] Wahia ka manawa, wahia for wehi ia, to break, ka manawa, the top of the head, literally, the open place in children’s heads where the pulsebeats, the head of the upland is broken. [↑]

[227] Nakaka, broken up, full of cracks as wet ground suddenly dried up cracks open. Ka, astonishing, wonderful; i ka ai, an expression often used, as ka i ka ai ka aihue, wonderful the theft, a ka haiwale, astonishing their cowardice and fear. [↑]

[228] A li, to tremble with fear; the hulu, hair, the hair of the hohe, coward, trembles; wiwo a kolo, fearful he crawls away and acts the hen in secret, or sits like a frightened henin a secret place. A vivid description of a coward in battle. [↑]

[229] Weliweli, the enemies of Kamehameha tremble at the sound of the voice of the soldiers. [↑]

[230] Ke heu, to sound as the voice of the owl or other bird while flying, here it signifies soundas a loud voice. [↑]

[231] A o ka lani, the chief is a fowl perched on its sleeping place. [↑]

[232] I ka i ka ai, astonishing, wonderful is the transfer of Hawaii. [↑]

[233] O Hawaii kahua, a place of business, Hawaii is a cock-pit, or arena, otherwise a battle ground. [↑]

[234] Haka for hakaka; ka moa mahi, a cock kept as a pet, trained to fight; mahi a favorite; punahele, greatly cared for. [↑]

[235] Hakau, to fight, contend. [↑]

[236] Haka, to fight; koeleele ikaika, strongly, valiantly; ui, the young man, Kamehameha son of Keoua. [↑]

[237] Walu, to scratch, to sharpen; kakala, the spur of a cock, he whets his spurs; pikawai, pick up something as if eating, as cocks when fighting. [↑]

[238] Huai, to scratch as a fowl, like helu, scratches in the cock-pit of this Hilo. [↑]

[239] Hoonoho ka uli, uli koa, a signal of an army; he ouli, a sign, the standard of the army is set up; hoahoaka, to stir up as dirt in a whirlwind, the dust was stirred up by the movement of thesoldiers. [↑]

[240] Iho, to flow as perspiration, to sweat, the perspiration flows freely from the foreheadof Laniulimahiia, i.e., Kamehameha. [↑]

[241] I ko ai, to verify, to make true, to insure the place—the battlefield Mokuohai, where Kamehamehafirst conquered Kiwalaò near Keei in Kona; i hao, taken by violence, robbery; Kamehameha had taken that place formerly but to secureit he must conquer Hilo. [↑]

[242] I ohi, to take, as one’s own; kapili, name of the property staked on each side when a game is about to be played; mau, the property gained or lost, that he might take the property staked for he had conquered,i.e., Kamehameha; i kahi one, at the sand beach, i.e., the country at Hauiki at Keei. [↑]

[243] O ka lani kela, his first antagonist Kiwalaò; o ka lani keia, this is Kamehameha; they were about to play a game for the island, Hawaii was thestake. [↑]

[244] Koi kaakumu, koi to stake property in gambling; kaakumu was the ancient name of property staked; there at Keei the property was staked. Koi pa i ke poho, the game was played to the loss of Kiwalaò. [↑]

[245] Pa i ke kumu, pa to strike, kumu was a large stone set up to stop the rolling maika and where the object was to behit. (See Antiquities.) Kamehameha had hit the kumu, he had gained; helu palua, he now counts double having gained; helu koke, quickly counts, i.e., receives; puni eo, the reward at the appointed time. [↑]

[246] Eia koi aina, this is the person who staked land, Kamehameha; può ka lima, to clap together as the hands, as a signal of having gained, or done something;oia kòi moku, o Kamehameha, this is the person who staked the island of Kamehameha. [↑]

[247] O ka lani Kauikeaouli, that is Kiwalaò, Kamehameha’s adversary. Kalaninui was Kamehameha. [↑]

[248] O ka mea, he is the person by whom is the flight, the nana serves for the hoo to auhee; he, Kamehameha, caused the flight. [↑]

[249] O loaa auanei, anei question; hunahuna, a secret hiding place. See huna. Did he gain or find a hiding place? No. [↑]

[250] I hee, flee, run away, i.e., Kiwalaò. [↑]

[251] All classes of men saw him flee, the little man, the great man, etc. [↑]

[252] Akahipapa, name of the place where Kamehameha and Kiwalaò met and conversed together. [↑]

[253] The following lines describe the conversation of Kamehameha and Kiwalaò. Haawi oe i kou ea, thou gavest the breath, o kou make, and death, i.e., to give one’s life and death. Kiwalaò did not wish to fight, butKeoua did. [↑]

[254] Ala, for aiala, ano, now it is lost; welawela, to be stingy, to hold back one’s giving; mai eaea, do not quarrel; mai puniu, be not close, stingy. [↑]

[255] Waihoa, for e waihoia, let go, leave; ko ia, his, for kona; ko, what he has gained by war; me koia nei olioli, with his satisfaction. This is the advice of the poet to Kiwalaò. [↑]

[256] Na pilikamau, followers, those attached to Kamehameha; na kahu lauaua, makaulii, the officers, those standing high with Kamehameha. [↑]

[257] O ka moa i hanai ia, the fattened fowl, Kamehameha; oki o ka lani, the chief is a finished man, nothing wanting, i.e., the poet meant to say, “he is a gentleman.” [↑]

[258] I lania, to lay before a fire to dry. Those who practiced keeping and training game cocks,kept them just before the fight on roosts over a low fire of coals to strengthen themand make them fierce; hale uahi was the smoke house where these cocks were set intraining. Kani, to sound, kani eena, to sound roughly, as starched paper, rattled as starched cloth; so the feathersof these trained cocks sounded. [↑]

[259] Ohiohi, variegated, many colored, as the feathers of a cock; me he hoe panoa, a kind of paddle found on Kauai, the wood was variegated with many colors; me he puu kauila, name of a heavy, hard red-wood. Where a heap of war instruments lay piled togetherthere was a singular appearance; ka io, the mass, the heap. So Kamehameha appeared. [↑]

[260] E hulili, a rising tremor, the tremulous motion of the feathers of a cock when fighting, the feathers trembleand napa, slightly rise and fall. Ka paku, when spurring, paku keehi (kicking). [↑]

[261] Hookahi, once the striking, pakuna, i.e., pakuana, as if one stroke of the spur was enough. [↑]

[262] Ku no i ka ihu, the conquering cock strikes his adversary in the head, the conquered one flees,hai liilii, broken to pieces, i.e., entirely conquered; ia na, he emphatically, such was the fight between Kamehameha and Kiwalaò. [↑]

[263] Kahili, to sweep, to brush away as light substances; hao lele, to carry away, synonymous with hao ikaika; wili, to twist, the action of a whirlwind; o kai, great numbers of whirlwinds, with great strength the dust is raised in frequentwhirls toward heaven. [↑]

[264] O kai ke ea, okai huakai, the dust goes in great bands, or companies, as seen coming from the mountains; puoko, to ascend as flames of fire; ula, red, applied to the ascent of red dirt as at Lahainaluna; i kai, towards the sea. [↑]

[265] Me he ku na ku ua, as the rising, coming on of a red shower as at Kaanapali seen from Lahainaluna,so is the soldier’s person, Kamehameha. [↑]

[266] O ka lani ia, ia emphatic, he; a ka lani, son of a chief. [↑]

[267] O ka lani anei, is the chief a soldier, and will he take pleasure with the holua? A pastime among the ancients. [↑]

[268] Kapehe, to converse deceitfully, when a person’s real meaning is different from his apparent,hoomahua, to deceive, will he talk deceitfully to please the deceived. [↑]

[269] Ke kaiena, those occupying the house boast, are proud, i.e., the followers of Kamehameha; noho hale, the resident of a house or land under a chief. [↑]

[270] E uaua, to waste, to spend needlessly; ka lau, four thousand, here, for the many, the many parents under Kamehameha will wastethe property and rights they have gained; hoano, to take in possession another’s property; keha, proudly, without regard to another’s right; ka umauma, the breast, i.e., the mind. [↑]

[271] Ua ai kahela ka uha, kahela, satisfied, having enough, they eat at leisure sitting upon their hams, haunches;ku ka hale iki, this is done in small houses and large ones. This language applies to the followersof Kamehameha as though they had conquered and the conduct is reprobated by the poet. [↑]

[272] Ka pa wiwi, the tall high fence around the house; ka pa laau, the stick, or strong fence, this applied as before to Kamehameha’s men after theconquest. [↑]

[273] Ka aleo hale, a high house, i.e., a house with rafters made into a very sharp roof; moe, these were sleeping houses; me ka amana, boards or sticks put up for shelves for laying kapas or other property on. [↑]

[274] Ka halau aina, the long house where the women might eat, aina for ai ana; the halau was often used for a canoe house, but generally as an eating house for women; halau was a long and large house with the door in the end, a common house had its doorin front. [↑]

[275] Lulu kohekohe, kohe name of the grass that springs up and grows in kalo patches, the kohe is spread down, hohola ka moena, the mat is spread on top. [↑]

[276] Kau ka pakakeha, to lie on the back with the head raised on a pillow, i.e., to lie like a chief ingreat dignity, so the followers of Kamehameha who ape his dignity. [↑]

[277] Lele kahili, the fly brushes swing at the door as the masters would lie near the door; holo ka uhai, the door shut; uhai, the shutter of the door; kapa eleele the sleeping kapa: The fly brush waved, the door was shut, the black kapa drawn up and the chief went to sleep. [↑]

[278] Holo pee iki, literally, run, hide a little, i.e., when one is weary to go to kuono, place of enjoyment, kuu ka luhi, dismiss fatigue and care. [↑]

[279] Ina mahana Kanaloa, etc., relates to the affection and tranquility of Kanaloa and wife. [↑]

[280] Lea ka ai, joyful the person who has much land, hence much food, many enjoyments. [↑]

[281] I ka pale ihe ui, in parrying the spear, ui, strong, energetic, o ka lani, Kamehameha; hahaki, to break as a stick or spear, to break the points of spears is sweet, gives himan appetite; it was pleasure for him to play with war instruments. [↑]

[282] Lea ke kau ai, pleasurable, at ease, at peace, no enemies, season of fish, food; he maona, when he was fully supplied, those below him supplied all his wants. [↑]

[283] He maona ai kou, thine is the fullness of food, even ye the poor people, noanoa, common people. [↑]

[284] He maona moku, it is of the chief to be satisfied with districts of country, kingdoms. [↑]

[285] Ke i aku nei, he, Kamehameha, says I will eat, I will finish; moku, an end, the remaining sweetness of eating. [↑]

[286] I na hai ai, collections of hogs, fowls, dogs; these are called hai ai, here connected with au honua, it means the districts, lands, and all that belongs to them. [↑]

[287] I ka hoolua pikao, hoolua, to do twice, to do over again, as to bake hogs, dogs, fish twice over, baked untildry; no moisture, but not burnt. The islands were to Kamehameha as dry meat, thoroughlybaked. [↑]

[288] Ai kalani, the king enjoys Hawaii, i.e., Kaù, Puna and Hilo; pakaeaea, wrinkles on the skin, when one is just able to crawl from extreme old age. [↑]

[289] Limu kohu, limu, sea moss, considered an extremely fine dish; kohu, fitting as a fine garment (kapa) does a chief, hence, the chief is noble and grand in his appearance; ke hele, when he goes abroad, i kohu no, fitted out, consistent as a noble chief. [↑]

[290] He alii pono, a supremely excellent chief, an excellent country. [↑]

[291] Hawaii the former possession of Keawe. [↑]

[292] O ka lani, Kamehameha is the Malela, the superior. Malela, an ancient king of excellent character,formerly lived on Oahu. Kamehameha is likened to him. [↑]

[293] Ea Malela, ka moaeku, Malela arose, came as the strong east wind; moae, the soft east wind; Moaeku, is the strong east wind. [↑]

[294] Ka moae kukuku, the strong east wind, stronger than moaeku, which is the commencement of a strong wind. Moae kukuku is when the wind rages, pakuku ahi when it rages furiously as fire. [↑]

[295] Ka makani, a strong east wind. Akaleiohua, name of an ancient chief. Kamehameha is Akaleiohua, the poet will not admit anyare stronger than he. [↑]

[296] O Kalaninui was a kapu chief of the highest grade, a high chief of Maui, the brother of Kahekili who wasthe father of Kamehameha. [↑]

[297] O ke kapu no, he was a real kapu chief; hoano, separated, sacred. Pau no, pili no, nona no, he belongs, is connected with this chief, i.e., Kamehameha. [↑]

[298] O ka moe, the obeisance, the bowing down, the prostration of the people on the approach ofa chief; o ke puhi, the burning of a person who does not prostrate himself before a chief, i.e., a chiefof the highest class: o ka wohi, epithet of a chief below that of an alii puhi ahi, they are all below Kamehameha. [↑]

[299] O ke alii, Kamehameha was a high chief, his natural chieftainship was one; o ke koa, his being a successful soldier was the second part [of his greatness]. [↑]

[300] O ka lani, he, Kamehameha, was a chief, he was a man, a common man. Iolaniku, io, name of a bird that soars high in the air, lani very high. Ku, name of one of the great gods. [↑]

[301] He kanaka no kaulu hanae, a man from on high, kaulu, what is very high, on top of a cliff; no kaulu makani, from the high place of winds of Laa; the god of the winds. Name of the man who regulated the wind, lived at the extremewest end of Molokai. [↑]

[302] O Kameeliko, the name of one of the ancestors of Kamehameha; o ka lani nui, of the high chief; na pua, descendant; mamo a Hoomilialau, an ancient chiefess, the goddess of storms, hurricanes, thunder, and all wonderfulevents; meaning Kameeliko, i.e., Kamehameha, is the descendant of the wonder-workinggoddess Hoomilialau. [↑]

[303] A ke kumu, the author of the winds that came forth (are born) waikanaka and become men, i.e., though born of the wind, they become reasonable, rational men. [↑]

[304] Puka mai, the chief came forth a man, but in mind, thought, plan, a god. [↑]

[305] Na maka o ka makani, the origin of the winds which come from the clouds. [↑]

[306] Ka muo, the bud; ka liko, the swelling; ka ao, the opening; ka lau, the leaf of the wind; the reference to the winds represents the rise and progressof Kamehameha. [↑]

[307] O ka makani kuhonua, a wind very strong when one does not see whence it comes or any cause for it; hili lau moku, a wind that blows all about the island. [↑]

[308] Hilia for hiliia, twisted are banana leaves of Humuula, a place in Hamakua, Hawaii, near the boundaries of Hilo; paumaele, defiled is the air, kalani, atmosphere. [↑]

[309] Ka hakiana, a maia, a garden spot, the banana gardens of Palila, the person famous for plantingbananas upland of Humuula, who (Palila) eats and leaves the small ones at the bottomof the bunch. Koe ma ka pola, remains at the bottom, pola, the small bananas at the bottom of the bunch. Palila was the son of a celebratedwarrior remarkable for swiftness in running. [↑]

[310] Ua hoopau ia, they are all destroyed by the wind, every one. [↑]

[311] Kaholoiki and Kaholonui, names of places. [↑]

[312] Na ea kapu, ea, a field, a large tract of bananas sacred to Niheu, a man of ancient times famousfor his fighting qualities, he was a small man but very powerful, a younger brotherof Kana. Ku awili, they stand bent over, awili, the stem as it bends over and forms an arch; ka okai, the bananas as they hang on the stem one row under another. [↑]

[313] I ka uka, upland of Wilikulamanu, above Humuula in Hilo. [↑]

[314] I Laumaiakenahae, name of a place above Hilo. [↑]

[315] Kahikolani, Puukahonua, names of ancient chiefs; o kanaka iki e ka moku, when there were but few men on the island, i.e., these two were chiefs when therewere few people. [↑]

[316] O ka uuina, strong exercising at work, at fishing, etc. Wawau, at a land unknown, this is spoken of the very ancient chiefs just mentioned, whowere from some foreign country. Oia na keiki e eu nei, those from the children of the present mischievous race. [↑]

[317] Ka oiwi, the body, strength of wind; ona, belonging to it. [↑]

[318] O Kona nui a niho, the great Kona gnashing with six teeth; o ke Konahiki, the month of October when the wind comes off Heapuku, tearing up and disturbingqualities belongs to Konahiki. [↑]

[319] O ka kikiao kahiu, the wind when it strikes suddenly, then suddenly lulls. Kahi oia no, that is it. Hanaia, name of the third month (November) of Hoilo, ke hiki mai, when it comes. [↑]

[320] O ke kiki, the strength, o leleuli, a great falling rain with a high wind, sweeping away everything. Lelekuila a singular blowing striking wind; o ka hooilo, of the winter, i.e., such is the character of winter. [↑]

[321] Lele ua, rain falling straight down, not driven by the wind. Leleleaka, a fine rain without wind; leleaka, fine rain with wind; mea i Kona as it is often seen at Kona, Hawaii. Kona u. Kona is so called at Kailua. [↑]

[322] Eia ka lani, this is the chief (Kamehameha), so is his character, ke kikiao, the hard striking wind is his, i.e., no common wind. [↑]

[323] Kona ku, a strong rushing wind. [↑]

[324] E inoino, desolating the land; i ke kamaniheunonea, name of a very destructive wind. [↑]

[325] Kamaniheu o Kamehameha, a Kalanikuakaa, name of Kamehameha’s father. [↑]

[326] Nana, o Kamehameha, e kau e hoopau, to overthrow; ke kualono, like something descended in rolling down hill with force; ka hilikia, same as kahiliia, swept over, made silent by the chief Kamehameha. [↑]

[327] Oi pono ka lemu, while he sits comfortably, the chief, Kamehameha. [↑]

[328] Kumoho, up the hill from Laa. [↑]

[329] Ku e ae ana, he moves his foot slightly against the top of the high Kumoho. [↑]

[330] Kiekie ka lani, Kamehameha; kaulu kahi kiekie loa, halona, places below where one can stand and look off and around. [↑]

[331] Nana, to look at the land, country below. Kilohana, beautiful below. Kilohana is the colored and most beautiful of a set of kapas. [↑]

[332] Imiimihia, looked after, sought after; lanalanahia, a thing hoped for, wished for; lana, it floats, is seen; makai, to seek for as a constable for a felon—to look at the island. [↑]

[333] Kulia, to stand erect, for kuia l inserted. Kamehameha stands erect, kilokilohia, to look at the situation, circumstances of the island. [↑]

[334] Papa, to see, to look at, to examine, as if one was on top of Punchbowl and looking downon Honolulu and sees each house, tree, looks on top of Maunaloa. [↑]

[335] Kumoena, spread out as a mat, like a mat; kumoena lau, the spots, the squares of a mat; the mountains of Papai, i.e., name of a mountainof Kaù. [↑]

[336] Haalulu, the top of Kaiholena trembles as in an earthquake, figuratively of Kamehameha throughfear of him; ke poo o Kaù, a mountain still higher than Kaiholena. [↑]

[337] Ua monea, to smooth, to polish, to brush off dust, the upland of Pakua, he kuahiwi ma Kaù, is swept clean, no people, thus lie the places just mentioned. [↑]

[338] I ka hele ia, by the soldiers of Kamehameha; ke ku, because they ate standing, to be always in readiness for battle; the places abovementioned were so desolated by Kamehameha’s armies by the poe huikahi, i.e. Kamehameha’s soldiers had short malos which were fastened only in one place,hence the name of his soldiers, synonymous with ka poe ku, above; the short malos were in distinction from the poe huilua, long malos, tied twice. [↑]

[339] Here begins a reproachful speech against Keoua and the people of Kaù: E ka apo wale, ye robbers; apo, to seize, to carry off, applied to the people of Kaù; Keoua ilihune, poor outcast; e ka makia hele la, wandering away to escape the officers. [↑]

[340] Kulolia, friendless, destitute, without clothing except a malo; o ke alanui, belonging to the highway, having no home elsewhere; Kaipuu, land in Kapapala. [↑]

[341] Ua wawahia for wawahiia, these lands, places above mentioned, were broken up by the soldiery; ua kahiau ia, are swept clean of wood, brush, etc. [↑]

[342] Ua kahiauia; ua nao ka wale, the spittle is corrupted; nao, the contents of a boil, as pressed out after being opened. [↑]

[343] Ua wali, to mix, to pound as in pounding poi, the people of Kaù are all pounded or mixed up; aole nao. paumaele, defiled greatly; kuai, to rub off dirt from the feet, on the grass, or wash in the water; i ke kuai ina ia, in the cleansing off of pollution. [↑]

[344] O ke kini nana i kuai, the multitude of those who anai, labor, under Kamehameha. Keoua is reproached as one of them, he was used as he had used others, the people of Kaùnuikuamakani,the people of Kaù. [↑]

[345] O ka hu, the common low people, the dregs; o ka makaainana, the lowest of the common people, hu, the froth of water. [↑]

[346] Kuakea, white-headed, no hair on their heads. [↑]

[347] Ke kini mahiai o Kau, kini here refers to the subjects of Keoua, mostly farmers. [↑]

[348] Haawe pili, bundles of grass for covering the road of Kapaukua, a place in Kaù. Keoua was one put to this service as he had formerly caused the people to lay grass inthe road for him. [↑]

[349] O ka lani anei, the poet asks, is the chief Kamehameha your companion; i aa mai ai, that you should dare challenge or provoke him? E kipikipi, rebel against Kamehameha? [↑]

[350] I lou mai ai, lou to pull with the fingers, a game in ancient times; me he moa la, moa a plant that grows in the mountains with crooked roots very strong. Two parties takehold of the roots and stake, he wins whose end or root does not break, something aspersons play with the wish-bone of a fowl. He mea e keia, he alii, the poet says, this is another thing, it is a chief you have to deal with. [↑]

[351] Noa, common people. [↑]

[352] He lepo no, the common people fight together; lepo, epithet given to the common people. Olelo, as the saying is, he mahiai, one who cultivates the soil, here applied by the poet to Keoua, that he was notonly a rustic but a servant of servants. [↑]

[353] Aloha ia oe, said in derision, contempt, pity for you; e aloha hokahoka, be ashamed, see yourself foolish, words of the poet. [↑]

[354] E kena for kela ilio lepo iki, O thou little dog, e na emphatic, see kena, this servant low, grovelling, makawela, applied to the lowest grade of servants: this is all applied to Keoua. [↑]

[355] Kupa kahiko, kamaaina, an ancient son of the land, Keoua o Naalehu, where Keoua lived. Kiina aku a umiia, sent for to be hanged (not as we hang), but strangled, which was done by puttinga rope about the criminal’s neck and two or more persons pulling at each end of therope. [↑]

[356] Na manu ala kahiko, the owls hovered around in the evening to catch mice. Hawaiians made a low shelterunder which one would crawl and make a noise like a mouse, the owls would pounce uponthe place and be caught; i koe, i.e., the remnant of Keoua’s soldiers. [↑]

[357] Ke kulolia, applied to Keoua, represented as a beggar in miserable circumstances; a alo, dodging, whiffling, inconstant as the wind; noho lae, like a person living on acape of land; Kunounou, name of a cape at Kaù. [↑]

[358] Lukulukua for lukuluku ia, a great slaughter. Lukua for luku ia, slaughter upon slaughter;i kamaa, so many were killed that they were trodden upon in Koolau, a part of Hamakua,Hawaii. Thus evils came upon Keoua being conquered by Kamehameha. [↑]

[359] Ko pale wawae, ko for kou, thy feet, defenders, kamaa, shoes, sandals, o Kohala. Kena send and tread down o Kona, i.e., trample down Keoua. [↑]

[360] I ka waha hewa, the reproaching mouth; ia kalani, i.e., Keoua had vilified Kamehameha. [↑]

[361] Ia Kahaulu, the sorcerer; pupuka olelo, with deceitful words; kaanema, deceitful language of double meaning. Such was the character of Kahaulu as a prophetof Keoua. [↑]

[362] Halaiwi, a person guilty of great offences, such a person shall die; he lukuna, poetical for lukuia anei, a question shall any one be destroyed for well doing? ponopono. [↑]

[363] O hoolei ia i ke kuikui? O for e hoolei, to beat, to pound, to strike with the fists; kuikui, a boxing, striking with thefist. [↑]

[364] He hehi ia, a treading only belongs to him, i.e. he deserves to be kicked. [↑]

[365] He lukuna alii auanei, lukuna for e luku ia, shall the chiefs be destroyed by you, Keoua? (words of the poet: O wae, to choose out, select; e hookaawale ia, shall he [Keoua] be set apart for koaie, name of a species of spear like the pololu,he is set apart for death by koaie.) [↑]

[366] I koa laukani, a soldier armed with a very long spear, laukani; a Lono, i.e., Kamehameha: e i ae i ka hoano, speak to the sharpening stone, Kamehameha, for he is a grindstone for the hatchets. [↑]

[367] Na pahi lepe lua, double edged knife or sword; lepe the comb of a cock, the edge of any cutting instrument; na ene, an offensive weapon in war, about two feet long, a foot and a half was handle witha ball shaped head some four or five inches in diameter, full of creases for inflictingpain and death on the enemy; ene pahi, it was called a knife; niho wanawana, the projection on the ene. Kamehameha was likened in his fighting to the effect of the above instrument. [↑]

[368] Ka ulae nui, a species of fish with many and very sharp teeth in both jaws; niho wakawaka, one tooth acting against another, so was Kamehameha. [↑]

[369] O kou laau no ia, language of the poet to Keoua; e luku ia o ke ino, to destroy what was mean, corrupt, defiled. [↑]

[370] He ino ahona auanei? ahona, swelling, increasing; he ino, it is an evil to be shunned, i.e., Keoua (language of the poet). [↑]

[371] I ahona, a small offense, his name may be found in the list of chiefs; i ka hoopuka maka ana ae, he came from or showed his face, i.e., was born of the line of chiefs. [↑]

[372] He moopuna, etc., though he was born from chiefs, he is the grandchild of a servant, an expressionof great contempt, the most degrading epithet that could be used. [↑]

[373] Na Hana kahiko, the grandchild of ancient Hana of Kahuku, a land in Kaù. [↑]

[374] Na kamalii, of the children; na kama lele, an orphan child; he nounou, thrown back and forth as boys at play with balls of mud, na gives force to the sarcasm against Keoua. [↑]

[375] He moe kai no Kaaawa, in the reign of Kualii of Oahu, he punished criminals by placing them on a pieceof wicker work on the sea of Kaaawa, such was the law and readiness of Kualii whowas celebrated for his long life and other qualities. Keoua is likened to one of thosepersons placed on the sea, he kupono, etc., this was according to the law called kaihehee. [↑]

[376] He limu lana, the sea-moss floating ashore at Kauwahine, name of the shore where the sea-mosswas driven, the land was called Kauawapela. [↑]

[377] He lipuupuu, also the sea-moss; he halua, the place where the moss collected; kiai awa, guarding the harbor or place where canoes might land, so Keoua. [↑]

[378] I halihali ia mai oukou, ye are brought hither Keoua ma; maka koa was any fixed placed upland at some distance from the sea as a beacon to guide thoseat sea who are taking fish. No Unulau, a place off south of Kaù, applied to Keoua as a beacon for others to look at. [↑]

[379] I kiai no Halaea, to become a watchman at Halaea, name of a long dangerous cape south of Kailiki,on Hawaii; hookolo ka make, death crawls from Oahu from the place spoken before. [↑]

[380] Kanukawowo, a spreading vine was planted at Oahu, it spread even to Kaù. [↑]

[381] Ku a lau, it shoots up, leaves out and branches out there at Kaù. [↑]

[382] Ho mai no (words of the poet) give here, addressed to Keoua ma, i nokea, i lukuia, that they may be slain. [↑]

[383] Nokea ia paumaele, destroyed in filthiness, in blood, meea ia; luku a luku a pau loa, utterly destroyed; meea, to root up, overturn, destroyed utterly. [↑]

[384] Kahi paa i ka po, a place fast in darkness; kuakini, an intensive of po, a terrible dark night. [↑]

[385] Kahi paa, like the above; kuamano, numberless. [↑]

[386] He niuhi, name of a species of very large shark; lawa ikaika, very strong to devour all on land, i.e., Kamehameha. [↑]

[387] He pihapiha ulaula, the red gills of a fish, as the gills of a fish serve for breathing and sustaininglife, so Kamehameha is the means of life to the people. [↑]

[388] He puu kalea ole, to choke, to gargle, to be troubled to swallow when drinking; kalea, to choke. [↑]

[389] He moku aleuleu, a dress to work in, one that if dirty will be no injury, Kaù and Puna are workingclothes. [↑]

[390] He moku hele wale, the above districts are places where Kamehameha may go at pleasure as there willbe no enemy; i ike oe, thou O Keoua knowest (words of the poet to Keoua). [↑]

[391] He moku ai malu, Puna is a land where Kamehameha may eat in secret, unseen, alone. [↑]

[392] He moku pakaua ole, a district where there are no munitions of war; pakaua, war fence; no kuu lani, for my chief; i ike oe, thou Keoua knowest. [↑]

[393] He moku uhai aholo, Hilo is not certainly captured; uhaiaholo, as in a race sometimes one is before then falls behind, then the others, etc., soit is not certain which will win, so was Hilo. [↑]

[394] Keaau o Waiakea, Keaau was a large land in Puna; Waiakea, a large land in Hilo, these two lands are the calabash; he poi, the cover of that calabash is Olaa, a land of upper Puna. [↑]

[395] Noloko ia o na ipu e, the above mentioned places, Keaau, Waiakea and Olaa, were in the calabash, i.e.,in the power of Kamehameha; e is added to ipu as an ornament in recitation; no lawalawa i honua malawa, bound, tied up tight, an epithet of Kamehameha. [↑]

[396] Lawalawaihonua, name of a large wooden calabash, Hilo is meant by this. [↑]

[397] Moku, cut up, cut short, as land divided into small tracts, as fish cut in small pieces. [↑]

[398] Ipukai, a small dish for gravy; pokea, to cut up short and mix together. [↑]

[399] Hoae, to give, to transfer to another place. [↑]

[400] Halo, to polish, to garnish, to make bright. Imoku, name of a chief of Hilo. [↑]

[401] Kulukulua, name of a chief of Hilo; Kalaau, a wooden vessel, wooden calabash. [↑]

[402] Ohe hanaoi, cutting instruments were formerly made of bambu. [↑]

[403] Lele pakalani, the name of a certain sharp bambu used for cutting by Kamehameha. [↑]

[404] Okia for oki ia. [↑]

[405] Kuhikuhi, sweet to the taste, as sweet fresh meat. [↑]

[406] Piko, the navel; io piko, the flesh of the belly. [↑]

[407] Hakualo, haku, hard bunch, and alo, in front, the lower part of the abdomen. [↑]

[408] Hiu, the hinder part of a fish if it be cut in the middle, but not the tail, that ispewa; pewa, the tail of a fish but not hiu. [↑]

[409] Lawalu, to wrap up meat or fish in ki leaves preparatory for roasting; maka. the meat wrapped up in leaves for baking; maka mua, the first fruits; kau, the warm season, summer. [↑]

[410] Kao, to put into the oven for baking without being wrapped up. [↑]

[411] No muli, for afterwards, for future use; Lanipae, name of a place inland from Hilo. [↑]

[412] Ma for make, makalo iki, the little kalo says. [↑]

[413] Mamama for make, we two are dead, as said by the large kalo. [↑]

[414] Makuakapule, pious, religious, devoted to the gods. [↑]

[415] Kukoae, an epithet of Kamehameha in his character as a god or victor. [↑]

[416] Kulimaaihala, epithet of one who has broken kapu by eating contrary to kapu. [↑]

[417] Kaa, to roll, to give up, to offer in sacrifice. [↑]

[418] Popoki, to die in the sea, to drown, the dead body of one drowned. Ainaholo, aina, eating, eaten swimming, one that has died in the ocean and been partly eaten byfish or otherwise mutilated. [↑]

[419] Hainalua, name of a chief at Hilo slain by Kamehameha. [↑]

[420] Ma for make, ma ka moku, the district is slain. Ku, one of the original gods. [↑]

[421] Lelelua, lele to fly, and lua double, accompanying; miolani, to fly like a god, alternately sinking and rising. [↑]

[422] Hahomea, an ancient warlike chief. Kamehameha is said to be his tail, i.e., follower, imitator. [↑]

[423] Paoa, to break through, as a large fish inclosed in a net makes a dash and breaks through. [↑]

[424] Leia pass of le, to leap, jump. [↑]

[425] Waihoa pass for waihoia. [↑]

[426] Ko na aumoku, all the lands around; ka, to come, to approach. [↑]

[427] Nehenuu, the effect, the striking of thunder upon the ground; nehelani, the sound of thunder in the clouds. Note: Hawaiians seem not to have understoodthe connection between lightning and thunder as they attribute to thunder what belongs to lightning. [↑]

[428] Punaluu, name of a place in Kaù; Papakiikii, a place near Punaluu; hoae, to move along. See ae to pass. [↑]

[429] Lekaleka, to offer a sacrifice, to worship a god. [↑]

[430] Haona, see hao to cram, and haona to cram into one’s mouth when one is hungry; applied to the liberal feeding of thegods by their worshipers. Hainukulani, name of Kamehameha’s god while fighting at Kaù. [↑]

[431] Ohiohia, to gather up, to collect little things; ukai, up inland; akoakoa, to assemble, to collect. [↑]

[432] Luakaimoana, name of one who gathered things for Kamehameha. [↑]

[433] Kukailimoku, the war god of Kamehameha. [↑]

[434] Ai puku, a state of freedom among the gods in regard to eating, when there was no kapu. [↑]

[435] Ulunae, name of a place in Kaù. [↑]

[436] Lealea, name of a kapu; kahea lealea, to proclaim a kapu. [↑]

[437] Koi hauhaua, striking adze; ka, to strike at, to affect; ka manawa, the internal thought. [↑]

[438] Kinaukolo, name of an ancient chief on Hawaii; kinaukolo, kinaunau, to revolve in the mind, especially evil; kolo, to come in judgment, to condemn for some wrong. [↑]

[439] Hainuu,—haianuu, the raised steps on which the idol stood. Kalana for kala ana, pardoning as of an offense, this was done by the gods through the priest havingoffered an acceptable sacrifice. [↑]

[440] Hainana, an assembly, a multitude assembled for worship; Kihawahine, the lizard goddess. [↑]

[441] Hia ai, greatly desiring to eat, to consume. [↑]

[442] Lau, many; lehulehu, kino lau, many bodied, applied to Kihawahine above. [↑]

[443] Aau, to swim or float as a fish with head above water; milo, the branch of a tree on the bank of a fish pond, the branch reaching below the surfaceof the water; applied to the people of Puna conquered by Kamehameha. [↑]

[444] Waiwela, name of a pond in Puna from the fact that the water is always warm from the volcano. [↑]

[445] Holowai, literally, to sail by water, to pass from one place to another; Waiakea, name of a stream at Hilo. [↑]

[446] Kula, Kapoho, Puehu, Kumukukui, names of places in Puna. [↑]

[447] Kamauliola, comfortably residing, i.e., a house to live comfortably in. [↑]

[448] Kiha, an ancient chief. [↑]

[449] Keia wahi lani, this kind of chief, i.e., one of his character. [↑]

[450] Na lani liilii, applies to the children of Kamehameha. [↑]

[451] Makualii, the chiefs under Kamehameha, especially the older ones. [↑]

[452] Opi, opina, 1st, the place on the side of a person between the ribs and the hip bone; 2nd, theplace of affection, to live in the opina of a person is to enjoy his favor and protection. [↑]

[453] Haka, to fight; huna, before, time past. [↑]

[454] Hu, applied to all the people, the multitude; ka hu poe nui, all the people everywhere. [↑]

[455] Luaa, 1st, to pound poi till soft; 2nd, to make poi and make ready food and conveniences for a feast. [↑]

[456] Lolo o Ku, on the train of Ku, i.e., in his presence, before him. [↑]

[457] Apiapi, to be full, to overflow as a calabash filled too full, applies to clouds so fullof water that they shed rain. Kahuilalani, name of a god giving food in abundance. [↑]

[458] Kanalani, in great numbers, in abundance, like apiapi. [↑]

[459] Hakei, to lie still, to be hushed in silence; kaiamu a great multitude of people sitting in silence. [↑]

[460] Hoolua, to collect; hoolua kaha, to collect the multitude. [↑]

[461] Kio, heap, collection; kio honua, piles, heaps of food. [↑]

[462] Makaikai, to examine, to search out; Kama, to whom Maui anciently belonged. [↑]

[463] Kalakaua, na aina eha, these were Maui, Molokai, Lanai and Kahoolawe. Kalakaua was the son of Kama. [↑]

[464] Kuihewa, an ancient king of Oahu; known also as Kakuhihewa. [↑]

[465] Au, region, country, literally, flat land; Lihue, the plain at the base of Kaala; Hoalani, an ancient chief of Oahu. [↑]

[466] Ainakea, literally, white land, i.e., Koolau so called because of the whiteness of the reef and sand. Laa he kupuna alii, a progenitor of chiefs; kamalii, the descendants of Laa, continued to reside at Koolau. [↑]

[467] Manokalani, chief of Kauai, grandson of Laa. [↑]

[468] Kealohikikaupea, king of all Kauai. [↑]

[469] Ahaula, red cord, the name of the line fencing off the common people from the chief, theline of kapu around a chief. Aha mai ka po mai, this kapu was established time out of mind. [↑]

[470] Pualei, a head-dress of flowers. [↑]

[471] Mahilipine and Mahilika, names of two cords used anciently as signs of kapu by chiefs. [↑]

[472] Manawaauea, name of another cord. [↑]

[473] Punaue, to sit in order, silently in rows as in ancient worship, or at a feast of the chief. [↑]

[474] E like kuli, the knees all bent alike, the hands held under the thighs, any failure was deathto the delinquent. [↑]

[475] Aha, the service, the prayer, the ceremonies, etc. [↑]

[476] Kuene, to crowd along, to crowd in, applied to persons sitting in a row, and another wishesto push himself in. E oi ka noho, sit along, move a little. [↑]

[477] Hulaana, name of people living in valleys, ravines, etc. [↑]

[478] Wai, to enter, to pass through as a door. [↑]

[479] Hilo one, i.e., the people who live on the sandy spots of Hilo. Kolo kuli, to walk or crawl upon the knees, the manner of approaching a chief in former times. [↑]

[480] Hoahaaha, to sit upright; onahawalu, to sit quietly, to make no movement. [↑]

[481] Hoahaawa, smoothly, as water where there is no wind. [↑]

[482] Awa, the intoxicating drink. [↑]

[483] Paiea, one of the names of Kamehameha. [↑]

[484] Koae, a species of bird; koae kolo, another species. [↑]

[485] Hoanoano, solemn, sacred as a kapu. [↑]

[486] Ko, to fulfill, to decree, to determine on. [↑]

[487] Kani ku e, the sound of a cry or whistle from one to another when in the mountains; peapea, a thing forbidden. [↑]

[488] Kapulani, prohibited by the chief; peapea o ke alii, a kapu sign of the chief. [↑]

[489] Koolani, living to old age, living forever; makuakahi, a time of old age, when the hair is grey and falls off. [↑]

[490] Makualua, old age, when one walks with a staff. [↑]

[491] Awakoo, a kapu concerning awa, a kapu that was laid during the feast; makua kolokolo, old age, when one walks with tremor in his joints, tremblingly. [↑]

[492] Makuaha, a time of age when one creeps on hands and knees. [↑]

[493] Puhekeha, to sit as an old person doubled up with hands folded and leaning on the knees; lawalawa, bound up as with a rope or string; namu, a failure of the voice from old age, infirmity of the organs of speech. [↑]

[494] Amau, the awa of the chief causes men to sit still. [↑]

[495] Koolei, name of a kapu laid during an awa drinking course. [↑]

[496] Kahaluu, name of a place near Kailua, Hawaii. [↑]

[497] Waiakapo, name of a place the other side of Kailua. [↑]

[498] Puku, to destroy, to annihilate (Kamehameha). [↑]

[499] Ehukaipo, an ancient king of Kona. [↑]

[500] Koko, hot; la koko, a hot sun. [↑]

[501] Ahuena, name of a heiau at Kailua, Hawaii. [↑]

[502] Hoao, to taste, to eat, to enjoy; na iho, to the full, applied to eating; ana, to be satisfied with eating. [↑]

[503] Kuilena, the property, the fruits of a land. [↑]

[504] Aina for ai, to eat, to consume; naulia, see nau, to chew, l inserted, to chew as a ruminating animal; opala, the property, the substance of one. [↑]

[505] Iwi, literally, bones, the remains of eating, the remnants of property of a subdued people;manaku, a deep pit, a receptacle of filth and useless matter. [↑]

[506] Puaina, to spit, to show contempt by spitting toward or at a thing. [↑]

[507] Moka, to chew and spit out, the matter chewed and spit out. [↑]

[508] Kupu, epithet of Kamehameha; kaeo, the hair on top of the head gathered and tied up in a bunch so as to stand erect. [↑]

[509] Leina, flowing as light, spreading as the dawning of morn; Oulu, the flying god, the flight of Oulu was straight forward like light, but Kamehameha’s lying down was above his flight. [↑]

[510] Awe, companion, friend, relation. [↑]

[511] Kaukama, two words, thy kau kama, children. [↑]

[512] Kui, to strike with the fists; peku, a contest in fighting, boxing. [↑]

[513] Punana, to draw near to, to approach, especially with a view to box or fight, to come togetheras persons threatening and brandishing their fists; pekulani, see peku above, the royal contest. [↑]

[514] Momoe kapu, the kapu was to lie down and fight with the fist, and no other way. [↑]

[515] Hele lani, walks a chief, name given to Kamehameha; ohiako, the ohia cut down for sacred purposes when a person was sacrificed to give it power, an epithetof Kamehameha. [↑]

[516] Oneo, consecrated, devoted. [↑]

[517] Mahele, to divide, to separate, to point the proper thing for a place. [↑]

[518] Ka wao, the exclamation on ordering men to act simultaneously. [↑]

[519] Ulunu, name of a heiau; kalana, i.e., kala ana, offering a sacrifice that would procure or rescue life. [↑]

[520] Waihau, a heiau; Kanoa, the name of the heiau. [↑]

[521] Kai, to lead, direct the multitudes in their worship at the heiau’s so they need notgo wrong, but obey the forms of service. [↑]

[522] Papahola, hola the article that puts fish to sleep, hence, a general swoop of ruin, papa an intensitive. [↑]

[523] Noiau, counselor, one who consults with the king on the interests of the government. [↑]

[524] Kunuiakea, the same as Ku. [↑]

[525] Laau hio, applied to a konohiki because he is under, or yields to a chief. [↑]

[526] Alualu, applied to people of changeable minds; malalaioa, poor people without lands, vagabonds. [↑]

[527] Kapii, hair standing erect; kaai, curly as the hair; lole, long, flowing smooth hair. [↑]

[528] Piko, lower part of the belly. [↑]

[529] Kuaii, to flatter, cajole; kai, close-fisted, selfish; olu, manao pahee, slippery in thought, not firm; e ke loa, be off, begone, go farther off. [↑]

[530] Kuleana, office, business; pehu, swollen, the office of swollen speech, i.e., flattery; hookaa, to fulfill an office, to pay a debt. [↑]

[531] Peue, pepeue, to flatter with inflated and false language, to appear pleased in speech and conduct,when the heart is wanting. [↑]

[532] Opa, see oopa, lameness. [↑]

[533] Kini, a kinsman, a relation; aiaina, an eater, i.e., an enjoyer, possessor of land. [↑]

[534] Hukia for huki, to draw, to pull. This is the taunt of the poet to the selfish flattering advisersof the king. [↑]

[535] Kuaana, an ancient chief of Hilo. [↑]

[536] Mole, the tap, or perpendicular root of a tree; paiaa, the side or horizontal roots of a tree; Kekuahiwi, an ancient chief of Hilo, son of Kuaana. [↑]

[537] Akaanuioleloloa, an ancient king of Hilo. [↑]

[538] Akoa, for akoia, to cut, clip off, to pick with the thumb and finger as a bud of a plant. [↑]

[539] Huli, kalo tops for planting. [↑]

[540] Ku, to assemble, to bring together; Kukii, place in Puna. [↑]

[541] Mehame, a kapu, name of a kapu of Lono. [↑]

[542] Haipule applies to the worship of the gods where the thought, words and actions are all engaged. [↑]

[543] Wahaula, name of Paao’s famous first heiau at Puna; kupu, exercise, work, engagement. [↑]

[544] Kauwelu, see kau and welu, the end, the finishing of a period of time. [↑]

[545] Makahiki, in years, i.e., in process of time. [↑]

[546] Haahui, together, the different districts, emphasizing the join, hui, of the islands. [↑]

[547] Pale lono, lono the rumors pervading the land, shown in next line. [↑]

[548] Ku kamahele, founding the beneficient law of Kamehameha for safety of old men and women on thehighway. [↑]

[549] Unu kapu, according to the spirit of Lono temples. [↑]

[550] Kuku’i, publish, proclaim; holoi i ka poino, wash away the distress of the land and people. [↑]

[551] Haumia, all of shame and pollution to overcome the a’e. [↑]

[552] Distress shown in next line. [↑]

[553] Wa a ke kulolia, period of restless uncertainty, caused by war. [↑]

[554] Polulu, time of fearful forebodings. [↑]

[555] Hulialama, a turning over to peace throughout. [↑]

[556] Maemae, to cleanse, purify. [↑]

[557] Konalenale, ease and comfort, tranquility. [↑]

[558] Nihope, a following tranquil condition which pervades the masses (pinaea). [↑]

[559] He mu oia, repeated to give length of line for the chanter, expresses the stillness from thecessation of wars and strife. [↑]

[560] Kua’i ka lani, the chief changes or has changed, which leads to the question following. [↑]

[561] Kalani ma, frequently referred to, means the company or forces of the chief, which may or maynot include him. The translated lines deal with the chief, the principal, his companionsor forces being understood. [↑]

[562] Ahanana, poetic change on the question aha ana of preceding line, here more emphatic. [↑]

[563] Pehe for pehea, questioning before the gods. [↑]

[564] In the front (of preceding line), the custom of ancient times being to carry theirwar gods with them into the battlefield for the double purpose of encouraging itsside and creating dread in the ranks of the opponents. [↑]

[565] To reward keepers for watchful night services and instruction. [↑]

[566] All questions of serious moment were the subject of night services and instruction. [↑]

[567] Kilihe’a, exhibited evidences of their calling. [↑]

[568] Prayer for the chief’s efficiency in warfare. [↑]

[569] Wa, sound of victories carried to Kauai, at Papaenaena. [↑]

[570] Papaenaena, name of the landing at Waimea. [↑]

[571] Names of Kauai lands at the shore. [↑]

[572] This seeks to make the locality famous as the place of residence of Wakea and hispeople; Wakea, the ancestor of the race. [↑]

[573] Lapakai, the waves that roll in, or dash on the shore, are likened to the teeth of Kuhaimoana(here abbreviated to Ku). [↑]

[574] Kuhaimoana, the famous shark-god of Hawaii. [↑]

[575] Maka o Ku, eyes of Ku, in like manner, are represented by the dark clouds. [↑]

[576] Kamauli, a cloud condition sought for omens. [↑]

[577] Hahi, used here as hehi; Kapilikea, not clearly understood but evidently a renovating process or movement to agree withthe following: [↑]

[578] Punawelewele, spider-web for entanglement of the enemy. [↑]

[579] Akaka i kea, undisputably clear; open and above board. [↑]

[580] Pono, a word of many meanings having good as its root. [↑]

[581] The poet up to line 642 presents conditions of prosperity. [↑]

[582] Loloa, in its use here is virtually the length and breadth of the land. [↑]

[583] Au aha lua, time of companionship, not in rivalry and dispute. [↑]

[584] Conditions of Wakea’s time as sole, absolute ruler. [↑]

[585] Ka ha moku, etc., in Wakea was the breath, the life of the land, as ancestor of chiefs. [↑]

[586] Hawaii is claimed to have been born of Papa and Wakea, hence, part of his flesh. [↑]

[587] Honuna, as honua, the foundation for the growth, enlargement of the island. [↑]

[588] Ua ai, they, referring back to the people, ate bountifully. [↑]

[589] Lihaliha, nauseated with fatness. [↑]

[590] Kenakena, etc., pictures benefits following under Kamehameha’s rule. [↑]

[591] Ipu lonolau, a prolific bitter gourd of Kama as Kamapuaa, a god of cultivation, its vine covering trees and houses, as shown in the followinglines, indicative of fruitfulness under the new regime. [↑]

[592] The poet here pictures conditions at Kamehameha’s assault upon Hanakahi (Hilo). [↑]

[593] Lolo poo, the brains of Hilo oozed out at the assault. [↑]

[594] Mahapuu o Halai, the Halai twin hills of Hilo. [↑]

[595] Paikaka, the sea of Hilo, shares in the misfortune of its overthrow. [↑]

[596] Wai alaea, the reddish water for temple service, o’erflowed, blood-like, for the sacrifice. [↑]

[597] Hoololia, a shifting from side to side. [↑]

[598] Oma, the preparations for war; also, the space for sacrifice between two armies. [↑]

[599] Awa (Piper methysticum) bore an important part in all priestly and sacrificial ceremonies, and the severalkinds had their respective degrees of appropriateness as to the proper offering tothe gods for the service in hand. [↑]

[600] Kini waha hewa, numerous slanderers, backbiters. [↑]

[601] These many composers, chanters, of the contending Hilo army, that they may be discomfited in their utterances and their prophecies come to naught. [↑]

[602] Their expressions have been heard even in Kona. [↑]

[603] Pohaku, stones for construction of the temple, the usual preparatory step in the outbreakof hostilities, for consulting the gods on the outcome, and dedication with sacrificeof the first victim. [↑]

[604] By evening they saw some fruit of their toil. [↑]

[605] The Hilo chiefs are likened to slippery mud-fish, and the people to offensive products ofunsavory ponds. [↑]

[606] Hoomaloka, sluggish, stupid, disbelief of Kamehameha’s conquering power. [↑]

[607] Maua, we, the poet and his chief, became the victors and possessors of the land. [↑]

[608] The defeated were completely dispossessed, nothing left them to lord it over, savethe floats, the air pods of the sea-moss, hua limukala ([65]). [↑]

[609] [↑]

[610] Olewa, unfixed, restless are the people, hence their flight. [↑]

[611] Their demoralization is pictured as a disjointed tongue of mixed arrow-root substance. [↑]

[612] Hoe uli, another belittling reference to the tongue as a dark paddle. [↑]

[613] Hilipa, while boastful, is applied to one given to vaporings on various subjects or persons. [↑]

[614] Reply has been made, nothing more can be said. [↑]

[615] Punana, nest; weuweu, grass or herbage, hence, a grassy nest. [↑]

[616] Pupue is a shrugging or huddling of one’s self, it may be from fear, or from cold; it refersalso to a crouching attitude. [↑]

[617] Oni pakaawili, a restless writhing as in pain, moving this way and that; kaawili, to twist or twine around as a vine. [↑]

[618] Me he koe, as a koe (an angle or earth worm) wriggles in the dirt, so does the people of Kaù at the riseof Kamehameha. [↑]

[619] Lepo, the general term for dirt, earth, dust or ground, is here particularized as dustby the appended e-a, which is represented as the warming garment of the people of the district. At firstthis was thought to imply a dusty section of country, in passing through which onewould literally bathe in dust, as the saying is. Not having had such an experiencein our travels through Kaù, it was evident that some characteristic of the districtwas used here by the poet to belittle his opponents. Research revealed the following:

At Paiehaa, not far distant from Kaalualu, in olden time was a dust-pit known by thename of Kaumaia, that was famous as a sport place for the youth of the district andeven their elders, into which they would leap from the side cliff, some ten or twelvefeet high, and flounder about in its dust as if splashing around in a bathing pool.Tradition hath it that its dust was credited with possessing remedial qualities andbecame in more recent years an asset to certain of the kahuna class. One such, onKauai, directed a patient to go to Kaù and leap into the dust-pit of Kaumaia, whichresulted in the poor dupe breaking both his legs in his jump. [↑]

[620] This canto opens with the poet’s call upon the supernatural deities Hina and Kiha, in flattering vein, invoking their aid in behalf of Kamehameha. [↑]

[621] Ia for oia, she, Kiha. [↑]

[622] Kiha, the acknowledged head (poo) of Kamehameha’s aumakuas, or ancestral gods. [↑]

[623] King Umi’s power is besought to descend upon Kamehameha. [↑]

[624] This and two following lines refer to Umi’s overthrow of Hakau; eating the eyes ofthe body being a per forma custom attending the sacrifice of a distinguished foe. [↑]

[625] Kekea kua aaka, as also aaka ili paka, are skin conditions of those addicted to awa. Hawaiians liken the skin of inveterate awa drinkers to the crackled bark of the kukui tree. [↑]

[626] The vanquished foe is likened to the scampering of rats into the brush. Followinglines indicate the direction and completeness of the flight. [↑]

[627] Wai noni, noni juice (Morinda citifolia), said to itch or tickle the skin. This is what Punanui Kumakaha is likened to. [↑]

[628] Ohekoheko, probably the ohelo, sometimes called ohelohelo (Vaccinium sp.), the Hawaiian whortleberry. [↑]

[629] Wai moe, liquid sleep of death, death’s doings. [↑]

[630] Kanekapolei, a Hilo locality. [↑]

[631] Kopekope, a place above Hilo. [↑]

[632] Haui, title of a chief, in this case Kamehameha, to whom is the victory of the peopledhills. [↑]

[633] This opening line, a Hawaiian proverb, refers to the duped chiefs of Hilo. [↑]

[634] More sarcasm, the meaning of which is not clear. [↑]

[635] Kapa’i, to rub as ointment into the flesh. [↑]

[636] Ai kohana, stripping bare, the condition of a conquered district, the vanquished chiefs beingdispossessed of all their holdings. [↑]

[637] The question who will be the ruling chief becomes the burning one, for the reapportionmentof the lands. [↑]

[638] Iawai ka oio, thought here to refer to the true settlers, who will they be that can point clearlyto his holding? [↑]

[639] He kena no, that can send the kini (40,000), the lehu (400,000), the mano (4000) adherents of the chief. [↑]

[640] Ulu lana, buoyant, prolific, as referring to people, hopeful as to land. [↑]

[641] Ka ulu, the increase or offspring. [↑]

[642] Mahuna aimoku, twin district chiefs. [↑]

[643] Hulu, line or branch of ancestry. [↑]

[644] Pau na hulu, the line ended in the elder brother Keawe, i.e., the degree of rank. [↑]

[645] Nana, the sister Kauleleiaiwi, hers was the red established high rank, commanding kapus. [↑]

[646] Kuhina, a commanding officer of former time, termed in recent years a cabinet minister. [↑]

[647] This, with the four lines following, are veiled epithets of certain chiefs. [↑]

[648] Mana-mana, confused by the many branches of chiefs of various ranks. [↑]

[649] O kani ma, many voices acclaim the excellence of the chief. [↑]

[650] Kau of dust eye is said to apply to that district where they literally bathe in it. Seepreceding Note 75. [↑]

[651] Puna’s characteristic is shown in the thorny-edged pandanus leaves. [↑]

[652] Hilo is termed small, of black edges, referring to her rocky coast line. [↑]

[653] Hanau apono, born of rightful chief ancestry. [↑]

[654] Ka mehameha, the lone or lonely one, definition of Kamehameha’s name. [↑]

[655] Poo kui, a joining head: uniting Hawaii, first the island, then the group. [↑]

[656] Even man, the common people, recognized his rightful high birth rank. [↑]

[657] Kanaka po, a man of ancient descent, in the sense of mai ka po mai, from the night forth. [↑]

[658] Io wale no, yet he was of the flesh, he was no graven image chief. [↑]

[659] Aohe aku, he had no sycophant followers for the food they would get. [↑]

[660] Lea wale, pleasure, satisfaction, without restrained feelings. [↑]

[661] Ha ka nuku, contention and strife was breathed upon, overcoming anger, etc. [↑]

[662] Kena, command; kenakena, intensitive of kena, sending frequently. [↑]

[663] Manao ka noonoo, literally, “think the thought;” reflection on the subject in hand. [↑]

[664] At this point the preparation of Kamehameha is likened to a fisherman and carriesthrough to a successful issue. [↑]

[665] Hai-na, proclaiming, ia, he (Kamehameha), a’e, is raised. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Name Song for Kihapiilani.

By Kamakahelei.

Kihapiilani,[1] son of Piilani, begat Kamakaalaneo.

Kihapiilani of the piercing eyes;

Whitish-yellow skin has Kihapiilani.

The young onini[2] which turns gracefully at the cape,

This is the change[3] of Kiha’s skin. 5.

Kiha’s dignity which was accorded him

Was, that Kauhi was unblemished; faultless.[4]

Kauhi’s dignity which was accorded him

Was of Kaeokulani[5] with the doubtful skin,

It is turning, it is black, 10.

It is like[6] the skin of Kauhikea;

He is a descendant of Kauhikea;

Namakaikaluluokalani,

The man who comes from the holes[7] in the rocks,

Without the redness of skin, 15.

He is the forder of the stream,

Noisily treading the forest leaves to the sea;

He is the fish which would break the kiholo.[8]

The eye delights in its frantic[9] effort;

Slippery[10] is the line in the hand. 20.

Kawelo,[11] double father with Kakuihewa.

Kanaloa[12] of Loewa was that chief’s child.[[412]]

Pahia and Kaili; those two are known,

For Kama was barren,[13] his child are the skies

Kalewanuu and Kalewalani, they are two. 25.

Kama’s[14] child is Laaloa,

The child of Kupaeeli, by the drum ennobled,[15]

The noble offspring; the fearful drum proclaims,

The tap, tap, tapping of Kihalale,

Causing Kihalale to sound as a bird.[16] 30.

The rough skin,[17] the harsh sounding skin

Is struck in measured cadence,[18]

Sounding a rattling note, a weird trill

Like the voice of a bird.

It is the sound of Kiwaa,[19] 35.

Kiwaa the strange bird,

Alight,[20] desire to alight from your flying,

The kite of Kiwaa.

Let Kawelo arise, let the chief arise!

Let Kiha arise. Arise, chief, which is Hooneenuu,[21] 40.

The chief of the height which is strong and enduring;

Of the very high cliff, guarding chiefs inaccessible;

Inaccessible indeed,[22] made so by their sacredness.

Increase, ever increase the sacredness of Kauhikea.[23]

Kauhi, son of Kamalalawalu, 45.

Kamalalawalu,[24] the chief of acknowledged power,

With sacredness spread out generally.[[413]]

Numerous are the kapus, frequent the prostration.

The hair dresser[25] of the great chief is the chief indeed;

He is the chief who will enforce the kapu 50.

Of the woman in the axe-pit.[26]

Take care lest the painful chip strikes the chief,

Sharpen the axe of the flying chips, sharpen.

Laielohelohe the—

Laielohelohe[27] of Kalamakua 55.

Is the dark, incompact precipice which stands on high;

Fearful is the sacredness of the chief.

Piilani[28] of Kawao and Kaohele the—

Kaohele chiefly child of Lono,

The fruitful source which caused the overthrow, 60.

The chief which united the island.

Outside belonged to the chief,

Inside belonged to the lordly chief,

Outside belong to tributary chiefs,

Inside belongs to the lordly chief. 65.

Outside the wall-enclosure are the [lower] chiefs,

The chiefs are heralds for the sacredness,

The chiefs are signs,

The chief is a priest.

Maui[29] is a god who decreed the sacredness 70.

Derived from the sacredness of lordly Kaeokulani;[30]

From Keaka Poomaihelani;

From Keaka Kuailanimamao.[31]

She is the wife, a light complexioned woman.

The fire is lit, it is burning, 75.

The sacredness is established, it is extended,

The heat is felt, it reaches beyond[[414]]

The heat of Keawe;[32]

The warmth of Lono;[33]

The warmth of the important high chiefs; 80.

The union of the exalted chiefs;

Of Keawekekahialiiokamoku;[34]

Bend down and see, O exalted chiefs.

Their hardness is like that of a hard-rock precipice,

Such is the sacredness of Kaneikauaiwilani.[35] 85.

Grown, increased is the chief;

The desired chief, the favored chief:

The very sacred child of Kuihewa.[36]

Of elder Kawelo, son of Peekoaakalana;[37]

Kawelo of the fish-gills;[38] 90.

Kawelo whom the altar could not hold.

As Kawelo reached Kawelo in the water;

When Kawelo landed at Moemoeakuha.

The path of Kawelo is up at Konolea,

The head of Kawelo is turned seaward. 95.

At Kanolele at Muliwaiolena[39] are the eyes of Kawelo;

The eyes, the body and the head. The hair was above;

It was entangled;

It was entangled with an eel;

The hair is with the eel, an eel which lies in water. 100.

A long eel is the hair of the red mokihe[40] of Kane

Traveling to Moanaliha,[41]

To the numerous bright sands[42] of Kane.

The large threatening spear

Is the threat of Kaihe 105.

By Kuholani, ancestor of Lupaikini.

The chief is like one skillful in lua,[43]

Kamalalawalu was a fearless dog,[[415]]

His eyes were like Kauhilonohonua’s;

Kauhi is like Piilani. 110.

There are eight to Kalanikaumaka from Wakea.

It is the cavern in the deep ocean

Which, with its entrance, is made sacred,

The pain of which causes the molars to grind;

Which staggers and floors that child 115.

If he desires its severance, submit[44] to Ku.

Here is Ku of the overcoming ills.

Like the skin of the moano[45] are Kawelo’s eyes.

With firmness in its hinder part,

Causing the tail to wriggle, 120.

The chief’s dogs bark steadily at Hakau.[46]

Keaka, Keaka Poomaihelani,

Keaka of ill-shapen limbs. Kawelo passed.

Ku[47] of the fearless eye,

Kuaiwa the chief, Aikanaka,[48] 125.

Thou art the Aikanaka of Kamakaholani,

The skin that is roughened, yes roughened,[49]

Sharpened on the outside.

Thou art Kealohi Kikaupea,

The kite of Hoohila, 130.

The two piercing eyes of Kawelo,

The peer of the kakalawela[50] eel,

The eel with the spotted and smooth skin emerge,

They are the sacred [eels] of the bitter fish-poison[51]

Which was pulled and which cracked, 135.

An offering acceptable to the longing of Mano;[52]

To the longings of Hiwa, of Hiwakaumaka.

[[411]]

Mele Inoa no Kihapiilani.

Na Kamakahelei.

Kihapiilani a Piilani, i hanau Kamakaalaneo.

O Kihapiilani Kamakahalanalana;

Hi halanalakea o Kihapiilani,

Ka pua kahuli olini onini i ka lae,

E Kahuli hoi ha nei ko Kiha ili. 5.

Ko Kiha kahiko i kapa aku ai

He keokeo mai la, he hemolele nei Kauhi.

Ko Kauhi kahiko i kapa aku ai

O Kaeokulani ka ili ha’oha’o,

Ke kahuli mai la ua eleele, 10.

He ili ia no Kauhikea;

Pua ia no Kauhikea;

O Namakaikaluluokalani,

O ka pula ia o ka poopoo.

E pau ai ka nonanona ula, 15.

O ke koele wai ia o ke kahawai

E nanake ai ka lau laau i kai,

O ka ia hakihaki ia i ke kiholo.

E kamumu ai ka lea i ka maka,

E holo kakekake ai ke aho i ka lima. 20.

O Kawelo makua lua o Kakuihewa.

O Kanaloa o Loewa ia ’lii ka hua.[[412]]

O Pahia o Kaili, ma ka nana elua ia,

O ka hua a Kama i hane, na lani ka hua.

O Kalewanuu, o Kalewalani elua ia, 25.

O Kama, o Laaloa ka hua,

O ka hua o Kupaeeli, eli kupa i lani,

O ka eeli eli o kupaukupa ka ai, kahele le,

O ka ai, ai, ai o kihalale

I kani ouou o kihalale. 30.

O ka ili kalakala, ili nakolokolo

Kua-ka ke kani,

He kani kupaukolo, kupaukolo.

Ka leo o ka manu.

Ka lupo o Kiwaa, 35.

O Kiwaa ka manu e—.

E kau, e ake, e kau pono ka lele,

Ka lupe o Kiwaa.

Ku Kawelo, ku mai ka lani!

Ku Kiha, ku ka kalani Hooneenuu, 40.

Ke ’lii o ka uaua pali paa;

Pali kahakoa, pali aku la na ’lii;

Pali kahakoa, pali aku la i ke kapu.

A nui, a nui ke kapu o Kauhikea.

O Kauhi, o Kama o Kamalalawalu, 45.

O Kamalalawalu ka lani halala hoae ke ’lii.

Halala auna mai ke kapu,[[413]]

Auna mai ke kapu, anna ka moe.

O kawilioho o ka lani nui ke ’lii—e;

O ke ’lii ia e mamalu ai ke kapu, 50.

O ka wahine o ka lua koi.

Mamala ehaeha o kalani,

O ke koi puulele hanaoi, puulele hanaoi.

Laielohelohe ke—

Laielohelohe a Kalamakua, 55.

O ka pali eleku ia i ku i ke ki’eki’e

Makau weweli i ke kapu o ke ’lii.

O Piilani o Kawau Kaohele ke—

O Kaohele lani a Lono,

O ka lau hua komo o ke kahulihuli, 60.

O Kalani kuihono i ka moku,

Mawaho no ka lani e—,

Maloko no ka lani haku,

Mawaho no ka lani haawi mai,

Maloko no ka lani haku, 65.

Mawaho ma ke kuapa na’lii,

He pahu na ’lii no ke kapu.

He hoailona o na lii.

He kahuna o ka lani.

Ke ’kua o Maui hai mai he kapu 70.

Mailoko mai o ke kapu o Kaeokulani haku no;

Mailoko o Keaka Poomaihelani;

Mailoko o Keaka Kuailanimamao.

O ka wahine ia, o ka wahine kea.

A ke ahi, a mai ke ahi, 75.

A ke kapu, a mai ke kapu,

A ka wela, a mai ka wela.[[414]]

O ka wela o Keawe;

O ka hahana o Lono;

O ka hahana o na lani nui koikoi; 80.

O ke kukai ana o na lani nui loloa;

O Keawekekahialiiokamoku;

Ku ku mai na lani nui loloa.

Me he pali waiahu la ka makaokao,

He kapu o Kaneikauaiwilani. 85.

A nui a nui o Kalani;

Ka meemee lani, ka mee lani;

Ka ihi kapu a Kuihewa,

O Kawelo nui a Peekoaakalana;

O Kawelo ka mahamaha ia; 90.

O Kawelo aole i paa i ka lananuu;

O ka pae Kawelo a Kawelo i ka wai;

O ka pae Kawelo i Moemoeakuha.

Iuka ka hiu o Kawelo i Konolea,

Ke loli la ke poo o Kawelo i kai 95.

I Kanolele i Muliwaiolena ka maka o Kawelo;

O ka maka, o ke kino, o ke poo i uka ke oho;

O ke oho ua hihia;

Ua hihia ke oho he kuna;

He kuna ke oho he kuna moe wai. 100.

He kuna loa ke oho o ka mokihe ula a Kane

E holo ana i Moanaliha,

I ke one lau ena a Kane.

O ka ihe nui lalahai.

O ka lalahai o Kaihe. 105.

O Kuholani, kupuna o Lupaikini.

He pai ka lani he olohe,

He ilio olohe o Kamalalawalu,[[415]]

He mau maka e like Kauhilonohonua,

E like Kauhi e like o Piilani. 110.

Ewalu o Kalanikaumaka o Wakea.

O ka lua ia o ka moana hohonu,

E pala pu ai o ka ihu i ke kapu.

E kokohi ai ka eha naunau ke ku’i;

E kunewanewa ai hina ia Kama; 115.

I ku i ke oki, iaea i poho e Ku.

Eia Ku kaili auaualena.

O ka ili o moano, maka ele Kawelo,

He wawae oo i ka hope ka hae,

E kolili ai ka huelo, kowili koko, 120.

Ko i haea i Hakau na ilio alii.

O Keaka, o Keaka Poomaihelani,

O Keaka ma’i uha-kikili, Hala Kawelo.

O koa maka ea o Ku,

O Kuaiwa lani, o Aikanaka, 125.

O ka Aikanaka oe o Kamakaholani.

O ka ili i kalakala, i kalakala e,

I hookala oi mawaho.

O Kealohi Kikaupea,

Ka pea o Hoohila, 130.

O na maka oi o Kawelo elua,

O ka oi o ka puhi kakalawela,

I ae ka puhi ili paka, ili omole,

O na mole kapu o ka hola awahia

I hukiia, i uuina, 135.

I mohai pono mai, mai ka piko o Mano;

Mai ka piko o Hiwa, o Hiwa-kau-maka.

[[416]]


[1] Kihapiilani, an ill-treated Maui prince who, to avenge the insults of his ruling brother,sought the aid of King Umi of Hawaii, whereby he was victorious. See Memoirs, Vol.IV, pp. 236–254. [↑]

[2] The blossom that changes its color and form, olina, that waves in the wind, onini ia signifies the graceful turns of a fish swimming in the water. [↑]

[3] The skin of Kiha thus changes, e kahuli. [↑]

[4] Kiha’s skin, through Kauhi, is hemolele, perfect; Kiha is here given the name of Kauhi after that of Kauhikahiko. [↑]

[5] Kaeokulani, of beautiful, glittering, changing skin, turning to black. [↑]

[6] As the changing skin resembled that of Kauhi therefore he is considered related. Thisrule was applied in the more recent times of Kahekili, also of Maui, whose one sidewas black, and the members of his household, it is said, either had black birthmarksor were tatued, to indicate relationship to him. [↑]

[7] This has reference to the custom or practice observed in rock-fishing by diving anddriving the fish out of their holes by long poles, hence the absence of the rednessof their skin. [↑]

[8] Kiholo is the curved wood used for the mouth of certain fish nets. [↑]

[9] Kamumu ai, the hook entering the mouth and coming out at the eye, gives pleasure to the anglerin the futile effort of his prey for freedom. [↑]

[10] Holo kakekake, the string runs jerkily, slippery through the hand; kakekake is when a man workshard with an oo (digger), first one hand foremost, then the other. [↑]

[11] Kawelo, a king of Kauai; when a woman had two husbands, the child was said to be the sonof two fathers. Tradition does not show that Kakuhihewa bore this relationship toKawelo. [↑]

[12] Kanaloa, etc., that line not understood. [↑]

[13] Hane, hahane, barren as a coconut tree which bears nothing or very small nuts; the offspring ofKama is nothing, no children; the children are the lanis, Kalewanuu and Kalewalani—cloudmyths. [↑]

[14] This must be a different Kama whose child is Laaloa (very holy) in whose honor the drums are sounded, the childof Kupaeeli. [↑]

[15] Eli kupa i lani, words of no particular meaning, said when thrumming on the drum. [↑]

[16] The three lines ending here are for the imitation of the sound of the drum; kihalale, the performer accompanying with the voice. [↑]

[17] The rough shark-skin of the drum head, giving a harsh reverberating tone when thefingers are run over its surface. [↑]

[18] Kua-ka, the measured time-beat as that on a bass drum. [↑]

[19] Kiwaa, one of the large fabled birds of Hawaiian tradition, hence a strange bird; lupo was the sound of its supposed voice in singing. [↑]

[20] The call to alight, to cease from flying as a kite, at which the named famous chiefsare bid to arise in recognition of their power. [↑]

[21] Hooneenuu, chief of what is strong, the strong pali, uaua, not to be broken. [↑]

[22] Kahakea, very high as a cliff; chiefs were like cliffs, inaccessible, guarded. [↑]

[23] Kauhikea, or Kauhi, referred to in lines 7 to 12. [↑]

[24] Kamalalawalu was the noted ruler of Maui, contemporaneous with Lono of Hawaii and Kakuhihewa ofOahu, hence the reference to his eminence, restrictions, and sacredness, that calledfor the prostrations in his presence as he passed to and fro. [↑]

[25] Even his personal attendants are chiefs of rank, having power to enforce the kapus. [↑]

[26] This line implies that women were engaged in the stone quarries, and are cautionedlest the chief be hurt by flying stone chips. It is more likely to be figurative,as is that which follows. [↑]

[27] Laielohelohe is likened to an easily broken but high cliff, pali eleku. [↑]

[28] As this cannot be the insulting brother, it may refer to the father of the same namewho united Maui under his sway. The following several lines indicate the divisionsinfluenced or overcome. [↑]

[29] The god Maui referred to is the demi-god of wide Polynesian recognition, though creditedmore for deeds than for decreeing kapus. [↑]

[30] This is going back to deified ancestry. [↑]

[31] The two names are of the same person, the latter conveying a sense of clear open countenance,described in the next line. [↑]

[32] Keawe, one of the historic kings of Hawaii. [↑]

[33] The coupling of this name with Keawe’s identifies him with Lonoikamakahiki. [↑]

[34] Literally, Keawe-a-certain-chief-of-the-island; a ruler of Hawaii four generationsprior to Kamehameha the great. [↑]

[35] A ruler or chief of Hawaii preceding Keawe. [↑]

[36] One of the changes rung on the name of Kakuhihewa, king of Oahu. [↑]

[37] This is a sobriquet of Kawelo’s father, whose name was Mahuna. [↑]

[38] Fish-gills, mahamaha ia, frequently used in Hawaiian story with reference to a person, as to life-givingpower. Kawelo, thought stoned to death and placed on the altar for sacrifice, arose and slew hisopponents. [↑]

[39] Muliwaiolena, yellow stream, not identified. [↑]

[40] Mokihe, not now known. [↑]

[41] A frequently referred to traditional distant sea. The name signifies nauseating oceanand probably refers to its tempestuous character. [↑]

[42] One lau ena a Kane is difficult to define. Scholars differ on the meaning of lau ena, whether single or a divided word, as applied in some cases to the land of Kane,and here to the sand. One “pundit” held that brightness only pervaded the realm ofKane; that even the sands of the shore glistened. [↑]

[43] The lua was a practice in wrestling wherein experts by their grip on their opponents couldbreak their bones in mid-air as they were being thrown. [↑]

[44] Submission to the god Ku was the only means of relief from kapus, the severities of which caused one to writhein pain. [↑]

[45] Moano (Pseudupeneus multifasciatus), a variety of fish usually abundant in market and conspicuous for its bright color. [↑]

[46] This has reference to King Hakau of Hawaii at his overthrow by Umi. [↑]

[47] Not the deity of this name, already referred to, but one of several names of Kuaiwa. [↑]

[48] The somewhat frequent use of this word aikanaka (man eater) in the chants lead to the supposition of its being a qualification ratherthan a name, or worse, a record of cannibalism. It occurs elsewhere in a similar manner with reference to Kawelo who, besides defeatingthe chief of this name on Kauai, was clearly a consumer of men in his victories overhis opponents. Its use in this chant, in this sense, shows Kuaiwa as the consumerof men for Kamakaholani, being his successful general. In confirmation of this viewit may be stated that it stands in the same relation to the chiefs mentioned as doesthe term alii aimoku, chiefs of a certain rank who took the products of the land without giving any returns;virtually land consumers. [↑]

[49] A condition of skin caused by frequent use of awa, as in the case of Keawenuaiaumi,in likeness of which Kuapakaa the keeper of the wind gourd Laamaomao was named. [↑]

[50] Kakalawela, eel. [↑]

[51] Fish poisoning, or stupefaction, was practiced by the use of the bark of the auhuhu shrub (Tephrosia purpurea). [↑]

[52] The shark, mano, was said to be trained to certain preferred food and became aumakuas(ancestral guardians) to their devotees, and awa being a sacred offering to the godswas held to be necessary for its propitiation. [↑]

[[Contents]]

An Elegy to His Soul.

By Niau.[1]

A soul without a body is thy name,[2]

The shadow of the soul, it goes and comes,

I feel for thee[3] my friend.

Thou hast my love, my ardent love,

Farewell my soul. 5.

We two[4] shall dwell here still

But I see not that one though he is,[5]

He is gone there to do his mischief,

And where hast thou[6] gone?

Thou hast vanished,[7] thou art taking revenge, 10.

What is my great offence, O god![8]

I have eaten standing perhaps, or without giving thanks,

Or these my people have eaten wrongfully.[9]

Yes, that is the offense, O Kaneikawaieola.[10]

O spare; O let me live,[11] thy devotee, 15.

Look not with indifference upon me.

I call upon thee, O answer[12] thou me,

O thou god of my body who art in heaven.[13]

O Kane,[14] let the lightning flash, let the thunder roar,[[417]]

Let the earth shake.[15] 20.

I am saved; my god has looked upon me,[16]

I am being washed,[17] I have escaped the danger.

Let the miscreant perish,[18] let not the mischievous one succeed,

Thou shalt soon be found a mischievous nincompoop,[19]

The person of a mischievous mouth shall perish; 25.

The mischievous informer,[20] the man that steals another’s food[21] let him perish.

Let Niau be spared in this world.[22]

Pele is the immortal of Hawaii, I of this[23] [island].

I am bold, I am energetic,[24]

I can tear and break in pieces, 30.

I am tearing and breaking in pieces,

I will throw back upon him his curses.[25]

Let the man die that rises up eating, and the ungodly[26] man also.

Do thou oppose[27] him, listen when he comes forth,

Loosen,[28] be open to jealousy, 35.

Lay open his crimes.[29]

What are his crimes?

A crime respecting fish perhaps,

A crime respecting food perhaps,

A crime respecting cloth perhaps, 40.

A crime respecting a girdle perhaps.

Yes, that was the crime that excited the jealousy of Kahai,[30][[418]]

Kahai was jealous, the heaven voiced conch,[31] O chief,

Whosoever has taken anything[32] of mine

It is thy office to kill him; let him surely die. 45.

[[416]]

He Kanikau i Kona Uhane.

Na Niau.

O ka uhane kanaka ole, kou inoa.

Hele ke aka o ka uhane a hoi mai,

E aloha ae ana a’u i ko’u hoa.

He aloha ka hoi kau ka nanai,

Aloha wale kuu uhane kino wailua. 5.

Elua ka maua e noho nei,

Aole a’u i ike aku oia kekahi,

Ua kii ka ilaila e kalohe ai,

Auhea ane oe?

Ai kapakapaku, ai kookoona, 10.

Heaha la ka’u hala nui, e ke ’kua,

I ai kuia paha a’u, i ai aia,

I ai aia ia’u, e lakou nei.

O ka hala ia la e Kaneikawaieola,

E ola e, e ola hoi a’u la, ko pulapula, 15.

Mai nana lea mai oe ia’u

E kahea aku no wau, e o mai oe.

E ku’u kino akua i ka lani,

E Kane, e lapa ka uila, e kui ka hekili.[[417]]

E nei ka honua. 20.

Ola no wau, ua ike kuu akua,

Ke holoi mai nei; pau ka poino,

Make ka eu, ke kalohe e o, e puka.

Loaa iho nei oe he eu nukupuu,

O ka nuku eueu, e make no ia, 25.

Ka puali eu, ka ououkuono e make no ia.

E ola Niau i ke ao malama,

O Pele ko Hawaii, owau keia.

He kalaku a’u la, he okalakala,

E kala, e eueke. 30.

E kala aku ana a’u e ueueke,

E ueke aku ana au i kona poino,

Hemo ka ai ku, hemo ka ai-a,

E ku i kela, e lono i ka uweke,

Kala wekea i ka lili, 35.

Wekea i ka hala.

He aha la ka hala?

He hala i’a paha?

He hala ai paha?

He hala kapa paha? 40.

He hala malo paha?

O ka hala ia i lili ai Kahai,[[418]]

E lili Kahai, ka pu maleolani—e ka lani e.

O ka mea nana i lawe o kuu maunu,

E i ae oe e make ia, e e make ia e. 45.


[1] Niau was a princely chief of Kauai who was killed in battle. He was termed a kaukaualii, being the son of a high chief, but whose mother was of low chief rank, or of thecommon class. [↑]

[2] A spirit without a body, hele ke aka, the shade of the spirit goes and comes. The prophets were said to be able to catchthe spirits of men going about and killing others. [↑]

[3] Niau was leaving his companion, ko’u hoa, his own soul. The ancients supposed they had two souls, one remained permanentlyin the body, the other went forth doing good or evil. [↑]

[4] We two, elua ka maua, his body and his soul. [↑]

[5] Though existing is yet unseen; he has gone (ua kii ka!), but he has gone there todo mischief. This is advisory to the prophet that has the power of watching him. [↑]

[6] Where art thou, is the distressed call to the absent soul. [↑]

[7] Ai in the original for, aia, answering the quest auhea? Kapakapaku in the sense ofbeing lost, unseen, angry, there avenging; ai kookoona, being in a temper. [↑]

[8] What is my great crime, O god?, appeal to akua aumakua, his particular protectinggod; every man had one, generally held to be his deceased father; they were supposedto protect from accidents. [↑]

[9] I, or my people, have perhaps eaten as an ungodly person, i.e. without prayer or thankswhich was universal in ancient times; they have eaten sacrilegiously under me, asin the next line the ia answers for the passive, and the accented u renders it, literally,it has been eaten wickedly by them here under me. [↑]

[10] An epithet of the Kane deity, the god who was in the possession of the water thatwould restore dead men to life, or old men to youth. [↑]

[11] Let me (ko pulapula) live; pulapula, the propagation of plants, trees, animals andmen; hence, thy power of spreading forth. [↑]

[12] I call, answer e o; say O, that I will know you have heard me. [↑]

[13] My body god, ku’u kino akua; my spiritual body in heaven. [↑]

[14] E Kane, in apposition with kino akua; e lapa, to flash as light in darkness, a callfor him to manifest his power. [↑]

[15] Nei, like nawe, to shake, to move. [↑]

[16] The god has seen and delivered me from danger. [↑]

[17] Ke holoi nei, etc., I am being washed (by the shower for which he had prayed); I haveescaped the hazard, it is passed. [↑]

[18] Let the mischievous person, ka eu, i.e., the prophet, die, let him fail (a way ofcursing). E oe puka, he shall not succeed nor prosper in his mistakes. [↑]

[19] This line implies that the slovenly mischief maker will be discovered and his charactermade known. [↑]

[20] Puali is the king’s man that goes round as a spy to see if there is no new propertyto be taxed. [↑]

[21] Ououkuono was one who stole food and ate stealthily in a corner, let him die. [↑]

[22] Niau in this world, ao malama; that other world is called ao malama mau—everlastinglight. [↑]

[23] As Pele is the immortal of Hawaii, Niau desires like recognition for Kauai. [↑]

[24] He kalaku, to bristle up, to stand up like hog’s bristles; meaning I am bold, daring.Okalakala, fierce, strong. [↑]

[25] Ueke, for wehe I kona poino, I can throw, break up his curses. [↑]

[26] The he in the original of this line stands for e, and mo for make, death; ai ku is one that eats and rises up eating without returning thanks;an aia is an unbeliever, either of which is deserving of death. [↑]

[27] Stand and oppose, i.e., the prophet; lono, listen i ka uweke, a term used on Kauai for wehe, listen to his opening, or coming. [↑]

[28] Kala, loosen, wekea, open; let it be opened to jealousy, anger. [↑]

[29] Wekea i ka hala, let his offense live, be brought to light, from whatever cause, whetherof fish, food, cloth or girdle. [↑]

[30] Kahai was a sorcerer (anaana) priest of Pele. [↑]

[31] Pumaleolani (as one word, not two as in the original) was the name of a large conch on which the highest chiefs alonewere privileged to blow. It was sacrilege for any others to attempt to use it. [↑]

[32] Whoever takes my maunu. Maunu is anything belonging to a person, or any part of whatis his; spittle, hair, nail, etc. It takes the name of the fishermen’s bait, fromthe similarity of purpose, to secure a victim. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Evening Song.

From the John Ii Collection of Meles.

Lehua[1] takes away the day, sacred[2] is the evening.

Subdued is the murmur, the noise, the tumult!

[And the] great wailing.

The sun is setting, its work accomplished;

Set apart (sacred) is the evening, work has ceased. 5.

It is sacred, let the voice be subdued,

Hush the voice, let there be kapu!

This is the meaning, it is evening, just that;

A sacred time for the chief to withdraw,

To stretch himself,[3] for he is wearied, 10.

Let there be kapu; it is evening!

Kapu for the holy evening, faint be the voice;

Kapued the voice, [and] loud talking,

The groaning, the murmuring,

The low whisperings of the evening. 15.

The high chiefs rest[4] in the night of Hakalani.

In the sign[5] of Kekaupea.

For Kiha is the night allowed for boxing,

But the beginning of the night is kapu.

For Kealohi, for Kekaupea the king. 20.[[419]]

To him[6] belongs the evening. Kapu! ’tis evening!

Sacred is the evening to Kawelo,[7]

Who traveled about in Wailuanui-a-hoano.

And falling asleep undisturbed as Kuhe,[8]

Then was oppression, dizziness relieved in that sleep. 25.

The child raised up; the sacred child pleased of heaven.

It is the evening of Mahuna Kaioe.[9]

The eye[10] (offspring) of Kuawalu-pau-ka-moku,

The chief for whom is the evening! Let there be kapu! It is evening and sacred.

It is the evening sacred to Kuihewa[11] 30.

At Kukaniloko,[12] at Lihue, there is the terrible enclosure of the kapu,

Kuihewa’s strict kapu that was declared.[13]

Kuihewa, Kakuihewa, Kuihewa of the colored[14] garment,

For them the evening at Lihue,

For Luaia,[15] for Luanui-mahao the chief is the evening, 35.

Let there be kapu. It is evening!

Edgeways, staggering descends the sun. It is evening.

The day is divided, rain vanishes as the sun reaches Manuahi.

There at the time[16] of dancing, Lehua takes away the sun,

Casting its rays in the dark sea, 40.

Traveling onward is the sun[17] of the day,

Returning to the bosom[18] of the protecting god.[[420]]

A strangely solemn stillness prevails;[19] Perhaps Kahiki is still,

A sacredness pervades Kahiki,[20] ’tis evening. 45.

The evening is proclaimed for Hoohokukalani;

An evening[21] for his eminence.[22]

Slow are the days declining to night, to lighting time, to midnight.

As evening shadows fall the spies[23] of heaven return.

Let the earth beneath be sacred to the chief, 50.

An evening befitting his greatness; his is the [awa] cup.[24]

The high service indicates his rank.

Very quiet is the evening, an evening sacred to Akea,

To Akea[25] of old belongs the evening.

O Ku, O Lono, O Kane—the evening, 55.

Relieved is the weariness, for ’tis evening,

An evening sacred to Kekuaiwa,[26] at Kauhola.

To the long-tailed fish [is] the distant allurement[27] in the water.

O Kiha-nui-lulu-moku,[28] to Liloa is that evening,

For the water-diver during the flood,[29] 60.

A water-guard reared among the streams.

The concubine is set aside,

Sacred is the chief’s realm, hypocracy is reprehensible,[30]

The wrong is avenged by the growth of a guilty[31] conscience.

Waipio has no place for forgiveness. 65.

The night is traveling towards Haena.[32]

It pursues its course till it reaches the top of the cliff,[[421]]

And descends on the summit of Halaawiki,[33]

Such is the indication, the sign of evening.

Relieved is the fatigue, for ’tis evening, 70.

The darkening shades of evening,

The approaching shades of night,[34]

The night, the night towards dawn,

Morning light, stretching from midnight,

Giving refreshing rest to the district, 75.

To the ruler of Hawaii of Ku.[35]

O Hawaii proclaim me![36]

The rest at Kahiki-nui-kai-akea.

[The] council of that place divided[37] the heavens.

It met in front,[38] separating for a temple 80.

The company of chiefs; the company of chiefs was at Hanalaa.[39]

To cleanse in the sea of Kahiki-ku,

To bathe in the choppy sea.

The current of the ocean flows toward Lono.

O Lono, an attentive land is this, 85.

I am gentle here at Kahiki-ku.

Arise! rest the weariness, press the languor,

Overcome the tiredness; Hawaii is with sheltering houses;

Rest you in great broad Hawaii.

Peaceful heavens cover earth and space. 90.

An early evening slumber is of the heavenly company,

O Ku, O Lono, O Kane, it is your evening,

Released is the weariness, for it is evening.

[[418]]

Mele Ahiahi.

Lawe Lehua i ka la, kapu ke ahiahi.

E maa ka mumu, ka wawa, ka nei—e!

Kupina—i!

E kau aku ana hoi ka la, e ko mai ana;

Ke ahiahi hoanoano, hoomehameha. 5.

Hooihiihi, e ihi kihi ka le—o!

E hamau ka leo, e kapu!

Eia ke ano la, he ahiahi wale;

He iu kapu no ka lani e pee ana,

E kauolo lupe ana, ke luluhi nei—e, 10.

E kapu e, he ahiahi!

Kapu i ke ahiahi ihiihi, maa ka leo;

E kapu ka leo, ka walaau,

Ka nunu, ka ne ua la,

Ka ua ne ua la o ke ahiahi, 15.

Ka ulu-haka i ka po o Hakalani,

O ka pohaka o ke Kekaupea.

No Kihi ka po no ka hookeekee,

O ke kihi ahiahi kapu no hoi,

No Kealohi, no ke Kekaupea ke ’lii. 20.[[419]]

Nona ke ahiahi—, e kapu—e—, e ahiahi!

He ahiahi kapu no Kawelo.

I holoholo ’ku iloko Wailuanui-a-hoano.

E hiamoe ana i moemoe a Kuhe.

Ilaila ka paluhi newalani i ka hiamoe. 25.

O ka huki kau kama ka ihi kama hoohia ka lani.

O ke ahiahi o Mahuna Kaioe.

O ka maka o Kuawalu-pau-ka-moku,

Ke ’lii nona ke ahiahi e; e kapu e, he ahiahi kapu o!

He ahiahi kapu no Kuihewa 30.

I Kukaniloko, i Lihue, ilaila ka pa awaawahia o ke kapu,

O ko Kuihewa awahia i malania.

O Kuihewa, Kakuihewa, Kuihewa o ka ua-ua-pena,

O ko lakou ahiahi i Lihu—e,

No Luaia, no Luanuimahao ke ’lii nona ke ahiahi. 35.

E kapu e! he ahiahi!

Kaha aui, newa ka la, ua ahiahi.

Ke kahakaha ka la, hele ua, kaha ka la i Manuahi.

Aia i ka haaluapou lawe aku la Lehua i ka la,

Aka ku la i ke poo ke kai uli, 40.

Hele aku la kanakaloa o ka la,

Hoi mai la ka poli o malumalu akua.[[420]]

Ke ku mai la ka pahu o ke anoano—e;

Ano paha Kahiki—e,

Anoano aku la Kahiki, ua ahiahi. 45.

Kauliakea ke ahiahi ia Hoohokukalani;

He ahiahi ko ia ’na liliu,

He liu na la, he aui po, ke kului po, aumoe po,

He po ahiahi ae no ka lani kiu hoihoi mai ana.

E kapu ko lalo honua i ke ’lii, 50.

He ahiahi ka i kona nui, kona he apu.

I ke kona nui niho amo

Ia koluna ke ahiahi, he ahiahi kapu no Akea,

No Akea kahiko ke ahiahi.

E Ku, E Lono, E Kane,—he ahiahi—e; 55.

Kuu aku ka luhi, ua ahiahi;

He ahiahi kapu no Kekuaiwa, no Kauhola.

No ka ia hi’u loloa, ka ewaewa loloa iloko ka wai,

O Kiha-nui-lulu-moku, no Liloa ia ahiahi,

No ke kanaka luu wai manawa wai, 60.

Kiai wai kahawai okoa no.

A ka waiho hoi aku ke kamakama,

He kapu ka au ’lii, he wela ke kamani,

He laa ka hala, ka nioi kupu i Paakalana.

Aohe wahi manalo Waipio. 65.

Ke hahai aku la ka po i Haena.

Ke alualu aku la kau i ka pali,[[421]]

Kiko aku la i ke poo Halaawiki,

Ko mai la ke ano, ke ano ke ahiahi—e.

Kuu aku ka luhi, ua ahiahi. 70.

He ahiahi kuluikului nei,

Kuluikului kahi ana po;

Ka po, ka po ia malio,

Malio, malio i ke aumoe,

Kaa momoe lea i ka apana, 75.

I ke poo Hawaii-ku.

E kani Hawaii ia’u!

Ka hiamoe i Kahiki-nui-kai-akea,

Ilaila anaina moku ai ka lani,

E lua lai alo moku ai i luakini 80.

Ka lani ma; ka lani ma i Hanalaa,

E holoi ai kai o Kahiki-ku,

E auau ai ke kai kupio—e,

Ke au, ka moana kahinia ia Lono.

E Lono—e, he pihe moku nei, 85.

He laka au eia ma Kahiki-ku.

E ku! kuua ka luhi, lomia ka o-pa.

Kuua ka luhi; he halauloa Hawaii:

Moea oe i Hawaii-nui-akea.

He luluhia lani mau honua i mau kului. 90.

He hiamoe ahiahi no ka lani ma,

E Ku, e Lono, e Kane, ko ahiahi—e.

Kuu aku ka luhi, ua ahiahi.

[[422]]


[1] Lehua, the westernmost island of the Hawaiian group, hence the last on which the sunshines. [↑]

[2] All nature proclaims the sacredness of the approaching night, hence man is calledupon to recognize it by quietness. [↑]

[3] Kauolo lupe is to bend alike together to the strain of a task. [↑]

[4] Ulu-haka, the elevated place in the house of a high chief, where only those of rank are entitledto rest. [↑]

[5] Pohaka, sign of Kekaupea, a chief, has reference to a certain evening sky indication named in his honor. [↑]

[6] To him, nona, Kekaupea the king is the sacredness of the evening proclaimed, shown in line 16to be Hakalani. [↑]

[7] Kawelo, famous king of Kauai, is now assigned the kapu of evening. [↑]

[8] Kuhe, the Hawaiian Morpheus, who gives undisturbed slumber; to whom lullabies were chanted to invoke pleasant and restful sleep. [↑]

[9] Kaioe, more likely ka i a oe, is yours. As a name it carries no meaning. This line designates the night of Mahuna to Kawelo. [↑]

[10] Not the eye (maka) but the offspring of Kuawalu. [↑]

[11] Kuihewa, a famous king of Oahu, begins a new division. [↑]

[12] Kukaniloko, on the upland plain of Lihue, island of Oahu, was designated the sacredspot (enclosure) for the birthplace of aliis. [↑]

[13] In Kuihewa’s birth there his high rank and sacredness was confirmed. [↑]

[14] Kakuihewa, equally known as Kuihewa o ka ua-ua-pena. Ua-ua was the name of a yellow dyed kapa, the qualifying pena indicates it as an imprinted colored garment. [↑]

[15] Luaia, an ancestress of Kuihewa. Luanui-mahao not identified, likely an epithet of Kuihewa. [↑]

[16] Haalua pou, an imaginary post where two are dancing, at which time Lehua has taken the sun. [↑]

[17] Kanakaloa, lit. long man; an epithet for the sun. [↑]

[18] Bosom of night as a protecting god. Hoi mai la i, to, understood. [↑]

[19] Anoano-e, a different solemnity prevails. [↑]

[20] Perhaps even foreign Kahiki is affected. [↑]

[21] These lines refer back to the kapued evening set apart for Wakea and his daughter, Hoohokukalani. [↑]

[22] Liliu, rendered eminent rather than high or exalted rank. [↑]

[23] The stars are likened to spies of heaven returning for watchful service; decidedlya poetic thought. [↑]

[24] Awa cup, apu, of kapued royal use. [↑]

[25] To Akea (Wakea) is the evening dedicated, as shown in line 47, note 22. [↑]

[26] The chanter next turns to Kekuaiwa’s claims for distinction; he was a chief of Kauai. [↑]

[27] The distant allurement of the long-tailed fish is as the desire of Kekuaiwa for thesacred evening. [↑]

[28] One of the epithets of the lizard-goddess of Maui, who is here informed the eveningis Liloa’s not hers. Liloa was the famous king of Hawaii, father of Umi, residingat Waipio. [↑]

[29] This and the following line refers to Kiha’s powers. [↑]

[30] Wela, hot, merciless, will be the doom of the hypocrite, the smooth-tongued deceiver. [↑]

[31] The saying “nioi kupu i Paakalana” is said to be applied to a self-condemned conscience, referring to a severe sentenceor penalty of the Waipio temple of Paakalana. Nioi kupu is literally red-pepper growth. [↑]

[32] Haena point, Kauai, famed in story for its attractions from distant parts of the group. [↑]

[33] Halaawiki, a mountain-peak on Kauai. [↑]

[34] The poet here in several connecting lines refers to the beneficial character of thenight to the whole land. [↑]

[35] Hawaii of Ku, one of the major gods. [↑]

[36] Hawaii is called on to proclaim the rest that comes with evening, which extends tothe wide area of great Kahiki. [↑]

[37] Dividing the heavens to effect day and night. [↑]

[38] As originally written, this line is difficult and obscure. [↑]

[39] A designated place in Kahiki-nui-kai-akea, where sacred or holy services only are conducted. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Lamentation for Kalaiulumoku.[1]

My sacred child, my revered child,

Thou art the child descended from Akalana,

A descendant of Kiha;

Thou art the child begotten of Akalana.

Thou art the chief through Ka-lau-loa-ia-iku. 5.

Thou art Kauhi, I am Kauhi, [both children] of Kama.[2]

I am Kamalalawalu, begotten of Kiha,[3]

That Kiha of the blue sea moss,

O Kiha, the blue, the sea moss,[4]

O Kamalalalua thou art Kama, the Kama that wandereth. 10.

O Kama, O Kaila, O Kalalahai,

Thou who ascended[5] to the [temple][6] house at Malaihaakoa,[7]

To brace[8] and establish indeed the corner at Halelea.

Kamanuena [son] of Kawelo,[9] Kaweloaikanaka,

A child of the disdainful[10] lord, 15.

The sacred child of Kalanikukuma,[11]

Elder brother of Kailelalahai,

[Also] Aanuikani-a-weke of Kona and Koolau,

Three of them were born of the contemptuous chief.

He [Kamanuena], is the tail of the kite[12] at Hihimanu. 20.

When the kite ascended and united[[423]]

[With] the tail of the kite of Kealohi, the good,[13]

Kealohi of the water begat the bastard child of Kealohi,

Keawe of Kealohi, by the paramour of Umi,

Made eminent by Kailimoku.[14] It was Keawe who begat chiefs 25.

At the shielded[15] division,[16]

Borne in the misty rain to Haona;

Carried at night in a container,

And at daylight placed in the house in its nakedness.

He was the staunch support which helped sacred Kawelo, 30.

The chief whose sacred edict[17]

Was broken[18] and ignored at Holoholoku.[19]

The sacredness which should have caused silence

Was disregarded by the sound of many voices[20] in the night;

By the sound of the gentle rain of heaven; 35.

By the rending of wet kapa[21] in the heavy rains;

By the loud reverberating[22] sound of the heavens.

O chief, who art yonder, do return.

You are blundering,[23] be careful lest you wander;

Wandering against one’s will would be satisfactory 40.

If accompanied by love offerings such as my Hoohila[24] blossoms;

I mistook the quietness of the water; I am floating alone,[25] you are not here,[[424]]

Where art thou? Here am I, here am I indeed, my arms are empty,

Stolen[26] is my precious one,[27]

In sorrow I search for thee. 45.

Let us seek together, and ease thou my painful head,

The pain of my head which throbs; I am grieved indeed.

[[422]]

He Kanikau no Kalaiulumoku.

O kapu kama ia’u e, ehia kama,

O ke kama ia kama Kahiki-a-ka-lana,

O kekahi kama ia a Kiha,

O ke kama ia hanau mai Akalani.

O ko lani oe o Ka-lau-loa-ia-iku. 5.

O Kauhi oe, o Kauhi a’u, a Kama.

O Kamalalawalu a’u a Kiha i hanau,

O Kiha ia o ka uli manauea,

E Kiha e ka uli, e ka manauae ea.

E Kamalalalua ia o Kama, e ka halalalu ia Kama ke hele, 10.

E Kama, e Kaila, e Kalalahai,

E ka hakihaki apana i mua i Malaehaakoa.

I ko oa e kihi kama Halelea,

Kamanuena a Kawelo, Kaweloaikanaka.

He maka ia no ka haku maka paweo, 15.

He maka kapu ia no Kalanikukuma.

Ka kaikuaana o Keilelalahai,

O Aanuikani-a-weke no Kona, no Koolau,

Akolu lakou a ka haku maka paweo i hanau.

Nona ka polo pea i Hihimanu 20.

I kau aku ai ka pea a huia[[423]]

Ka polo pea a Kealohi kanaka maikai,

Kealohi kai ka wai loaa ka hema a Kealohi,

Keawe a Kealohi no kona koolua wahine a Umi,

Ke kuku Kailimoku, na Keawe no i hanau na ’lii 25.

I ka pale kohiana.

O ke kohiana polua io Haona,

O ka haona mai po hapai.

He ao e io Haka, io Hakaola,

O ke koo ola i koo ai kapu Kawelo, 30.

O ke ’lii nona ka hakikili

Haki apana apana i Holoholoku ke kapu.

O ke kapu mai hoano e hoomehameha,

O ka pehea hoi o na leo kawakawa i ka po;

I lani ka eloelo i ka lele mai polua 35.

Io nahae nahae mai o lele.

I na pu kolukolu i ke kolukolu ia iku lani;

O lani e i oa, e hoi e.

O ke nahili au nana ia o kihele,

O ka hele i o uilani ke maemae aku la, 40.

Ka lau aloha o Hoohila, kuu pua,

Manao i ka wai ke lana la, ke lana wale nei a’u, aole oe.[[424]]

Auhea oe? eia’u, eia’u la ua he—mo kuu lima,

Ua huea kuu hipuu makamae,

Ua minamina au e imi, 45.

Kaua e imi hoi, a e nini mai oe i kuu nahoahoa,

I ka napele o kuu poo i ka eha, ua eha au e.

[[424]]


[1] [These notes are based largely on those of Judge Andrews’ study of the chant]. [↑]

[2] You are Kauhi, I am Kauhi of Kama, therefore we are both the offspring of Kama. Kama,a sobriquet of Kamalalawalu, a noted Maui king. [↑]

[3] Kiha, the king of Kauai. [↑]

[4] Blue sea-moss, manauea, a species of sea-grass which, seen through the sea, appearsgreen. [↑]

[5] Ascended the hakihaki, stairs or steps reaching up to a temple. [↑]

[6] Mua, the principal house of the several temple enclosures wherein are prepared the sacrificialofferings. [↑]

[7] Malaihaakoa, name of a once famous heiau (temple) on Kauai. [↑]

[8] I ko oa, to brace up a rafter, here a supporting division of Halelua, a place on Kauai. [↑]

[9] Kawelo, proper name, different from Kaweloaikanaka, a high chief. [↑]

[10] Paweo, to look at and turn away with contempt, disgust. [↑]

[11] Kalanikukuma, an alii of Kauai. [↑]

[12] Pea, like lupe, a kite; polo, the tail of a kite. [↑]

[13] This is manifestly figurative. [↑]

[14] Kailimoku, the famed war-god of successive Hawaii kings from before Liloa, then known as Kaili,but better recognized in later years as Kukailimoku. [↑]

[15] Shielded, likely through proximity to the god which is designated as kuku, standingerect. [↑]

[16] Pale kohiana, as a division bank between two taro patches. [↑]

[17] Hakikili, name of a kapu (v) to forbid, prohibit. [↑]

[18] Broken into little pieces, haki apana apana, applied not to regard the kapu restrictions. [↑]

[19] Holoholoku, the famed recognized birthplace of Kauai royalty, hence entitled to sacredregard, as was Kukaniloko for Oahu. [↑]

[20] Many voices, leo kawakawa, wet voices, of the night. [↑]

[21] The sound of wet kapa rending (eloelo) in the polua—rain with wind—was one of the disturbing elements. [↑]

[22] The rumbling noise of thunder, the thunder guns of heaven—pu kolukolu—thick, heavy cloud-bursts with rain. [↑]

[23] Nahili, going astray, lagging behind, hence the caution. [↑]

[24] Hoohila, name of a place on Kauai. My blossoms, kuu pua, figurative. [↑]

[25] Reference to water also figurative. [↑]

[26] Stolen, ua huea, like aihue. [↑]

[27] Hipuu makamae is a precious burden borne on the hips, where the knot of the malo fastens, hence the application of the term. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Lamentation for Lono-opio.[1]

By Pelekaia.

My companion of the rain, of the returning water,

My companion of the land of steady wind:

My companion in the cold of the Kiuwailehua;[2]

My husband of the night and day;

My companion watching the Koolauwahine[3] wind 5.

[And] calling to Kulahuhu

To string handsome flowers[4] [for] the loving companion, a husband;

My beloved companion in the Lord;

My fellow-worker in Christ;

My companion in the kukui grove of Koolau; 10.

My companion in the pandanus trees of Pooku;

My companion in the hau trees of Kaukaopua;

My companion of the swelling and sandy seaweed is the man of Manuakepa;

My companion in the rain at the sands of Ona;[[425]]

My companion of the hand constructed path 15.

Whereby we reached Hoohila with my husband;

My companion watching the fire-brands[5] of Kamaile.

Passing the cliffs weariness ends.[6]

My husband in [the] hot sun of Mana; 20.

My companion of the hiding water of the paoo;[7]

My companion of the salt plain of Kalaalaau;

My companion of the sands of Kalaihi;

My companion of Kapiheakekua;

My companion of the sugar-cane digging of Kalalii;

My husband of the comforting sea-breeze of Kaali; 25.

My companion in the reddish, perfumed water[8] of Waimea;

My loved companion in the bosom of Lehua;

My companion in the Kapaahoa rain of Kahana;

My companion in the cold rain of the mountain.

Halemanu was above, 30.

Our house was below,

House of a hollow tree-trunk,

A house which was fixed and trimmed by the birds.

We were there above, residing with my husband,

My companion of the fish[9] which touched the skin of Pakaua at Pohakomo; 35.

My beloved companion in the wonderful calling of the Lord;[10]

My companion seeking the will of the Lord.

His will was our support in times of weariness.[[426]]

My companion in the sea of Palepalemoana;

My companion at the cliff of Waahia, at Manawaohua, Wawaenohu, 40.

In the calm of Kaimaio;

My beloved companion of the fitted mats,[11]

[The] stratum of Keawanui.

Lono gave us strength to secure the land.

We strove together indeed, O Chief! 45.

By the chief was the land defeated;

Your land was defeated because of the dead.

At your death the first-born succeeded.

The chief gave birth at Holoholoku.

He Kanikau no Lono-opio.

Na Pelekaia.

Kuu kane o ka ua o ka wai hoi,

Kuu hoa o ka aina kai puhi i ka makani,

Kuu hoa pili i ke anu o ke kiuwailehua.

Kuu kane oka po o ke ao;

Kuu hoa nana makani koolauwahine, 5.

E kahea ana i Kulahuhu.

U i puakei, ka hoa ’loha, he kane,

Kuu hoa aloha i loko o ka Haku,

Kuu hoa lawe hana i loko o Kristo.

Kuu hoa i ka malu kukui o Koolau 10.

Kuu hoa i ka hala o Pooku

Kuu hoa i ka hau o Kaukaopua

Kuu hoa o ka limu pehu, limu one, ka

kanaka o Manuakepa

Kuu hoa alo ua ina one Ona[[425]]

Kuu hoa o ke ala hapai i ka lima 15.

E hiki aku ai maua i Hoohila me kuu kane

Kuu hoa nana ’hi lele o Kamaile

Hala ka pali pau ka luuluu

Kuu kane i la wela o Mana

Kuu hoa i ka wai huna a ka paoo 20.

Kuu hoa i ke alia o Kalaalaau

Kuu hoa i ke one o Kalaihi

Kuu hoa i Kapiheakekua

Kuu hoa i ke ko eli o Halalii

Kuu kane mai ka malu o ka naulu o Kaali. 25.

Kuu hoa i ka wai ula, wai hiliahi o Waimea

Kuu hoa aloha i ka poli o Lehua

Kuu hoa i ka ua kapaahoa o Kahana

Kuu hoa pili i ke anu o ka mauna

He luna ae o Halemanu 30.

He lalo iho ko maua hale

He hale puka laau

Hale a ka manu i ako a oki

Na maua ia uka i noho me kuu kane

Kuu hoa o ka ia hoopa i ka ili o Pakaua i Pohakomo 35.

Kuu hoa ’loha i ka oihana kupaianaha a ka Haku

Kuu hoa imi i ka makemake o ka Haku

O ka makemake oia ko maua makamaka i noho ai maua i Luhi[[426]]

Kuu hoa i ke kai o Palepalemoana

Kuu hoa i ka pali o Waahia, i Manawaohua i Wawaenohu, 40.

I ka lulu o Kaimaio,

Kuu hoa ’loha i ke ku moena

Hapapa o Keawanui.

Na Lono no i nai kaua ia ka moku,

I nai kaua ia no, e ka lani! 45.

Na ka lani ka hee o ka aina,

Hee kou aina ko ka mea make,

Mea make oe lilo i ka hanau mua,

Hanau mai ka lani i Holoholoku.

Honolulu, Oahu, June 16, 1837.[[426]]


[1] This dirge for a beloved companion presents the discomfitures, experiences and pleasantries of their life. It is characteristically Hawaiian incomparisons and expressions. [↑]

[2] Name of a discomforting wind. Its first part, kia, is the name of a strong trade wind at Honuaula. At Hana the name applies to the northwest wind. This might indicate it as belonging to Maui,but it is not found among those named by Kuapakaa as released from his wind-gourdLaamaomao, as given in Memoirs, Vol. V, pp. 92–102. [↑]

[3] The well-known name of the cold, northern wind on Kauai. [↑]

[4] Puakei, pua, flower; kei, an expression of wonder, hence the call to string a flower or flowers of rare beauty,for a loving husband companion. [↑]

[5] This refers to the Kauai sport of throwing blazing hau branches, or auhau (among the lightest of Hawaiian woods) which was thrown from the high cliffs facingthe sea, to fall gradually into the ocean, or be kept sailing in mid-air by the windcurrents till extinguished. Kamaile was on the northern coast of Kauai. [↑]

[6] Luuluu of the original, rendered here as weariness, is that fatigue resulting from cliffclimbing, which comes to an end when the hills of difficulty are passed, and is forgottenin the enjoyment of the pyrotechnic display. [↑]

[7] Paoo (Salarias, sp.), a variety of small fish of sheltered, quiet water. [↑]

[8] Refers to the Waimea stream as perfumed by the fragrant sandalwood of that region in early years. Hiliahi (sandalwood bark) being synonymous with iliahi, the term for sandalwood. [↑]

[9] The two kinds of small fish, nehu (silversides), and iao (or iiao), are said to be the only varieties unafraid of man. The tradition of their rubbingup against Pakaua of olden time instead of fleeing from him is here referred to. [↑]

[10] As in lines 8 and 9, the chanter’s companion was evidently a theological student atthe Lahainaluna Seminary. [↑]

[11] Fitted mats, as rendered, has in mind the prepared set of several mats placed oneupon another comprising the bed-place, termed hapapa (stratum) of Keawanui. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Lamentation for Keawekalohe.[1]

His is the gentle sleep[2] of Palekaluhi,

The beloved companion[3] of Mano,

Conceived and born in one womb,[4]

One was the after-birth of the chiefs.

If Wailua[5] furnished the evidence, 5.

At Holoholoku[6] they are ennobled,

Thou art my sacred father, Kalani.

Kalani’s is the severe command, for it is bitter,[7]

Bitter as the drunk awa with its side scum.

The sacred children of Hoohila[8] Kawelo 10.

Descended by the dark rains from the heavens,[[427]]

From Kahekului,[9] [the] grandmother,

From Keahialani of Lono! Thou Lono, confirm it.

I was glad to follow [after you] with my tears;

A shade appeared real,[10] 15.

Causing tears to suffuse[11] my eyes; displeased.

Two arose, the shade and you.

With you to calm my sorrow.[12]

The quiet which caused it to decrease;

Which caused me to keep silent and cease my loud wailing. 20.

In curbing my grief there is still regret.

I am panting for breath, and am wearied:

My breath is gone,

Return, that I may go[13] back,

And end my grasping at nothing. 25.

He Kanikau no Keawekalohe.

O ka hiolani kana o Palekaluhi,

O ka pilipilikana lua i o Mano la,

O ke ko-ko a kewe hookahi ana

Hookahi ka aa kewe o na ’lii.

Ina i Wailua ka hoailona 5.

O ko lakou wahi Holoholoku na Ku hoi e o oe,

O kuu makuakane kapu o Kalani.

Na Kalani ka hua awa ke mulemule nei,

He mule au awa kihi ka loe e,

Na kihi kapu kama a Hoohila Kawelo 10.

Na ka ua lanipo aku la i ua,[[427]]

Na Kahekului, kupunawahine

O Keahialani o Lono e, o Lono i ana hoi e,

Hoihoi e imi ku ana kuu waimaka;

Akakau ana he aka, 15.

Ke kulu ka manini, konakona,

Ala lua ana, oia o oe;

O oe ka hoonana o ke aloha

Ka hoomalielie i ka ha’i ai.

Ia no malie ai pale ka uwe nui e, 20.

Pale ka nui, he wahi mihi iki koe.

O kuu ikiki ia, ke uiha la.

I ka pau o kuu aho.

Ha’i ae la i ha’i au,

I pau kuu hopu a hae. 25.

[[427]]


[1] Keawekolohe was termed a kaukau alii, being a prince, or of the class of chiefs below the king. [↑]

[2] Gentle sleep, hiolani, typical of the passing of Palekaluhi. [↑]

[3] Pilipilikana, a close, beloved companion (lua) of Mano, an ancient king of Kauai; a twin brother. [↑]

[4] Ko-ko, the strings or net outside of a calabash, to strengthen it; so it was supposed thewomb of a pregnant woman was strengthened; kewe, the womb; aa, the secudis, the afterbirth or that which enveloped the infant. [↑]

[5] If the child was born at another place than Wailua it would be uncertain that it wasa chief. [↑]

[6] At the temple of Holoholoku, Wailua, offspring of royalty were reared, and therebythe god Ku decreed their eminence. [↑]

[7] Mulemule, that which is disagreeable to the taste; mule au awa, bitter is the circular scum of the awa cup; au, the circle of yellow around the awa cup which is bitter. [↑]

[8] The story of Kewalo reveals nothing calling for this epithet, implying shame, as generallyunderstood. It more likely applies to his fearlessness. [↑]

[9] Rain and lightning personifications of ancestry which Lono, one of the major gods,is called upon to confirm. [↑]

[10] Akakau ana, enlarged shadow of a person or other thing: a skeleton of a man; many things confusedlythrown together. [↑]

[11] Kulu, a drop of water or other liquid; manini, water pouring over a dam; here the suffusing of the eyes with tears before one beginsto weep. [↑]

[12] Hoonana, conveys the idea of calm, quietness, etc., with its soothing effect, as here understood.It may also mean to witness or take cognizance of the sorrow experienced. [↑]

[13] Ha’i, not break, but like ho’i, to return. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Lamentation for Pe’ape’a.[1]

This is a mourning tribute.

For you, Peapeamakawalu[2]

Kamakauahoa,[3]

My beloved one who passed away.[4]

The principal division from Haho.[5] 5.[[428]]

The second child of Palena,[6]

Holaniku of Kaihi was the father,

Following after [was] the pig[7] [shadow] in the clouds.

Kaohelelani and Lono, traveling companions,

Followed after him 10.

With failing strength supported from elsewhere.

There were three gathered there,

The vessel had left the land.

This is Hana[8] we have just reached;

Hana the land of low heavens, 15.

Kauiki is victorious, mountain towering high.

Kapueokahi[9] and Mokuhono are down at Kaihalulu,

Manianiaula, Hamaalewa and Kauiki,[10]

Mountain soaring to heaven, the mountain at the threshold,[11]

Home of the chief who passed away, 20.

Calling back Kamakauahoa of Kepanila,

And also Kauhaipaku.

Kamakauahoa[12] went in spirit,

My beloved one who has gone.

Weep you,[13] I recite the virtues of Kumukoa[14] hence, of the chief. 25.

What made you angry that you should go crookedly,

The companion of my brother who went away.

Both of you are of Neau, from the same crouching house, (womb)

One indeed is the [bond of] affection

[And] the sadness between you 30.

Gathered at the pool of Punahoa.[[429]]

Thou didst lay in that water;

Water gathered by the rain;

Gathered by the Apuakea rain

With the Koholalele wind. 35.

Are you one furnishing blessings?

The rains break on the pandanus

The pandanus from Akiu and Honokalani;

The pandanus forest of Akiola,

My beloved one who passed away. 40.

Great and abiding is my sorrow,

The hand is numb for you,

Beloved Kalani, beloved Kalani,[15]

Beloved Kalani who has passed away.

The chief was burned, 45.

The flesh was separated,

Kalani changed [and] became a spirit.

He became many bodied; many changed bodies.[16]

The body of the chief was taken to God.

Kalani became a new deity of Koolau; 50.

Went to the calmness of Kapueokahi;

To the wailing spirits of Kaiakahuli,

The many living down at Nanualele.

Kalani was the deity of Hakipalunuau,

A descendant from Laka, 55.

Those who laid in the pool of Punaloa,

Hakipalunu was the first born of Laka,

On lying down in the water the flesh becomes cold.

My beloved one has passed away,

I am dwelling in sorrow, 60.

My hand is benumbed.

[[427]]

He Kanikau no Pe’ape’a.

He kanikau aloha keia,

Nou hoi la e Peapeamakawalu,

Kamakauahoa.

Kau mea ’loha i nalo aku la.

O ku palena nui a Haho, 5.[[428]]

O kama luaia o Palena,

O Holaniku a Kaihe ka makua.

Ka ukali hope, ka puaa kau i ke aolewa,

O Kaohelelani a Lono, na hoa hele,

Ka ukali o ka hope, 10.

O ka hookualana ana o kahi e

Ekolu lakou e ahu nei,

Haalele i ka moku i ka aina,

O Hana keia, akahi o loaa,

O Hana, aina ua lani haahaa, 15.

Lanakila nei o Kauiki, mauna i ka lani,

O Kapueokahi, o Mokuhono i kai o Kaihalulu,

O Manianiaula, o Hamaalewa o Kauiki,

Mauna i ka lani, ka mauna i ka paipai,

Hale o ka lani i hele aku la, 20.

E o ia nei o Kamakauahoa o Kepanila.

O kau-hai-paku ka hoi

Hoi makani o Kamakauahoa,

Kau mea ’loha i nalo aku la,

E uwe oe, e helu au o Kumukoa aku, o ka lani. 25.

I aha oe i welawela ai i punini ai oe.

Hele ka hoa o ke kaikunane,

O olua ia a Neau, mai loko o ka hale pupuu hookahi nei.

Akahi no ka ke aloha,

Ka paumako ia oukou, 30.

E ahu i ka wai o Punahoa,[[429]]

Nau ka e moe ke na wai,

Ka wai halana kiowai a ka ua,

I hookio ia e ka ua apuakea.

E ka makani koholalele nei. 35.

O oe anei kahi anoai?

Ka ua wawahi i luna o ka hala,

Ka hala mai Akiu a Honokalani

Ka ulunahele hala o Akiola,

Ka’u mea ’loha i nalo aku la, 40.

He aloha la ko’u e noho aku nei,

He maeele no ka lima ia oe,

Aloha ka-lani, e aloha ka-lani,

Aloha ka-lani i hele aku nei,

Ua ahi ka-lani, 45.

Ua momoku ka ili,

Ua mea e ka lani, ua kino akua,

Ua kino lau, kino lau pahaohao.

Ua haona ke kino o ka lani i ke akua.

Ka lani, akua hou o Koolau. 50.

I hoi i ka lulu o Kapueokahi.

Ka poe hanehane i Kaiakahauli,

Ka kini noho kahakai o Nanualele.

O ka lani, ke ’kua o Hakipalunuau,

O ka pua na Laka, 55.

O Laka o Hakipalunu, ke kama kuakahi,

Ka poe i moe i ka wai o Punahoa.

I moe i ka wai auanu ka ili,

Ka’u mea ’loha i nalo aku la,

He aloha ko’u e noho aku nei, 60.

He maeele no ka lima.

[[430]]


[1] The subject of this chant was one of the sons of Kamehameha-nui (king of Maui succeedingKekaulike), and met with fatal injuries by the explosion of a keg of gunpowder atthe Kauiki hill fort, Hana. He was removed to Honokohau, in the Kaanapali district,where he shortly afterward died from his wounds, in 1794. This is the burden of thelament. [↑]

[2] Makawalu, appended to and becoming part of Peapea’s name, occasionally met with in historicaccounts, indicates eminence or fame as an expert in whatever may be one’s calling.Literally “eight-eyed,” implies all-seeing, wide-awake. Kamapuaa was a “makawalu” in that he excelled in adroitness to extricate himself from perilous situations.Lonokaeho was likewise renowned for his several foreheads. Peapea was famous as awarrior, serving not only his father’s interests in Maui’s defense against Hawaiiinvasions, but aiding at times also the warring fortunes of Kaeo, of Kauai. [↑]

[3] Another of Peapea’s names, likely complimentary, as it does not appear elsewhere,and conveys the idea of “young war companion.” [↑]

[4] Refers to his death as above stated. [↑]

[5] Referring to many generations back of Liloa. [↑]

[6] This transposes authoritative genealogy order where Palena is shown to be the offspringof Haho. See Memoirs, Vol. IV, p. 25. [↑]

[7] Pig-shaped clouds were held to be omens of serious moment, usually portending evil.For this reason they were carefully studied for indications of favorable attitude,or imagined course of travel. [↑]

[8] Hana, of Maui, favored of the gods of ancient time, where the heavens were held tocome nearer earth than elsewhere, and its mountains to take on added height. [↑]

[9] The harbor of Hana, with adjoining famous localities, Kaihalulu being the spouting sea-spray of that vicinity. [↑]

[10] Kauiki, or Kauwiki, is here given fabulous height, it being less than 400 feet elevation; thus mythand tradition combine with historic events to make it, perhaps, the most famous inMaui’s history. With a fort on Kauiki’s summit it was Maui’s stronghold for many years,and in charge of which the subject of this dirge met with the accident which costhim his life. [↑]

[11] Kauiki bluff is at the left-hand side in entering the little harbor of Hana. [↑]

[12] An epithet of Peapea’s, whose death is referred to as having gone in spirit. [↑]

[13] The people are called upon to join in lament while the uwe helu, the recitation of his virtues is narrated, as follows, in wailing strain. [↑]

[14] Another of Peapea’s names. [↑]

[15] Referring to the chief Peapea, and the lines following to his accident and death. [↑]

[16] The bereaved one here presents the idea that at death the spirit changes to many forms;of human, animal, bird or other form, and as such becomes a new deity, not only ofKoolau adjoining Hana, land of his exploits, but the mythical land of Hakipalunuau(lines 50 and 54). [↑]

[[Contents]]

In Praise of Liholiho.[1]

The dear first-born sacred child.

Kamehameha, went forward in Ikiki[2]

To the sacred shore of Lono above.

Kamoholuakeakapu[3]

Of Kahiki, the owl that shaded the chief, 5.

These were chiefs of Kapaina Kumalolo

Of the flying-fish wrestling[4] with the Kona storm.

Kalanikona’s grandfather came from Ahuena,

The chiefs rising clouds [like] new growing leaves,

Growing, that the chiefs became numerous, 10.

Increasing like flowing fountain water.

Chiefs Kaumaka, and Kuihewa, and Lono.

Is the red glow causing one to flee in fear

From the royal announcer of the prostrating[5] kapu?

This is the kapu of the daughter also, 15.

An increasing[6] kapu of the chiefs.

The door posts were broken[7] by them;

The growth of affection[8] was their reward.

The chief is the stone from the pit.

The master held forth in this breaking; 20.

Kalanikauikaalaneo[9]

Returned to the husband, father,

Walikeamaile of Papa.

Closed was the bursting of the chief

Destroying the companion, the mapele, 25.

Malelaaekahi the chief.

Brought out from them,

The swelling, budding and untamed of the kapu,[[431]]

The last of the chiefs. It is released.

For Waihonua, [the] earth below, 30.

Is for the chief

Of the heavens of lightning-like eyes,

Traveling to the eye-ball of the sun.

Great hot day of the summer.

The chief was not heated thereby 35.

Toward his daughter who went with him,

My chief of threatening weather.

Floating clouds confusing the chief.

This is a new chief

Living above with Makalii, 40.

Hiding his kapu far distant.

Bearing away his kapu lest it be spread abroad,

To Kapunaki of the chief above here.

Who watches up here? Kalani the chief.

The sea, the billowy sea, 45.

The net eye of Kane.

The ocean is a swimming pool for the haalolo.

The sea is moving by Kuhalahala.

Here is the deep sea of Lono.

The offspring of Keaka, born twins, 50.

Keawe came out of the shallow sea[10]

Whose returning waves bared the coral strand

And gathered up the fish for the chief.

Kuheleimoana[11] [the] person in charge,

Cleaving unto the float[12] 55.

Inquiring of him

For whom is this ocean down here? For the chief.

The land is sacred, fulfilling its purpose.

At present Hawaii has difficulty;

A sacred difficulty for the chief. 60.

Palena’s[13] was the day to observe

The fog creeping from above;

The horse[14] which has a large back,

And the cold land-breeze of the night,

Productive of the forest, 65.

Uprooting the familiar ohia[15] [tree],

The man of the great forest[[432]]

Inquiring of him

For whom is this mountain?

For the chief, the chief indeed, 70.

The chief placed reverently;

Placed alone without an equal.[16]

There were only three[17] of them

Called by the parent chief

Kalanikauikaalaneo. 75.

The originating kae[18] of the chief,

Kalaninui Kuiapoiwa,

The first-born of the male chief

Kapaeulumoku, the chief.

Kalani-nui-kua-liholiho,[19] 80.

Kalani-nui-ahi-enaena,[20]

Your father, grandfather, grandson,

Ku was the sacred father of the chief, he was

Wet by the rain and numb from the cold

Up above Halepohaha. 85.

It was my endeared place

In the woods of Luhaunui,

Just kapued to the god.

The leaves of the wild lehua [tree]

He did not restrain 90.

By the cold and the chill,

The tarrying of the benumbing dews

Of that quiet place above,

Entangling the travelers

Wishing to purchase the right, 95.

A marketing god.

The lehua was very watchful,

Fine rain hid the mountain in fog,

The sun above became darkened,

The strangers thought it was night 100.

Covering the many houses.

There was no deception,

It was different up above

The men dodging in the rain ran, then stood erect.

The travelers halted. 105.

Hasten to reach Kuapehu

For release of fatigue, of weariness,

The cold also of the mist.

Warmed by the fire of the woman[21][[433]]

The resident[22] kept the bird net. 110.

The new prow[23] is sought for the canoe in the woods,

It was the bait[24] to entice the fish.

Enwrap the prow with the leaves of the awa.[25]

That fish is bitter,[26] the pond was salt.

He [the chief] was known for his kindness, 115.

Whose is the beauty of the godly companions?

My fearful chief[27] respected the kapu,

Uniting the breath[28] comforting thoughts afforded sleep.

By the lighting of fires the lands are warmed.

The land of the chief was returned. 120.

Fresh meat gives plumpness and fatness.

The male chief had strong desires in mind.

The new fire by Nahienaena[29] as the source. From yonder—

The edible birds live above Laa,

Frightened by the smoke of the woman,[30] 125.

The voice only was recognized here.

Hidden was the lehua flower, changed by it,

Astonished by the red of the lehua,[31]

Like a precious skirt darkened in the rain,[32]

Remainder of the sacred heirs of the chief, 130.

Perpetuating the rank of Keakealohiwahine,[33]

The sacred offspring of Iwikauikaua.[34]

He was the caller for help.[[434]]

The kapu commenced with the rising of the wind;

The bright bird-feathers of the lowland was the wreath for 135.

Keawe-i-kekahi-alii-o-ka-moku.[35]

From him came forth a very high chief,[36]

Restraining[37] was the kapu of Kalaniopuu again through Nahienaena,

The parent[38] from over there.

Weeping above [on the] mountain of Kona, 140.

Wholly covered with goodness;

Comfortable in the calmness.[39]

The calm alternating between sea and land breezes.

Jealousy covered the lehua mist,

Red lehua of the sea [shore] of Kona. 145.

Pitiless in disposition toward you,

Being whipped with the rope[40]

As if by many unnumbered people.

Let us see with our eyes

The women inside of Kaulehua, 150.

Among the olona twisting[41] women

Hiding from the men.

It is not the hiding of lovers,

It is better to show up; how beautiful.

[[430]]

Hoolea ia Liholiho.

Ke kama hiwa kamalele oili kapu.

Lele aku nei Kamehameha io Ikiki

I kaha koili kapu o Lono iluna.

Kamoholuakeakapu,

O Kahiki, ka pueo malu ka lani, 5.

He mau lani no kapaina kumalolo

No ka malolo hakoko ua lani Kona.

O Kalanikona mai Ahuena ke kupuna.

O kalani ao kukupu ulu lau mamaka.

O mamaka ulu mamaka mai na ’lii, 10.

Mamaka me he omaka wai kahe la.

O Kalanikaumaka, a Kuihewa, a Lono.

O ka weli ula makau ia e holo ai

Holo ka wohi ae i ke la kapu moe.

O ko ke kaikamahine kapu hoi ia, 15.

O Kapulikoliko i ka lani.

Ia laua naha ka lapauila,

Ka haku puu manawa ka pua o laua.

O ka lani ka pohaku mai ka lua.

Ka haku paa ula i keia naha, 20.

O Kalanikauikaalaneo

Hoi ae la i ke kane makuakane,

O Walikeamaile a Papa.

Pani ka i oa i ka lani,

Lukuluku hoa ka mapele, 25.

O Malelaaekahi ka lani.

Loaa maloko o laua,

Ka liliko, ka liliko, ka eena i ke kapu.[[431]]

Ke okina pau o ka lani—ua noa.

No Waihonua e, honua ilalo, 30.

No ka lani no

No ka lani holo maka uila,

Holo i ka onohi o ka la.

La nui wela o ka Makalii.

Aohe wela ia ka lani 35.

I kaikamahine holo lani ana,

Kuu lani ao hakumakuma.

Ao kaa lelewa kupehu lani.

He lani maka hou keia

Nonoho iluna me Makalii, 40.

I huna i kona kapu i mamao.

I ahai i kona kapu o laha wale,

I Kapunaki o ka lani iluna nei.

Nawai malama iluna nei la—e? No ka lani no.

Ke kai, ke kai mauwele ka, 45.

He maka upena a Kane.

Kai auau ka moana i ka haalolo.

Kai e nou Kuhalahala.

Ea ke kai hohonu o Lono.

Ka pua a Keakamahana i hanau, 50.

Hiki puka Keawe ke kai ao

I mimiki ahu wale ka papa

I ohia ka ia i ke ale lani.

Kuheleimoana konohiki,

Wawena o ka lana, 55.

Ui aku ana iaia

Nowai moana i kai nei la? No ka lani no.

Ihi ka moku, ko mai ke ano.

Ano Hawaii ka peapea,

He peapea kapu no Kalani. 60.

No Palena no ka la ku,

No ka ohu kolo mai o uka;

No ka lio kua mauna,

No ke hau anu o ka po,

Ulunahele o ka wao koa, 65.

Ekueku ka ohia laka.

I ke kanaka o ka wao nui maaukele,[[432]]

Ui aku ana iaia,

Nowai mauna i uka nei la?

No Kalani, no Kalani no. 70.

Kalani kau hoanoano,

Kau hookahi, aohe lua.

Ekolu wale no lakou

I heia ka lani makua,

O Kalanikauikaalaneo. 75.

Ke kae kinohi o ke alii,

O Kalaninui Kuiapoiwa.

Ke kinohi o ka lani kane

Kapaeulumoku, ka lani.

O Kalani-nui-kua-liholiho. 80.

O Kalani-nui-ahienaena,

Ko makua, kupuna, kuakahi.

O ao Ku makuakane kapu o ka lani—oia no—e.

Pulu i ka ua make i ke anu

I ka uka o Halepohaha. 85.

He wahi aloha ia na’u

I ka nahele o Luhaunui,

Ano mai la kapu i ke ’kua.

I ka lau nahelehele lehua a—

Aole nana i lahui 90.

Na ke anu na ke koekoe.

Na ka lihau maeele

O ua uka hepa la ’kahi,

E kahihi nei ka huakai

E ake e kuai ka pono. 95.

He ’kua malaulaua.

He makaala wale i ka lehua a—

Noe ka mauna nalo i ke ohu,

Haumoe e no iluna ka la,

Kuhi ana ka malihini he po 100.

Ako i ka hale puukiuki.

Aole ka he alapahi,

He hoehaa no ua uka la,

Holo ke kanaka alo ua, ka hooku,

Ku no ka huakai hele. 105.

Lale i hiki i Kuapehu

Kuu ka luhi ka maloeloe

Ke anu hoi a ka awaawa.

Lala i ke ahi a ka wahine[[433]]

Malama ke kupa i ka upena o ka manu. 110.

Kii ka manu hou i ka waa i ka nahele

O ka maunu ia e laka ai o ka ia.

Alai ka manu i ka lau o ka awa.

He awaawa ka ia no, he loko liu.

E kaulana ae nei he lokomaikai. 115.

Nawai ka nani o ka hoa waiakua e—

Kuu lani weliweli makau i ke kapu,

Pili pu ka hanu lololaa ka moe.

I kunia i ke ahi hahana na moku,

O ka moku o ka lani ka i loaa mai. 120.

O ka io hou i’ liliko a nopunopu.

Lalapa hoi maloko o ka lani kane.

Ke ahi hou a Nahienaena ka makua.—Mai o—e.

Na manu ai noho i ka uka o Laa.

I puiwa i ka uwahi a ka wahine, 125.

O ka leo wale no ke ikea nei.

Nalo ka lehua pua limu iaia,

Ka ililihia i ka ula o ka lehua.

Me he pau hiwa uli la i ka ua.

Koena o na muo kapu i ka lani, 130.

I mau i ka ula o Keakealohiwahine,

O ke kamahele kapu a Iwikauikaua.

Oia ka i malele.[[434]]

O ke kapu i hoano ma ka ulu o ka makani;

Ka hulu manu moha i ke kaha ka lei na 135.

Keawe-i-kekahi-alii-o-ka-moku.

Nana mai ka lani kio paa kaala.

Makahinu i ke kapu o Kalaniopuu hou a Nahienaena,

Ka makua—mai o—e.

Uwe ka luna Mauna o Kona, 140.

Papu no i ka maikai;

Luhea no i ka malie.

Ka lai holo lua a ke hau,

Ilili poi i ka noe lehua,

Lehua ula i ke kai e Kona. 145.

Makona wale hoi ia oe,

Haua iho nei i ka ropi

I ka ano a ke kini kaau ole e—.

E ike kakou me ka maka no

Na wahine o loko o Kaulehua. 150.

O loko o ke olona hihi wahine

Pee mai i ke kanaka.

Aole ka pee a mea ipo mai,

E hoike mai no ka pono; I nani e—.

[[435]]


[1] Liholiho, who became Kamehameha II. on the death of his father, Kamehameha the great,in 1819, whose dissolute habits led him to overthrow idolatry to free him from itskapu restraints. [↑]

[2] Ikiki was the month of May in Hawaii’s calendar, and refers to the conqueror’s death ashaving flown away to the sacred precincts of Lono, one of the major gods. [↑]

[3] Literally, the moho’s sacred white pit, a place supposedly in foreign lands. [↑]

[4] Picturing the restlessness of flying-fish at the approach of stormy weather. [↑]

[5] Certain high rank chiefs were entitled to the prostration of the people. Such chiefsusually went abroad at night, or if in the daytime a herald went before him with aflag, calling out “kapu moe,” whereupon all the people prostrated. The same observanceheld when his food or other belongings was carried by; all had to prostrate themselveson penalty of death.—(Malo’s Antiquities.) [↑]

[6] Referring to the swelling number of restrictions of priests and aliis on the people. [↑]

[7] This probably has reference to the breaking down of kapus by the king and queens intheir feasting together prior to the burial of Kamehameha. [↑]

[8] In the freedom of women and men to eat together, and partake alike of the same food,there was naturally removed a serious barrier to household affection. [↑]

[9] Figuratively, the chief placed in the clear path. [↑]

[10] The shallow sea has reference to Keawe, the mother being of lower rank than Keaka,whose children revealed their negligent status as returning waves bared the reef. [↑]

[11] The agent (konohiki) of the chief is likened to a shark, to seize all within its power. [↑]

[12] Lana, float, i.e., the person through whom the konohiki exercises authority and ofwhom he makes inquiry. [↑]

[13] Palena, some person assigned to oversight of the uplands. It was his duty to stand(ku) and observe the changes taking place. [↑]

[14] The mountain side likened to a broad-backed horse: capacity for endurance and serviceto many. [↑]

[15] The ohia laka, the well-known or familiar ohia as man of the forest, questioning Palena. [↑]

[16] None of like or superior rank; he was acknowledged supreme. [↑]

[17] Of three known as, or belonging to, or connected with the great chief, but one standsout. [↑]

[18] Kae, term of an office in the king’s train. [↑]

[19] An epithet of Liholiho, implying the highest chief rank rested in him, or was borneon his shoulders. [↑]

[20] The high chiefess Nahienaena (the n omitted), sister of Liholiho. The epithet signifies, the raging fire high chiefess. [↑]

[21] This would apply to Pele with her volcanic fire. [↑]

[22] Residents of the woods were naturally the bird catchers, with net or bird lime. [↑]

[23] Manu, not bird in this case, but the canoe’s prow, which is essential for the newcraft being completed in the woods. [↑]

[24] Maunu, or bait, here is figurative of the canoe’s finish, whereby it is qualifiedfor service. [↑]

[25] The awa, or milk-fish (Chanos chanos), is a pond product, met with in large numbers. [↑]

[26] This holds true at times, dependent upon free change of tide locks. [↑]

[27] This line refers back to the chief Ku. [↑]

[28] Hanu lololaa, in the original, is the sleep inducing power of a companion’s breath. [↑]

[29] The chiefess of raging-fire name is the source of a new fire, i.e., in comparisonwith that of the volcano, Pele. [↑]

[30] Goddess Pele of the volcano, with unmistakable voice when she speaks, whether by eruptionsor earthquake. [↑]

[31] Certain sections in the vicinity of Kilauea show lehua trees encased in lava. Sucha limpid eruption was the astonishing redness alluded to, which hid and changed itsflowers. [↑]

[32] This line seems ambiguous. [↑]

[33] This is likely, from following connections, to be Keakealaniwahine of history, whosucceeded her mother Keakamahana as Moi of Hawaii, mother of Keawe referred to online 136. [↑]

[34] Iwikauikaua was the son of Makakaualii. His mother was Kapukamola. Espousing the causeof Lono in the Hawaii revolt he narrowly escaped being sacrificed on the altar ofthe temple. [↑]

[35] Literally, Keawe-a-certain-chief-of-the-island, a celebrated ruler in the annals ofHawaii. [↑]

[36] Referring to Kalaninuiamamao, from whom descended Keawemauhili and Kalaniopuu, thelatter mentioned in the next line. [↑]

[37] The high rank of a chief whose kapus occasion unpleasant, restrained feelings, makahinu. [↑]

[38] Chiefs and superiors were frequently referred to as parents, hence Nahienaena is acknowledgedas such. [↑]

[39] Descriptive of Kona’s characteristics. [↑]

[40] The poet here adopts an English word. [↑]

[41] This especially a woman’s vocation, the twisting of the shredded olona bark into twine for fish-lines, nets and seines. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Lament for Liholiho. On His Departure for England. Cry forth a regard, Cry the virtues from Kamehameha; Show paternal affection; Grieve you people all. Indeed we all grieve, 5. The right [course] is obscure, To be severed is to be lost. Grieve not also for the queen, Without affection for her parents; They voiced lamentation, 10. Waving their hands behind; Shouting undying affection [At] your ascent upon the ship. You voiced farewell ashore; The guns repeated their salute; 15. The foreigners all joined. Mr. Parker called out Bright be the nights to the end. Gently moving was the sailing of the ship, Not dashing the waves on board; 20. The hull of the ship was dry By the steering of the helmsman. Kamaulaua was his name. Kamamalu was questioning, They had the book, 25. The scattering of unintelligible talk. Kekuanaoa stood forth, The offspring of Nahiolea; Kiilaweau, an uncle, [Was] only an idle boaster. 30. Naihekukui remaining here. Offspring art thou of Hanakahi, Simply a proud strutter, A restless traveler abroad. Peekua Kauluhaimalama, 35. Kekuhaupio, a father, Haughtily lagged behind The window below. Mokuaikalai called: Where indeed is Naukana? 40. Thou art an offspring of Kamano; He also has the broom To cleanse aboard the ship; [[436]] A rope in the filth-ladder. Mr. Richards then asked quickly 45. Where indeed is Mr. Parker? Let us seek together. I have seen the land, A land looking upon the sea. Here is the compass, 50. The guide is it of the ship, The path by which it sails; Hidden by the sea-spray of heaven, Facing thoughtfully restless seas; The snows of Nouaiki, 55. The danger points of Cape Horn, A land of America. Take the book. The people inland saw differently. Here is my husbandman 60. Bringing hither a feather garment, The gift possible to him, [A] substitute for thousands of dollars For his entrance into Great Britain. The first gun booms forth, 65. The red flag is hoisted, The first bell has sounded, The bell for the chief’s robing. Inquiry is made Where indeed is Manuia? 70. Bring you here the water That I may wash the face well. Stand up the [looking] glass, Trim and shave the beard, [And] take me aboard. 75. Bring forth my flowing garments; Bring hither sufficient clothing, Brush them off with pig bristles, Talking away indistinctly. Stand up the red objects. 80. To effect upright seating. Ascend straight to the consecrated place, Consecrated was your grandmother, Kalanikaumakamano, You! not you, you’re a foreigner. 85. Mr. Parker called out Lower down the whaleboat. Descended, descended the chief therein, As he stood, holding the flag. The foreigners fell behind, 90. The chief departed hence. Saluting confusedly were the guns, Saluting, saluting. [[437]] The people were seen inland Sending the soldier in the front 95. To take the horse to the sea-shore, A road that was possible, Directed to the wooden house [He] was given the diamond, That which enlarges not, from abroad; 100. From the chief. King George. The chief then asked, Where indeed is Kanehoa? At his frequent speeches Conversing with foreigners, 105. Jabbering vigorously. Secured by the black water Naaiweuweu stood up, The one who cares for the chiefs; The resting place of those dead. 110. I have encompassed all abroad; I have seen Spain. The chief questioned The steward of Kamehameha’s time, Say, young stalwart, are we alike? 115. Return the letter of instruction Young stalwart, let us go; You will see, my young child, The prow of the Makao vessel, The stern of the Russian vessel 120. The fruit for the ship sailing to Bolabola; A Russian footstool; A satisfied Nuuhiwa resting place, A Spanish sea-passage. Be satisfied with the journey, O chief! 125. And, coming to the dark sea, [The] blue sea of Kane, The chief returns to the land Which he had left behind, Stepped on dark-backed Hawaii 130. Ashore at the head of the land— The lehua-sounding rain of Hilo Panaewa is wreathing lehua [blossoms], Piowai is decorated with wreaths, Drinking the dew of the lehua flowers. 135. The fragrance is wafted to Hilo. Regard hath the bubbling springs in the road; The breadfruit planted in the shallow earth Above the Ahialoa, The tough root potatoes, 140. Striven for by the shell-fish [[438]] Longed for by the chief. The hinalo leaved awa of Puna Is being torn by the birds Perched on the decayed timber. 145. The ripened leaves are scattered beneath. Bird catchers are recognized, Those people going in front. They are afraid of the gentle rain, The sprinkling rain of the women. 150. [The] trade wind bears the chief away To the ti-roots of Wahinekapu At the rising of the sun, O Kunia! Apua is heated, the strata is overturned. They have forsaken my companionship. 155. Taken to the wiliwili blossom, [By the] ohia flower of Kaiona, Beautiful [and] royal is thy love, O chief! [[435]] He Kanikau no Liholiho. I Kona Holo Ana i Beritania. Uwe la he aloha, Uwe helu mai Kamehameha, Aloha ino ka makua, Aloha no hoi oukou a pau loa; Aloha no hoi makou a pau loa; 5. Aole i ikea ’ku ka pono, O ke oki ia la nalowale. Uwe ole iho hoi ia Kuini, Aloha ole i kona makua, Uwe aku ana ia, 10. Kahiau na lima i ke kua, Hulo ke loha pau ole, Ko pii nei i luna o ka moku, Aloha mai oe ia uka. Kani kui lua aku la ka pu 15. Olohani ana ka haole Hea ae nei Mika Pata. Hoae na ka po i pau Pua iki ka holo a ka moku Paki kai ole ae la i luna 20. Maloo aku la ka iwikaele I ke ku a na hookele, O Kamaulaula he inoa. Ui ae nei o Kamamalu Ia laua ka palapala, 25. Ka hoohelelei o ka namu, Ku mai o Kekuanaoa. Keiki oe a Nahiolea. O Kiilaweau he makua, He kaena wale no kana. 30. Noho ae nei o Naihekukui. Keiki oe a Hanakahi, He hookalali wale no kana, He hooioena holo kahiki. Peekua Kauluhaimalama, 35. Kekuhaupio he makua. Kalelemuku ae nei mahope, O ka pukaaniani malalo. Kahea Mokuaikalai, Auhea la hoi Naukana, 40. Keiki oe a Kamano, Iaia hoi ka pulumi Ka holoi o luna o ka moku [[436]] He kaula i ka hakakukae Namu ae nei Mika Riki 45. Auhea la hoi Mika Pata Nana pu ae kaua, Ua ike au i ka aina He aina nana i ke kai, Eia ke panana, 50. Ka ihu hoi ia o ka moku Ke ala ia e hele ai, He huna ma ka ehu kai i ka lani Ua alo hia na kai lewa Na hau o Nouaiki, 55. Na lae ino o Kepohoni, He aina anei o Mareka, Lawea ’ku la ka palapala. Ike e mai la ke kini o uka, Eia kuu hoaaina. 60. E lawe mai ana he kapa hulumanu, Ka makana ia e hiki ai, Kapae na kini dala, O ke komo ia i Beretane. Kani hookahi iho la ka pu 65. U-u ae la ka hae ulaula, Kani hookahi iho la ka bele, He bele komo kapa no Kalani, Ninau ae nei. Auhea la hoi Manuia? 70. E lawe mai oe i ka waka, E holoi ae au i ka maka a pau, Kukulu mai ke aniani, Kahi mai ke kahi umiumi, Lawe ae au ia luna, 75. Ho mai kuu kapa pihapiha, Lawe ia mai ke kapa i pau, Anai ia mai ka hulu puaa, Hoopakakeia ’ku ana. Kukulu na mea ulaula, 80. Kiaho kahi ae ka pono, I unoho iho pololei iluna, I-u la ko kupunawahine, O Kalanikaumakamano. I-u, no i-u, i-u haole. 85. Hea anei Mika Pata, Kuu ia iho la ka huelopoki, Iho, iho la Kalani mai luna, Ku no, iaia ka hae, Hoemi hope na haole, 90. Lelenolani aku nei. Pipi nokenoke iho la ka pu, Kui iho no, kui iho no. [[437]] Ike e mai la ke kini o uka, Kena i ke koa i ke alo, 95. E lawe ae i ka lio i ke kahakai, I alanui e hiki ai, Kuhi ae i ke halelaau, Haawi mai i ke daimana, Ka mea laha ole no kahiki, 100. Na ke ’lii o Kinikeoki. Ninau ae nei o Kalani Auhea la hoi Kanehoa I kana mau huaoleolo E namu ae me ka haole 105. Kipakake ai haa mai Ua paa i ka wai eleele Ku iho Naaiweuweu Ka malama ia o na ’lii Ka waihona o na mea make 110. Ua pau o Kahiki ia’u Ua ike au ia Paniolo Ninau ae nei o Kalani Ke kahu ai wa a Kamehameha E ui e like kakou 115. E hoihoi i ka huaolelo E ui e hoi kakou E e ike i ou pokii He ihu no ka moku Makao He hope no ka moku Rukini 120. He hua no ka moku hoi Bolabola He keehina wawae Luukini He luana noho ana Nuuhiwa He ae na kai Paniolo Ana wale ka hele e Kalani 125. A, ea mai la ke kai uli Kai popolohua a Kane Hoi no e Kalani i ka moku Ua kaa ae nei mahope, Keehi i Hawaiikuauli 130. Iluna i ke poo-kamoku Ka ua kani lehua o Hilo Kui lei lehua e Panaewa Kahiko lei o Piowai Inu i ka wai koolihilihi 135. Hoi no ke onaona i Hilo Aloha wale na puewai i ke alanui Na ulu hoonoho i ka hapapa Ka uka o ke Ahialoa Na uala moleuau 140. I nai aku i ka opihi [[438]] Ke ono ae nei o Kalani I ka awa lau hinalo o Puna Ke ahai ia la e ka manu Kau i ka puha laau 145. Pala ka lau helelei i lalo Ua ikea ke kanaka kawili manu E ke kanaka hele mamua Ua makau i ka ua awa Ka ua noe a ka wahine 150. Kanoenoe aku o Kalani I na ki a Wahinekapu E na puka la e kunia E wela Apua kahuli o ka papa Haalelea mai au ka hoa 155. Lilo ae i ka pua wiliwili Pua ohai o Kaiona Onaona alii ke ’loha e Kalani. [[438]]

[[Contents]]

A Farewell to Harriet Nahienaena. By Kini. Farewell to thee, O Harriet, How great is the love for my friend! The love that knows no end. Here am I, bidding thee farewell, O my beloved cateress. 5. Alas! the everlasting love for my friend. Farewell to thee for whom I well over with love. Let us greet each other in fond embrace. Alas thou! my friend, Alas! my companion, 10. My friend. Alas! my close companion of the night; My sitting companion of the day; My companion in the cold, my companion. Alas! my fadeless wreath of love. 15. Alas! my companion that slept with me in the night: Woe betide me! Where art thou, O cateress! Lo! where art thou? [[439]] Wither traveled thou in departing from me? 20. ’Tis I that am seeking thee. Wither journey thou on deserting me? ’Tis thou that I am now locating. Where indeed shall I meet thee? Why went thou away 25. And left me, thy companion, Thy friend? I, indeed! Alas! my companion of the night; My kapa that kept me warm; My skin that was not cold when slept with in the night. 30. Alas! the chills that possess me on account of thee; Where indeed art thou? ’Tis only I that now am sleeping, For thou, my husband, art not; My second in the pleasure of the night; 35. My friend. My love for thee shall not cease, The love that cometh unto me. Where art thou my companion in the heat of Waikiki; My companion on the strand of Koko; 40. Alas! thou my friend. Alas! my object that knows no end of wailing, ’Tis only wailing with me who dwells here, For the breath is well nigh spent. Where art thou? 45. At your departure my love waxed great. How oblivious was I when we dwelt together, But when thou hadst gone away my love for thee welled within. I did weep till the strand was reached; I did also look and saw ye sailing onward; 50. I did weep till I came hither. I did meet Kuamoo And we two were loud in grief for thee. When Kaleiopapa and others landed I wept aloud for thee, For methought that Kaleiopapa wert thou, 55. And my passion was soothed by him. Then when I looked at Kauluhinalo [[440]] My love for thee became great. Alas, my friend! When I beheld Keoniana, we two wept together loudly. 60. ’Twas on the day thereafter Kauluhinalo came up for us two to mourn; We did mourn together, for the love was great. Then it seemed that we two were dwelling together, beloved one; It seemed as if I was looking at thee; I saw them not— 65. Those that once eased our troubled mind I saw them not at all. Kauluhinalo, Keoniana, they were the only two— They were the only ones I saw since they were nearer me. We did weep in the same place, 70. I observed not the chiefs. When we journeyed upward to Waimea the love was great, For I saw the place we were wont to ascend, Thus I wept till night came on, And received the letter which Pupuka brought. 75. I was reached because I was close to him. The chief also said that it was a letter, And that I would weep on this day. I asked him, “From whom?” [He gave answer] “From Maui, from Harriet.” 80. Then I wept, weeping very loudly— Till Kuamoo heard my loud wailing. He had already gone up before And waited till I should appear. Loud were the sounds of our wailing. 85. We were still on the path as the sun went down, but kept ascending, Alas! thou my companion of the night to sleep with; Alas! thou who are not seen by me, How may I be able to see thee? Where art thou? 90. How fares thy companions, for ’tis eve, And how spendest thou the night when thou sleepest? Where art thou, my companion? Alas! my cateress; [[441]] Alas! my companion; 95. Woe betide me thy comforter, Woe betide me thy pride. Alas! my precious object, Alas! the object that is not obtainable in a day. Alas thou! 100. Alas! our separation. Alas! thou my guide in the untrodden path, My follower in the lonely path; My companion that traverses the places where the winds are diverted; My companion from the shade of the bread-fruit trees at Lele; 105. My companion from the land where the kiowea sings; My companion from the paupili rain of Lahaina; My companion; My husband in the path of Honomaele, Alas thou my companion from the scorching heat of Lele; 110. My companion in the path and the plain; My companion is chilled by the kapa, My companion in the cold shrinking garment. Alas! my husband. O my companion in the cold rain, 115. Thou seest the land; Thou seest the sand, the pebbles, And the clear sun, And the kou trees of Molakia, And of Pelekane; greetings be to the people thereof. 120. Thou seest the sand and the water of Pahoa, And the shade of the breadfruit trees. Alas! my companion; Alas, O my friend! Alas, my companion from the floating house of the foreigner; 125. My companion from the amusements of Kahiki; My companion high in the esteem of the people of the land; My companion that observes the laws thereof. Alas, indeed thou! How great is my love for thee. [[442]] Alas my companion from the feast of Kahiki that hath no equal; 130. My friend from the beautiful things of the foreigner, Woe indeed be to us. Alas, my companion of the summer that hath passed away; My companion among our friends; They have gone away but we two still remain. 135. Here I am now about to leave thee. Alas! my companion That I requested thee not. I thought the body was the guerdon. Not so! I am to leave thee, 140. I have no longer patience for thee. Alas my companion; my companion in the northeast trades of Honolulu. Alas my companion in the bitter rain of Manoa; Alas my companion on the plain of Kewalo, And of Koula, and Pahua. 145. Alas my companion in the permeating heat of Haliimaile; Alas my companion; alas my husband; Alas my endeared wreath, ’tis a farewell. Love is like a husband that keeps close to the body; My night of the rain, of the sun. 150. Alas my lord! Alas my object that I find not when looking around, Woe be to us, A farewell from one who knows no end of wailing from Waikoloa. ’Tis Kamaikui that bids thee farewell, 155. Whose love for thee is great; Which is beyond power to write unto thee. There were no feathers save one only. When they all fell asleep It was at midnight that I wrote; 160. It was at midnight that I heard of the ship’s sailing. I went up to Keiki for a feather [pen]. I received the paper, But one feather only. At midnight I wrote, 165. When dawn came on a part was done; [[443]] When morning came the whole was finished. I slept not till night became daylight, I aroused Wahineikikalei, “Arise thou and let us write down our lamentation.” 170. She awoke, and we both wept, I wrote till it was finished, Saying ’twas prompted by the love of man. Here is Kauluhinalo sending thee regards, As also Keola and Keoniana. 175. Love be to Maria and Naea; Great is my love for them two. Regards to you all From us, Kilimailani and Kamaikui, Fare thee well, companion of endless love. 180. Here am I weeping for fond remembrance. Alas that I see thee not. When indeed shall we two meet? ’Tis only memories that come to me here by day and by night. When I sleep in the night, I long to meet thy spirit, 185. Wishing to behold thine eyes. Where art thou, O beloved wreath of the parent; O thou daughter whose memory is cherished; O thou firstborn begotten by one that holds your love. Alas thee! Here am I dwelling with thoughts only 190. That rages within for the benefactor that was kind to me. Woe be to us for the separation. When I saw your hand It seemed to me that your body was there also. Alas thou! 195. Listen! Here am I informing thee that the chiefs will not marry He will not consent, For I asked Kaleiopapa: “How is the marriage of you two?” Answered he: “I shall not marry.” 200. But it is not quite certain yet. Fare thee well. [[438]] He Aloha no Harieta Nahienaena. Na Kini. Aloha oe e Harieta, Aloha nui ku’u aikane, Aloha pau ole. Ke aloha aku nei a’u ia oe, E ku’u makua aloha, 5. Auwe ku’u mea pau ole o ku’u aikane, Aloha ino ku’u mea u wale iho no e noho nei, E aloha nui loa kaua, Auwe oe ku’u aikane, Auwe ku’u hoa, 10. O ku’u aikane, Auwe oe e ku’u hoapili o ka po, Ku’u hoanoho o ke ao, Ku’u hoa o ke anu, ku’u hoa. Auwe ku’u lei mae ole o ke aloha e! 15. Auwe hoi ku’u hoapili o ka po, ke moe— Auwe hoi a’u e Aia la oe i hea e ka makua? Auhea oe e— [[439]] Aia la oe i hea i haalele mai nei ia’u la? 20. O wau ia e imi nei, Aia la oe i hea i haalele mai nei ia’u? O ka’u ia e nana nei la, Aia la auanei i hea oe e loaa ai ia’u? He aha la kau i hele ai? 25. A haalele oe ia’u i kou hoa, O kau aikane. Owa’u la, auwe ku’u hoapili o ka po— Ku’u kapa e mehana ai, Ku’u ili anu ole i ka po ke moe aku. 30. Auwe kuu maeele ia oe. Auhea la oe? O wau wale no keia e moe nei la. Aole hoi oe ka’u kane. Ku’u kokoolua o ka po ke moe. 35. O ku’u aikane, E ku’u aloha pau ole ia oe. Ke ’loha ke hiki mai i o’u nei. Auhea oe e ku’u hoa i ka la o Waikiki? Ku’u hoa i ke kaha o Koko, 40. Auwe oe e ku’u aikane e, Auwe hoi oe e ku’u mea pau ole i ka uwe ia, O ka uwe wale no ia e noho nei la, Ua hele a pau ke aho, Auhea oe, 45. Hoi aku oe, nui loa ku’u aloha, I palaka no ka i ka noho pu, I hoi aku ka hana aloha a’u ia oe, Uwe no wau a pae i uka Nana aku no wau e holo ana no oukou, 50. Uwe no au a hiki wale ia nei, Ike no au ia Kuamoo, Uwe loa maua ia oe, A pae mai o Kaleiopapa ma uwe loa a’u ia oe, Me he mea la o oe o Kaleiopapa ia’u, 55. Lana aku la wau iaia. Nana aku la au ia Kauluhinalo, [[440]] Nui loa ku’u aloha ia oe, Auwe ku’u aikane, A ike au ia Keoniana, uwe loa maua, 60. A i kekahi la ae pii mai no o Kauluhinalo e u’e ai maua me ia, Uwe no maua, ua nui loa ke ’loha, Me he mea la no o kaua pu ke noho ana ke ’loha, Me he mea la wau e nana ana ia oe, Aole a’u i ike ia lakou 65. I na mea no i lana ai kaua, Aole au ike ia lakou no a pau. O Kauluhinalo, o Keoniana, o laua wale no, Ka’u mau mea ike i ka pii mai o laua, I kahi hookahi no makou e uwe ai, 70. Aole au i ike pono i na ’lii, A pii makou i Waimea nui loa ke ’loha, Ike a’u i kahi a kakou i pii ai, I ka uwe no a’u a poeleele, Loaa no i ka palapala a Pupuka i lawe mai ai, 75. Loaa au i ke pili mai no iaia, Ke ’lii kahi ei ae ana he palapala, I keia la e uwe ana no au. I aku a’u, “nawai”? No Maui mai na Harieta, 80. O ka’u uwe no ia uwe hamana mau, Lohe o Kuamoo i ku’u leo nui, Ua pii e aku ia mamua, Kakali a hiki aku au, Olo ka pihe a makou, 85. I ke ala nui, a na poo ka la pii ana no makou, Auwe oe ku’u hoa o ka po ke moe, Auwe hoi oe e ike ole ia nei e a’u, Pehea la a uanei a’u e ike ai ia oe? Ai la oe i hea? 90. E aha ana lakou ua ahiahi? Ame kou po ke moe iho, Ai la oe i hea ko’u hoa? Auwe ku’u makua, [[441]] Auwe ku’u hoa, 95. Auwe ku’u mehana maikai ia-u e, Auwe ka hiwahiwa au o wau. Auwe ku’u mea maikai, Auwe ku’u mea loaa ole i ka la hookahi, Auwe oe e— 100. Auwe kaua i ke kaawale loa, Auwe oe ku’u hoikeike o kahi ike ole ia, Ku’u hoahele o kahi mehameha, Ku’u hoa nana i na hono ona aina. Ku’u hoa mai ka malu ulu o Lele. 105. Ku’u hoa mai ka lai a ka Kiowea. Ku’u hoa mai ka ua paupili o Lahaina. Ku’u hoa. Ku’u kane i ka ua o Honomaele, Auwe oe ku’u hoa mai ka opu ahi o Lele, 110. Ku’u hoa i ke kaha ame ke kula, Anu aku la ku’u hoa i ke kapa, He ahu anu wai kuku ku’u hoa, Auwe ku’u kane e, Ku’u hoa o ka ua waahila la, 115. Ike wale i ka aina. Ike wale i ke one i ka iliili, Ame ka la lailai, Ame ke kou o Molakia, Ame Pelekane; aloha wale kanaka oia wahi, 120. Ike wale i ke one ame ka wai o Pahoa, Ame ka malu o ka ulu, Auwe ku’u hoa, Auwe ku’u aikane e. Auwe ku’u hoa mai ka hale laau lana a ka haole. 125. Ku’u hoa mai ka mea lealea o Kahiki, Ku’u hoa i ka maka o kanaka o ka aina e, Ku’u hoa hoolohe i ka leo o ko ia aina, Auwe hoi oe, e ku’u aloha ia oe, [[442]] Auwe hoi ku’u hoa mai ka ai lau ole o Kahiki. 130. Ku’u hoa mai ka mea maikai a ka haole, Auwe no hoi kaua e— Auwe ku’u hoa o ke kau i hala aku la, Ku’u hoa mai na aikane a kaua, A hele la o kaua wale no, 135. E haalele ana ka wau ia oe, Auwe ku’u hoa, Ku’u uku ole ia oe, I manao o ka uku no ke kino. Aole ka, e haalele ana ka wau, 140. E pau aho ana ka wau ia oe, Auwe ku’u hoa, ku’u hoa i ka makani heaeloa o Honolulu, Auwe ku’u hoa i ka ua waahia o Manoa, Auwe ku’u hoa i ke kula o Kewalo, Ame Koula ame Pahua, 145. Auwe ku’u hoa i ka la wela o Haliimaile, Auwe ku’u hoa, auwe ku’u kane, Auwe ku’u ipo lei he ’loha, Me he kane la ke ’loha ka pili mau no i ka ili, Ku’u po o ka ua o ka la e, 150. Auwe ku’u haku, Auwe ku’u mea loaa ole ia’u ke imi, Auwe kaua, Aloha na ka mea pau ole i Waikoloa. Ke aloha aku nei o Kamaikui ia oe, 155. Nui loa no kona ’loha ia oe, Aole ia e pono ke palapala ia oe, Aole hulu hookahi no hulu, Pauhia e ka hiamoe, I ke aumoe ka palapala ana a’u, 160. I ke aumoe no ka lohe ana i ka holo o ka moku, Pii no wau e noi ia Keiki i wahi hulu, Loaa mai no ka pepa, Hookahi no wahi hulu, Aumoe palapala wau, 165. Wanaao hoi paa kekahi, [[443]] A kakahiaka nui hoopaa, Aole a’u i moe a ao wale no ka po, Hoala aku no a’u ia Wahineikalei, E ala kaua e uwe i ka uwe ana o ka palapala, 170. Ala ae la uwe maua, Palapala wau a paa, I iho la no ke kanaka aloha. Ke aloha aku nei o Kauluhinalo ia oe, Ame Keola ame Keoniana, 175. Aloha o Maria ame Naea. Aloha nui au ia laua, Aloha no oukou a pau loa, Na’u na Kilimailani ame Kamaikui, Aloha nui loa oe e ka hoaloha pau ole, 180. Ke uwe aku nei no au, ia kaua Auwe ka ike ole aku o’u ia oe, Ahea la uanei ike kaua? O ke kuko wale no ia e noho nei i ke ao ame ka po, Moe au i ka po ake au e ike i kou uhane, 185. I ake e ike i kou mau maka. Auhea oe e ka lei aloha a ka makua? E ke kaikamahine a ke aloha, E ka hanau mua a ke aloha i hanau ai, Auwe oe ke noho nei no a’u me ka manao wale no, 190. Iloko e ku’u makua hana maikai ia’u, Auwe kaua i ka nalowale loa, I ku’u ike ana i ko wahi lima, Mehe mea la ko wahi kino kekahi, Aloha ino oe, 195. Auhea ke hai aku nei a’u ia oe aole e mare ana na ’lii, Aole ona ae, I ninau aku a’u ia Kaleiopapa, Pehea ka mare ana o olua? I mai la ia aole au e mare ana. 200. Aole nae i ike pono ia, Aloha nui loa oe. [[444]]

[[Contents]]

Nahienaena.

The kapa-beater of the bark grown thrifty and wide,

A kapa block from Kahiki.

The breadfruit bark torn into shreds,

The mapele bark broken up in like manner,

The kapa bark and the kapa water-bowl. 5.

Nahienaena is kapa bark, symbolically.

Transforming Kalani-nui-kua-liholiho

Into an overseer of the fish, tortoise.

That is the bark which is being beaten.

Kalani beats kapa in a circular manner; the chief beats. 10.

The chiefs joined together the earth will be eternal.

The chiefs being allied the earth is established for Lani,

The chiefs stick together; sleep together for pleasure,

While the chiefs join the earth abides firm.

’Tis a day of tremulous heat, hot overhead. 15.

The mountain noises clash together, the sea also is noisy,

The voice of frequent thunder speaks on high,[[445]]

The voice of frequent thunder roars heavily above.

The voice of the earthquake is rumbling heavy,

The voice of the earthquake rumbles below. 20.

The voice of the fine rain is increasing,

The voice of the heavy rain is roaring in the uplands,

The voice of the conch sounds intermittently,

The voice of the night-sounding locust in the uplands,

Piercing the eyes of Haukuku; of Haukaka, 25.

Breaking the coconut for the chief to eat,

The bailer that will overcome the chief’s leak.

The chief Kauikeaouli is the resident who governs

The care of the land throughout the whole island;

Of the land that is great; that is very small, 30.

Of the little, small, departing short veteran; Kalani possesses the land.

Of Nahienaena, burdensome is her naholo kapu.

Olue was an ancient descendant of that place.

A guard of the water; of the smooth, black pebbles,

She shall stitch [the kapas], she shall bite [the thread], 35.

She shall stitch, bite and bite.[[446]]

Bite, run quickly, run, run,

Let Kalani run.

A sounding axe is the mallet.

Flee Kalani to the resident whose is the land of beating kapa, 40.

In beating kapa there’s a noise, ’tis a chief’s kapa beating sound.

Go carefully, whistle, lie down; lift up.

Angry is Kalani at the crooked path.

’Tis the chief, the chief Kauikeaouli, thy companion.

Nahienaena is the resident whose it is to enjoy the land; 45.

The island of the resident is eaten by coarse men.

The resident enjoying the land is the resident indeed.

The feature of Kona is its calm smooth sea.

Kalani is its district chief on living there.

Nahienaena lives upland and seaward, upland and seaward. 50.

The long fish-net is taken in and out,

The fish gather in shoals and are entrapped;

The fish are gathered at one draught,

Lifting up the net till the water rejoices.

The water, the water was up to the breast; 55.

The bubbling water it comes and goes.[[447]]

The breath is inhaled in ascending;

Climbing upward, fatigued and panting, till the top is gained.

For the sin, for the sin, for the causing to sin,

The unpardonable sin during evil times. 60.

The sin, the sin, let the sin be atoned for.

The women breaking kapu go up the hill,

The passers over go beyond the precincts becoming a chief

Which bore fruit on the forbidden sands of Puuolea;

In the rich sands of Laamaikahiki. 65.

’Tis come.

Whence came they?

We two are from above, chiefs of noble, royal birth,

The blossom of the chief’s multitude is plucked.

Beautiful is the chief’s pond that is above. 70.

Above is Leiau, the woman who went up to heaven.

The world above where Nahienaena treads majestically.

Nahienaena issues forth as chief of the rising sun.

It comes, it rises, it moves on, it broadens, it extends forth.

The extremities of the great chief spread forth upwards. 75.

Thou dwellest far above,

Where dwells the heavenly host.[[448]]

Hinaaikamalama was the daughter,

The beautiful wife of Papa,

Who lived with Akea whereby Haloa was born, the progenitor of chiefs. 80.

Haloa was born a true chief,

The chief of the severe kapu;

The ruler that was established on high.

Low lieth the foreign land; the gentle moving current,

The current of the island where dwell the monsters. 85.

When the sky is overcast with threatening clouds,

Life runs through the limb without sudden numbness;

Without shame, the double canoe sails on,

Sails on carefully and hesitatingly,

The cautious footsteps of the chiefs from afar, 90.

Traveling on the current of light kapus.

’Tis a sacred bosom,

’Tis a burial shelf for the chiefs.

The king, the chief, Kauikeaouli, they are companions,

They are the people of the foreign land; 95.

The people with scaly skin, wrinkled by the water.

The people with the scaly, puckered skin.

The aged ones with wrinkled back and skin.

Lono has a wrinkled skin; he is anointed. he loathes water,[[449]]

Blackened is the skin by the kapued water of the kalo-patch. 100.

Such are sacred chiefs with very strict kapus.

Heralded is the renown of the chiefs sacred to Keawe.

Beautiful are the chiefs as the ebb and flow of the tides,

Causing the downfall of Ku, and the flight of Luamea

Of the rumbling stone. 105.

The shrill sound, a sacred place strictly forbidden,

A temple is a sacred place casting away all evil,

A temple sacred to refuse matter, heavenly fire thrown aside, answering a call;

A response to a call from another.

’Tis a call which is heard, 110.

An answering voice comes,

A true assent, a true [assent] of them,

They, they verified it,

In the rushing together, the clashing company of Kanaloa,

Of the many dogs, a chief was born. 115.

Nahienaena was born a resident of Hawaii,

Of Hawaii, of Hawaii, of South Hawaii,

Beneath it is the residence of Wakea far below the earth’s crust.

The place where Wakea dwells.

Wakea lives at the foundation of Hulikaiakea. 120.[[450]]

Wakea, Luanuu and Kahiko were chiefs,

As also Kaulapa and Keakamaliokea.

The sky is the shadow of Ku.

The first born flies away, the kapu of Kahookoine flies off;

The calm of Ku extends on high. 125.

Ku flies to the land, forsaking the sea,

The voice of the great sea, it is heard from,

If one stands listening,

Listen not, listen not to it.

Come hither quickly, rise up and come instantly; 130.

Approach, approach, approach, approach thou;

Come cautiously and deliberately;

Let the crawling to the chief be crawling;

Voiced above is the crawling to the chief,

The great chief guarded by the stringent kapus. 135.

Indistinct, obscured, hidden, dark is the heavens,

The chief Kauikeaouli, the warrior of Hawaii;

Hawaii, where the kiele is thriving,

[The island] that is like a hook holding the chief,

The bunch in the throat, thou art destined a chief, 140.

A chief of the great sea. Akea is of the heavens,

O Papa, O Hoohokukalani, the heavenly chiefs,

The ancestors of Haloa; of Haloa indeed is the chief,

Yes, of Haloa indeed is the chief Kauikeaouli.

[[444]]

Nahienaena.

O kuku[1] oloa,[2] o lau[3] oloa ohalahala[4] mai i akea,

He kua[5] la no Kahiki.

He ulu[6] i heia,

He mapele[7] i heia, ia e penei,

Ka oloa, a he ka oloa, 5.

He oloa Nahienaena[8] ma ka olelo wale ana,

E oloa aku ana[9] ia Kalani-nui-kua-liholiho.

I kane aimoku[10] iluna ka ia ea[11] la.

O ka oloa ia e kuku nei,

O ke kuku poai,[12] Kalani, kuku ke ’lii, 10.

O ka lani, kua’i[13] ka lani, mau ka honua.

Kuka’i Kalani, mau ka honua ia Lani,[14]

Lani pipili haamomoe[15] lea.

Pipili Kalani,[16] mau ka honua ia la,

He la kolii[17] nono ka iluna. 15.

O ke[18] ka mauna[19] wawa, ke kai wawa,

Olelo kai[20] iluna, ka leo o ka hekikili[21] kawowowo.[22][[445]]

Ka leo o ka hekikili kawowo iluna,

Ka leo o ke olai[23] kawowowo.

Ka leo o ka olai kawowo i lalo, 20.

Ke leo o ka ua[24] huna kawowowo,

Ka leo o ka ua loku[25] kawowo i uka.

Ka leo o ka pu kani helelei,[26]

Ka leo o ka pololei[27] ka huli kani i uka,

O aku ia[28] i ka maka o Haukuku, o Haukaka. 25.

O ke kakaina[29] o ka niu ai ’lii.

O ka hohana[30] e pau ai ka[31] li’u lani.

O ka lani Kauikeouli ke kupa[32] nana e au,

O ke au,[33] o ke kupalele ka moku.

O ke kupalala[34] ka aina, o ke kupalilii. 30.

O ke kupalii, kupalii, kupahele, kupahaa,[35] e ai aina o Kalani,

O Nahienaena, oluluu[36] naholo ke kapu.

Olue[37] he kupa kahiko no laila,

He kiai wai[38] no ka iliili poniponi[39] ponihua.

Nana kui,[40] e ku’i nanau, 35.

E ku’i nanau, e nanau, e nanau,[[446]]

Naunau,[41] holoholo, a holo, o hoholo,

Ou holo Kalani.

He kukukeke,[42] kuku ke koi keke.

Holo i kupa keke, kupeke[43], ili kapa keke[44] e Kalani, 40.

Kuku kapa, ua keke, he lani kuku kapa keke.

Ke kahele,[45] ke oe,[46] ke moe, ke kaikai,

Kukaheleke[47] kapake i ka heleke,

Ka lani keia[48] o ka lani Kauikeaouli o hoa.

O Nahienaena ke kupa nana e ai ka moku, 45.

Ka moku[49] o ke kukupa, ai[50] ka helele,

O ke kukupa ai aina, o ke kupa, o ke kupa, o ke kupa ia.

He kupa i Kona ka malino.[51]

Ke aimoku no Kalani ke noho,[52]

Noho Nahienaena i uka, i kai, i uka, i kai.[53] 50.

Ke pua[54] loa, iloko, iwaho,

I ka i’a a ka papa[55] i lohia i hee[56] ai,

Ka ia a ka papa i ka huli.

Kaikai a lealea[57] ka wai,

I ka wai, i ke kea[58] ka wai. 55.

Ka wai mapuna[59] ka hele i ka hoi[[447]]

Ka mapu[60] i ka pii

Ka lani[61] i ka opa, i ka hoe, ke i ke oioina,

I ka hala, i ka hala, i hoohalahala,

Ka hala kee,[62] i ka hala manawa ino, 60.

Ka hala i ka hala i hooki[63] hala,

Kukupu[64] na wahine oni[65] kapu,

Oni na kela, na nioi[66] hua ’lii,

I hua i ke one kapu i Puuolea

I ke one[67] momona a Laamaikahiki[68] 65.

Hiki la.[69]

Puka la mai hea la?

Mai luna maua[70] a ka lani he ’lii wailana[71] ili oha[72] la,

Haihai ka pua a ke kini[73] lani,

Aeae[74] wai loko alii[75] a e ku iluna. 70.

Iluna o Leiau[76] ka wahine pii lani.

Ao lani,[77] hele haha o Nahienaena la.

Puka Nahienaena ke ’lii o ka la hiki.

Hiki la, puka la, oni la, loa la, kela la.

Mohola iluna[78] ka welau alii nui. 75.

Nohonoho oe iluna e,

Noho aha lani i noho ia,[[448]]

Hinaaikamalama[79] ke kaikamahine,

Wahine maikai a Papa.

Hoi a iho no e Akea, hanau Haloa[80] ka maka o na ’lii. 80.

I hanau Haloa ka hoike alii,

O ke ’lii o ka nohoku[81]

O ka nana hooi iluna mea

Po[82] ka moku i Kahiki, i ka newe au,

Ka nenewa[83] o ka moku ka i haanalue,[84] 85.

O na lue[85] ka lani,

O ke ola[86] holo ka manene ole,

Ka hilahila ole e holo kaulua,

Ka nehe iki ke kuipehe.[87]

Ka pepehe o na ’lii kua[88] kahiki, 90.

Kahiki kua kaa au,[89] i newa kapu.

He poli kapu,

He ilina[90] haka kau alii i.

Ke ’lii ka lani Kauikeaouli i hoa lakou.

O lakou,[91] oia la ke kini o loko, 95.

Ke kini[92] ili paka, unahi paka i ka wai.

Ke kini ili paka, unahi paka eaea.[93]

Ka eaea kua paka, ili paka.

O Lono[94] ka ili paka, i ponia, i naoa i ka wai,[[449]]

Kukukuhe[95] i ka wai panonono[96] i kapu, 100.

He mau lani kapu, lani ahi ekeeke,[97]

O ke kukukui[98] o na lani kapu Keawe.

O ke kai naholo[99] haki hanuu lani lani,

O ka hiolo[100] o Ku, o ka naholo Luamea,

O ka pohaku kani,[101] 105.

Ke kani ioio,[102] he lani kuku, lani ahi kaka,

He lani kukekuke[103] hakakai kapu.

He opala lani,[104] kapu lani ahi kaka eo ana,

He o no he o,

He hea ua lono aku,[105] 110.

He pane uolo[106] mai,

He ae oia[107] he oia o lakou,

O lakou o lakou oia,

O ke kuilele,[108] makawalu[109] a Kanaloa,

O ka ilio[110] makawalu; hanau alii, 115.

I hanau[111] Nahienaena, ke kupa no Hawaii,

A Hawaii a Hawaii, a lalo o Hawaii,

Apapa[112] ia Wakea o ka papaku,[113]

O ka papa noho ana o Wakea.

Noho Wakea i ka papaku o Hulikaiakea,[114] 120.[[450]]

O Wakea, o Luanuu, o Kahiko ka lani,

O Kaulapa, o Keakamaliokea,[115]

O ka ouli aka o Ku,

Lele hiapo,[116] oili kapu a Kahookoine,

Oili makalai[117] o Ku, lele iluna. 125.

Lele aina Ku, haalele o kai,

Ka leo o kai nui, ololololohe,[118]

Ke ku ololololohe,

Mai lolohe,[119] mai lolohe aku,

E hiki wawe mai, e eu koke mai,[120] 130.

E nee mai, nee mai, neenee mai, e nee mai oe,

E hakikolo hakikolokolo,[121]

E kolo ae,[122] nakokolo ana i ka lani,

Kui nakokolo ana iluna.

Ka lani nui kuapokopoko,[123] po ekeeke,[124] 135.

Powehiwehi,[125] polohiwa, poloua, eleuli ka lani.

Ka lani Kauikeaouli, ke koa o Hawaii,

Hawaii ku o ke kiele[126] aumoku,

Ka haowa[127] kiele moku,

Ka puu momoni,[128] au ana oe he ’lii, 140.

He ’lii no kai nui, o Akea ka lani,

E Papa, e Hoohokukalani, ka lani alii,

O ka moo o Haloa[129] no Haloa ka ka lani,

E no Haloa ka ka lani Kauikeaouli.[130]

[[451]]


[1] The beating process in kapa making. [↑]

[2] The bark of the wauke prepared for beating. [↑]

[3] A poetic embellishment, euphonic and to fill up the measure. [↑]

[4] To grow thriftily as a vegetable, spreading as a tree. [↑]

[5] Name of the block upon which the kapa bark is beaten. [↑]

[6] The breadfruit tree (Artocarpus incisa); young breadfruit trees furnished bark for certain grades of kapa. [↑]

[7] A term of one of the processes in making kapa. Name also of a tree of Crytandra species furnishing a kapa bark. [↑]

[8] Nahienaena is likened unto the bark and water-bowl efficiency of kapa makers. [↑]

[9] E oloa ana; the state of passing from one stage to another, hence, Nahienaena is bearing Liholiho’soloa. [↑]

[10] Kane aimoku, alias Liholiho; literally, the husband possessor of land. [↑]

[11] Over (o understood, a poetic license) the fish ea, turtle. [↑]

[12] Kuku poai is the beating of kapa with a circular movement of the hand; Kalani, the chief, i.e., Nahienaena beats kapa in that manner. [↑]

[13] Kuka’i, to sew or join together, hence, Liholiho and Nahienaena being united, the earthis perpetuated for Liholiho. [↑]

[14] Lani, etc., belongs to both these chiefs. [↑]

[15] To sleep together for pleasure. [↑]

[16] While the Lani’s join, i.e., the chiefs, the earth abides strongest. [↑]

[17] He la kolii is a day when the sun’s rays are tremulous over the plains; nono, hot. [↑]

[18] Ke, to slap or strike together as two hard substances. [↑]

[19] The mountains rush together with a noise (wawa), and the sea also. [↑]

[20] Poetic for olelo iluna ka leo, the voice on high (thunder), speaks frequently. [↑]

[21] Hekikili, roaring heavily. [↑]

[22] Kawowowo, rumbling noise. [↑]

[23] Olai kawowowo, heavy rumbling earthquake. [↑]

[24] Ua huna, fine or hidden rain. [↑]

[25] Ua loku kawowo, heavy rain (loku, lokuloku) is roaring in the mountains. [↑]

[26] Voice of the conch shell sounded in blasts of quick succession. [↑]

[27] Pololei, an insect like a grasshopper but smaller; sings only at night. [↑]

[28] O aku la, etc., Haukuku pierced his eyes. Haukaka another name. [↑]

[29] Kakaina, the motion of the hands and arms in chopping wood or in breaking a coconut. [↑]

[30] Hohana, to dip or bail out as water. [↑]

[31] Ka, the action of bailing to overcome the chief’s leak. [↑]

[32] Ke kupa, an old resident, one born to a place; nana e au, au, to clear or put in order. [↑]

[33] O ke au, time when the care of the kupalele was great in magnitude over the land. [↑]

[34] Kupalala like kupalele; kupalilii just its reverse, very small, diminutive. [↑]

[35] E ai ana o Kalani, i.e., the chief Kauikeaouli possesses the land. [↑]

[36] Oluluu, heavy, burdensome; naholo, a kapu of Nahienaena. [↑]

[37] Olue, an ancient chief, belonging there. [↑]

[38] A guard of the water for the sea or brook pebbles, iliili. [↑]

[39] Poniponi, ponihua, the black smoothing off with such pebbles, as in heiaus. [↑]

[40] Nana ku’i, i.e., Nahienaena, for her to stitch the kapas together. Note the e is dropped before ku’i; e ku’i nanau, nau, to bite, naunau, all intensitive of the root nau. [↑]

[41] Bite, run quickly; a holo, o holo, ouholo, variations of the imperative ka lani, i.e., Kauikeaouli let Kauikeaouli run, etc. [↑]

[42] Kukukeke: kuku, an instrument for pounding kapa, keke, the sound in beating it; ke koi, the adze used in cutting wood was the sounding mallet. [↑]

[43] Kupeke, a turning motion of the hand in beating kapa. [↑]

[44] Ili kapa keke, the surface of the sounding kapa. [↑]

[45] Kahele, to go carefully; ka here like aka, as akahele. [↑]

[46] Ke oe, oe the sound of wind made by blowing into a bung-hole, or a hole in a calabash blownupon by the wind. [↑]

[47] Kukaheleke, a provoked anger on account of anything being stolen, etc.; kapeke, a scolding anger; heleke, like hele kekee, to go crooked. [↑]

[48] This is his lordship, his lordship Kauikeaouli. [↑]

[49] The land of the resident kukupa, this reduplication of ku is to fit the word to the beat of the drum. [↑]

[50] Ai ka helele, the eating and enjoyment of a coarse, filthy man; helele, his epithet. [↑]

[51] Malino, a calm, a smooth sea out of the trade winds. [↑]

[52] Ke noho, is a provision that the chief is a resident of the district in order to enjoy it. [↑]

[53] Nahienaena flits back and forth, upland and seaward. [↑]

[54] Pua, name of a long net for catching flying-fish; the company of men is called a pua if a number go to catch a wild animal, or do other service here and there. [↑]

[55] Papa, a large net is called a papa; i lohia, that is a long time in making, hence very good. Hawaiians esteem things good inproportion to the length of time spent thereon. [↑]

[56] Hee here refers to dipping up the fish with a smaller net. [↑]

[57] Lealea ka wai, the water rejoices for the wiggling and flowing of the fish; wai here used for kai. [↑]

[58] I ke kea, up to the breast; kea refers to the circumference of a person behind his arms, another kea is from the arm-pits upwards. [↑]

[59] Wai mapuna, water boiling as in a spring. [↑]

[60] Mapu, the taking of breath in ascending a steep place, then proceeding. [↑]

[61] Ka lani, used as an adverb for iluna, to go upwards; i ka opa, oopa, maopo, maopaopa, fatigue, lameness, etc., from walking. [↑]

[62] Hala kee, hala tree tossing crookedly; to sin in evil times, manawa ino, a kind of case absolute, the times being evil. [↑]

[63] Hooki, to cease, to stop. [↑]

[64] Kukupu, to go up, let the women ascend; oni, to ascend as a kite. [↑]

[65] Oni kapu, i.e., go up contrary to kapu. [↑]

[66] Nioi (Eugenia rariflora); hua ’lii, laau alii, fit for the chief. [↑]

[67] One momona, rich, fruitful sand. [↑]

[68] Laamaikahiki, the famous voyaging son of Moikeha. [↑]

[69] An expletive. [↑]

[70] Mai luna maua, from above are we two, i.e., Nahienaena and Kauikeaouli. [↑]

[71] Wailana, smooth unruffled water. [↑]

[72] Ili oha, ili, skin, surface (of water); oha applies to that which is good of its kind. [↑]

[73] Kini lani, the multitude belonging to the chief. [↑]

[74] Aeae, a bank of a pond, or where the water forming like a little surf runs up the sandand recedes. [↑]

[75] Loko alii, a fish pond of the chief. [↑]

[76] Leiau, the woman who ascended to heaven. [↑]

[77] Ao lani, the world above; hele haha is to walk like a chief with a great quantity of kapa about him. [↑]

[78] Mohola, to spread forth, to unfold. [↑]

[79] A confusion of celebrities occur here, Hoohokukalani, the mother of Haloa, being the one referred to. Hinaaikamalama was the one who flew up to heaven, given in line 71 as Leiau. [↑]

[80] Haloa was born, ka maka, used for parent, progenitor of a race. [↑]

[81] Ke alii o ka nohohu, the chief lived alone, literally, lived standing. [↑]

[82] Pe, haahaa, low, flat, as foreign land. [↑]

[83] Nenewe, etc., the current of the island. [↑]

[84] Ka i haanalua, the place where dwell great multitudes of people, living miserably with ugly personages. [↑]

[85] Lue, a place where bad things are assembled; lue ka lani, when the sky is overcast with threatening clouds. [↑]

[86] Ke ola holo, life runs through the limbs; menene, like maele, the sensation of numbness in a limb when the blood has ceased to circulate. [↑]

[87] Kuipehe, to move with hesitation and doubt. [↑]

[88] ’Lii kua kahiki, some distant foreign country. [↑]

[89] Kaa au, literally, the current rolls or drags along; i newa, to go easily, meaning a foreign country where there is a gentle current in the seaand the kapus are light; not burdensome. [↑]

[90] Ilina, a burial place; haka, poles composed of a post or two with a cross piece where the natives lay up theirfish to dry, or suspend their calabases from dogs, etc. [↑]

[91] O lakou, those three; oia la ke kini, the multitude, i.e., the common people; o loko, loko is a common epithet for a foreign country. When a person sails for America or England,it is ua holo ia i loko. [↑]

[92] Ke kini, the residents, i.e., of that foreign land have ili paka and unahi paka, wrinkled, puckered skins. [↑]

[93] Eaea applies to very aged persons, or to a man filthy from dirty work so as to look aged. [↑]

[94] Lono of wrinkled skin, i ponia for poni ia, is anointed; naoa, dislike, loathe. [↑]

[95] Kukukuhe, black, rigid as the skin from being long in the water. [↑]

[96] Panonono refers to a place where the water slowly leaks out of a taro patch. That place waskapu. [↑]

[97] Lani ahi ekeeke, chiefs so sacred that all fires must be put out when they go forth; ekeeke, very sacred, death for one to approach unbidden in their presence. [↑]

[98] Kukukui, the published renown or fame of the chiefs. [↑]

[99] Kai noholo, etc., naholo, when the surf breaks in one place, the appearance of the breakingruns off each way; haki hanuu, the breaking upon shore when the water runs up the beach and has the appearanceof steps. [↑]

[100] Hiolo, downfall; naholo o Luamea, the sailing, flowing away of Luamea. [↑]

[101] Pohaku kani, an epithet of thunder, the stones sound. [↑]

[102] Kani ioio, etc., the sound of a fowl or bird; he lani kuku, a place made sacred; kuku, the rising steam from an oven; lani ahi kaka, heaven fire thrown aside; kaka, to throw off one’s clothes on account of heat. [↑]

[103] Kukekuke, to cast away, reject; hakakai, an evil thing, what is disliked. [↑]

[104] Opala lani, refuse matter of the sacred heiau, temple. [↑]

[105] Ua lono aku, he hears, or is heard. [↑]

[106] Pane uolo, a voice answers. [↑]

[107] Oia for oiaio, true assent, a truth. [↑]

[108] Kuilele, a rushing together as of boxers. [↑]

[109] Makawalu, epithet of a great company of Kanaloa’s people. It is uncertain to whom this applies. [↑]

[110] Ka ilio, the dog, a great many. This introduction is ambiguous. [↑]

[111] At a time of a great gathering the chief Nahienaena of and below Hawaii, was born. [↑]

[112] Apapa, malalo, i.e., under Hawaii is the place of Wakea, of the papaku. [↑]

[113] Papaku, name of a place under the whole earth where the ghosts go when people die. [↑]

[114] Name of the place where Wakea dwells. [↑]

[115] Two chiefs in the lower regions. [↑]

[116] Hiapo, first born; lele, and oili, to fly or flee away. [↑]

[117] Makalai, a calm. [↑]

[118] Ololololohe, it is heard from. [↑]

[119] Do not stand listening. [↑]

[120] Rise up and come here quickly. [↑]

[121] Hakikolo, etc., to do a thing with great caution, so as to make no mistake, to go carefully. [↑]

[122] E kolo, to crawl; nakolo ana, the act of crawling. [↑]

[123] Kuapokopoko, a very sacred kapu. [↑]

[124] Po ekeeke, a night of sacredness as of fire heat. See note 97. [↑]

[125] Powehiwehi, obscure, indistinct through darkness, fog, etc.; polohiwa, when the sun is obscured by clouds; polona, the darkness of a cloudy, rainy day; eleuli, almost as dark as night. All these are epithets of heaven. [↑]

[126] Kiele, an odoriferous plant, here applied to governing chiefs that have the care of land. [↑]

[127] Ka haowa, the ancient fish-hook for catching eels. [↑]

[128] Puu momoni: puu, the bunch in the throat, (the chiefs are) the swallowing throat; au ana, etc., thouart going about a chief. [↑]

[129] See notes 79 and 80. [↑]

[130] Kauikeaouli, a descendant of Haloa. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Lamentation for Young Kaahumanu.

By Niau.

Thou art Halulu,[1] the great voiced bird,

When thou standeth the wings of that bird swoop,

Kiwaa[2] screams, the bird in the sky.

A bird-body, a bird-name of a chief is thy name.[3]

A chief is left lamenting[4] for his companion, the wife; 5.

The companion, the wife is taken;

The companion is gone indeed, gone, taken is the companion, yea taken; night.[5]

And placed on the rest[6] and eulogized.

Tortured with grief is Luahine,[7] 10.

Pleading[8] is the chief that breath may be returned,[9] Oh my! Oh my!

I can not live; the rain by day is lessened,

The rain by night is greater.

Coming to get me that we may go; we are going.

Short of breath, waiku is the disease; 15.

The asthma closes the chest;

It is that[10] which obstructs the air passage;

When breathing ceased the power of thought fled, life ended.

Where art thou, others! She is dead![11]

She struggled, struggled[12] with death pains; 20.

Struggled in the path with an indefinite number;[[452]]

The path accustomed to the presence of man;[13]

The path not accustomed to the presence of the god.

A woman died, died at Waimea;

She lies alone by the water of Makaweli, 25.

By herself, without a mate.

Thou indeed will dwell[14] on this island,

A guardian for the land;

A barrier to hinder the mischievous.

This is an affectionate lamentation[15] 30.

For you, Luahine, Kahoa, Kaahumanu,[16]

My beloved one[17] who departed

At the turn of the milky way, toward the dawn of day,[18]

On the day of Ohua[19] was she taken.

When the companion is gone, cold is the breast; 35.

I sorrowed for the love of her.

Kalani assumed[20] the body of a god

And defied the power of Kauakahi.

Kalani prayed[21] to him above,

And opened up the fountain of Kulanihakoi.[22] 40.

The rain drops fell, the heavy rain of Kane;

One god of power.[23]

Kalani is welling over[24] with love

For the soul-return of my companion[25]

To be a soul-body in my presence, 45.

So I may imagine[26] it is she indeed:

But no; only a shadow of the wife,

Of my wife who hath gone.

You have gone to darkness[27] while love lingers as the retainer of your home.[[453]]

I grieve for our union; 50.

We were united until her departure,

I turned and she had vanished;

I felt along the walls where she was wont to dwell;

The incessant pangs of love kept guard,[28]

Inviting[29] the rain-drops from the near-heaven, the tears. 55.

Kalani gathered up the various lands,[30]

The chiefess assembled her retainers.

Hard was the time upon the earth,

The chief lived dispirited[31] on the land for love;

Love to you, love to us, love of the husband for the wife. 60.

Not a wife,[32] but a child, a child brought up by us,

By your two husbands,[33]

Wailing[34] descriptively does the rival, Kekukauliehu-o-Kama;

How I grieve for our lord,[35]

She sorrowed for your going; for your leaving us. 65.

She was a rival as others see it, but she was not a rival,[36]

She was her mother.

A part for the land, a part for your favorite[37] pastime, O chief

Living on the lands of the chiefs and occupying them

When thou goest on pleasure bent, 70.

Leaving thy companion, the husband.

Thou art taken by Hikapoloa,[38] thou art dancing at Hiikua,[39]

Thou art remembered at Hiialo,[40] that is what we preserve.[[454]]

Take constant care of the wife, the steadfast companion of the cold.

Cold is the breast of Kealohi,[41] 75.

My idling companion[42] at Pohakomo;

My friend at Kawaiula, of the muddy water caused by Kapakapaahoa[43] of Kahana.

Provoking[44] are the rains of Hikilei, and Peapea, there,

The soul of Kalani, the dark woman; the black woman glides lightly by[45]

Hers is the soul which has gone on; 80.

Just wandering around on the pili plain;

On the manienie[46] plain,

With a deal of undue haste,

Left the dwelling inhabited by man[47]

And when to the house inhabited by god; thus my child 85.

Left her companionship of the husband

[And] followed after the godly companion.

A god is at Haupukele;[48] a spirit was placed at Keaolewa;

A spirit is the hau blossom[49] of Wailua,

A shadow is on the height of Kalalea,[50] 90.

A kiss is left at Pueo.[51]

The spirits met in the rain of Koolau,

They settled at Hihimanu,[52]

Seen by the gentle haao rain.

As the bonds are severed the lehua rain falls. 95.

The chief took the bird form;[53]

The spirit lighted down, there was calm,

The voice sounds[54] wafted to the top of Makana,

Noisily heard at Kaiwikui.[[455]]

The sound of the voice is of my soul-wife; it is she, 100.

Wandering[55] on the wife-stealing precipice

Toward the end of your goal.[56]

Swiftly[57] runs the sea, divided for the sacred child!

The spirit is idling in the calm;

Comfortable[58] in the quietness of Koolau, 105.

The koolauwahine[59] ascends to the top of Kamailepuu,

Ascends like a fire-brand,[60]

[Like] the shadow of the spirit of another child

Of Kamalalawalu, whose is the soul of a man,

The woman with a double body[61] is at Polihale. 110.

When the hills are past the fatiguing ends;

Let us go[62] to Nohili

To see the habitation of the gods,

Thatching there at Waiolono.[63]

Enveloped is the house by the mirage[64] 115.

Established by Limaloa,[65]

With foundations prepared by Uweuwelekehau.[66]

The soul rose up at Kalamaula;

A shadow[67] nestled up at the naulu,

The soul flies away[68] in the wind. 120.

The wind-break of Kekaha

Is the barrier of the wind.

Your name becomes a bird’s body, O Kalani.[69][[456]]

Thy return[70] is frequent.

Thy voice calls[71] distantly as if distressed; 125.

I[72] just heard it faintly at midnight

As if it was the voice of a ghost.[73]

The voice of my soul-wife, it is she!

The spirit whose face is wet with the surf-spray,[74]

She[75] is the body surf of Keahilele,[76] 130.

The goddess whose face is wet with the surf-spray of Kaahe,

Surf-riding woman at Pueo;

Guard of the surf at Kanaha;

Watcher of the meeting[77] of the fresh and salt waters of Waimea,

Dissolving[78] and dropping into its burden there. 135.

Unsavory is the grease[79] of the chiefs,

Full[80] to overflowing with their ancestors;

Crossways[81] are their lying.

But yours is that place,[82] O chiefess,

The night of Lueea,[83] at Kikaupe’a, 140.

The whirlwind raised the dust of Kupalele,[84]

And guarded the yard of Pohakuauli, of Kahiwauli.

O Kana! O chief![85]

Thou dwellest in this enclosure, a decaying body.


Kawelo[86] swam past as though a fish. 145.

O Kane,[87] in your justice expose the priest who has killed my child;[[457]]

[If] at the mountains, kill him by a fall off the cliff,

The priest who has killed my child.

[If] at the sea, kill him by the mouth of a shark,

The priest who has killed my child. 150.

When he bathes in the water [let him] drown,

The priest who has caused the death of my child.

When he eats food [let him] die,

The priest[88] who has caused the death of my child.

When he eats fish [let him] die. 155.

[[451]]

He Kanikau no Kaahumanu Opio.

Na Niau.

O Halulu oe o ka manu kani halau,

O ku oe ka haka eheu o ia manu,

Kani Kiwaa ka manu i kawaluna.

He kino manu, he inoa manu, no ka lani, ko inoa e.

Noho kalani u i ka hoa o ka wahine 5.

O ka hoa ka o ka wahine ua lilo,

Ua lilo ka hoa la, lilo, lilo ka hoa la e lilo.

Lilo aku la ka hoa i ka po liaua,

Ua kau i ka haka a ka helu e,

Ke kupaka nei Luahine, 10.

Uwe kaukau ka lani i mau ke aho, aloha ino oe.

Aole hoi au e ola, ua hapa ka ua a ke ao,

Ua nui ka ua a ka po.

Ke kii mai nei ia’u e lilo maua la, e lilo.

He iki pau ka nae, o waiku ka ma’i. 15.

He haikala pani houpo,

Nana i alai a paa ka puka makani,

Pau ka hanu, lilo ka noonoo, aole aho.

Auhea oukou e—lilo ia nei.

O kunewanewa e, newa ae ka wahine, 20.[[452]]

I newa i ke ala a kini lau.

Ua maa ke ala i ke kanaka,

Aole i maa ke ala i ke ’kua,

He wahine make lilo i Waimea,

Moe hookahi i ka wai o Makaweli, 25.

Oia wale no, aohe lua.

Nau ka e noho keia moku,

He kiai no ka aina

He alai he pale no ke kalohe.

He kanikau aloha keia 30.

Nou hoi la e Luahine, e Kahoa, e Kaahumanu.

Ka’u maka aloha i lilo aku la,

Huli ka i’a ka pawa o ke ao,

I ka la o Ohua ka lilo ana,

Lilo ka hoa ko’eko’e ka poli 35.

U iho la au i kona aloha,

Kapakapa aku Kalani i ke kino akua,

Hoole i ka mana o Kauakahi

Nonoi ae la kalani iluna,

Na-ha mai Kulanihakoi 40.

Kulukulu ka ua, ka pakapaka e Kane,

Akahi akua i mana

Ke haupu wale nei Kalani,

Ho’i uhane mai ana ka hoa,

Hookino wailua mai ana ia’u nei, 45.

I kuhi ae no wau oiaio

Aole, he aka ka no ka wahine.

No kuu wahine i hala aku nei,

Hele aku oe i ka po, noho ka ohua o kona hale o ke aloha.[[453]]

He ’loha au i ka pili a maua; 50.

I ka pili no maua a hele aku la.

Huli ae nei a’u aole,

Haha wau ma ka paia i wahi e noho koke mai ai.

Kiai panipani mai ana ke ’loha;

Ke kono la i ka ua lani poko, he waimaka. 55.

Hapuku Kalani i na moku,

Ulu Kalani i na ohua,

Paakiki ke au ka honua.

Ua noho pupue wale Kalani, ka aina i ke ’loha.

Aloha oe, aloha makou, aloha ke kane i ka wahine, 60.

Aole wahine, he keiki, i hanai keiki ia e makou.

E au kane a elua,

Uwe kaukau ka punalua o Kekukauliehu-o-Kama:

Aloha ka haku o kaua,

Ua minamina i ko hele, i ko haalele ia makou. 65.

He punalua ia oukou; aole punalua!

O kona makuahine no ia!

He hapa no ka aina, hapa no ka puni hoi au e Kalani;

Noho ka aina o na haku a lakou e nonoho mai nei,

Hele aku la i ka le’ale’a, 70.

Haalele i ka hoa he kane.

Lawe aku la Hikapoloa, kaa aku la oe i Hiikua,

Hoi ke ’loha ma Hiialo, oia ka makou e malama nei.[[454]]

E malama hele i ka wahine, he hoapili no ke koekoe.

Anuanu ka poli o Kealohi, 75.

Kuu hoa luana wale i Pohakomo,

Kuu hoa o Kawaiula, wai iliahi Kapakapaahoa o Kahana,

Ua ukiukiu o Hikilei, makaupili o Peapea oia nei.

Nianiau hele ka uhane e Kalani, wahine uli, wahine eleele.

Nona ka uhane i hele aku la; 80.

Hele, hele wale i ke kula pili,

Hoi ke kula manienie.

I ka hehena nui launa ole

Waiho i ka hale wai kanaka,

Hele i ka hale wai akua la e kuu kama, 85.

Pau ka pili ana i ke kane,

Hele hahai me ka hoa akua.

He akua ka i Haupukele, he uhane ka i kau i Keaolewa,

He uhane ka i ka puahau o Wailua,

He aka ka i luna o Kalalea, 90.

He mu-ki ka i noho i Pueo.

Hui na uhane i ka ua o Koolau,

Ka kakau ana i Hihimanu,

Ikea mai la e ka ua haao,

Moku ka pe’a, ua ou lalena, 95.

Hookino manu aku Kalani,

Ke aka kau la, he malie.

Mapu ka leo iluna o Makana,

Walaau ana i Kaiwikui[[455]]

Ku’i ka leo o kuu wahine uhane, oia nei. 100.

Hele wale i ka pali kaili lawe wahine,

Hoohiki i koena wai.

Kapukapu aku la ke kai, okia no kama kapu.

Ka uhane walea i ka lai,

Nanea i ka paa o Koolau, 105.

Oni ke koolauwahine, oia kailuna o Kamailepuu.

Oni e like me ka auhau,

Ke aka o ka uhane o kekahi kama,

O Kamalalawalu, nona ka uhane wai kanaka,

Wahine kino lua, oia ka i Polihale. 110.

Pau ka pali hala ka luuluu,

Ho’i kaua i Nohili.

Ike aku i kauhale a ke akua,

Ke ako la, la i Waiolono.

Paa ka hale a ka li’ula, 115.

I kukulu ia e Limaloa.

I kueneia e Uweuwelekehau,

He uhane ku i Kalamaula,

He aka kai pili me ka naulu,

Ka uhane pee i ka makani. 120.

Alai makani o Kekaha,

Pale alau he koo na ka makani,

Ko inoa e kino manu aku la e Kalani.[[456]]

Pakonakona ka hoi ana mai,

Paheahea mai ana ka leo, 125.

Winiwini au i ke aumoe.

Me he leo no ka hanehane la,

Ka leo o kuu wahine uhane, oia nei.

Ka uhane maka ehukai,

Oia ka honua nalu o Keahilele, 130.

Akua make ehukai o Kaahe,

Wahine hee nalu i Pueo,

Kiai nalu o Kanaha.

Nana lapawai o Waimea,

Ahuili moka ilaila. 135.

Pela ka hinu o ka poe alii

Piha nenelu i na kupuna.

Oloke’a lakou e ahu nei,

O oe ka ko ia kula e Kalani,

Ka po ia Lueea Kikaupe’a 140.

Ka ea koi i ka lepo o Kupalele,

Kiai pa o Pohakuauli nei o Kahiwauli,

O Kana, o Lani,

Nau ka e noho keia pa, ua ilioa ia kino.

Holo ae la Kawelo he i’a kona lua, 145.

E Kane o ko paeaea, o ke kahuna nana i hana o kuu keiki,[[457]]

Mauka ia i ka lele pali e make ai.

O ke kahuna nana i hana o kuu keiki,

Makai ia i ka waha o ka mano e make ai.

O ke kahuna nana i hana i kuu keiki, 150.

Auau i ka wai make.

O ke kahuna nana i hana i kuu keiki,

Ai aku i ka ai make.

O ke kahuna nana i hana i kuu keiki,

Ai aku i ka ia make. 155.


[1] Halulu, a fabled bird whose alleged head feathers adorned noted idols, and was supposedto respond, by fluttering, or by rising and falling, to petitions of faithful devoteesfor good or ill. [↑]

[2] Kiwaa, a mythical bird, of large size, which ate men in olden time. [↑]

[3] A bird in body and name so is thine, O chief, refers to Kaahumanu, the literal definitionof the name being “the feather cloak.” [↑]

[4] The chief left lamenting is Kaumualii, ex-king of Kauai on the death of his wife,Kaahumanu. [↑]

[5] Po lia ua may refer to a dark rainy time of night, or to a pondering period of fearful forebodings. [↑]

[6] The original of this line pictures a ladder at the pali, which, being removed, shecannot return. [↑]

[7] Luahine, a name of Kaahumanu, though the poet fails to give her rest. [↑]

[8] Pleading, uwe kaukau, weeping by number, i.e., eulogizing the virtues of the deceased. [↑]

[9] I mau ke aho, pleading for enduring or continuing breath. [↑]

[10] That is the cause, nana i alai, or alalai, obstructing or hindering. [↑]

[11] The bereaved calls on others to realize the fact of his and their loss. [↑]

[12] Kunewanewa, death struggle; the term also has the meaning of weariness overcome by sound sleep. [↑]

[13] Man by his mortality is accustomed to death’s path, the god has not this experience. [↑]

[14] Thou wilt be a guardian to ward off or hinder the mischievous. [↑]

[15] A lamentation, dirge, kanikau, a mourning song, an affectionate tribute. [↑]

[16] Names of the same person. [↑]

[17] My dearest friend, ka’u maka, or ku’u hoa aloha. [↑]

[18] Taken at the turn of the Milky Way, huli ka i’a; towards dawn, ka pawa o ke ao. [↑]

[19] On the day of Ohua, this was the former name of the day when the moon fulls, on thatday she died. [↑]

[20] Assumed fictitiously, kapakapa, a god form, and defied or denied the power of Kauakahi, a deity. [↑]

[21] He prayed to the heaven above. [↑]

[22] Kulanihakoi, the name of a supposed fountain in heaven gushed forth, naha mai, hence the rain drops, the heavy rain of Kane fell. [↑]

[23] Kane, the one god of power. [↑]

[24] Welling or springing up, haupu wale, as love, affection, grief. [↑]

[25] The soul of my companion returns as a soul-body, a ghost of natural size, for my presence. [↑]

[26] I thought it was real, but no, it was but the shade of my wife. [↑]

[27] You went forth in the night, the ohua of her house through affection remains. The ohua of a household embraces children, domestics, dependants and sojourners; the master and mistress alone excluded. [↑]

[28] “Love never sleeps,” ever watchful, kiai panipani, was love’s reward. [↑]

[29] Inducing the rain of short or near-heaven, one’s affection, tears. [↑]

[30] Na moku, the different lands of Kauai; hapuku, gathering or collecting together. [↑]

[31] The chief lived sad and heavy hearted, noho pupue, kaumaha, on the land as a messenger for love. [↑]

[32] Not as a wife only but as one reared from childhood. [↑]

[33] This may refer to the at one time polygamous relation with father and son for politicalreasons, till, accepting Christianity one husband was renounced. Kane, of itself, however, is not always husband, it may mean any male relative or friend. [↑]

[34] Uwe kaukau, or uwe helu, see note 8. [↑]

[35] Sympathy expressed for our lord, haku, Kaumualii. [↑]

[36] To outsiders she was a rival, punalua, but she was not that, she was her mother. [↑]

[37] Consideration felt partly for the land, and partly for the chief’s great desire, whateverthat might be; puni, to covet, desire, greed. [↑]

[38] Hikapoloa, the place of departed spirits. [↑]

[39] Hiikua referred to here as a place of dancing, is a term used to hoist or carry on the shoulder.Hii, to lift up, to bear upon the hips and support with the arms, as a child. [↑]

[40] Hiialo is the carrying of a child in front. [↑]

[41] Kealohi, a chief of Kauai. [↑]

[42] My companion in ease and comfort, hoa luana; living in pleasure or idleness at Pohakomo, a place at Waimea, Kauai. [↑]

[43] Kapakapaahoa, the name of a rain at Kahana, a land. [↑]

[44] Ua ukiukiu, a teasing rain, rain with driving wind, at Hikilei, while makaupili was the rain at Peapea. [↑]

[45] Nianiau, to go, gliding finely, with dignified pace. [↑]

[46] Manienie (Cynodon dactylon), the fine Bermuda grassed plain. [↑]

[47] Hehena, figurative, a dead person, whose body was placed with undue haste in the house ofmen, i.e., this world in distinction from the other. [↑]

[48] Haupukele, a mountain of Kauai. Keaolewa, an adjoining mountain of lower elevation. [↑]

[49] There in the blossom of the hau flower was supposed to rest the spirit of Kaahumanu,so Haupukele and Keaolewa is used. [↑]

[50] Kalalea, a high peak on Kauai; here the shadow or shade (aka) rests. [↑]

[51] Pueo is the name of a rock in the sea at Waimea, Kauai. Also a place of surf-riding. [↑]

[52] Hihimanu, a famous land of Koolau. [↑]

[53] Hookino manu Kalani, i.e., Kaahumanu took the form of a bird. [↑]

[54] Voice sounds, mapu, reaches to the top of Makana and is confused at Kaiwikui, a noted place where thevoice strikes, echoes. [↑]

[55] Hele wale, the soul wanders on the wife-stealing cliff. [↑]

[56] “Hither shalt thou come but no further,” hoohiki i ke koena wai, like kanawai, law, forbidding to take his wife there again. [↑]

[57] Kapukapu, to run quickly as one unburdened; the sea divided for the sacred spirit of Kaahumanu,the child. [↑]

[58] Nanea, easy, satisfied; i ka paa, at the goodness, the perfection of Koolau. [↑]

[59] The wind ascends to Kamailepuu, a hill in Napali, Kauai. Oni, like ani, to climb up; ascend as a wind when it strips a hill or pali. [↑]

[60] The fire-brands of Kauai were of auhau, the lightest of wood, and the Napali district was famous for the practice thereof pyrotechnic displays by the throwing of these lighted branches of auhau from thehigh cliffs of the sea-coast. The upward current of the wind and lightness of thewood usually made the descent so gradual as to consume these sky-rockets before theirfall into the sea. [↑]

[61] Double body, kino lua, i.e., two kinds, first a body then a soul, there it is at Polihale, a noted templebeyond Mana. [↑]

[62] Hoi kaua for hoi aku kaua, continuing the dual soul-body idea. [↑]

[63] Waiolono, name of a place not identified, but indicating connection with the majorgod Lono. [↑]

[64] Liula, the glimmering motion on a hot day; mirage. [↑]

[65] Limaloa, the god of Mana, formerly a man, credited with establishing the mirage ofthat place. [↑]

[66] This was an ancient ancestor whose soul-spirit (ghost) rose up at Kalamaula, and wassupposed to succor the mirage. [↑]

[67] A shadow, shade, aka, comes with the naulu, a wind from Niihau. [↑]

[68] Uhane pee, the soul hides, flies away in the wind. [↑]

[69] Thou goddess art a bird’s body, i.e., a soul flying. This is a frequently used metaphor. [↑]

[70] Pakonakona, to treat with contempt, deceit. [↑]

[71] A sound of one calling from a distance in distress; faint as the speeches of ghosts. [↑]

[72] I (Kaumualii), winiwini, just heard it. [↑]

[73] As the voice of a ghost; hane same as uhane, oia nei, referring to Kaahumanu. [↑]

[74] Uhane maka, etc., spirit wet with the spray of the surf; ehukai, the surf formed into spray by a contrary wind. [↑]

[75] Oia, she, Kaahumanu; honua nalu, the calm still place in front of where the surf breaks. [↑]

[76] Keahilele, a place on Kauai, as is also Kaahe. [↑]

[77] Lapawai, the breaking out of a stream of fresh water in the sea, and hence, stopping thesurf; looking at the lapawai of Waimea. [↑]

[78] Ahuili, to be and dissolve, consume away as a dead body, moka. [↑]

[79] Hinu, shiny, the water in the putrifaction of animal substances; pela, pilau, stench. [↑]

[80] Full, nenelu, a great many, numerous, thick as sand in a bank. [↑]

[81] They lie together crossways, olokea, out of order. [↑]

[82] O oe ka, expression of surprise, ko ia kula, whose is the field or plain, for there was her dead body, e kalani, Kaahumanu. [↑]

[83] The night belongs to Lueea, who was buried at Kikaupea. [↑]

[84] The whirlwind dust of Kupalele guards the premises of Pohakuauli; Kahiwauli addedfor poetic euphony. [↑]

[85] The call on Kana and Lani but fills out the chant for Kaahumanu. [↑]

[86] Kawelo, an ancient king of Kauai, his place was in the sea; i’a kona lua, the fish was his companion. [↑]

[87] Kane, one of the major gods throughout the islands, is called upon to reveal the partywho caused the death of his child, and in whatever his vocation, to meet out deathto him. [↑]

[88] Let the priest who used sorcery (hana) with my child go to the sea into the mouth of a shark and die. This is the formof a molia, a curse, and ends with a prayer called kuni. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Kualii.[1]

Is he like the unsound lama,

[Or] the lehua in the ninth forest;

A lone tree standing in the shrubbery?

[He is] not like these.

Not like the mature ti leaves of Nuuanu,

Torn by the rain and the wind.

Fallen are the yellow ti leaves of the summit of Waahila.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the rough-barked kukui,

Bark crackled by the sun.

Like a man who drinks awa is the roughness

Of the kukui [trees] of Lihue.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the twisted hala (screw-pine),

The crooked naio tree,

Nor to the ahihi standing uncreased

At the bathing-pool usurped by the hinahina

In the wind which bends, leans and falls.

[He is] not like these.

[[458]]

Not like the nanue,

Nor the lipoa fish-food,

Nor the lipalahalaha of Waimea,

The moss that hangs on the trees,

Nor the red crab at the summit of Kaala.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the pandanus wreath of hinalo blossoms of Kepa,

The pandanus was blown by the wind,

The felled pandanus of Papuaa.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the wind

Moaning through the mountains,

Bracing up the house of Koolau,

Fastening it lest it fall by the wind,

[With] the successful hair line of the fisherman.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the naulu bringing the land breeze,

Like a vessel of water poured out was the mountain breeze of Kumomoku

Establishing the hau trees of Leleiwi.

The hau trees of Kepookala are separate.

Have you not seen the hau

[Of] projecting, twisted and crooked body?

Sitting crooked and cramped was Kanehili at Kaupea.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the ekaha in the sea;

The kiele, or the orange,

Nor the leaves of the olapa waving in the wind.

Nor the blossom of the grass faded by the sun.

[He is] not like these.

Not like the trunk of the wiliwili

Which was shaped for a surf-riding board,

Not like such.

Not like the kaunoa,

The plant without root

Spreading over things,

Having no root for sustenance,

Not like this.

[[459]]

Not like the makole,

That watery source

Watering the eyelids,

I thought the height above was dry.

Not like this.

Not like the kawau

Is the kalia, standing in the open.

The division recognized indeed a man.

Not like these.

Not like the chilly Kahaloa wind,

Scattering the kou blossoms, wreathing the sea of Kapua,

Not like these.

Not like the paua which cuts the pandanus

To weave its blossoms at the social gatherings,

That was the knife to cut Kahuku’s pandanus.

Not like these.

The water and the sea are not alike.

Salty is the sea-water,

And refreshing is the water,

With my husband Ninininikawai

Of Pulewa.

Not like these.

There is someone you resemble,

Keaweikekahialiiokamoku,

Keawe, lord of Hawaii,

Not like these.

Not like this chief

[Is he] to be compared.

He is a man, Ku is a god;

Ku is a favorite from heaven,

Ku is a haole from Tahiti,

There were four men, here were eight men,

Ku, Kane, Kanaloa, Kaekaemakaihauwahine, Hakihakipua, Kehualua,

Not like these.

Awake! the anointing board is prepared,

The offspring of Uwilani are warmed,

Kalani was related to the winter.

Before the sun rose was determined

The greatness and power of Ku.

The authority of the land was given,

Warming the young chiefs of Kona.

They are alike.

[[457]]

No Kualii.

Ua like hakahaka lama

Ka lehua i ka wao eiwa,

He laau haowale Ku i ka nahele la,

Aole i like.

Aole e like me ka lauki pala o Nuuanu,

I haehaeia e ka ua e ka makani,

A haule i lalo ka lauki pala i ka luna i Waahila la,

Aole e like.

Aole e like me ke kukui ili puupuu,

Ili nakaka i ka la,

Me he kanaka inu awa la, ka mahuna,

O ke kukui o Lihue la,

Aole e like.

Aole e like me ka halawili,

Ka naio laau kekee,

I ka ahihi ku makuu ole,

I ke kawakawa i keekeehia i ka hinahina

I ka makani e kulana, e hoi e hina la.

Aole i like.

[[458]]

Aole i like me ka nanue,

A me ka lipoa ai a ka ia.

A me ka lipalahalaha o Waimea,

Ka limu kau i ka laau.

A me ka alamihi ula i ka luna i Kaala la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like me ka hala hili, hala hinalo o Kepa,

I pai e ka makani ka hala,

Na hala hina o Papuaa la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like me ka makani,

E nu ana i ke kuahiwi.

E kakoo ana ka hale o Koolau,

E lawalawa ana o hina i ka makani,

Ka mokoi hi lauoho a ka lawaia la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like me ka naulu ia ua hoohali kehau,

Me he ipuwai i ninia la na hau o Kumomoku.

Piiku na hau o Leleiwi,

Noho e na hau o Kepookala,

Aole ka oe i ike i ka hau?

Kuapue, kuawili, kuakee,

Noho kee, kekee o Kanehili i Kaupea la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like i ka ekaha ku i ka moana,

Ke kiele a me ka alani,

Me ka olapa lau kahuli i ka makani.

A me ka pua mauu hina wale i ka la la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like me ka kua o ka wiliwili,

I kalai ia kona i papa hee i ka nalu la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like i ke kaunoa,

Ka laau kumu ole

E hihi wale ana no i luna,

Aole kumu o kona ola ana la,

Aole no i like.

[[459]]

Aole e like me ka makole,

Ia laau wai nui,

E haloiloi ana i luna o ka lihilihi,

Kai no e maloo i ke kiekie i luna la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like me ke kawau,

I ke kalia ku ma ka waha.

Ai mai ka ia he kamahele, he kanaka la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like me ia makani anu, he Kahaloa,

E lu ana i ka pua kou, e lei ia ana e ke kai o Kapua la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like i ka paua i oki ia ka iwi i ka hala,

I lei ia ka pua i ka aha lealea,

Oia ka pahi oki hala o Kahuku la,

Aole i like.

Aole i like ka wai me ke kai,

He awahia ko ke kai,

A he manalo hoi ko ka wai,

Me ko kuu kane o Ninininikawai,

O Pulewa la.

Aole i like.

Aia hoi ha kou hoa e like ai,

O Keaweikekahialiiokamoku,

O Keawe, haku o Hawaii la.

Aole i like.

Aole e like nei lani,

I ka hoohalikelike,

He kanaka ia he ’kua Ku,

He ulalele Ku mai ka lani mai.

He haole Ku mai Kahiki,

Eha hoi na kanaka, ewalu hoi nei kanaka,

O Ku, o Kane, o Kanaloa, o Kaekaemakaihauwahine, o Hakihakipua, o Kehualua la,

Aole i like.

Ala! ua wela ka papa pe,

Ua wela ka hua o Uwilani,

O ka lani pili o hooilo,

E oe puka ae ka la e kohia ana no,

O ka nui mana wale o Ku,

Haawiia mai ke au ka aina

Mahana ai kamakalii o Kona,

Ua like.

[[460]]


[1] The very full notes to the complete version of Kualii, in Memoirs, Vol. IV, pp. 370 to 400, will be found applicable to these fragmentaryverses. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Keawenuiaumi.[1]

It was heard by the ripened[2] leaves of Kane;

Kane and Kanaloa of the foremost god;[3]

The god of the evening twilight.

Who can question what the eye hath seen? It is understood;

Known by the ripened leaves of affection 5.

It is dead; withered is the flower of the mind.

That mind was changed,

Altered, transformed was the bloom of that flower.

There was another flower, a curling flower in the trimmed locks of hair;

[The] many flowers of man, tokens of regard[4] 10.

Are being observed, [but] not by you.

You were of the contentious men,

He was the man who observed the month,[5]

Taking care of the loving friend in sorrow,

A concealed love, known secretly. 15.

They two were there

Scattering Kilauea’s bitter wind,[6]

Blasting the leaf-breath of the aalii.[7]

Creeping, scenting the fragrance in the rain,

The rain and the wind imparting life. 20.

Carrying and absorbing the puulena[8]

And the moani [winds], reaching to the sand of Waiolama.[9]

The pandanus was brightened in the sea,

All the lovely flowers were taken by Kanokapa.[10] O Kapa!

Don’t you assume my name, 25.

I am the only one living here,[[461]]

Living as a sojourner only for a time, hopeful.

Kalana of Maui was the Kalana of Oa,

The image standing in Kahiki of Oaoa,[11]

At the noise of heaven in the collected clouds, at the gathering of heavenly rainclouds, 30.

Swollen-eyed by the steady rain of heaven;

Important outlet, important as embracing ten water-courses;

A stone guarding the water on the cliff,

A path of the cliff region.

Seize, break, throw down Keawenuiaumi;[12] 35.

Overthrow, break Kealiiokaloa;[13]

Shaking is the sacred heap of piercing bones,

Through the sacredness [of] Makaku Makakaualii.[14]

[Of] the living chiefs there were nine sacred;[15]

They were nine expert offshoots[16] caught first 40.

In the bright path of Kanaloa.[17]

The precious encircling Kapalalakaimoku,[18]

The sacred palalalaumaewa[19] of Lono which prevailed

In the very sacred and solitary place.

The lama leaves waved through the night prayer[20] 45.

At the procession of Mua,[21] melting away before Kamea.

In trimming the kukui torch[22] of Maukokoli

The covering kapa [is the] bark cloth of Mahi;[[462]]

Mahi of Kekaeleuhiloliloliha,

Kalauhihilau, the powerful 50.

Kauauanuiamahi, who begat Kanekukapuaiku,

Kane and Alapai [were] fowls with a black bill,

In the firm kick [of] the spur in the careless observance of the kapu

You would see the fowl perched up in the smoke[23]

To Kalani, Kalani, Kalani, 55.

Kalaninuieeumoku[24] who brought out this chief Kuakini.

The main support of the chief is the unruffled sea of Ehu,[25]

Of the calm, still smoothness of Palaha;

Small Palaha of Moenewakalani.[26]

He was the soul that went together with the fish,[27] 60.

Water-lying soul of Kaihikealaka,

You had not acquainted me before going

Before Ulua, the source of affection,[28]

Filled with the desires of repentance and thought,

Desolate, without resting place, struggling for the clinging heart of man. 65.

Broken are the eye-divisions in weeping,

Ceaseless were the drowning tears.

Like a shaft of ie [vine] in the affection,

From the side of duty, emerges a different body.

You are perfect, you are faultless, 70.

For kindness and patience, lacking nothing,

He lacked nothing, all others are without, you are without,[29]

Kaula and Niihau[30] are out in the sea; a carrying child [is] Lehua,

Being fed by the winds;[[463]]

The naulu, parent of the unulau 75.

And the koolau.[31] Loud is the wailing of the gods

On the sacred[32] day; noisy is the (kuwa)[33] prayer in the woods

Transferred mistakenly to Kealia.

Almost heedlessly I nearly lost that flower,

The fading shadow of the kaiaulu[34] flower, 80.

Water-refreshed flower of the twilight.

This is a day throbbing with love.

Just questioned there,

I discovered it, set aside, lying alone.

Kekukapehelua[35] of Umi, 85.

The kapu set apart by Umi for Keawenuiaumi,

Kamolanuiaumi[36] descended from Umi,

[He] dwelt with Kaumaka in the presence of the fish,

You went down perhaps and found his Keawe,[37]

The chief’s descendant? 90.

His was the warrior ancestor, Kekoa.

The Kekoa of Ohiaikulani,

Kalanikupono,[38] true, upright, without crookedness.

[He] would not stoop to unwreath Keawe,[39]

Keawe, the sacred offspring of Ahaula.[40] 95.

He was the eminent chief who begat Kahoukapu[41]

In the height of the heavens.

Kalaninuieeumoku, two,

[Of] two chief fathers[42]

On whom you proclaimed the ordinance, 100.

Joining fast the chiefs together.[[464]]

Kuheekeakeawe opposed Kalanikauleleiaiwi.[43]

The united chiefs since ancient time

From the mountain, the cold mountain of Lihau.[44]

The fallen snow is the covering producing cold, 105.

Chilliness, dampness and numbness.

The bright sun that warms the earth

Is the fierce burning heat of summer,

Warming and hiding in the shade,

Shady, but not shading the chief 110.

Kalanikuihonoikamoku;[45]

The scattering, pelting rain;

Heavy rain showers, pelting rains standing in pools;

Pools standing toward Kukapu,

[From] Kukapu to Kauaua. 115.

Look towards Makuikumoho,

The surf in the deep sea,

The heavy surfs forming and breaking.

Running to reach outside

Is Kalalakapu[46] of the branch whence is exposure, 120.

Exposure spread to the branch of chiefs.

The leaf in Maui, of the sacred swelling bud was nothing,

Umikalakaua stood for increase.

Of Kalakaua is Ehukiha.[47]

His twin children were 125.

Kauwau and Kiha,

They were twin aimoku chiefs of Maui,

Gathering tribute of the district of Kaakaniau.

But, considering their [manner of] living,

The children dwelling together. 130.

The brother living and cohabiting with the sister,[48]

Kalaniulukaihonua of Kiha,

Quiet was its birth.

Paukai of Kiha was quiet also.

Born comfortable was the offspring of the chiefs, 135.[[465]]

Not disobedient, loose or snappish,

Simply a canoe[49] support,

The head shaping of the chief.

The wild duck stream of spring source

Kamapu water-fall pervading sound, 140.

[Like] the sound of Waahia’s broken voice,

A distinctive descendant of Haka

Is Kahaka, dwelling at Ewa here.

A tumultuous noise will follow,

You are going astray, going on, 145.

Going smoothly to outward appearance,

Concealing inwardly the shafts of mischief;

Covering small crookedness of the dreams.

The things he heard of in the open

On investigation lost their meaning.[50] 150.

Not being finished he continued his teasings,

To do and assist the wrong

Is the fault of these little trickeries.

[If] you are mischievous show up clearly what is right.

It is proper for the man to be domesticated; 155.

If well-treated he is generous and wasteful.

Break carefully the flower of the mamane,[51]

The flower of the koolau[52] of the flower growth

That spreads out and unfolds at mid-day,

Reddened by the sun of the luehu. 160.

Reddish is the wiliwili[53] and the aalii[54]

The eyes are opened by the scoria

In the path leading above Auahi.

Cruelty was spreading in the evening.

The forgetfulness of the loved one, a companion, 165.

[Like] a goose companion, a bearer of filth,

Defiling and polluting the house.

You are an inheritance seeker, which is a fault, a crookedness;

Resembling Manokapu[55] of the lazy, useless class[[466]]

Who changed largely [the] course to Kukona, 170.

To Luanuu, to Laa and perhaps Kamilo.

He was of the chief line of Piilani;

Piilani, Piikea, Lonoapii,[56]

Ascending at the moving of chiefs,

At the moving for the true chief, 175.

Chief Kuwalukapaukumoku,

Hopumaihakuwalu Kailiiliniho,

Kailiiliniho was of Kuwalu,

Through him the drum was beaten,

Beaten, beaten were the drums. 180.

Straight arose the sound of the drum beaten before Mauoni,[57]

At the temple of human sacrifice of

Kuihewamakawalu[58]

Of the rain shower, of the adjoining long house,

Drawing the lands together.

He drew the reef of fish desertion, 185.

That sea-shore was useless

To the island fisherman, the chief

Kalanikuihonoikamoku,[59]

Of the great boxing contest assembly, shielded

A murderous blow [by] the leaping bone-breaker,[60] 190.

Receiving the [arm] cut and catching the elbow

The champion of the land fell.

During the contest the people were excited,

The sand was furrowed and became a heap.

Alapai of Kauwauwa 195.

Was the crooked [chief] of the land.

Kaulunai, Kekahua,

Kekikonihoalani, Kaiekupaiaina,

Echoing the sharp sounds of the severed rock,

Raised rock, pebbled to freshness, 200.

A sharp piercing bone was the chief,

By the breaking mallet scattering the fragments,

The chips of the axe was the chief’s desire.[[467]]

Kawainonohu the chief, and Kalaninuieeumoku,

Of crooked entanglement, the poisonous crab-coloring time, 205.

The yellow coloring of the laumilo eel,[61] kapa like,

A variegated kapa at the cave

Disturbing and muddling the sea,

The bad fish with distorted eyes,

The sacred conch[62] [proclaimed] the chiefly reverence and affection 210.

Of Namahana at the altar of the chief

Kaukapuikalani, of Awanakapu,

His was this child

Kapikikoloaukamahehalono,

He was perhaps Kalua at Hauola, 215.

Of the life-giving leaf offering lest Kolo be lonely,

The gradual development

Lest Kona be lonely,

The Kona with undesirable leaves.

O Kukona, whither art thou wandering angrily 220.

Over there, returning secretly through the grass?

Shameless! this trying to lose one’s self

[You] could not be hid; it was all seen

By those companions who passed away

With my spirit-children from below. 225.

I loved you, the companion of the singing bird,

You are a bird companion.

The man was a bird reared for the couch,

Nourished by the mind till domesticated.

Those undomesticated by him are companionless. 230.

Companion! a companion increasing the tax of the people.

Kamaile of the fire is ascending.

Wasteful of the wood should it leap forth.

The fire was feeble, [the wood] unbroken,[63]

Sounding to the point of Makua. 235.

The fire diminished, had disappeared,

Leaving solely in Keawanui for increase;

To increase and promote him,[[468]]

Supposing perhaps he was honored.

His distinction was by the [word of] mouth only.[64] 240.

The high chiefs gathered together;

Assembled together all ancestral chiefs,

Breaking the division of Laniakea.[65]

The desire of the heart, the heir of Lono,

And Lonoapii indeed and Koohuki; 245.

Kaohuki indeed of Kalani,

Grey-haired, rose up those ignorant forefathers;

Brought up those fiery ancestors.

Being provoked [they] yearned and landed, rising up from there,

Piimauilani had numerous restrictions; 250.

Restored are the bones proclaiming Kanaloa

Cultivating difficult narrow plantings

Was the chief’s cultivation of the land.

Tightly drawn is the path of the sacred place.

He established the custom of the kapu, 255.

One shelf[66] whereon the chief is placed,

The royal sacred child who rules the land;

Supported and borne through the chiefs

Kahelekahi, Hema and Kahaipiilani,[67]

Those [were] the chiefs of hope, 260.

Looking for the [welfare of the] land;

The land of their rightful chief.

Upright was the ruling by the honest chief;

He was an ancestral chief,

A man companionable with the people, 265.

Not a fat, unwieldy person of loose malo;

A plausible, begging land-seeker[68]

With short lock of uneven hair;

An uneven front hair caused by a doubtful mind.

The backbiting, reproaching, reviling food spurner, 270.

The stubby, unjust steward,

Treacherous and evil minded,

Envious toward the people of Kulana;

They were the subjects of the chief.

Appreciated is the earned eating and sleeping. 275.[[469]]

Departeth the lazy man without master,

Joining as taro-suckers[69] without,

Driven forth by the rain of the winter.

Do not listen to him,

He has nothing, only rubbish. 280.

Here is the chief’s man,

Mahakapu of Makakaualii[70]

Of the three chiefs of Kanaloa,

He was, he was of those there.

Examine and be satisfied [of] that pair, 285.

The pair was Kiha and Kama.

That was the source of the people,

He was, he was of those there,

They only had the ruler;

They possessed the reigning chief, 290.

Dwelling with affection toward you

O Kahailaulanaaiku, O Kaikulei,

Confused [is the] sacred salutation song in the night.

Buoyant, I was searching hopefully [but] could not find you.

You indeed, you are the one I dare compliment with love. 295.

You are not our third mate;

You had gone forth with love.

A strong desire only possessed me,

I am alone, young Kaulana.

Perhaps you are a younger brother 300.

Sent forth for some small thought?

To create pleasure as a companion:

A constant companion for your lonely place;

Yes lonely, lonely the solemn sacred days.

Almost in pity was the cry of the god, 305.

Pained was my eyes by the bushes,

The leaves [are] the flower buds of the wilderness;

The promise of growing fruit in the stony place.

People are going to the barren land,

Following the guidance of Kahaino[71] is bad; 310.

It is a bad thing, leave it be; in kindness do we love.

Do not love, it is a glorious work,[72]

And it is not.

[[460]]

No Keawenuiaumi.

O ka lono ia i ka Nakipala o Kane;

O Kane, o Kanaloa a ke akua imua;

O ke akua i ka malio o ke ahiahi,

Ahi ala hoi ka ole i ka ike maka—e? He ike no;

Ike aku i na lau pala o ke aloha. 5.

Ua he, ua mae ka pua o ka manao.

Oia manao, ua kahuli e ae,

Kahuli, kalole e kamaka, oia pua.

He pua e kekahi, he pua piipii, pipii i ka aki.

Lau pua o ke kanaka, na pua a ke aloha 10.

E hahai nei, e hai ole oe.

O oe hoi o ka hooke lua e kanaka,

He kanaka na i helu ai i ka malama,

Malamaia mai ke hoa u aloha.

He aloha hoopeepee, he ike malu, 15.

Elua ae la—e.

Lu ke Kilauea makani awaawa,

Hoohonihoni i ka hanu lau aalii.

Hokolo mapu ke ala iloko o ka ua,

O ka ua o ka makani halihali i ke ola, 20.

Hali a omo ka puulena,

Me ka moani, lu iho la, i ke one i Waiolama.

Malamalama ka hale iloko o ke kai,

Pau na pua ’loha i Kanokapa—E Kapa!

Mai kapakapa iho oe i ku’u inoa, 25.

Owau okoa no ia e noho nei.[[461]]

O ka noho a ka ohua, kualana wale e, ke lana e.

Kalana a Maui, Kalana ia a Oa,

Ka lanalana ku i Kahiki a Oaoa,

I ke aoa lani i ke aoao opua, i ke ao ua lani opua, 30.

Maka hehe i ka hehe ua lani;

Makaha koikoi, he koikoi, umi he ala moe wai;

He pohaku kiai wai no ka pali,

He kikeke ki o ka ulu pali.

Paa, haki, kiola mai Keawenuiaumi; 35.

Hiolo, haki Kealiiokaloa;

Nakeke i ka puu koholua kapu,

I ke kapu hoi Makaku Makakaualii,

Na ’lii ku mai, a eiwa ke kapu,

Eiwa ka lele makawalu, hopu imua 40.

I ke ala ulahiwa a Kanaloa.

Kahiwanaepuni Kapalalakaimoku,

He palalalaumaewa kapu no Lono, e noho ana

I ka iu kapu ano meha.

I kuehu lau lama i ke kuili 45.

I ka waa a Mua, heehee ia Kamea.

I ke koli hana kukui o Maukokoli

I ke kapa uhi, kapa laau o Mahi;[[462]]

O Mahi o Kekaeleuhiloliloliha,

O Kalauhihilau, ka manomano, 50.

Kauauanuiamahi, nana hoi Kanekukapuaiku,

O Kane, o Alapai, ka moa nuku uli,

I paku oolea ke kakala i ka waawaa o ke kapu

E ike oe auanei i ka moa i kau i ka uwahi,

Ia Kalani, Kalani, Kalani, 55.

O Kalaninuieeumoku nana mai keia alii o Kuakini.

I ka lani kua o ke alii ke kai malino a Ehu.

O ka malino lai hinu pawa o Palaha;

O Palaha iki a Moenewakalani.

Oia ka uhane holo pu me ka ia. 60.

Uhane moe wai o Kaihikealaka,

Laka ole hoi oe ia’u mamua ’la e

Imua no no Ulua ka manawa i ke aloha,

Piha i ke kuko, i ka mihi, me ka manao,

Haiki loaa wahi noho ole, hooke i ka pili houpo o ke kanaka. 65.

Haipu ka iwi pona maka i ka uwe,

Paa ole i ka mokuhia e ka waimaka.

Me he paua ie la loko i ke aloha,

Mai ka aoao hana, hemo ke kino e.

He hemolele oe, he hemolele oe, 70.

No ka lokomaikai, no ke ahonui, aohe wahi koe.

He koe ole ia nei, i waho wale no e—o waho oe e,

I waho Kaula me Niihau i ke kai, ke keiki hii Lehua.

Na ka makani i hanaiia mai[[463]]

E ka naulu, makua i ka unulau 75.

Me ke koolau, lau ka pihe a ke akua

I ka la ihi; wawa no i kuwa i ka laalaau,

Hoopahaohao hewa i Kealia.

Mai nanea au, mai lilo ia pua,

Ke aka luhe a ka pua kaiaulu, 80.

Pua maka momohe wai a ka liula—e.

He la hanu ae nei, no ke aloha,

I ui wale ae no hoi ilaila,

Loaa no ia’u—e, waiho ana—e, waiho wale—e.

O Kekukapehelua a Umi, 85.

Ke kapu na Umi no Keawenuiaumi,

Na Umi, o Kamolanuiaumi,

Noho ia Kaumaka, i ka maka o ka ia,

I kai paha oe, loaa kana Keawe,

Ke ’lii ewe ia. 90.

Nona hoi ke kupuna koa, o Kekoa,

Na Kekoa a Ohiaikulani.

O Kalanikupono, ponoi, pololei, kekee ole.

Aole napanapa lulo ole ia Keawe,

O Keawe keiki kapu a Ahaula. 95.

Nana Kaiamamao i hanau Kahoukapu

I ke koki o ka lani,

O Kalaninuieeumoku alua,

Alua mau makuakane alii,

Ia oe iho la ’no lahuiia, 100.

Huiia ’paa, kauluaia na ’lii.[[464]]

Kuheekeakeawe kue ma Kalanikauleleiaiwi.

Na ’lii kuhaulua mai ka wao

Mai ke kuahiwi mauna anuanu Lihau.

O ka hau oki ka uhi e anu ai, 105.

E huihui ai, koekoe, maeele.

Ka la kea ka e wela ’i ka honua,

O ka la ku haoa ia o Makalii,

E hahana ’i holo pee i kahi malu,

Malumalu, malu ole hoi i ke alii 110.

Kalanikuihonoikamoku.

Ka ua paka kahi, paka ua,

Pakapaka ua, paka ua, kulokuloku.

Kulokuwaiku aku o Kukapu,

O Kukapu a Kauaua, 115.

Nana ia Makuikumoho,

Ka nalu i ka moana uli,

Na na nalu nui puni i haki—i popoi.

I holo i puka mawaho

O Kalalakapu, o ka lala iho ae halala— 120.

Halala, hihi manamana na ’lii.

Ka lau i Maui, o ka lau liko kapu,—he ole,

Kukupu o Umikalakaua,

Na Kalakaua e Ehukiha.

O kana mau keiki mahana ia 125.

O Kauwau ma laua o Kiha.

He mau mahana aimoku no Maui,

I ai i ka moku a Kaakaniau.

Aka a ka lolo o ka laua noho ana,

Nonoho momoe na keiki, 130.

Moe, noho a kaikunane, hoao a kaikuahine,

Kalaniulukaihonua a Kiha,

Maha no ia hanau.

O Paukai a Kiha mahana no.

Hanau mahana ka hua a na ’lii, 135.[[465]]

Aole hulu koo kanapi,

He koo waa wale no,

Ke poo i kepa kua o kalani.

Ke koloa auwai poo wai mapu

O Kamapu waiku kani a au lono, 140.

O ka lono hakahaka leo o Waahia.

He aahia kuluipua o Haka,

O Kahaka i ka moe ia Ewa nei.

He wawa ko hope nei,

E hele e la oe, hele no, 145.

Hele hooniania kona le waho,

Hoihoi iloko ka oi a ke kalohe,

Ahu kekee liilii a ka moe,

Ka mea ia i ikea i ke akea

Ike la hoi ilaila, pau ke ano. 150.

No ka pau ole ia e hone hou la,

Ke hoi kokua aku i ka hewa,

O ka hewa ia o ka hone liilii—e.

He hone oe, e hoae i akaka lea ka pono.

O ka pono ia o ke kanaka i laka mai, 155.

A laka ka hoi la, maunauna—e—he mauna.

Mamalahia ka pua o ka mamane,

Ka pua o ke koolau, o ka ulu pua,

Ua pupua mohala wale i ke awakea,

Ua ehu wale i ka la o ka luehu. 160.

Ehu ula ka wiliwili me ke aalii

Ua mohola na maka i ke aa

I ke ala hele ma uka o Auahi—e.

Ahiahi ano laha ka lokoino,

Ka manao ole i ka mea ’loha, he hoa, 165.

He hoa manu nene, he hapai na ino,

He hoino a paumaele ka hale.

He imi hale oe, a o ke kekee no ia, he kekee—e;

I Manokapu, o ke kaele haloli ili,[[466]]

I loliloli ha nui ia Kukona, 170.

Ia Luanuu, ia Laa a Kamilo paha?

Oia o ka lau alii o Piilani;

O Piilani—o Piikea, o Lonoapii,

Pipii pipii i ka akoako na ’lii,

I ka akoako i ka io lani, 175.

Lani a Kuwalukapaukumoku,

Hopumaihakuwalu Kailiiliniho

O Kailiiliniho ia Kuwalu,

Iaia kani mai ka pahu,

Kani ke, kani na kaeke. 180.

Ku paloloi ka leo o ka pahu e kani imua i Mauoni,

I ka unu hai kanaka o Kuihewamakawalu

O ka ua upena, o ka ma halau loa,

Hului kaa moku.

Nana e kaa ke kohola holo ia ole, 185.

Pa-noonoo ia kahakai

I ka lawaia-moku, he ’lii,

O Kalanikuihonoikamoku,

O ka mokomoko nui, pani aha

He kui powa ka lele lua, 190.

I loaa i ke oki i pa i ke kano,

Hina ka luahi nui o ka moku;

Kupaka ke au, walawala ka aina,

Mawae ke one kuke ’hu.

A o Alapai a Kauwauwa, 195.

O ka hookanahua moku ia.

O Kaulunai, o Kekahua,

Kekikonihoahoalani, o Kaiekupaiaina,

O ke kuike kani ke kani ioio o ka io o ka pohaku.

Maka aili, iliili a maka a, 200.

Papakoholua oi he ’lii,

I ka ia naha mahiki ka mamala,

O ka mamala o ke koi ke pue lani,[[467]]

O Kawainonohu alii, o Kalaninuieeumoku,

O ka peapea ewa, o ke kumimi au lena, 205.

Ka lena o ke puhi laumilo i kapa,

I kapa kui pulelo mai ka lua.

I kikeke e aweawea ke kai,

O ka ia ino maka kalalea,

Ka pu maka haoa, ka haohaoa lani 210.

O Namahana i ka lele o ka lani,

O Kaukapuikalani, o Awanakapu,

Nana hoi nei keiki,

O Kapikikoloaukamahehalono,

Oia hoi paha o Kalua i Hauola, 215.

O ke ola lau mehai o meha, i Kolo

O ke kolopua i mohola,

O meha i Kona,

O ke Kona lau konakona.

O Kukona e, e kukonakona ana oe mahea? 220.

Mao hoi, hoihoi malu ana iloko ka mania?

Ka hilahila! e hoonanowale nei.

Aohe e nalowale, ua ikea pau loa

Me ia mau hoa hoi i hala ’ku la,

Me a’u keiki makani mai lalo. 225.

O ’loha wale ka hoa, o ka leo o ka manu e,

He hoa manu oe.

He manu hanai ke kanaka na ka moe,

I hanaiia e ka manao, a laka.

O ka mea laka ole ia ia he uahoa—e. 230.

Hoa—e la, he hoa pii ka auhau no ke kanaka.

E pii ana a Kamaile o ke ahi,

Maunauna ka papala ke lele mai,

Nawaliwali ke ahi, haihai oleia,

Hookani aku la i ka lae o Makua. 235.

Kakona ke ahi, haule wale iho no,

Waiho okoa iho no i Keawanui—e nui,

He hoonui kaikai ana iaia.[[468]]

I kuhi aku ai paha he hanohano,

Kona hanohano i ka waha wale no—e. 240.

Ohia hapukuia na ’lii nui;

Pukua na kupuna alii a pau.

Wahia ka paaku o Laniakea.

Ke ake paa i ka houpo, ka pua o Lono,

O Lonoapii hoi, a Koohuki, 245.

O Kaohuki hoi o Kalani,

A pohina, kupu mai hoi kela mau kupuna waawaa;

Ulu mai hoi keia mau kupuna makomako.

I hoohaehaeia, e hae a pae, pii ae mai laila,

Piimauilani, hoolau kapu mai, 250.

Hoola i ka iwi, ho’uouo ana Kanaloa uo

Hoomahimahi mai ana, mahi ololi,

Ka mahi alii ia i ku i ka moku.

I lilio i moe kuamoo o ke kapu,

Moe kuamoo o ke kapu iaia, 255.

Hookahi haka e kau ai o ke alii,

O ka moopuna alii i ku i ka moku.

O kaikai o auamo kaa i ka lani,

O Kahelekahi, o Hema, O Kahaipiilani.

Ke alii na e lana, 260.

E nana ka aina;

Ka moku o ka lakou alii pono.

Pono no ka noho ana i ke alii pono,

He alii no mai ka paa ke alii.

He kanaka ano ma i paa a ke kanaka, 265.

Aole ka malo, hemo uhauhalale,

Kukahipalu noi waiwai aina.

Ka aki pookole oho oioi;

He oho oioi mua, makili haohao.

Ka aki, ka nanamu, ka akiaki ai kae, 270.

Ka poupou kuene noho ino,

Ka noho ino opu kekee moa,

Ka huahua i ka poe o Kulana;

Ka poe no ia nana ke alii.

E lea ai ka ai kuai kuai moe. 275.[[469]]

Ou hoi o ke kuanea haku ole,

Pili oha kamau mai mawaho,

Ua hee wale i ka ua a ka hooilo.

Mai hoolonoia ’ku no kana,

Aohe ano, he opala wale no. 280.

Eia ae no ko ke alii kanaka,

O Mahakapu a Makakaualii.

O na kolu alii no o Kanaloa,

Oia, oia o lakou ko laila,

Nana ia aku ana kela paa, 285.

O ka paa o Kiha ma laua o Kama.

Mai laila mai no na kanaka,

Oia, oia o lakou ko laila,

O lakou la wale no ka mea haku,

Ka poe nana ke alii e noho nei. 290.

E noho kanihia aloha ae ana au ia oe

E Kahailaulenaaiku, e Kaikulei,

Hihia kapu oha oli, e kaha oli i ka poia.

E lana nei, e lana huli ae ana au, aole oe.

O oe hoi, o oe ka’u e aa, e aahia la. 295.

Aole hoi oe ko kakou kookolu,

Ua hele aku la oe me ke aloha.

Haehae wale iho nei no hoi au,

Owau wale no, Kaulanapokii—e.

He pokii paha oe? 300.

I kiina aku i kahi manao iki,

I ka hoohoihoi ana ae i hoa,

I hoa walea no ko wahi mehameha e,

Meha ae la e, mehameha anoano ka la ihi ka la.

Aneane aloha ka pihe a ke akua, 305.

Halao ana i kuu maka ka laalaau;

Ka lau ka maka pua o ka nahelehele,

Ke aka o na ulu hua i ka hapapa.

Haele ana no kanaka i ke kaha,

Alualu ana, i ke kai o Kahaino—e—ino, 310.

He ino ia mea la, e waho ae, ma ka

maikai kakou i aloha.

Mai aloha iho, e hana nani ia,

E he nani ole—e.

[[470]]


[1] King of Hawaii, father of Lonoikamakahiki, and a son of Umi-a-Liloa. [↑]

[2] The ripened leaves, the harvesting time, caught the message of the whispering winds. [↑]

[3] On the supposed line or row of gods in the temple. [↑]

[4] There were many ways of indicating one’s grief at bereavement, all of which here comeunder the term of flowers, or tokens of remembrance. [↑]

[5] Observed the month for the due fulfilment of its prescribed kapus. [↑]

[6] This may have reference to the sulphurous impregnated wind from the volcano to blastthe “leaf-breath” of the aalii. [↑]

[7] The aalii is said to possess a fragrance in its leaves, though not like that of theiliahi (sandalwood). [↑]

[8] Puulena, a cold mountain wind at the volcano. [↑]

[9] The sand beach of Hilo. [↑]

[10] A place adjoining the mouth of the Wailuku river, Hilo. [↑]

[11] Some form of distant cloud land, hence, looked on as foreign (Kahiki). Much considerationwas given to clouds and their formations for the various omens they were supposedto portend. [↑]

[12] As though the thief was to be dethroned. The thought here is not clear. [↑]

[13] Broken is the ancestral line from Kealiiokaloa. [↑]

[14] Makakaualii, termed a heavenly chief, was a grandson of Kealiiokaloa. [↑]

[15] Referring to those of sufficiently high rank to be classed kapu. [↑]

[16] Lele makawalu, eminent, famous or expert offshoots or branches; hopu imua, first caughtor recognized in illustrious descendants (bright path) of Kanaloa. [↑]

[17] Not the god of evil who tried to make man as did Kane, but the chief Kanaloakuaana,who was cruelly slain by Kamalalawalu’s forces on their invasion of Hawaii. See Memoirs,Vol. IV, p. 342. [↑]

[18] This name may imply the death and sacrifice of Kanaloa, as being the tax or gift ofa chief “lifted up by an island.” [↑]

[19] Here again is a composite word of like character to the foregoing, implying a chief’stax of mourning kind, a sacred or rigid requirement in the time of Lonoikamakahiki. [↑]

[20] The kuili was a prayer by the officiating priest which lasted all night, the wavingof sacred lama leaves being part of the ceremony. [↑]

[21] This has reference to a service ritual of the temple. [↑]

[22] Kukui torches were made of kukui nuts strung on a reed some four feet long; severalstrings of them were bound together with strips of kapa and covered with green ti-leaveslest they burn out too quickly. [↑]

[23] The treatment of game cocks, to increase their fighting qualities and insure vigorouskicks, was to light a smoky fire under them on roosting for the night. [↑]

[24] Kalaninuieeumoku, literally, the high chief of island extension. [↑]

[25] The chief of Kona who ceded his district to Umi, whose full name, Ehunuikaimalino,means: “great Ehu [of] calm sea.” This condition of Kona’s sea is implied in the namePalaha, flat, wide, of still smoothness. [↑]

[26] A personification of conditions as though the chief was slumbering intermittently. [↑]

[27] Several traditions embody the idea of companionship with certain fish, notably Puniakaiaand Kawelo. [↑]

[28] The fish ulua was held in high esteem as a means of increasing the regard of the beloved,or winning the affection of the estranged. This thought carries through to line 71. [↑]

[29] Credit given generally to outsiders for all good qualities is now to be applied tothe subject of the chant; he is to be put on their plane and honored in his own land. [↑]

[30] Westernmost islands of the Hawaiian group. Lehua an adjoining islet. [↑]

[31] Names of Kauai winds. [↑]

[32] The sacred day, ihi, is more of hallowed character than is the kapu restrictions. [↑]

[33] The kuwa prayer was the one used at the completion of house building, canoe making,and similar undertakings. [↑]

[34] The flower-shaped cloud, which was supposed to represent the departed chief. [↑]

[35] This is an ordinance set apart by Umi for this son. [↑]

[36] A son of Umi’s by his wife Kapukini-a-Liloa, a younger brother of Keliiokaloa. [↑]

[37] Keawe here refers to someone, a relative, as a bearer, not the chief of that name. [↑]

[38] This name refers to and embodies the fine qualities of Kekoa, which is further setforth, the first part being taken, poetically, from the last of the preceding line. [↑]

[39] A shortened name for the subject of this chant, though it may refer to some distinguishedancestor. [↑]

[40] Not a chief, but the high rank entitling one born into it, to possess, wear and displayits feather robes; insignia of royal rank. [↑]

[41] Kahoukapu preceded Umi four generations. [↑]

[42] This term applies where a woman living in a state of polyandry, her two husbands arereferred to as the two fathers of her children. [↑]

[43] These woodland chiefs are not identified by these names. [↑]

[44] The islands possess no high mountain of this name, meaning snow chill, and must havereference to such a condition. [↑]

[45] Literally, the chief joins unitedly in the lands. [↑]

[46] Kalalakapu, the sacred branch, affords poetic play on words in this and followinglines. [↑]

[47] The lines of these chiefs, apparently of Maui, are obscure. [↑]

[48] A permitted or recognized custom to perpetuate highest chief rank, alii pio. [↑]

[49] This similarity is not understood by present day terms. [↑]

[50] Chasing after rumors as fruitless as attempting to investigate dreams. [↑]

[51] The mamani of botanists (Sophora chrysophylla), a tree 20–30 ft. high, furnishing a hard and durable wood. [↑]

[52] Koolau, a yellow wild-flower of the plain, known also as kookolau (Campylotheca sp.). [↑]

[53] The color named refers to its flowers and seeds, the wood being light in color andcork-like in weight. [↑]

[54] Aalii, a forest tree of the Dodonaea sp. of close grain, reddish color and durable quality. [↑]

[55] Manokapu, sacred shark. [↑]

[56] These are Maui celebrities of Umi’s time. [↑]

[57] As a proclamation in recognition of high chief birth the two sacred drums of the templewere beaten, as also in the ceremonies attending his circumcision. In all cases thistook place in the principal sacrificial temples. [↑]

[58] Eminent Kakuhihewa, a noted king of Oahu. [↑]

[59] This name, divided, becomes the-boxer-chief-uniting-the-lands. [↑]

[60] Expertise in lua contests (wrestling) consisted in the ability to break the bones of theiropponent in mid-air while throwing him. [↑]

[61] Said to possess the faculty of camouflaging its vari-colored skin, and muddling thewater by way of escape if intruded upon in its cave. [↑]

[62] The conch shell was a recognized sacred instrument of the temples of sacrifice, wherebythe calls to service, and kapu periods were announced. Some were held in such esteemas to be reserved for use by the highest chiefs only. Of this class were the Kiha-puand the pu-maleo-lani. [↑]

[63] Referring to unbroken or unsplit wood as lacking vigorous fire blazing qualities atignition. [↑]

[64] Appointed or proclaimed; not hereditary. [↑]

[65] A name signifying spacious heaven. [↑]

[66] One shelf or ledge indicating the chief rank or grade the child is entitled to. [↑]

[67] Of these, Hema’s is the only name on the standard genealogy list, and dates back thirty-fourgenerations from the subject of this chant. Hema’s mother was the famous Hinahanaiakamalama,literally Hina-foster-child-of-the-moon. There was another son, named Kahai, whichmay be the one here referred to as Piilani. [↑]

[68] This and some ten or more lines following, pictures a slovenly adventurer of the classthat moved from place to place, seeking to engraft himself, a parasite, upon somewell-to-do, good-natured chief. [↑]

[69] Taro suckers are sprouts that develop on the outside of the tuber as it matures. [↑]

[70] See note on line 38. [↑]

[71] Kahaino, a personification of evil impulses, the spirit of evil. [↑]

[72] In this paradoxical ending the poet would attribute glory to those who resist loveentanglements; the fickle goddess of good and bad qualities is here advised to belet alone. It is good and it is not. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Kamehameha.

The sun has risen far above Maunaloa,

The black cloud thundered upon the mountain.

The mountain tops of Kona stand sideways; ’tis calm,

Hilo stands swelling up in the rain.

Hamakua is a place of wooded ravines. 5.

Kohala is folded up in the winds.

Kauiki is drawn up till it touches heaven;

It has fled to the mat of Hina.

A sleep in pain is a mourning sleep.

Mokulaina hears far off in the sea. 10.

It cleared away and was calm.

Hana flew and hid herself from the wind;

A brook belongs to Lanakila;

A watery mountain belongs to Kualihau.

The back and the breast shivers from the snow, 15.

Contracted with the cold.

The desire moves in an irregular course,

Moving this and that way as if in a nightmare,

Breathing hard with fear.

The dry season consumes the water of the path, 20.

The bewildering path of the wilderness,

The hinale that is overgrown with akolea.[[471]]

Lea was discovered, living on the mountain,

The mountain feared without cause.

In friendlessness the stones of Hanalei lie not together. 25.

Hanalei is calling.

Unulau is inviting me to dine with him,

[To eat] the leaf-wrapped fish of Kau

Wrapped in the leaves, yes, in the leaves.

I am provoking Milohae; 30.

Milohae is barking at Miloonohi,

The low-spreading, thrifty milo at Kikoamoanauli.

Thriving, thriving, thriving is the noni leaf,

Manoni as it grows is fragrant:

Its fragrance reaches the shoulder of the precipice of Kalalau. 35.

The precipice of Makana is two-fold;

’Tis a gift; ’twas my sleeping place last night;

’Tis the drunkenness of the awa for my god.

Drink the ripened leaved awa,

The awa bundle of the chief; 40.

The awa for the aged to masticate.

The awa grows thrifty in the uplands of Puna.

Puna’s upper regions are bitter with awa.

When I drink it, ’tis awa in bitterness;[[472]]

It comes here, it comes there, it comes slowly, 45.

In thick, dense clouds to the god Puakau.

Will the goddess rob?

The mountain rises and crumbles off;

Kilohana, the mountain, stands up of itself

As a gift for the cold snow. 50.

The soft fleecy clouds appear and disappear.

Turn to the back, the names have not joined;

Poliahu and Waialeale are floating about.

Beautiful is Kahelekuakane.

Measure the long path to Maunahina. 55.

Snow is upon Kalikua, a thick shade pervades Aipo,

The mountain top is obstructed for travel,

Snow is also upon Elekeninui,

With forest unequal on each side.

Excellent is the path along the precipice of Makana, 60.

The path to the precipice of Kaiwikui

The top of Pueokahei, while one remains on Kapua.

The avalanche is afraid of the precipice,

At Mahuokona is a precipice sweet-scented with naenae;

One can inhale the fragrance if he breathes at all. 65.

The sweet-scented product of Kakioe, the woman who braids the lauae

In the valley of Kikiopua, at Hoomalele.

The firebrands are flying down the steep precipice;[[473]]

Kamaile belongs not to the place where the fire is projected.

Here are some light firebrands from the factories; 70.

The factories where the firebrands are prepared.

The fire shoots forth oscillating upwards as a shooting star

And falls on the precipice of Kaauhau.

Shall I return at the call;

At the call of Makua to Kalalau? 75.

Here is your companion, a stranger.

The fire has been kindled on the skin,

The kapued skin by consecration

Which will be overcome by the biting firebrand,

For the firebrand has a fire that burns the skin. 80.

Indeed the greater part of the skin was broken

By being bitten by the fire of the firebrand,

Let the descendant warrior live as a soldier of Waiolono,

Offering temple services night and day.

Conquering all that none may dispute. 85.

I am fondly remembered by Kekaha,

I shall breathe at Kilohana the fog that riseth

Like the head of this man.

I am thinking and hoping.

Kaula lies yonder; what is about to be done there? 90.

The water-gourd is his earnest call; give me water!

The zigzag course is the path,[[474]]

Where I shall go sprightly to work

To wreathe the lehua [blossoms] of Luluupali,

Also the pandanus of Mahamoku by the sea-shore. 95.

That I and my god may garland it;

[My god] Kekoalaulii, the silver-grey leaf,

Thine is the skin of Kinaiahi.

[[470]]

No Kamehameha.

Hiki kau kolii[1] ka la i Maunaloa,

Ke ao eleele koa[2] halulu i ka mauna,

Ku kaha[3] ke kuahiwi o Kona he lai[4]

Ku opuu[5] Hilo i ka ua,

Pali laau[6] Hamakua, 5.

Opeope[7] Kohala i ka makani,

Huki Kauiki[8] pa i ka lani,

Ua hee[9] i ka moena a Hina,

He moe ino he moe[10] kanikau,

I long Mokulaina[11] i ke kai, 10.

Hoai[12] ai ua malie,

Lele Hana i pee i ka makani,

He poo wai[13] no Lanakila,

He mauna wai no Kualihau[14]

Li hau[15] ka li kua me ka li alo, 15.

Li maeele[16] i ke anu,

Ka makemake e kaa kukue,[17]

E kaa nipolo[18] nipolo lea.

E ke aho i ka manawa,[19]

E ke kau[20] kaa inu wai o ke ala, 20.

Ke ala lau nahelehele no ka waonahele,

O hinale[21] kupuhia e ka limu akolea.[[471]]

Loaa Lea[22] noho i ka mauna,

Makau wale[23] ka mauna,

He launa ole[24] a oi pili pohaku o Hanalei, 25.

Ke hea mai nei Hanalei.

Ke i mai nei i Unulau, e haele maua e ai

I ka ia, nunu weuweu[25] o Kau,

I nunu[26] weuweu e, i ka weuweu,

Hoohaehae[27] ana au me Milohae. 30.

E hae ana Milohae[28] i Miloonohi,

O ka milo[29] kupu hooneinei o Kikoamoanauli,

Kupu e kupu la[30] kupukupu lau manoni,

Manoni kupu ae he ala,[31]

A ala ka poohiwi[32] pali o Kalalau. 35.

I kau lua ia ka pali o Makana—

He makana he moe na’u i ka po nei—

He ona awa[33] no ku’u akua ia,

Inu i ka awa lau lena,[34]

I ka awa o Puawa[35] ’lii, 40.

I ka awa mama[36] ka kualena[37]

Kakiwi[38] awa i uka o Puna.

Ua awahia ka uka o Puna i ka awa,

I apu ai au he awa kanea,[39][[472]]

Hiki e[40] hiki la, hiki hakalia ae— 45.

I ke kaunana palamoa[41] ia Lono o Puakau[42] e;

Ahao[43] anei akua wahine?

I una[44] mai, kolikoli ke kuahiwi,

Kau wale ai mauna Kilohana,[45]

I makana i ka hau anu, 50.

Ua kau ke ae[46] haale a hu la,

U wai a ke kua a ai hui na inoa,

E lana nei o Poliahu o Waialeale,[47]

Kai[48] Kahelekuakane,

Anana i ka loa hina i Maunahina. 55.

He hau Kalikua he naele Aipo,

Kupilikii[49] aku la Wawa,

He hau no Elekeninui,

Ulu laau kapakahi aku la.

Nahenahe[50] ke alo o ka pali o Makana. 60.

Ke ala pali o Kaiwikui.

Ka luna i Pueokahei e noho i Kapua nei ea;

Apoapo[51] ana ka aholo i ka pali,

I Mahuokona he pali ala i ka naenae,

He lauae[52] mokihana ihu hanu, 65.

Ka hua ’la o Kakioe[53] na wahine ako lauae

I ka pali o Kikiopua i Hoomalele,

E lele ana no momoku kuehu[54] pali,[[473]]

O Kamaile, aole ia o ke ahi,

Eia’e o na papala[55] ua noe mokauahi wale, 70.

O na kulana[56] i ke o ahi lele.

Lele ke ahi lele oni[57] me he hoku la;

Kau-lia i ka pali o Kaauhau

E hoi a’u anei i ke kahea,

I ke kalalau a Makua i Kalalau? 75.

Eia ko hoa malilina,[58]

Ua hoa ahi wale na ili.

Ona ili[59] kapu i hoohiki,

Ae noa[60] ka ipo ahi papala,

He ahi hoi ka ka papala ke kuni i ka ili, 80.

Ua moku o ka ili ka hoi ka nui,

I ka nahua[61] e ka ipo ahi papala,

E ola koa[62] i pua nei ka ulu koa i Waiolono,

Halua po halua ao,[63]

Kiki maka i hanu ole. 85.

Halialia[64] ana hoi au e Kekaha,

Owau kea i Kilohana, i ka ohu ke kua,

Ke poo o keia kanaka mai nei a, la,—

O ke ohaoha[65] e oha e lana.

E kaulia Kaula, o keaha auanei ko laila? 90.

O ka huewai o kona leo kinakina,[66] i wai,

O kinana[67] anana ke ala,[[474]]

E kili[68] anau e hana ana au,

E lei i na lehua o Luluupali,

Ka hala o Mahamoku i kai, 95.

E lei maua[69] o ku’u akua

O Kekoalaulii,[70] lau ahinahina,

Nau ka ili o Kinaiahi.


[1] Kolii, the reflection of the sun, the tremulous appearance on looking over a plainwhen the sun is hot. [↑]

[2] Koa, a word seldom used in the sense here, but like loa, the very black cloud thundered, halulu. [↑]

[3] Ku kaha, to stand sideways. [↑]

[4] He lai, it was calm. [↑]

[5] Ku opuu, Hilo in its hills and knolls was swelling in the rain. [↑]

[6] Pali laau, wooded ravines. [↑]

[7] Opeope, to be folded or bundled up. [↑]

[8] Kauiki, the hill at entrance of Hana harbor, drawn up to touch the heavens, refersto its local legend. [↑]

[9] Ua hee, it fled to Hina, a woman of very ancient times, the most popular heroine ofHawaiian story. [↑]

[10] Moe kanikau, clearly rendered a mourning sleep, doubtless refers to moaning. [↑]

[11] Mokulaina, while the name of a land in Hana, refers to some personage. [↑]

[12] Hoai, to clear off after a shower. [↑]

[13] Poowai, source of a brook or stream. [↑]

[14] Kualihau, a land near the sea and below the mountains. [↑]

[15] Li hau, to shiver with cold from snow. [↑]

[16] Li mauele, to contract as the skin and flesh with the cold. [↑]

[17] Kukue, to dodge, move one way and the other; kaa, to roll, as a person recoveringfrom a drunken fit. [↑]

[18] Nipolo, to dream that one is falling in his sleep from a height and breathes hard,in fright. [↑]

[19] Manawa, some internal part not well understood, the seat of fear and other passions. [↑]

[20] Kau, a season, in this case summer, the season that drinks up the moisture in thepath. [↑]

[21] Hinale, name of something unknown; kupuhia for kupuia, sprouted; akolea, a speciesof fern. [↑]

[22] Lea, name of the goddess of the canoe-makers, a dweller in the forests. [↑]

[23] Makau wale, afraid without cause. [↑]

[24] Launa ole, unfriendly, unsocial, the stones lie scattered about. [↑]

[25] Nunu weuweu; nunu to fold or wrap up for carrying, or as meat or fish for baking;weuweu, leaves of any kind for wrapping up food. [↑]

[26] I nunu, etc., a repetition to fill out the measure. [↑]

[27] Hoohaehae, to provoke, to cause to bark as a dog. [↑]

[28] Milohae, name of a district, or rather an unmeaning part of the line to correspondwith the syllable hae in hoohaehae. [↑]

[29] Milo, name of a tree (Thespesia populnea); hooneinei, nei is to squat on our hands, the branches of the milo bend over andsquat down at Kikoamoanauli. [↑]

[30] Kupu e kupu la, etc., the e and la are euphonic, or if they have a meaning it is that thus the noni leaf grows hereand there, and kupukupu grows everywhere. [↑]

[31] Manoni, as it is sweet, fragrant, so also are the cliffs. [↑]

[32] Poohiwi, highest parts of the Kalalau cliff. [↑]

[33] Ona awa, intoxication from awa. [↑]

[34] Lau lena, yellow or ripened leaf, as with ripe taro. [↑]

[35] Puawa, a root, or usually a bunch of four roots, of awa. [↑]

[36] To mama awa was to chew it and throw it back into a dish, in preparation for makingthe intoxicating drink. [↑]

[37] Kualena, yellow teeth, a term for old age. [↑]

[38] Kakiwi awa, etc., the awa grows thriftily, bending over and taking root for new shoots. [↑]

[39] The kanea of awa is the bitter scum of its liquor. [↑]

[40] Hiki e, etc., introduced as a sort of chorus. [↑]

[41] Kaunana palamoa, when the sky overhead is clouded with dense, thick, though not blackclouds. [↑]

[42] Puakau; when a cloud rises up out of the sea like man or beast, it was worshiped asa god, and called “o Lono o Puakau,” the god of Puakau. [↑]

[43] Ahao, to rob, take the property of another. [↑]

[44] Una mai, to pry up as with a lever; kolikoli, to whittle, shave off, the action ofan axe or adze. [↑]

[45] Kilohana, a mountain of Kauai. [↑]

[46] Ke ae, the thin fleecy clouds of the mountain; haale, the tremulous motion of water about to overflow from a filled cup. [↑]

[47] Poliahu and Waialeale, mountains of Kauai. [↑]

[48] Kai, beautiful, admiration for the mountains named. [↑]

[49] Kupilikii, the state of traveling on the mountains in a hard rain, with road slipperyand full of bushes. [↑]

[50] Nahenahe, lahilahi; thin cloth of fine texture, hence good, excellent. [↑]

[51] Apoapo, to fear or be afraid; aholo, a place in a declivity where some land, rocks,etc., have fallen down. [↑]

[52] Naenae, lauae and mokihana, odoriferous shrubs. [↑]

[53] Kakioe, a celebrated witch of ancient times. [↑]

[54] Kuehu pali, a very steep and perpendicular cliff. [↑]

[55] Papalas were sticks cut and laid to dry for use as sky rockets; noe, light fleecyclouds; mokauahi, place or house of smoke for seasoning timber. [↑]

[56] Na kulana, the shops where the papalas were prepared and thrown for the flying fire. [↑]

[57] Lele oni, to fly upwards in a zigzag course, as a kite. [↑]

[58] Malilina, like malihini, a stranger. [↑]

[59] Ili kapu, etc., kapu is the skin by consecration, by an oath. [↑]

[60] Ai noa, the release of kapu, through the pinching firebrand. [↑]

[61] Nahua for nahuia, bitten (burnt) by the fire of the papala. [↑]

[62] E ola koa; koa name of a tree, let him live (like) a koa tree, i.e., a long time. [↑]

[63] Halua signifies the work of the priest in the temple offering sacrifices with prayer.These offices were perpetual. [↑]

[64] Halialia, strong attachment to a person, the feeling that arises from recalling thefeatures or conduct of an absent friend. [↑]

[65] Ohaoha, reflection, thought that takes place antecedent to halialia. [↑]

[66] Leo kinakina, earnest call, for water. [↑]

[67] Kinana, ascending a precipice in a zigzag manner. [↑]

[68] Kili, to go sprightly; auau, mama, light. [↑]

[69] E lei maua, that we may put on the wreath, I and my god. [↑]

[70] Kekoalaulii, and lau ahinahina, epithets of the god. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Kaumualii.

The surf-spraying[1] wind of Waialua

Carries the spray of the surf high,

Even to the mountain-top of Kuakala.[2]

The wind dies[3] away upward,

Darkened by the smoke[4] at the height of Kamae, 5.

The smoke[5] which indicates farming at Poloiea,

Spreading[6] to the precipice of Luakini.

It is the object of this love, it is evident![7]

Their love grew for they were constantly together.

The heavy-sounding[8] rain is the rain of the koolau; 10.

Heavy raindrops falling in the sea till calm;

The sea becomes calm, it is very still.

Indistinct[9] are the coral banks of Heeia.

Like the moon down at Mokuoloe

Is the destitution[10] of verdure of some precipices, 15.[[475]]

That precipice which reaches to Nuuanu.

The coldness[11] of a heartless man,

How can he propagate love.

Filled[12] was the air of Ewa with the report,

Like the sea-spray on the forest trees,[13] 20.

The forest of the ilima[14] plain at Ulihale,

Even reddening the outside of the house;

The redness extends and covers the leaves of the field.[15]

The ridge covering[16] of the house is broken by the whirlwind,

Which blows from Halawa to Honouliuli. 25.

Unfit[17] is the man who forsakes[18] love.

How can he propagate[19] love!

Driven[20] by the wind is the pili (grass) of Nuuanu.

Swiftly sweeps the wind,[21]

Exposed,[22] pathless is the trail at Keahole 30.

Because of the constant fierce[23] driving of the wind.

It causes near-falls and slips,[24]

Near-falls to man; the man fell

On account of the narrowness[25] of the path,

Thus offering path-difficulties to travelers, 35.

Travelers from Kona going Koolauward,

And those traveling from Koolau going to Kona.

On the Kona [side] of Nuuanu is the mountain rain;[26]

Reddened[27] by the rain is the hill of Malailua,[[476]]

From Malailua to Nahuina it is raining; 40.

Soughing and whiffling about,[28] the wind reaches not Kahua,

At Kahuawai, at Kahuawai, the bundle is large,[29]

Gird on the loin cloth for rain traveling;

Tuck[30] up the skirts of the rain-traveling women of Koolau,

Cover with ti-leaves[31] the loin cloth of the men 45.

In going to Kona, at Kawalanakoa drop the ti-leaves,

Open up the bundles of the travelers,

Gird[32] on the skirts of the women

Going from Kona to Ewa.

Of Waikiki in Kona is the man. 50.

Like a man[33] is your love which possesses me.

When you look[34] around it is sitting there.

Kauaula[35] is a rain in the mountain

Inhabiting the uplands of Kanaha,

The fierce wind as the rumbling[36] of thunder in the mountain. 55.

There it is the uplands[37] of Hahakea,

The rain approaches the pili, (grass).

The rain[38] and the wind moves seaward;

Moving to cause damage, the mischievous wind[39]

Tearing up bananas and leaves of trees, 60.

The breadfruit, the coconut, the wauke.

Nothing remains[40] through the destructive march of the wind.[[477]]

[For] without teeth the wind is destroying food[41]

From Puako to Moalii.

A chief is the calm, a lord.[42] 65.

At Lahaina, and at Helelua[43] is another calm.

Glossy[44] is the surface of water at Hauola and on to Wailehua.

Another calm place now is Kekaa,[45]

Makila[46] is without wind, Kuhua[47] is calm.

The banana stalks are [used for] surf-boards at Uo,[48] 70.

Using the split ripe banana leaves[49]

For head covering,[50] for the heads of the people,

For the multitude[51] of people surf-riding at Kelawea.

Lauding[52] the glory of Lahaina.

But Lahaina is faulty, it is full of dust;[53] 75.

There is dust outside as well as inside the house,

Mokuhinia[54] is the resting place of the dust

Satisfied[55] with the other’s lying statements.

Lauding [Lahaina] to cause me to anger,[56]

Hilo rain beats furiously from the heavens, 80.

It is beating angrily at Hilo;[57]

The anae nets are wet with rain; Hilo is encompassed[58] by rain.

The fine mist[59] pervades Kilauea,[[478]]

The raindrops of Hilo make the sand basket like.[60]

Puna’s sand is blackened[61] by the goddess, 85.

Puna is god-possessed[62] save a small portion only,

Reduced[63] is the size of its forest,

Uncertain is the trunk though the leaves are lehua.[64]

Ohia and pandanus were two attractions.

The tree trunks became stone[65] 90.

Because of the lava[66] stream over Puulenalena, in Puna, from the sulphur smoke[67] of the crater.

It is broken up, Puna is fearful because of the goddess,[68]

The very lava fields are gods;[69]

They glitter and glisten, they glisten indeed;

They glisten[70] and change; 95.

The lava has become rock;

The lava flow[71] became a resident of the rocky plain of Malama;

Lava in front and behind, in front and behind, Oh how dreadful![72]

Dreadful is Puna on account of the goddess;

The goddess[73] which consumes the forest. 100.

Unsatisfied with the pandanus of Kaimu

Which set the teeth of the goddess on edge[74]

She ate till plentiful was the lava of Puna;

The rocks on the lava plain of Maukele.[[479]]

Puna becomes a distinct district[75] for the goddess; 105.

[She] is moving on to Kalapana,

To the place where the lehua grows;

Growing because of the everlasting fire of the woman,[76]

In no season is the fire assuaged,

It is the master of that district; 110.

It badly scars[77] the land.

The goddess is heartless[78] to consume Puna;

Consuming the district of the uplands of Kaliu

And from there straight down to Puna’s shore.

The sea is also kapued for Hoalii: 115.

Seaward, mountainward, seaward, mountainward; at the mountain is the fountain of Kilauea[79]

Sometimes over Hilo, over Puna, over Hilo, over Puna spreads the smoke[80] indeed.

The fire burning upland is seen below at Hilo.[81]

As great rains fall at Hilo[82] the clouds appear as a long house.[83]

Excessive[84] is the rain at Hilo-Hanakahi; 120.

The rain at Hanakahi along Hilo’s sea-beach.

Hilo-Paliku[85] sees it is raining,

The rain is breaking the fronds of the tree-fern,[86]

The body of the tree-fern is weighted with water,[[480]]

Also the downy shoots[87] of the tree-fern at Kulaimano; 125.

The tree-fern of Ku weighted down by much water

Which lasts above in the mountain,

[At] the forest growth of Paepaekea.[88]

Rain at Kumoho[89] fills the stream;

The water carries the wood, scattering, 130.

To the sand of Waiolama, where it is gathered until the house is full.

Fish are gathered till the canoe swamps,[90]

Hasten[91] lest the rain and the shivering cold prevents the going up to Kaumana.

Quickly gather the food[92] from the field,

It is useless[93] to stand with eyes turned upward. 135.

Those who come drenched[94] sit by the fire for warmth,

Fleshy people continue their stay.[95]

Slippery is the ground by the winter rains;

The old residents of Hilo are accustomed

To go in and out, in and out. 140.

Many[96] are the streams of Hilo-Paliku;

Going up, coming down, up and down,

Wearying is the climbing;[97]

Wearisome is Hilo of the many hills;[98]

Wearisome is Laupahoehoe and Honolii. 145.

Wailuku[99] is a stream with an open bridge,

Not [only] for Wailuku; at Pueo a path crosses to Piihonua

For Kaa, for Kapailanaomakapila,

From Kaipalaoa [the] tears reach Kilepa,

[Causing] the fluttering of the ti-leaf cloak. 150.[[481]]

It is the rain; thatch the house[100] for the fisherman’s comfort,

Thatch it again with the ie-ie vine.

Ie-ie baskets[101] are the gatherers of the nehu fishers of Waiakea.

In the rain, in the cold, in the cold one is discouraged thereby.

Uncomfortable is Hilo[102] on the capes of the sea. 155.

[[474]]

Kaumualii.

Ka makani ehukai o Waialua,

O ke ’hu o ke kai aia iluna,

Iluna ke kuahiwi o Kuakala

Ke hoomoe ala e ka makani iluna.

Po i ka uahi ka i ka luna o Kamae, 5.

I ka uahi mahiai o Poloiea,

Hohola aku la i ka pali o Luakini e

O ko kini ia i aloha ai, ke aloha la!

Ina no ke aloha o ka pili mau,

Ka ua kanikoo, ua o ke koolau. 10.

Ua kanikoo i ke kai a malie,

Malie iho la ke kai ua laiku;

Ua apulepule ke koa o Heeia.

Me he mahina la i kai Mokuoloe

Ka olohelohe o kekahi pali, 15.[[475]]

Ikea no ia pali a Nuuanu,

Ke anuanu o ke kanaka i ke ’loha

Me he mea la hala ke ’loha iaia,

Kupuni ula ka ea o Ewa i ke ala,

Me he puakai la i ka lau laau. 20.

Ka laau i ka ilima o Ulihale,

Ula no mawaho o ka hale.

Ka ea ula, ke pili ka lau o ka weuweu,

Haki ke kaupaku o ka hale i ka ea,

Ka ea no mai Halawa a Honouliuli, 25.

He uli ke kanaka haalele i ke ’loha,

Me he mea la hala ke ’loha iaia

Moku i ka makani ka pili o Nuuanu,

Ka holo ai ka holo e ka makani.

Apoopoo alanui ole ka holo a Keahole, 30.

I ka pukiki mau ia e ka makani.

Akelekele e hina, e pahee,

Kelekele ana e hina, e hina ke kanaka.

I ka haiki i ka pili o ke ala,

I ka pilikia o ke ala i ka huakai, 35.

Ka huakai o Kona pii i Koolau,

Ka huakai o Koolau iho Kona.

Ke Kona o Nuuanu, ka ua kuahine.

Ula i ka ua ka pali o Malailua,[[476]]

A Malailua i Nahuina ka ua, 40.

Iolo, iolo ku ole ka makani i Kahua.

I Kahuawai, i Kahuawai nunu i ka opeope.

Hume ka malo o ka huakai hele ua,

Palepale ke kapa o ka wahine hele ua o Koolau,

Puolo huna i ka lauki ka malo o ke kanaka. 45.

Hele Kona a Kawalanakoa lu ka lauki,

Wehewehe kai opeope o ka huakai,

Kakua ke kapa o ka wahine pa-u.

Hele Kona o Ewa,

Ke Kona o Waikiki ke kanaka, 50.

Me he kanaka la ko aloha e noho nei,

Kaalo ae no e noho mai ana.

Kauaula ka ua noho i uka

Noho i uka o Kanaha.

Ka makani nu me he hakikili la a noho i ka uka, 55.

Ai la i uka o Hahakea.

Hooneenee ana ka ua i ke pili,

O ka ua o ka makani haele i kai,

Ke kii e kalohe eu ka makani.

Pau ka maia, ka lau o ka laau, 60.

Ka ulu, ka niu, ka wauke,

Aohe koe i ka hoonaikola ia e ka makani,[[477]]

He ai niho ole ana ka makani i ka ai,

Mai Puako a Moalii,

He ’lii ka lai, he haku, 65.

No Lahaina, e no Helelua no kekahi malino,

Malino Hauola ia Wailehua.

O kekahi lulu Kekaa e noho nei,

He pohu ko Makila he lai o Kuhua.

Ua hee pumaia ka nalu o Uo, 70.

Kihehe i ka lau maia pala.

Alalai no ke poo o ke kanaka,

No ke kini heenalu o Kelawea.

Hoonuinui ana i ka nani o Lahaina,

He nui ka puu o Lahaina o ka ea, 75.

Mai waho mai ka ea a loko o ka hale,

He ilina na ka ea o Mokuhinia,

Kuhinia i ka olelo palolo eia la

Hoonuinui i manawa ino au.

Hilo ua moku keke ka ua i ka lani, 80.

Ua moku keke Hilo i ka ua.

Ua ka upena anae, puniia Hilo e ka ua.

Ua uaawa mai la o Kilauea,[[478]]

Ua awe makahinai ka ua o Hilo i ke one.

Ua one elele Puna na ke ’kua, 85.

Ua ’kua Puna ua koena iki wale,

Ua uuku ka kino o ia laau;

Ua haohao ka kino he lehua ka lau,

He ohia, he hala, alua oiwi,

He oiwi pohaku no ka laau, 90.

No ke a kahili o Puulenalena i Puna i ka uahi awa o ka lua,

Ua moku, makau Puna na ke ’kua

Ua ’kua ka papa,

Ua kahuli anapa anapanapa,

Ua anapa kahuli 95.

Ua kino pohaku ke kino o ke a,

He a hokiinaenae noho kupa i ka papa o Malama,

I ke a mamua mahope mamua mahope weliweli ino hoi e!

Weliweli ino Puna i ke ’kua wahine.

Ke ’kua wahine ka ai i ka laau, 100.

Ka ai ana ole i ka hala o Kaimu.

Ka oi o ka niho o ke ’kua wahine,

Ka ai ana, a nui ke a o Puna

I ka pohaku o ka papa o Maukele.[[479]]

He konohiki okoa Puna na ke ’kua, 105.

Ke hooneenee aku la i Kalapana,

I ka wahi a ka lehua e kupu ai.

Kupu i ke ahi a mau a ka wahine,

Aole kau e maalili ’i ke ahi.

O ka haku no ia o ia aina. 110.

E alina loa ai ua aina la.

Aloha ole ke ’kua ai ia Puna,

Ka ai ahupuaa i ka uka o Kaliu,

Ai pololei no a kai o Puna.

Ua kapu kai aku la na Hoalii, 115.

I kai, i uka, i kai, i uka, i uka ke kumuwai o Kilauea.

I Hilo, i Puna, i Hilo, i Puna, i uka ka uahi e.

I uka ka a ana ike kai o Hilo,

A ua nui Hilo halau lani ke ao,

Aiwaiwa ka ua o Hilo-Hanakahi. 120.

Ka ua o Hanakahi a Hilo i ke one.

Ike ae la Hilo-paliku he ua ia,

Ke hahaki ku la i ka lau amau,

Ke kino o ka amau i luli i ka wai,[[480]]

Ke oho o ka amau i Kulaimano. 125.

Ke amau o Ku i luli i ka nui o ka wai,

Ke noho paa mai la i uka.

Ka ulu i Paepaekea,

Ua i Kumoho piha ke kahawai.

Hali aweawe ole ka wai i ka wahie, 130.

A ke one o Waiolama waiho, malama o ka wahie a piha ka hale.

Malama aku o ka i’a a komo ka waa,

I makau i ka ua i ke anu oleole e hiki i Kaumana.

Kii koke no ka ai i ke kalu ulu,

Hoohewahewa o ke ku iluna ka maka. 135.

I kuululu a mehana i ke ahi.

Uhekeheke ke kini noho hou aku.

Hulalilali i ka ua o ka Hooilo,

Ua walea wale no ko Hilo kupa,

I ke komo iloko iwaho, iloko iwaho. 140.

He lau ke kahawai o Hilo-paliku,

I ka pii, i ka iho, i ka pii, i ka iho.

Ikiki i ka pii e—.

Ikiki wale Hilo i ka puu lehulehu,

Puu Laupahoehoe, Honolii, 145.

He kahawai Wailuku he ala hakaia,

Aohe no Wailuku, no Pueo he alanui ku ai no Piihonua.

No Kaa, no Kapailanaomakapila,

No Kaipalaoa waimaka o Kilepa.

O ke Kilepa ka ahu lauki, 150.[[481]]

He ua ia, ako hale no ka lawaia i malu.

Ako hou aku no i ka ieie papa,

Popoo ieie ka lawaia huki nehu o Waiakea.

I ka ua, i ke anu, i ke anu uluhua i ke anu,

Uluhua wale Hilo i na lae i kai. 155.


[1] It was said that the surf spray at Waialua, Oahu, flies as high, at times, as thewestern bluffs of Lanai. [↑]

[2] Name of an ancient temple on the north-west point of Oahu, at the end of the Waianaerange. [↑]

[3] Dies away as wind upon the surface of a sloping plain. [↑]

[4] Darkened by the smoky sea (i.e., the spray, fog), is the top of Kamae, a mountaininland. [↑]

[5] Like the smoke of the farmers in clearing their uplands for planting. [↑]

[6] Spread over, hohola, etc., the cliff of Luakini. [↑]

[7] The multitude love the place; their love is constant, as shown in the next line. [↑]

[8] Ua kanikoo, the sound of heavy rain drops on dry leaves, or dry thatching of the pandanus leaf,is that of the rain accompanying the koolau wind, which calms the troubled waters. [↑]

[9] Ua apulepule, the coral banks of Heeia appear to be cut up, some places are of greatdepth and others shallow. [↑]

[10] Destitute of verdure, the cliff is seen clear on to Nuuanu. [↑]

[11] Ke anuanu, a play upon the word Nuuanu; anuanu, cold; here, any excess, me he, etc., anything profusely spread, thrown about, sois love. [↑]

[12] As the red dust fills the air of Ewa when the wind blows, so the rumors pervade the district. [↑]

[13] And so the sand and dust belts the forest trees, like puakai; puakai, a red malo or pa-u. [↑]

[14] Ilima, a bush or small tree, a species of Sida, in the tract of Ulihale at Ewa (now no more), whose leaves were reddened by the dust. [↑]

[15] The red dust of the whirlwind sticks to the leaves of the grass, weuweu. [↑]

[16] Broken is the ridge-bonnet, kaupaku, of the house by the whirlwind. [↑]

[17] Unfit, dark is the man, uli, black and blue as a bruise, often made by the teeth of a husband on a wife for love’ssake, as they say. [↑]

[18] Haalele, etc., forsakes his beloved object. [↑]

[19] How can such a one engender love, he throws it away. [↑]

[20] Driven or broken, moku, by the wind is the grass at Nuuanu Pali. [↑]

[21] The driving, the hard driving wind. [↑]

[22] Apoopoo, etc., from the deep or hollow place without a road till I reach Keahole. [↑]

[23] Constant, pukiki mau ia, strong wind in the incessant storm. [↑]

[24] Akelekele, to work one’s way in a slippery place, especially if the wind blows. [↑]

[25] At the narrow place, haiki, cling to the narrow path; pili i ke ala, of the precipice. [↑]

[26] The poet deals here with the conditions of Nuuanu pali during the rainy season. Ua kuahine, while a mountain rain is not applicable to all rains on the mountains. [↑]

[27] Brown is the cliff of Malailua by the rain; from there on to Nahuina it extends. Theseare names of places in upper Nuuanu. [↑]

[28] Iolo, iolo, to vibrate, whiffle about as an irregular wind, ku ole, but it does not reach Kahua, the Honolulu plains southeast of Punchbowl. [↑]

[29] At Kahuawai the bundles, opeope, are to be covered up, nunu, and the malo for rain travel put on; i.e., the company that travels in the rain take off theirbest garments. [↑]

[30] Palepale, to fell or work one’s way in thick grass or among a multitude of people;here it means to tuck up a skirt when traveling in the rain, hele ua, Koolau’s peoplego in the rain. [↑]

[31] In journeying at such times a man ties up out of sight, puolo huna, in ti leaves (Cordyline terminalis) his malo, for fear of getting it wet and girds himself with the leaves till reachingKona, where at Kawalanakoa, now Kawananakoa, just above the cemetery in Nuuanu, theywould be thrown away and the proper garments assumed. [↑]

[32] Gird, bind on or adjust, kakua, as a woman her skirt, pa-u. [↑]

[33] Me he kanaka, etc., as man’s love so is thine now. [↑]

[34] To look at, ke alo, to look here and there. [↑]

[35] Kauala, name of a wind and rain in one of the valleys back of Lahaina, hence the name of that ridge, Kanaha, which lies above. [↑]

[36] Nu, to roar as the wind, hakikili, the rumbling of thunder after the first report. [↑]

[37] There in the uplands of Hakakea, name of a place north of Lahainaluna over both brooks and extending to the top ofthe hill. [↑]

[38] The rain moves upon, hooneenee, the grass; the rain of the wind moves seaward. [↑]

[39] The wind comes to do mischief, kalohe, damaging plants, etc. [↑]

[40] Nothing remains, aohe koe; hoonaikola, to triumph over, to rejoice in one’s destruction, aikola meaning nothing is leftthat is not triumphed over by the wind. [↑]

[41] E ai, etc., the wind eats the food without teeth, from Puako to Moalii, the latter a placeat the mouth of the stream northwest of Lahaina. [↑]

[42] The calm is the chief’s, he is lord of Lahaina. [↑]

[43] Helelua is the reef to the northward of the entrance to the Lahaina landing. [↑]

[44] Malino, the glassy surface of the sea in a calm; Hauola, name of small place near the Lahaina landing where the water is calm even in a storm,meaning Hauola is a calm place even to Wailehua, the latter a rock at the south of Lahaina by the last coconut trees. [↑]

[45] Kekaa, a place at Kaanapali, is also calm now. [↑]

[46] Makila, a place near Wailehua. [↑]

[47] Kuhua, name of a place about the middle of Lahaina. [↑]

[48] Uo, the outlet of the stream at the south of the old fort site of that town. [↑]

[49] Kihehe, also kihaehae, to split up a banana leaf while the piece still hangs to the middle, for show orornament. [↑]

[50] Alalai, a defense, a stout partition hat for the head of a man. [↑]

[51] Multitude of surf-riders, residents of a place; Kelawea, name of the land on north side of the stream. [↑]

[52] The many people, hoonuinui, was the glory, ka nani, of Lahaina. [↑]

[53] He nui ka puu, a fault-finding sentence; it is a rough place, a great deal of dust. [↑]

[54] Mokuhinia, name of the lake by the old fish-market place. [↑]

[55] Kuhinia, sweet to him are the words of falsehood, olelo palolo, lies. [↑]

[56] Eia la, the person who just praised Lahaina, exaggerates, so that I am incensed. [↑]

[57] At Hilo the rain beats angrily forth, keke, furious in the heavens. [↑]

[58] The anae fish-nets are rained on; everything about Hilo is affected (puniia) by the rain. [↑]

[59] A fine thick mist pervades Kilauea. [↑]

[60] The rain of Hilo pelts the sand into the semblance of a basket, and net of a calabash,makainai. [↑]

[61] The sand of Puna is blackened by the goddess Pele; black volcanic sand. [↑]

[62] All except a small part of Puna is under the dominion of a god; lava flows, tidalwaves and volcanic convulsions have left their impress. [↑]

[63] The forests are of small stunted growth. [↑]

[64] Ua haohao ke kino, etc., something else is the body, though the leaf indicates the lehua. [↑]

[65] Oiwi pohaku, stone bodies or trunks; in parts of Puna there are tree molds, the trunks and rootsof which have been encased in liquid lava. [↑]

[66] Ke a, the scoria, kahili, swept or thrown out by volcanic action at Puulenalena, name of a place in Puna. [↑]

[67] Uahi awa, the bitter pungent sulphur smoke from the crater, lua. [↑]

[68] Ua moku (v), to break up into small bits, fragments; maka’u Puna, it is a fearful place on account of the gods. [↑]

[69] Ua ’kua ka papa, even the very stones we walk on are gods. [↑]

[70] Ua kahuli, glittering, the action of the sun on a dry surface; anapa, glistening or reflected light; anapanapa, repeatedly. [↑]

[71] Hokiinaenae, the low whizzing-like sound of an asthmatic; kupa, sits a resident on the rock of Malama. [↑]

[72] Oh, how dreadful is the devastating work of the goddess Pele. [↑]

[73] She eats the fruit of the forest, yet is not satisfied, ono ole, by or with the pandanus of Kaimu, a village on the sea coast of Puna where theyabound. [↑]

[74] The hala, pandanus, sets her teeth on edge; partaking likely from the prickly margins of itslong leaves. [↑]

[75] Konohiki okoa, a distinct or strange lord of Puna is the goddess, she moves on, hooneenee aku, to Kalapana where the lehua flourishes. [↑]

[76] The lehua is said to grow by means of Pele’s everlasting fire. [↑]

[77] That land is badly scarred, alina loa; alina, a scar from a wound. [↑]

[78] The goddess has no love who destroys Puna; she eats straightforward, ai pololei, to the sea-shore and restricts the sea from Hoalii, one of her brothers. [↑]

[79] Kilauea, the volcano, is the source, the fountain of this devastation in all directions. [↑]

[80] At times over Hilo, and again over Puna, the smoke prevails. [↑]

[81] The volcano light on the mountain is seen from the beach at Hilo. [↑]

[82] The poet here resumes his narration of Hilo’s rainy conditions. [↑]

[83] In time of great rain the clouds take the form of a long shed like structure, halau. [↑]

[84] Aiwaiwa, great, extensive are the rains of Hilo-Hanakahi, near to the bay, even of Hanakahion Hilo’s sea-beach. [↑]

[85] Hilo-Paliku, the upper or precipitous part of Hilo. [↑]

[86] The storm and the rain break up the leaves of the ama’u (or ama’uma’u) tree-fern (a species of Sadleria) bending its body under the weight of the shower. [↑]

[87] Oho o ka amau, the pulu, or silky fiber of the amau tree-fern; Kulaimano, a place of upper Hilo. [↑]

[88] Paepaekea, a division in the district of Hilo. [↑]

[89] The rains of Kumoho fill the stream and bear the firewood down without being back-borne,aweawe ole, until it reaches the Waiolama sands, where it is gathered into a store house. [↑]

[90] In such a time a man will care for his fish and put them in his canoe. [↑]

[91] I maka’u, etc., for fear of the rain and the stammering cold which is found above at Kaumana,a place above Hilo; Oleole, 1st, the striking of rain drops upon taro leaves; 2nd, the stuttering and stammeringof a person shivering with the cold. [↑]

[92] He goes quickly for food which grows among the breadfruit, kalu, the ground shadedby trees. [↑]

[93] But he is mistaken, hoohewahewa, is in doubt on looking up into the trees, for the great rain drops which fall. [↑]

[94] Kuululu, etc., to droop like a bird that is wet through, that would seek the warmth of afire. [↑]

[95] Uhekeheke (v). to sit with the elbows on the knees and the hands against the cheeks with wetand cold, they stay on and on. [↑]

[96] Many, not a definite number, are the streams of Hilo-Paliku. [↑]

[97] This has reference to the many gulches or ravines to be traveled in that section ofthe district. [↑]

[98] Ikiki, like ino, applies to anything bad; puu is an evil, lehulehu, many or numerous; the red dirt is the puu or evil of Lahaina; Laupahoehoe and Honolii have their puus, evils, their gulches. [↑]

[99] The Wailuku stream is bridged not only for Wailuku folk, but for Pueo and other sections; between Pueoand Piihonua, each side there is a toll bridge. [↑]

[100] Thatch the house of the fisherman that he may be comfortable; thatch it again withthe ieie vine, i.e., the crowning or saddle of the ridge. [↑]

[101] Baskets of the ieie vine (Freycinetia Arnotti) are used by the nehu fisher-folk to collect their catch. [↑]

[102] The poet closes with his harp still tuned on Hilo’s unfavorable features. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Kaumualii.[1]

By Kapaekukui.

The chief[2] arrived from Kahiki,

Burdened with kowali[3] vine,

Well fastened with hau[4] rope

And bound with ahuawa[5] cord of Kona,

The loosely drawn cord 5.

Which pulled the excrement of Lono.

The residents of Luahiwa,

The great number of people of Kauhiahiwa,

The Kona of Kukonanohoino[6]

Whose is the smooth unruffled sea.[7] 10.

Rise up! stand on the bank, seize the rope

Which is well fastened

By the stream, by the men of Limaloa,[8]

They will hold the ends of the rope.

Pull and place it on the cliff of Hakaola; 15.

Pull and place it on the cliff of Halalea;

Pull and place it on Koolau’s seaward ridge;[[482]]

A Koolau resting place of Kauahoa.[9]

Upon reaching there Kalalea[10] came,

Kaipuhaa and Kapahi came, 20.

Uhaoiole, Kauhao, Kawi, Keahua,

And Kamooloa, with the rope held up by the hands.

The hau of Pelehuna is theirs,

Inviting the hills, calling for winds;

Calling to Puna of Kekumakaha 25.

For Puna’s sea-spray in the time of Kawelo,[11]

Ascending from Wailua to Maunakapu,[12]

The land of Kawelomahamahaia,[13]

When the rope was seasoned[14] by heat,

The shore grown[15] hau bark of Alio, 30.

Hanaenaulu had gone on ahead

To the place where Kawelo was born.[16]

Gathering up the bad ashes.

The many small lights are dancing.

Aaanuikaniaweke[17] is dancing. 35.

The dust rose up from the men.

Many were the people at Kilohana.[18]

The mountains were heated by Moe,[19]

From the promulgations of the herald

For the tax-feathers of the chief. 40.

The malo is fastened, the cape is of kapa,

Uncooked was the traveler’s food[20]

Gathered from several gangs of men

For the forest road-ways of Koloa.

Closed up was the Kawaihaka plain; 45.

The water turned up to Wahiawa.[21]

Flowing from above at Manuahi;

Manuahi sent forth indeed a koula wind,

Blasting the taro leaves of Hanapepe,[22][[483]]

The leaves vibrated toward the plain of Puea. 50.

The smoke rises pyramidal in the field,

Twisting around down at Kawiliwili.

Passed is the salt plain,

The salt plain of Mahinauli;

Kahana and Olokele was already passed 55.

Except the upland of Hikilei.

Call for the upland birds,

Descend O Kawaikapili!

Descend O Peapeanui, lightning eater!

Laheamanu was Peapea’s son, 60.

The man who lived up at Kalaualii,

Through whom the field was desolated.

A bird is watching in the uplands.

[The] kolea[23] was the messenger of Koolau,

The ulili was the watcher for Puna, 65.

Looking and watching the mid-lands.

The moho[24] sounds in the grass,

The kuna[25] lives in the water.

Not many men [gathered] when the crier ended

[Summoning] to carry the ropes to Kona. 70.

Children and women questioned

For what was this rope being borne?

A drag-rope for Kahiki, at Aukele,

For the soldier-companion of the chief, of Kahiki.

[[481]]

No Kaumualii.

NA KAPAEKUKUI.

Ku ia mai Kahiki, e ka lani.

Awaia i ke koali,

Nakinaki ’a a paa i ke kaula hau,

Kamakamaia i ke kaula ahuawa o Kona.

Ke kaula e malanaai 5.

E huki ai ka lepo o Lono.

Ka makaainana o Luahiwa,

Ka nonanona kanaka o Kauhiahiwa.

Ke Kona o Kukonanohoino,

Nona ke kai paeaea. 10.

E ku e ke kaha e hopu i ke kaula,

I paa i kawelewele.

Ona kaha o ke kanaka nui o Limaloa,

O ka lihi o ke kaula ka lakou,

Hukia kau e ka pali Hakaola. 15.

A lawe kau e ka pali Halelea,

Hukia kau e Koolau kai kua.[[482]]

E koolau, kapu hia o Kauahoa,

A ka kihi o Kalalea hele mai,

Hele mai Kaipuhaa a me Kapahi, 20.

O Uhaoiole, o Kauhao, o Kawi, o Keahua.

O Kamooloa, o ke kaula kai ka limalima.

O ka hau o Pelehuna ka lakou,

Kono aku na puu, kahea makani,

Kuhea ia Puna o Kekumakaha, 25.

O kai-ki puna ma ke kau o Kawelo,

E pii ana Wailua i o Maunakapu.

Ka aina o Kawelomahamahaia,

A moa aku kaula i ka ai,

Ka ilihau pa kai o Alio. 30.

Ua hala mua Hanaenaulu,

Ka aina o Kawelo i hanau ai.

Pukua a pau ka alehu maka ino,

Kahulaia lamalama uku.

Hulaia o Aaanuikaniaweke. 35.

Ku ka ea o na kanaka,

Kauluawela uka o Kilohana.

Wela na mauna i o Moe,

I ke ahi a kuahaua.

A ka hulu kupu a ka lani 40.

Ua puali ka malo, he kihei ke kapa,

He ai maka ke o,

Mikia mai na aloaloa kanaka.

Kanahele kanaka o Koloa,

Papani ku i na kula o Kawaihaka, 45.

Hoi ka wai i uka o Wahiawa.

He hua mai uka o Manuahi,

No Manuahi ka iho ka he Koula.

Nou iho ina kalo o Hanapepe,[[483]]

Kapalili ka lau i ke kula o Puea. 50.

Puoa ka uahi i ke kula.

Wili-o-kai ma kai o Kawiliwili.

E kala i hala ai ke kaha,

Ke kaha paakai o Mahinauli.

Ua hala mua Kahana a me Olokele, 55.

O ka uka o Hikilei koe.

He ia ’ku ka uka manu,

E iho e Kawaikapili,

E iho e Peapeanui ai uila,

O kaiki Peapea o Laheamanu, 60.

O ke kanaka o uka o Kalaualii,

Iaia mehameha ke kula.

He manu kiai o uka.

Kolea ae la ka lele o Koolau.

He ulili ae la ke kiai o Puna, 65.

He nana kiai o waena,

He moho ka mea kani i loko o ka weuweu,

He kuna ka mea noho o ka wai,

Aole lau kanaka i ka pau i ke kuahaua,

I ka hali i ke kaula i Kona, 70.

Ninau kamalii me na wahine

He kaula aha keia e hali ia nei?

He kaula pu no Kahiki ma Aukele,

No ka hoa kaua o ka lani, o Kahiki.

[[484]]


[1] King of Kauai, who ceded his island to Kamehameha. [↑]

[2] This is figurative, for Kaumualii as coming from foreign lands, possibly from ancientancestry. [↑]

[3] The convolvulus vine of the sea-beach. [↑]

[4] Bark of the hau (Hibiscus tiliaceus) served as cordage for heavy work. [↑]

[5] The cord to tie the bundles of awa root could not have been of large size, nor need be of durable quality, and was thereforeloosely drawn. [↑]

[6] This apparently is some personage, not identified. The name implies Arise, or Stand-kona-dwelling-in-evil. [↑]

[7] The sea of Kona’s coast is proverbially calm, the alternating light sea-breeze ofthe day which sets in about 9 a.m., gives place after sunset to the light mountainairs of the night. [↑]

[8] Limaloa, the god of Mana, formerly a man. [↑]

[9] Kauahoa was reputed to be a man of giant size, the largest on Kauai, one of Aikanaka’swarriors killed in conflict by Kawelo. See Memoirs Vol. V, pp. 56–58. [↑]

[10] Name of a famous war club of Kauai tradition, requiring 120 men to carry it. [↑]

[11] A celebrated warrior of Kauai tradition. See Memoirs Vol. V, p. 2. [↑]

[12] A stretch of Kauai lands. [↑]

[13] Name of Kawelo’s elder brother. [↑]

[14] The treatment of bark, as also of hala leaves, by heat, was to render it soft andpliable. [↑]

[15] Because of the salt air and sea spray the shore-grown hau is said to have tougherqualities than that of upland growth. [↑]

[16] Kawelo’s birthplace was Hanamaulu, Kauai. [↑]

[17] A personification of bright and forked lightning accompanied with sound. [↑]

[18] A mountain of Kauai. [↑]

[19] Moe was likely the herald whose promulgations for the gathering of bird-feathers taxheated the mountain paths in his travels, i.e., he was loud and insistent in his calls.There were set seasons for this regal requirement. [↑]

[20] The uncooked food of mountain travelers or laborers was bananas and sugar-cane. [↑]

[21] Wahiawa, an extensive land on Kauai adjoining Koloa, to the west. [↑]

[22] Hanapepe, a well-watered valley of Kauai, hence an extensive taro section of old time. [↑]

[23] Kolea (Golden plover), messenger of the Koolau district, and Ulili (Wandering tattler),watcher for the Puna district, were the same two messengers of Kapeepeekauila of theKana-Niheu tradition. See Memoirs Vol. IV, p. 444. [↑]

[24] Moho, the now rare Oo of the Hawaiian Islands, much prized for its tufts of rich yellowfeathers for royal cloaks, helmets, wreaths, etc. [↑]

[25] Kuna, an eel which lives in fresh water. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Name for W. P. Leleiohoku. This is a name for Hoku. Said the visitor, The young stalwart of Peking. He is the foremost one Of the knowledge class; 5. He sought wisdom. Are you emerging here To preserve my rare one? And Hoku is his name. This is a song for Hoku, 10. Kaililauokekoa it was asked: Where are you going? Enamored of the bird-catcher The bird spoke up, saying: He has gone with Makaweli. 15. This is a name for Hoku, Laieikawai it was that said: A feather cape is mine, She had been quiet Up above at Paliuli. 20. This is a song for Hoku. Hopoe it was that spoke, The woman twisting wonderfully; Here comes Pele also, The wizard of Kilauea 25. Who will sweep off the trembling earth. This is a song for Hoku, And it was Laka who asked For a wreath garland, Stringing sufficient for the head, 30. Decorating your neck, The woman who watched flowers Up above the hill. He Inoa no W. P. Leleiohoku. He inoa no keia la no Hoku, E makaikai olelo mai, Ka ui o Pekina. Ka helu ekahi ia O ka papa naauao; 5. Nana e noiau aku. Puku mai ai oe ianei E ola no kuu iwa? A o Hoku no he inoa. He inoa no keia la no Hoku. 10. O Kaililauokekoa ka i olelo mai, E naue ana mahea? A ka puni o ke kia manu Na ka manu i olelo mai: Ua lilo me Makaweli. 15. He inoa keia la no Hoku. Laieikawai ka i olelo mai I kapa hulumanu ko’u. Nana e hoolai aku Ka uka o Paliuli. 20. He inoa keia la no Hoku, Hopoe ka i olelo mai Ka wahine ami kupanaha Eia mai no Pele, Ke kupua o Kilauea, 25. Nana e pulumi aku naueue ka honua. He inoa no keia la no Hoku, A o Laka ka i olelo mai I papahi lei ko’u Kui a lawa ke poo, 30. Ohuohu ko ai, Ka wahine kiai pua O uka o ke kualono. [[485]]

[[Contents]]

Song to Kauikeaouli.

Kupahipahoa[1] is the chief, the king,

The king of heavenly brightness,

That heavenly flame shines increasingly;

A chief of the projecting stone-cliff.

Lonokaeho had several stone foreheads,[2] 5.

Lono’s[3] forehead was anointed with coconut juice,[4]

[He was] recognized by the black pig[5] of Kane;

The sacred black pig and awa[6] of Lono.

O Lono!

Here is your chief eye, your leaf, your bud, 10.

Your light, your child, your sacred chief,

O Kahaipiilani!

Yours on the back[7] others will care for.

Take care of the leaf, the flower (child) of Keaka;

The restless child of Kaikilani’s[8] weakness, 15.

Whose restless child he was.

Kanaloa’s[9] was the dark colored dog,

His eyes were blackened that

It penetrated the eye-ball;

The forehead was marked with variegated stripes,[10] 20.

Indicating high kapu;

The kikakapu was substituted for kapuhili,[11]

The time that chief ended.

Mele no Kauikeaouli.

O ke Kupahipahoa ka lani, ke ’lii.

O ke ’lii aoa lani, ao aa,

He a ia mau lani kumakomako,

He lani no ka huku maka palipohaku.

He mau lani pohaku na Lonokaeho, 5.

No Lono ka lae i ponia i ka wai niu,

I haua i ka puaa hiwa a Kane,

I ka puaa hiwa, puawa hiwa a Lono.

E Lono e!

Eia ko maka lani, ko lau, ko muo, 10.

Ko ao, ko liko, ko ’lii kapu.

E Kahaipiilani.

Ko ma ke kua, na hai e malama,

Malama ia ka lau, ka pua o Keaka.

Ka pua ololo, hemahema o Kaikilani, 15.

Nona ia lau ololo.

No Kanaloa no ka ilio hulu pano

I poni ka maka i noho ka eleele

I loko o ka onohi.

Ke kakau kiokii onio i ka lae 20.

He kioki kapu,

O ke kikakapu o ku ia kapuhili

Au wahiawahi ia lani.

[[486]]


[1] Kupahipahoa, implying efficiency, may be taken as a complimentary epithet to the subject of thiseulogy. [↑]

[2] This celebrity was credited with seven foreheads which he used as weapons, for attackor defense, till overcome by Kaulu and slain, at Olomana, Koolau. See Memoirs Vol.IV, pp. 530–532. [↑]

[3] Name shortened from Lonokaeho. [↑]

[4] Anointed with the milk of coconut, by way of consecration. [↑]

[5] Recognition by the black pig, as shown in Memoirs Vol. IV, on page 188, in the recognitionof Umi, by the chief-searching pig of the priest Kaoleioku.

Lines 6 to 11 inclusive, are almost identical with lines of chant in honor of Piikea,Vol. IV of Memoirs, page 238, while those following, up to line 20, have their duplicateon page 240. [↑]

[6] Sacrificial offerings, the unblemished black pig and sacred root of awa of Lono. [↑]

[7] Ko (keiki, child implied) ma ke kua, yours at (or on) the back, refers to the method of carrying a foster or adoptedchild in contra distinction of one’s own child, which would be ma ke alo, in front, usually referred to as hiialo. [↑]

[8] Kaikilani, wife of Lono and paramour of Kanaloakuaana. [↑]

[9] An epithet of Kanaloakuaana. When this celebrity was vanquished by Kamalalawalu atthe battle of Kaunooa his eyes were gouged out, the sockets pierced by darts, afterwhich he was killed. See Memoirs Vol. IV, p. 342. [↑]

[10] Tatued marks on the forehead, or temples, indicated grief for a beloved ahi. Memoirs Vol. IV, p. 132. [↑]

[11] Kikakapu and kapuhili are names of two kinds of fish held to be sacred, more especially the former, henceits substitution. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Keelikolani. By Pipi. The standing coral of the shallow sea, the chief, Overturning waves of the dark deep sea, Diving its crest there as a porpoise According to their kapu. Diminishing numerous noises of the chief. 5. Kahiki scattering timber. Exceedingly long is the chief Kaumakamano, a shark, a shark for chiefs. In one season the kapu passed; May be Kekelaokalani was kapu also. 10. The poison plant it was, yellowing the sea. Stupifying the fish, deadened by the intoxicating plant; Fluttering on the surface of the sea, A moving sea; a cross, chasing sea. Kahiwalele kapued the chief Keelikolani; 15. Kauiki stands bare in the wind, Trembling by the sea of Kaihalulu, Greatly increased by the wind, Waiting for the paiolopawa rain On the stricken back of the Koholalele. 20. The dark shadow of Nalualele leaps seaward, Reducing gradually the lauawa [wind]. Hana was water-whitened as the fern changed The malos of Kama in Kualihau. Perhaps so, without falsehood, be patient till more follows. 25. Excepting Auhi, Kahikinui escaped, Taken by the force of the naulu [wind]; Grown are the flowers scattered by the wind; Destroyed are the shoots of the aalii, Scorched by the sun. 30. Lualailua of the plain, Waiahualele fluttering, the fire of kula attracts the eye. Suddenly brightened up above Koanaulu! Yes, perhaps, without falsehood to be set aside. [[487]] Except Wailuku in the shade of Kuawa 35. In the contentions of Kaiaiki with Kaahaaha, Niua was cold; the grass waved towards the sea. Calm was the channel within Hupukoa, Withheld was the spray of the sea; A sea-spray for Papale 40. Stirred up by the salt sea seeking [the] roots of green verdure, Perhaps so, without falsehood to be set aside. [[486]] Keelikolani. NA PIPI. Kapukoaku, kai kohola ka lani, Kai luu o ke kai uli hohonu, E kihe ai ka ihu, me he naia la, E no ai i ke kapu o lakou, Kanahae makawalu nono o ke ’lii 5. Kahiki wahie aloaloa, Loaloanui ia ka lani Kaumakamano, he mano, he naha na ’lii. Hookahi lau konahala ke kapu; Kapu hoi paha Kekelaokalani; 10. Ka auhuhu hoi ia e lena ai ke kai, E onioni ai ka ia, make i ka hola; E kapalili ai i ka ili o ke kai, He kai hoonee; he kai oki apu, Kahiwalele kapu kalani, o Keelikolani la. 15. Ku Kauiki pa kohana i ka makani, Hoohalulu i ke kai o Kaihalulu Ke oi a lau i ka makani, E kali ana i ka ua Paiolopawa, I ka hili kua ia e ke Koholalele, 20. Lele ka hauli o Nalualele i kai Ke komi komi’a iho la e ka lau awa, Wai kea hana ua huli ka amau, O na malo o Kama i Kualihau e! Ae paha aohe wahahee, aho o koe aku e! 25. Koe Auhi, pakele aku o Kahikinui, Lilo aku la i na lima o ka naulu, Ulu ae la Kalupua e ka makani, Lomi’a iho la na maka o ke aalii, Enaena wela i ka la, 30. O Lualailua i ke kula la, Welo Waiahualele, lele ke ahi o kula maalo i ka maka; Weli oaka, a i uka o Koanaulu e! Ae paha, aohe wahahee e hookoe aku e! [[487]] Koe Wailuku i ka malu Kuawa, 35. Ke hoopaio la me Kaiaiki, me ke Kaahaaha. Anu o Niua, hamo ke kilioopu ka o kai, Pohu ke kaha maloko o Hupukoa, Hoopaaia i ka uwahi a ke kai, He uwahi kai no Papale. 40. Kailiu ke hoale la, i ike kumu o ka maomao e! Ae paha, aohe wahahee e hookoe aku e!

[[Contents]]

Keelikolani By Naheana. Kamakaku stands surrounded with kapus, Kahanaipea kapued Kauhiakama, He was the kite flown in the top branches, the top branches, [The] kapu spy of the chief. Chiefs who had not been divided. 5. They are related to other chiefs, They are joined, without place of separation, There is no place for division among the chiefs: They are established, steadfast. It was thick, very thick, 10. It was compassed with kapus, a rank, A grade related to the Awaawapuhi, Bitter, sour, without sweetness; The matured salt sea, leaving a bad taste [in] the mouth. Kalanikauleleiaiwi, cross of the greatness of Kekela, 15. That was the leaf which protruded. The sacred under-wing twin feathers; The clear desire, the time [of] the chief, The bird that flies, The sacred Kaulu, 20. [[488]] The large hillock of Iwikauikaua. The coral in midst of the depth; The eyes were frightened to behold; Becoming dizzy, dimsighted was the vision, The chief’s kapa shelf, of his food place. 25. The order of the chiefs conformed with the rank of high chiefs, Standing thickly together, as shell-fish, in a sacred place. It was prostration kapu. They were not unkind, they were fearless chiefs; Not cowardly, not decorated, 30. Not crooked, they were unfaltering. During the day, Keakamahana, vigilant and fresh, Vigorous and increasing, Resembled the Iliee. The chief Kupuapaikalaninui 35. [Was] the ancestor. Keolewa stood, kiliopu was the wind Rippling the flowing water Reduced and cut off [by] Kamaluakele, The pleasant path with three hills. 40. Koolau was robbed and turned to the cliffs, Transforming upon Kamahualele. Quickly arises malamalamaiki, a wind. Kalawakua stands here; At Kalalau the mended bones were again broken. 45. May be so, without falsehood to be set aside. Except Puna, broken by the wind, Filled, satisfied by the comfort of Makaiki Up above Koholalele, there was slaughtering In all the lands at Mailehuna. 50. Twisted about [is] the kalukalu (grass) of Kapaa, Spreading over the breadth of Kaipuhaa, The depth, the width of Kewa. Broken up by the kiuwailehua wind, Cleared at the Koolau plain of the thatch, 55. Perhaps so, without deceit of future revealing. Fading, shadowy is Kaluwai Pressed by the fountain of the chief Kuua, Touched and held with love water, [[489]] Simply resting at Koamano. 60. There was no flowing at Kalauae, It was the breath arising at Kolokini, Falling over at the cliff of Makana Are the rivulets of Kapona, The collar bone of Makuaiki. 65. Perhaps so, without falsehood to be set aside. [[487]] Keelikolani NA NAHEANA. O Kamakaku, ku makawalu, o ke kapu, O Kahanai pea kapu Kauhiakama, O ka pea ia i oni a ka wekiu, a ka wekiu, Kiu kapu o ka lani, Mau lani loaa ole i ka waeia, 5. Ua wiliwili ana na ’lii Ua hookui, aole he wahi hemo, Aole he wahi owa o na lani, Paa no, he paa; He manoanoa, he makolukolu, 10. He peekue i ke kapu, he papa, He papa, he papa Awaawapuhi, He awahia, he mulea, he manalo ole, Ke Kailiu oo, e mue ai ka waha, O Kalanikauleleiaiwi, kea o ka manomano o Kekela, 15. Ka lau kela i puka mawaho, O ka Ee hulu aa, i ke kapu, Ka moha kaupu, ka au ka lani, Ka manu nana e lele, Ke Kaulu kapu, 20. [[488]] Ke ahua nui o Iwikauikaua, Ke pukoa i waena o ka hohonu, E makau ai ka maka ke nana aku, E poniu ai, o hewahewa ka ike, Ke olowalu alii, o ka lani hoohialaai 25. Ke ku a na ’lii, kulike ka noho a na ’lii nui Kuku me he nahawele la i kahi kapu, Kapu no he moe. Aohe akahakai o laua, he mau alii wiwo ole Aohe wiwo, aohe lulo, 30. Aohe napa, he ma ole I ka la, Keakamahana, he kuoo, he nono, He nono, he aai, He kohu me he Iliee la, Ka lani Kupuapaikalaninui,— 35. Kupuna la. Ku Keolewa kiliopu i ka makani, Hoohualei ana i ka wai olohia, Unihi mai la, oki Kamaluakele, Ke ala oli me ka puukolu, 40. Hao ke Koolau, huli, a no i na pali, Hoohaili ana maluna o Kamahualele, Hikilele malamalama iki, he makani, Ke nu nei Kalawakua, I Kalalau, hai iho la ka iwi o ka iwikui e! 45. Ae paha, aohe wahahee a hookoe aku e! Koe aku la Puna hakina i ka makani; Piha maona i ka hoolu a Makaiki, Luku’a iho la ka uka o Koholalele I ka akula apau ma Mailehuna, 50. Wili’a ’kula ke kalukalu o Kapaa, Waiho’a aku ke akea o Kaipuhaa, Ka hohonu, ka laula o Kewa, Wahi mai ka makani kiuwailehua, Molale i ke Koolau ke kula, o ke ako e! 55. Ae paha, aohe wahahee e hookoe aku e! Akeakea, alaalai ana Kaluwai Kaomi i ka mano o ka lani Kuua, Ua hoopa, apaa me wai aloha, [[489]] Ili wale iho la no i Koamano, 60. Aohe nae puai o Kalauae, O ka hanu ia e mapu la i Kolokini, Hiolo iho la ma ka pali o Makana, Kau na penikala wai o Kapona, Kaia iwilei o Makuaiki e! 65. Ae paha, aohe wahahee e hookoe aku e!

[[Contents]]

Legend of Kana and Moi.

Moi was the priest of Kapeepee,

Here is the fault of this chief,

He took the wife of Hoakalanileo,

The father of Kana.

Then Moi slept in spirit; 5.

He saw Niheu coming towards him

With a wooden pike,

And brandishing his mantle, but did not turn away.

Kana thereupon called to him from heaven,

Bidding him turn thither. 10.

Thereafter that man thrust his hands

And turned his mantle the other side out,

Wherefore Moi dreaded this man

Lest he should push the mountain down.

Then Moi awoke with a shiver 15.

And said unto the chief, chanting forth:

Heedest thou the prediction?[[490]]

Who is the chief deaf at the hidden language,

In the dream of me, the priest, in the day time?

The land flees, the frames are thrown into confusion. 20.

Yield my younger brother, for the drums stand in line,

The fences are being overleaped, the unus are being given to destruction;

The moi is being lifted to the altar whereon is the banana of Palila.

The sun has risen above the mountain;

It rose, with eyes like the moon in brightness. 25.

In his view he fled,

As if the eyes belonged to the aloa.

The earth was lightened [by his eyes],

The fowls quarreled in the night.

The great moving body that conquered through reinforcement. 30.

It’s being so the land was heated.

The coconut grove is by the sea;

The kalo patch is in the upland;

The fish-pond of Molokai is in front.

The coconut of Mauluku, of Mauluko. 35.

Of Kaluaaha, of Kaluakanaka, of Kaluakahiko,

Of Mapulehu, of Mapuna, of Pukoo, of Pukooiki, of Pukoonui,

The four Pukoos are all enumerated.

Rushed, rushed is the current by Hoakalanileo.

Nihoa is a land whereto the soldier returned, 40.[[491]]

Kapeepee, the warrior of Haupu.

Ye above, fight not longer,

Lest ye be dead and defeated,

The heavenly multitude are all conquered;

They have all been struck down. 45.

They all rose up;

They are all knocked down;

They are all killed.

The mist cloud has appeared,

Should a cloud be seen, ’tis on Molowekea. 50.

If the girdle was seen ’twas at Haupu,

The bosom was at Kalawao,

The back was at Helaniku.

Kana traversed the golden sand of Kane:

Hooila is this season. 55.

Mokapu arose and his train saw him to be a man.

The end of it.

The kingdom became Nua’s

According to the dream of the priest.

’Tis the first instance where cowardice was felt; 60.

Haupu is trembling as if with cold.

[[489]]

Kaao no Kana[1]ame Moi.

O Moi,[2] oia ke kahuna a Kapeepee,[3]

Eia ka hewa o keia ’lii,

O ka lawe ana i ka wahine a Hoakalanileo,[4]

A ka makuakane o Kana.

Alaila moe iho la o Moi i ka uhane,[5] 5.

A ike aku la ia Niheu[6] e hele mai ana.

Me ka laau palau.

A kuehu[7] mai la i ka ahu, aole i huli.

Alaila kahea mai la o Kana i ka lani,[8]

Oia[9] hoi e hulia ’ku hoi e, 10.

Alaila o mai la ka lima o ua kanaka la,

A huli aku[10] la i ka ahu,

Alaila weliweli[11] iho la o Moi i keia kanaka,

I ka hilia[12] mai o ka mauna e keia kanaka

Alaila ala[13] ae la o Moi me ka haalulu 15.

Alaila olelo aku la i ke ’lii, paha[14] aku la.

Moe ana i ola honua ka walana,[15][[490]]

Owai ke ’lii kuli i ka olelo huna?[16]

I ka moe a’u a ke kahuna ma ke ao

Hee ka aina koeleele[17] ka haka ipu.[18] 20.

E laa[19] la e kuu pokii ke kulaina nei na pahu,[20]

Ke aea nei na pa ke puhia nei na unu,[21]

Ke kaina[22] la ka moi[23] ka haka lele maia a Palila,[24]

Ua hiki ka la i ka mauna,

Hiki a mahina na maka. 25.

I na maka no la, hee;[25]

Me he maka no ka aloa ’la,

Ua malama ka honua,

Ua hakau[26] ka moa i ka po.

Ka ohua Kaialana[27] o ka lanakila e pa nei, 30.

Waiakua[28] a wela ka aina.

Ka uluniu aia i kai[29]

Ka loi kalo aia i uka,

Ka loko i’a o Molokai ma ke alo,

Ka niu o Mauluku, o Mauluko, 35.

O Kaluaaha, o Kaluakanaka, o Kaluakahiko,

O Mapulehu, o Mapuna, o Pukoo, o Pukooiki, o Pukoonui,

Pau na Pukoo eha.

O kupeke[30] kapekepeke ke au ia Hoakalanileo.

He aina ka e hoi koa i Nihoa[31] 40.[[491]]

O Kapeepee[32] koa o Haupu,

Mai hookoa[33] mai e luna.

A make a hee auanei,

Pau ae la kini[34] o luna.

Ua hilia[35] ka oneanea. 45.

Kulia[36] ka oneanea.

I moe lia ka oneanea

Ka pau o ka oneanea.[37]

Ua ku wale hau oneanea.

Ina ike kehau aia i Molowekea. 50.

Ina i kau[38] ke kakaai kai Haupu,

Ka umauma[39] ka i Kalawao.

O ke kua ka i Helaniku,

Keehi kapuai o Kana[40] i ke one lauena a Kane,

O Hooilo keia malama 55.

Ua kuu hoi Mokapu; he huakai ike

aku la he kanaka.

Pau aku la[41]

Huli ke au[42] ia Nua,

I ke ano moe a ke kahuna,

Akahi kaua i hopo’i i ka manawa[43] 60.

Ke lia nei Haupu me he anu la,

[[492]]


[1] Kana, a very tall man, a fighter, a man of self elongating power. [↑]

[2] Moi, a famous priest of Molokai, living at Koolau. [↑]

[3] Kapeepee—given also as Kapepee—a warrior chief to whom Moi was chief priest. [↑]

[4] Hoakalanileo, father of Kana and Niheu. [↑]

[5] Slept in spirit, i.e., dreamed a dream. [↑]

[6] Niheu, a brother of Kana; his war club was fathoms long, flat at the point. [↑]

[7] Kuehu, to rustle or shake his mantle; not turning it. [↑]

[8] I ka lani; Kana was so high that he was supposed to be in heaven. [↑]

[9] Oia, like kena; command or direct. [↑]

[10] Huli aku la; turned his robe the other side out (in a dream all this time). [↑]

[11] Weliweli, to be possessed with fear: Moi dreaded the man of his vision. [↑]

[12] Hilia mai; to throw or push down as a post standing upright, so Niheu pushed off Moi on theplain called Koolau, and left the mountain. [↑]

[13] Alaila ala; then, or at which, he awoke, his dream was done. [↑]

[14] Addresses the chief in a chant (paha). [↑]

[15] Walana, like wanana; prophecy or prophetic warning. [↑]

[16] Olelo huna, words of hidden meaning, sometimes called olelo nana, allegorical; what chief would be deaf thereto. [↑]

[17] Koeleele, to be, or be thrown confused; put in disorder. [↑]

[18] Haka ipu, the frame where calabashes were suspended as offerings to the gods. [↑]

[19] Elaa, to assent to what one has denied or despised before; kuu pokii, an endearing term, i.e., to Kapeepee. [↑]

[20] Na pahu, the drums of the temple, sacred. [↑]

[21] Naunu, the heiau (temple) was called unu, here it applies to anything outside of the heiau. [↑]

[22] Kaina, like kaikai, to lift up. [↑]

[23] Ka moi, the chief idol in the row of images before the altar. [↑]

[24] Palila, a famous fleet-footed banana eater. [↑]

[25] I na maka hee; the commander of Kapeepee fled because he was looked at with such eyes. [↑]

[26] Ua hakau, like hakaka, to fight; the fowls fought in the night made light by Kana’s eyes. [↑]

[27] Kaialana, a large moving body, they conquered (lanakila) because they were pa (assisted) on one side. [↑]

[28] Waiakua, the fact of being so great a multitude, they heated the earth. [↑]

[29] Ka ulu niu, etc., the coconut grove moved seaward on account of the eyes of Kana, and the tarobeds fled inland. [↑]

[30] Kupeke, thrown together in confusion. [↑]

[31] Nihoa was a land on Molokai to which the soldiers returned. [↑]

[32] Kapeepee called them to lift Haupu and it became the highest point on Molokai. [↑]

[33] Mai hookoa, etc., cease fighting above. [↑]

[34] Kini o luna, the multitude above were killed. [↑]

[35] Hilia, hili to twist; hilia to strike, to knock down all (oneanea). [↑]

[36] Kulia, to rise up, as one lying down they all rose up; moe lia, to lie down, the lia is poetic, euphonic; they were all knocked down; all rose up and all lay down. [↑]

[37] Ka pau o ka oneaonea, a poetic phrase; they were all killed, none left. [↑]

[38] Ina i kau, etc., this line is unintelligible. [↑]

[39] Ka umauma, the bosom (i.e., of Kana) was at or on Kalawao. [↑]

[40] Kana kicked with his foot the sand land of Kane (one lauena a Kane). The ancients thought that in the foreign country of Kane the very sand on the beachwas food. [↑]

[41] Pau aku la, the end of the dream. [↑]

[42] Au, time of one’s life, synonymous with kingdom. In the reigning time of Nua the kingdom became his. [↑]

[43] Ka manawa, the seat of fear; hopo, to decline fighting through fear; the heart once only felt cowardly. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Prayer of Malaehaakoa

In the Legend of Hiiakaikapoliopele.

Of Pele, her warfare in Kahiki,

That was fought with Punaaikoae,

Pele fled hither to Hawaii,

Fled as her eyeball—

As the lightning’s flash, 5.

Lighting as does the moon,

[Let] awe possess me.

For Pele the ocean sleeps,

For the god a sea hastens toward the islands,

It breaks afar at Hanakahi 10.

Upon the sands of Waiolama,

And guards the house of your god.

The axe is being borne to fell the tree above,

Heavily breaks the surf from Kahiki,

Cresting onward in front of Kilauea, 15.

The sea turned at the front of Papalauahi.

Man called that day

To Puaakanu’s lehua-stringing women

Above at Olaa, my lehua-land,

In the front of Heeia, Kukuena women 20.

The companions entered the entanglement

In the thickets of Puna, irregularly, and dwelt.

Here we are thy many adherents.

[Let] awe possess me.

A spraying sea has Kohalaloa, 25.[[493]]

Sea roughed by the cliff above.

A sea cliff-watcher is Kakupehau.

Sea invading your pandanus groves.

It crests onward toward Maui,

The sea of the chiefess 30.

Of the lehua-stringing party of Pele,

Of my god indeed.

[Let] awe possess me.

Answer, O mountain, in the cliff mist;

Turn the voice of the moaning ohia, 35.

I see in the fire-consuming rocks

The aged dame sleeping quietly

On hot lava bed, liquid stone,

Till, canoe-shaped, the covering there hid first,

Depressed in center, else flat in the rear, 40.

Spouting was its source, Kamakahakaikea,

Mischievous Niheu, [the] cutting man.

[Let] awe possess me.

On famed Molokai of Hina,

Is Kaunuohua, a cliff, 45.

When Hapuu was lighted—

Hapuu the small god—

Pele came forth, the great god,

With Haumea and Hiiaka,

With Kukuena and Okaoka. 50.

When the small fire lights, it burns

[As] an eye-ball of Pele.

The flash-light of the heavens is it.

[Let] awe possess me.

At Kaulahea, Lanai, 55.

At Mauna-lei, twine the wreath,

Pele is wreathed with the ieie,

Hiiaka shines [her] head,

Haumea anoints [her] body.

Pele enjoys her fish, 60.

The small turtle of Polihua,

Small turtle, short necked,[[494]]

[Of] crab-like back, of the sea.

The large pattern-backed tortoise

Resembling the food for Pele 65.

If glistening and reflecting in the sun.

[Let] awe possess me.

At Keolewa over Kauai,

At the flowers floating below Wailua,

Pele looks from there: 70.

Oahu is seen set aside,

Longing for the water mirage of the land.

Mokihana [fragrance] arose,

The enjoyment of Hiiaka.

Pele disputed there, 75.

There was no guardian to protect.

Pele stamped with her feet the long waves;

An eye-ball for Pele [was] the flash-light of the heavens.

[Let] awe possess me.

Pele came forth from the east, 80.

The canoe landed at Mookini

[The] battle ceased at Kumalae.

Pele people set up an image,

The image of Pele folk remained for the offspring of Koi.

Pele folk offered sacrifices there; 85.

Pele led them in procession.

At the cape of Leleiwi

[They] inhaled the fragrance of the pandanus;

Of the lehua of Mokaulele,

That was what Pele was wreathing. 90.

Puuloa was a village;

Papalauahi a sleeping house,

A shed for Kilauea.

Pele came forth from Kahiki

[With] the thunder, the earthquake, the bitter rain; 95.[[495]]

The pelting rain of Haihailaumeaiku,

Of the women in the wilds of Maukele.

Pele came at twilight,

Tossing and turning the long-backed waves.

The ocean was in agitation at the jealousy of Pele; 100.

The great shock is the shock above the heavens,

Tearing the foundation, the surface stratas,

The strata on which Kane surfed at Maui.

Kahiliopua was the god of the day

At Waiakahalaloa, to expand. 105.

It was Waa, whose was the fishing fleet

Remaining at Kohala’s shore.

The ghost-god of Puuloa

Entreated the traveler,

The wreath-stringing god of Kuaokala. 110.

Makanoni was wreath making,

The day Pualaa arose and was observed,

The day after Kahuoi stood cold above.

A red-fisted robber was exercising

Eastward of the sun of Kumukahi 115.

Whose first rays reveal the light.

[The] fine garments of Kohala are spread out

To the sun, warmed not in the night,

When the sun hides the day, placed above

Is the moon. 120.

[Let] awe possess me.

Auaahea meets death; on baking

The hog, unshorn of its bristles,

The acceptable offering to the god,

The sacred observance of the companions, 125.

Thunder shook the heavens, the bitter rain

Of Kaulahea of the revealed altar of light.

Kaomealani rained. So! that’s the fault,

The god was jealous. Pele for the first time was duped;[[496]]

Pele for the first time drew near; 130.

Pele for the first time was without pau to clothe your companion,

To shake the stones and overflow the mountain with lava.

Where lava flowed, there dwelt

Kalaukaula, at the household of the deities,

Kaneulaapele and Kuihimalanaiakea, 135.

Royal companions of Pele, resident tree eaters,

The women of wonderful prayer of eight-fold power.

[Let] awe possess me.

Stamp, stamp out the people’s fire

Below Kilauea, and as its reward 140.

Arise the shoutings, the confused noise of the gods

On the cliff of Mauli,

The source of tears of this place

Of men who, owl like, seek water.

Gird thou thy weapon with thy countrymen. 145.

I seize my club and strike at the god.

Pele stands raining, Pele’s heaps

Are placed below; heaped [was] the dead.

At reddening below thou doth flow.

Alas! ’tis flowing, it runs canoe-like; 150.

The mountain rocks, Hiiakaikapoliopele is safe,

Flee away! flee above to the light!

[The] crab climbs up Kauiki,

[It] returns distressed at man’s shadow.

Crabs are struck with the stick, 155.

Taken and thrown in the bag,

The soft crab catches the flap of the malo;

The soft crab stays within boundaries,

Entwined with the sea-moss pods.[[497]]

The soft crab is placed upon the stone, 160.

As chewed bait it leaves the bag.

Other crabs, how many awa drinkers? Four,

The tortoise, turtle, kukuwaa and hinalea,

At the ginger of Kahihiwai, lolipua ate,

Lolikoko ate, lolikae ate, lelea ate, 165.

Of Leleamakua, father of Kahikona,

At his birth the red rain poured,

[A] recognizing sign of the power

Of thy god without, jealous.

[Let] awe possess me. 170.

The heavens and the rain rejoice,

Grief rends the heavens, darkness covers the earth,

At the birth of the princely ones.

At birth of a girl the heavens travailed;

When a male child came forth 175.

The red rain above gathered together.

Kuwalu was born and her lord

Kuihimalanaiakea.

Eat O Pele of thy land!

Source of the ohias, the pandanus grove below Leleiwi, 180.

With Panaewa severed Kau is refuse,

With Pele a mound, Pele flows freely

Over thy land, burying the district.

[Let] awe flee on.

Standing in Wailua is the lover’s hala post, 185.

The call is heard, the loud noise

Of night gatherers singing, not calling for help.

Deep sympathy! this indeed is Ikuwa,

The first indications arise,

The evils of the wind. 190.

Provoking, run away, make known

The sign, O Hiiaka!

Whose is the sacrifice? For the family

Of Haumea is the offering.

Kane stood supporting the valiant, 195.

Done in his time, for Pele;[[498]]

For Hiiaka; for the land,

This here land,

The floating land of the heaven above.

Anakuku is the assembly within 200.

Haamo, a road that is traveled;

A drum discarded; a fence o’erleaped;

A platform trampled; a comforting grass;

A cane-leaf thatching, end trimmed;

A spread mat; a supply of dishes; 205.

A filling of water; a food offering;

A feast for the house.

Released, released is that house; ’tis o’erleaped; ’tis entered trustfully.

For Waihonua stands the long shed,

The house where Pele lived. 210.

Spying came a multitude of the gods.

Be gone! be gone outside!

A prayerless priest, a prayerless chief

Shall not carelessly enter the house of Pele,

My god indeed! 215.

[Let] awe possess me.

Place dottedly the cross signs,

When the kapu expires I shall be first

Dividing into hills, scattering, dividing dottedly.

The land is freed, children restricted, 220.

The coconut is kapu, the waters flow;

When leaf wrapped, stack the bundles [of food].

Kulipee resides at the pit,

And the companions of Kuwawa

And Kuhailimoe flee away to the mire of Hawaii. 225.

I am first to go out hence

From thy presence,

Flying hither in nakedness.

[Let] awe possess me.

[[492]]

Pule o Malaehaakoa

Mai ke Kaao o Hiiakaikapoliopele.

O kaua a Pele i haka i Kahiki,

I hakaka ai me Punaaikoae,[1]

Mahuka mai Pele i Hawaii

Mahuka Pele i ona onohi,

I na lapa uwila, 5.

E lapa i mahina—la

Elieli[2] kau mai.

He kai moe nei no Pele,

No ke akua, he kai hoolale i na moku,

Hai aku ka i Hanakahi,[3] 10.

I ke one o Waiolama iluna,

A koa ka hale o ko akua,

Ke amo ala ke koi, ke kua la iuka,

Haki nuanua mai ka nalu mai Kahiki,

Popoi aku i ke alo o Kilauea,[4] 15.

Ke kai huli i ke alo o Papalauahi,[5]

Kanaka hea i ka la,

Ko Puaakanu[6] wahine kui lehua,

Ka uka i Olaa, kuu moku lehua,[7]

I ke alo o Heeia, o Kukuena wahine[8] 20.

Komo i ka lauwili[9] na hoalii,

I ka nahele[10] o Puna ae ae a noho,

Eia makou ko lau kaula la,

Elieli kau mai.

He kai ehu[11] ko Kohalaloa, 25.[[493]]

Kai apaapaa ko ka pali i uka,

He kai kiai pali ko Kakupehau,

Kai pii hala ko aina,

Ke popoi aku la i kai o Maui,

Ke kai a ka wahine[12] alii, 30.

O ke kai kui[13] lehua a Pele,

A ko’u akua la—e,

Elieli kau mai.

E o, e mauna i ka ohu ka pali,

Kaha ka leo o ka ohia uwe, 35.

Ike au i ke ahi ai ala,

Ka luahine[14] moe nana,

A Papaenaena[15] wai hau,

A waa ka uhi, ilaila pee mua,

Pepepe waena, o pepe ka muimui, 40.

O kihele ia ulu, Kamakahakaikea,

O Niheu-kalohe, kanaka kaha la,[16]

Elieli kau mai.

A Molokai nui a Hina,[17]

A Kaunuohua he pali, 45.

A kukui o Hapuu,

Hapuu[18] ke akua liilii,

Puka mai Pele[19] ke akua nui,

Me Haumea me Hiiaka,

Me Kukuena me Okaoka, 50.

O ke a ke ahi iki e—a

He onohi no Pele,

Ka oaka o ka lani[20] la—e

Elieli kau mai.

A Nanai[21] Kaulahea, 55.

A Mauna-lei, kui ka lei,

Lei Pele i ka ieie la,

Wai hinu poo o Hiiaka,

Holapu ili o Haumea,

Ua ono Pele i kana ia, 60.

O ka honu iki o Polihua,[22]

Honu iki ai nounou,[[494]]

Kua papai o ka moana,

Ka ea nui kua wawaka,

Hoolike i ka ai na Pele, 65.

Ina oaoaka oaka i ka lani la

Elieli kau mai.

A Kauai, a Keolewa iluna,

A ka pua lana i kai o Wailua,

Nana mai Pele ilaila, 70.

E waiho aku ana Oahu,

Aloha i ka wai liu[23] o ka aina,

E ala mai ana mokihana[24]

Wai auau o Hiiaka,

Hoopaapaa Pele ilaila, 75.

Aohe kahu e ulu[25] ai,

Keehi aku Pele[26] i ke ale kua loloa,

He onohi no Pele, Kaoakoakalani la,

Elieli kau mai.

Holo mai Pele mai Kahikina, 80.

A kau ka waa[27] i Mookini,

Noho kaua i Kumalae,

Hooku Pele[28] ma i ke kii,

Noho i ke kii a Pele ma, na ka pua o Koi,[29]

Kanaenae[30] Pele ma ilaila, 85.

Kai a huakai mai Pele,

A ka lae i Leleiwi[31]

Honi i ke ala o ka hala,

O ka lehua o Mokaulele,[32]

Oia ka Pele a kui la, 90.

He kunana[33] hale Puuloa,

He hale moe o Papalauahi,[34]

He halau no Kilauea,

Haule mai Pele mai Kahiki mai,

O ka hekili, o ke olai, o ka ua loku, 95.[[495]]

O ka ua paka, o Haihailaumeaiku,

O na wahine i ka wao o Maukele la,

Ho mai ana Pele liu la e,

Aumiki, auhuli ka ale kua loloa.

Nuanua ka moana i ka lili o Pele, 100.

O ke kua nui, ke kui la iluna o ka lani,

Wahia ka papaku ka papainoa,

Ka papa a Kane ma i hee ai i Maui,

Kahiliopua[35] ke kua o ka la,

A Waiakahalaloa i akea, 105.

O Waa kai nana i ka auwaa lawaia,

Ku kapa kai e Kohala,

O ke akua lapu e Puuloa,

Ke uwalo la i ka mea hele,

Ke akua kui lehua o Kuaokala, 110.

Kui mai ana o Makanoni,

Ka la puka la helu o Pualaa,

Ka la aku hoi e Kahuoi i ku uka anu,

E olohe[36] kui ula e mauna mai ana.[37]

Ka hikina o ka la o Kumukahi ma, 115.

E haliko ae ana ka aama,

Lele[38] hihee o Kohala, ke kau laina la,

E ka la, pumehana ole o ka po,

O ke la pe ai o ke ao kau aku iluna

I ka malama la. 120.

Elieli kau mai.

He make no Aua’ahea[39] i kalua ia,

I ka puaa aohe ihi ka lau ahea,

Ka ipu kaumaha a ke akua,

Ka mamala kapu a na hoalii. 125.

Kui i ka lani, ka hekili, o ka ua loku,[40]

O Kaulahea o ka okai nu’u o ke ao,

O Kaomealani e ua la, Aha, o ka hala ia?

Lili ke akua, akahi Pele la, a hokahoka,[41][[496]]

Akahi Pele la a neenee,[42] 130.

Akahi Pele la a oi[43] pau, i pau i ko hoa,

I oni i ke a, i pahoehoe ai oe i ka mauna,

Auhea, pahoehoe la, noho iho la,

Kalaukaula, e ka pau hale o ke akua,

E Kaneulaapele, o Kuihimalanaiakea,[44] 135.

He hoalii[45] na Pele, he noho ana ai laau,

Na wahine pule mana nana i papawalu,[46]

Elieli kau mai.

Kiope, kiope mai ana ke ahi a kanaka.

Ilalo o Kilauea, a i ku maumaua, 140.

Ai kua mai ana ka pihe a ke akua,

Iluna o ka pali o Mauli,[47]

O ka hua waimaka ia nei,

O kanaka nana i huli pueo ka wai,[48]

Pu oe i kau laau me ko makaainana, 145.

Hopu au i ka’u laau hahau[49] i ke akua.

Ku ua ae Pele, lapuu na Pele,

Waiho ana ilalo, lapuu ka moe,

A ka ula ilalo la, pahoehoe ai oe,

Auwe![50] pahoehoe la, e holo e ka waa,[51] 150.

E kaa ka mauna,[52] ola Hiiakaikapoliopele,

Hoi aku e, hoi aku iluna i ka malama!

Aama pii ae iluna i Kauiki,

Iho mai aama i ke aka o kanaka,

Hooili aama ku i ka laau, 155.

Lawea aama haona i ka eke,

Kaohi paiea i ka pola o ka malo,

Ku ana paiea iloko ka unuunu,

Lei ana paiea i ka hua limu kala,[[497]]

Kau ana paiea iluna i ka ala, 160.

Maunu paiea haalele i ka eke.

Neiau moala ehia inu awa? eha,

O ea, o honu, o kukuwaa, o hinalea,

O ka apuhihi, o kahihiwai, ai ae lolipua,

Ai ae lolikoko, ai ae lolikae, ai ae lolea, 165.

O Leleamakua, makua o Kahikona,

Nana i hanau, kaha ka ua koko,

Haina ae ana ka mana,

O ko akua iwaho la, i lili,

Elieli kau mai. 170.

Uua lili ka lani me ka ua,

U ooki ka lani poele ka honua,

I ka hanau ana o na hoalii,[53]

Hanau he kaikamahine hoonou o ka lani,

Hemo mai he keiki kane, 175.

O ii ka ua koko i luna,

Hanau o Kuwalu me kana kane,

O Kuihimalanaiakea,

A ai e Pele i kou aina,[54]

Ai na ka ohia, ka ulu hala i kai o Leleiwi, 180.

Me moku Panaewa, he oka wale Kau,

Me puu o Pele[55] nuikahi e Pele,

I kou aina, hoolewa ke au,

Elieli holo e.

Ku i Wailua ka pou hala a ka ipo, 185.

Hoolono i ka ualo ka wawau nui,

O ulu po maoli nei aohe nalo mai e,

Aloha ino o Ikuwa[56] maoli nei,

Ke lele la ka eka[57] mua,

Ka ino a ka makani, 190.

Ukiuki, kolo e, kaulana

Ka hoaka, e Hiiaka e,

Nowai ke kanaenae? No ka ohana

A Haumea ka naenae.

Ku ua e Kane ke koa, 195.

I ka nei manawa ia, no Pele,[[498]]

No Hiiaka, no ka honua,

Ka honua nei,

Ka honua lewa,[58] ka lani i luna,

O Anakuku ka aha[59] iloko. 200.

O Haamo e, he ala i heie ia,

He pahu i kulaina, he pa i a’ea,

He kahua i hele ia, he luana mauu,[60]

He kau nana ko, he o kana piko,

He hola moena, he lawe na ipu kai. 205.

He ukuhinawai, he kaumaha ai,

He haina no ka hale e,

Noa, noa ia hale, ua a’ea, ua komo hia.

No Waihonua, ku ana o halau ololo,

Ka hale o Pele i noho ai, 210.

Makaikai[61] mai kini[62] o ke akua,

Hoi aku e! hoi aku iwaho na,

He kahuna pule ole, he ’lii pule ole,

Mai komo wale mai i ka hale o Pele,

O ko’u akua la, 215.

Elieli kau mai.

E kau ana kiko,[63] i ke alia[64] kiko,

Hele a moa kiko, akahi nei au,

Kaele puepue, neinei, kaele pakikokiko,[65]

Ua noa ka aina, e kapu keiki. 220.

E kapu ka niu, e kahe na wai,

E ka ha ki ana,[66] ku ka opeope,

O Kulipee[67] noho i ka lua,

A lele e na hoalii o Kuwawa,

O Kuhailimoe, o ka naele[68] o Hawaii, 225.

Akahi nei au, a hoi aku nei,

Mai ou aku la,

A lele pakohana mai,

Elieli kau mai.

[[499]]


[1] Some versions of this story name Namakaokahai as the one who drove Pele hither to Hawaii, an account of which will be found inthe legend of Aukelenuiaiku. (See Memoirs Vol. IV, p. 102.) [↑]

[2] The expression elieli at the close of certain prayers has occasioned much thought and inquiry by students.Taking it as intensive of the root word eli, to dig, we get the impression of frequent, earnest, or vigorous effort, mental orphysical. It takes a range of definitions according to the character of the petition,which all agree includes the amama or amen. One veteran said it was used only in sincere prayers to which amama only belonged. Another held that it expressed fervency in the petitioner. That itevinces a feeling of awe, as used here, is recognized in the accompanying kau mai, o’rshadow, or possess me. It also means entirely, profoundly. [↑]

[3] Hanakahi, a name applied to Hilo, as also Waiolama, its sand beach, make this the location of Pele’s arrival, whereas tradition andgeography point to Kauai as the place of her first landing. [↑]

[4] Pele’s activities at Kilauea began as a cresting surf from Kahiki (abroad), which turned in front of Papalauahi. [↑]

[5] Literally, leaf strata [of] fire; a flow of molten lava. [↑]

[6] Puaakanu women stringing lehua blossoms, a simile freely applied to the Puna district. [↑]

[7] Kuu moku lehua, my lehua forested land, above Olaa. [↑]

[8] Kukuena wahine, the fiery sweep of women, to which Pele’s activities are likened. [↑]

[9] Lauwili, literally, leaf-twisting; the companions, na hoalii, entered the entangling thicket, the nahale. [↑]

[10] Of Puna. [↑]

[11] The scene changes to the sea-coast, represented as controlled and directed by Peleeven to the shore of Maui, sea of the chiefess. [↑]

[12] Wahine alii, the lehua-stringing party. [↑]

[13] Party of Pele; kai, for huakai, a large traveling company. [↑]

[14] Luahine, Pele is often referred to as an old woman. [↑]

[15] Papaenaena, a place in the vicinity of Kilauea; wai, anything in a liquid state; hau, soft porous stone. [↑]

[16] This refers to Niheu’s cutting Kana’s legs, swollen with fatness, while he himselfsuffered hunger. [↑]

[17] A proverbial saying, from the tradition that Molokai is the offspring of Hina. [↑]

[18] Molokai hill, Hapuu, represented as a small god. [↑]

[19] Pele came forth a great god, with Haumea (her mother) and Hiiaka a sister, as alsotwo others. [↑]

[20] Ka oaka o ka lani, literally, the flash-light of heaven. [↑]

[21] Nanai for Lanai. Kaulahea an early king of that island; also a noted prophet. [↑]

[22] Polihua, noted for sea-turtle, a favorite of Pele. [↑]

[23] Kauai becomes Pele’s scene of action. Li’u doubtless refers to the mirage of Mana. [↑]

[24] The fragrance of the mokihana (Pelea anisata), for which Kauai is famous, arose. [↑]

[25] Ulu, influence or protection; there was no guardian or keeper to render such aid. [↑]

[26] Pele stamped in her wrath, producing the long waves, while her eye-balls flashed heavenlylight. [↑]

[27] Pele’s canoe here lands from the east on Molokini, a small islet between Maui andKahoolawe. [↑]

[28] At Kumalae Pele released the idols. Tradition has it that image worship in the islandsoriginated with her advent, though Pele was never represented by one. [↑]

[29] Koi, not recognized by this name, whose progeny should be so honored. [↑]

[30] Kanaenae, sacrificial offering. Pele and her people sacrificed there (at Kumalae). [↑]

[31] Leleiwi point, near Hilo. [↑]

[32] Mokaulele, a land in Hilo, whose lehua blossoms attracted Pele’s wreathing proclivities. [↑]

[33] Kunana hale for kulana hale, kau understood, a village. [↑]

[34] Papalauahi (see note 5), the halau or shed structure of Kilauea, likely the lava strata of the pit. [↑]

[35] Kahiliopua, a cloud formation termed a deity. [↑]

[36] Olohe, a robber skilled in the lua, bone-breaking wrestling. [↑]

[37] Mauna mai ana, practising. [↑]

[38] Lele hihee, leaping sideways. [↑]

[39] Aua’ahea, likely the name of a special pig prepared for sacrifice; possibly a clerical errorfor pua’ahea, the term for the last hog on the eighth day of the dedication of a temple; the pua’ahea was to be eaten up entirely. (Andrews Dict.) [↑]

[40] The elements are represented as indicating the deities interest in the offering. [↑]

[41] Hokahoka, demeaned, chagrined from disappointment. [↑]

[42] Ne’ene’e, edging about, to draw near slowly, to crawl on hands and knees. [↑]

[43] A oi for aole; no, having not. [↑]

[44] These three named deities, companions, hoalii of Pele. [↑]

[45] Tree eaters, through overflowing the forests with lava. [↑]

[46] Papawalu, connected with pule mana. Wonderful, effective prayer, is thus shown of eight-fold power. Like makawalu (eight-eyed), signifying all-seeing, wise, efficient. Eight seems to be the Hawaiianperfect number. [↑]

[47] Cliff of Mauli, for Mauli-ola, the site of the present volcano house, said to be the mystical abode of a supernaturaldeity of same name of that region. [↑]

[48] The meaning of this line is not that men are owl hunters, but that like owls, wide-eyed,they search out the water-holes, collection places of the tears (dew) of the locality. [↑]

[49] Hahau, to strike at the god, whereupon Pele reveals her destroying power, as in lines following. [↑]

[50] Auwe, exclamation of alarm at the flow of smooth lava. [↑]

[51] Hele e ka waa, a proverbial expression indicating its canoe-like speed. [↑]

[52] Kaa ka mauna, the mountain rocks or rolls away, yet Pele’s favorite sister Hiiaka is safe. [↑]

[53] Heaven and earth are held to manifest interest in events affecting royalty. [↑]

[54] Pele is bid to eat her land, its ohias and pandanus groves to the shore of Leleiwi. [↑]

[55] Me puu o Pele, from hill, cone, or mountain source, Pele’s lava streams flow freely over and burythe land. [↑]

[56] Ikuwa, while the October month, is taken as typical of a season of disturbance, bewailedhere as a period of disaster. [↑]

[57] Eka mua, first intimations, in this case, of a storm brewing. [↑]

[58] Honua lewa, swinging or floating earth, shows the Hawaiians’ belief in a revolving world. [↑]

[59] Aha, a company or assembly; also a prayer service of some kapu. [↑]

[60] The poet switches off to house building, warming and dedication. [↑]

[61] Makaikai mai, comes leisurely sight-seeing, spying the land. [↑]

[62] Kini, the number 40,000, commonly used for a great multitude. [↑]

[63] Kiko, dotted, spotted, speckled, applied here to the planting of a taro patch. [↑]

[64] Alia is a cross sign of kapu, it may be of sticks, leaves, or flags. It takes its name and use from two stickscarried crosswise before the god of the year at the makahiki festivities. [↑]

[65] Terms of taro planting in small, scattered, though uniform, hills. [↑]

[66] Ha ki ana, the wrapping in ki leaves. Food so bundled (opeope) was then stacked in rows. [↑]

[67] Kulipee, a personification, to run and hide; a resident of the pit. [↑]

[68] Naele o Hawaii, a locality or condition, not clearly understood. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Prayer to Pua Koheili above here, Reaching to heaven is the reverence to Koheili. Grant me pardon. Awake thou, O heaven! O thunder and lightning! 5. The severe rain, the pelting rain, the fine rain, The clouds, the winds; messengers of flying gods in the heavens, Come you in pairs, With prostration beneath and myself on top. Koheili turns aside in the wilderness 10. To gather the ti-leaves, For uniting, sleeping, kissing; For food at the temple where I will meet the husband. Love passes on by your climb with the burden. Thou to hold the heart while I hold the breast; 15. Let the rain fall, the heavy rain; Let there be wailing, Thou art taken by your lover, O Pua— Return, grant this prayer. Koheili, O Koheili! 20. Koheili of the mountain here, The reverence of Koheili reaches to the mountain, Calling me to arise. Awake thou O mountain! O valley! Thou ornament, thou serene sky, 25. Come you in pairs, Prostration is below, I am above. Koheili turns aside in the wilderness, To gather the ti-leaves, For embracing, sleeping, kissing, as food at the temple, 30. To be worn by all, worn for trespass; Love passes on by your ascent with the burden, Thou to hold the heart while I hold the breast. Let the rain fall, the heavy rain; [[500]] Let there be wailing, 35. Thou art being taken by your lover, O Pua— Return, grant this prayer. Koheili! O Koheili of this earth, The sacredness of Koheili pervades the earth, Calling me to arise. 40. Awake thou O earth, O sand, O dry leaves, O coconut grove, O taro patch, O moth, O reef, O island, O tide, O land, Come in pairs. Prostration is beneath, I am above, 45. Koheili turns aside in the wilderness To gather the ti-leaves, To embrace, to sleep, to kiss, as food at the temple, So that when I am met by a man I can give all, give without wrong, 50. Love passes on by your ascent with the burden, Thou to hold the heart, I to hold the breast. Let the rain fall, the heavy rain, Let there be wailing. Thou art taken by your lover, O Pua— 55. Return, grant this prayer. Koheili, O Koheili! O Koheili of guidance here, The reverence of Koheili reaches to the sea Calling me to arise. 60. Awake thou O body surf, O facing surf, O heavy surf, O sudden sea. O the cherished, O the forbidden, Come thou in pairs, With reverence beneath [and] I above. 65. Koheili turns aside in the wilderness To gather the ti-leaves, For embracing, sleeping, kissing, as food at the temple So that when I am met by a man I can give all without wrong, 70. Thou to hold the heart while I hold the breast. Let the heavy rain fall, Let there be wailing. Thou art taken by your lover, O Pua! Return, grant this, a prayer. 75. [[499]] Pule o Pua Koheili oluna nei Pa iluna nei ka moe a Koheili, Oi hala ia’u. E ala oe e ka lani! E ka hekili, ka uila! 5. Ka ua loku, ka ua paka, ka ua hea, Ka oili, ka ma’ema’e, na maka ’kua lele o ka lani, Oi haele lua mai olua, O ka moena ka i lalo, owau ka i luna, Kipakipa Koheili i ka nahelehele, 10. I hakihaki i na lauki, I pipili i momoe, i hohoni, ia ai i ka unu, I loohia mai au e ke kane, Hala ke aloha ma ko pii me ka awe, Ma ka manowai oe, ma ke alo au. 15. Kulukulu ka ua, ka pakapaka, Ue hoi. Lilo oe i ka ipo, e Pua e— Kele ana, e homai la hoi ua pule. Koheili, e Koheili! 20. O Koheili o uka nei, Pa i uka nei ka moe a Koheili, I hoala ia’u e ala oe. E ala oe e ke kuahiwi, e ke kualono! E ka lei, e ka polikau; 25. Oi haele lua mai olua, Ka moena ka i lalo, owau ka i luna, Kipakipa Koheili i ka nahelehele, I hakihaki i na lauki, I pilipili i momoe, i hohoni, i ai i ka unu. 30. O lei ua pau, o lei ua hala, Hala ke aloha ma ko pii me ka awe, Ma ka manowai oe ma ke alo au, Kulukulu ka ua, ka pakapaka, [[500]] Ue hoi. 35. Lilo oe i ka ipo, e Pua e— Kele au, e homai la hoi ua pule. Koheili, e Koheili o ka honua nei. Pa i ka honua nei ka moe a Koheili, Oi hoala ia’u. 40. E ala oe e ka honua, e ka oneone, e ka palapala, E ka uluniu, e ka lo’i kalo, e ka mu, E ka papa, e ka moku, e ke au, e ka aina. Oi haele lua mai olua, O ka moena ka i lalo, owau ka i luna, 45. Kipakipa Koheili i ka nahelehele, I hakihaki i na lauki, I pipili, i momoe, i hohoni, i ai i ka unu, I loohia mai au e ke kane, O lei ua pan, o lei ua hala, 50. Hala ke aloha ma ko pii me ka awe Ma ka manowai oe ma ke alo au, Kulukulu ka ua, ke pakapaka, Ue hoi. Lilo oe i ka ipo e Pua e— 55. Kele au, e homai la hoi ua pule. E Koheili, e Koheili, E Koheili o kai nei, Pa i kai nei ka moe a Koheili, I hoala ia’u e ala oe, 60. E ala oe e ka nalu kua, e ka nalu alo, E ke kaikoo, e ke kai wawe, E ka pulupulu, e ka naia. Oi haele lua mai olua, O ka moena ka i lalo, owau ka i luna, 65. Kipakipa Koheili i ka nahelehele, I hakihaki i na lauki, I pipili, i momoe, i hohoni, i ai i ka unu, I loohia mai au e ke kane, O lei ua pau, o lei ua hala, 70. Ma ka manowai oe, ma ke alo au, Kulukulu ka ua pakapaka, Ue hoi. Lilo oe i ka ipo e Pua e! Kele au, e homai la hoi, he pule. 75. [[501]]

[[Contents]]

Prayer to Hina

O Hina,[1] Hina the tantalizer,[2]

O Hina, Hina the procurer,[3]

O Hina unrestrained[4] resting on the husband’s breast.

Hina proclaims the wrong doing

She has a god at Nonomea,[5] 5.

The water assigned Hinakua[6] for bathing

Hina revealed[7] through the streets,

The secret delayed by Pe’ape’a,

Else the juice of the banana was the water,

The water that elder Hina bathed in! 10.

Hina came down from heaven,

Her way was by the rainbow.

The rain sprinkled, heavy rain fell,

The way by which Hina ascended.

Hina noted for sand walking, 15.

Hina proclaimed from a high place

The manini[8] as Hina’s fish food;

Found indeed.

Sacrifice, sacrifice,[9]

The seaward flat, the bared coral[10] rock; 20.

The halelo, the squid of the reef, the pe’ape’a,

The aalaihi,[11] the palani,[12]

Hold the onini, the unlucky fish,

It is Hina’s fish.

Pull[13] from shoreward, drive[14] into the net, 25.

The kala[15] is elder Hina’s fish.[[502]]

Hina eats the good[16] fresh fish;

It is yours O Hina! For Hina indeed is the fish.

Sacrifice, sacrifice,

The shore reef is the ocean guard; 30.

The wizard’s pit affords fresh (twin) water.

The beach of Hina beyond is guarding.

Watch for Palaiuli; for Palaikea.

O vengeful[17] Hina, Hina the man-eater,[18]

That is the Hina who owns the fish. 35.

Give birth[19] to fish, O Hina!

It is Hina’s own fish.

Sacrifice, sacrifice,

Hina boasts of her fish;

Bait the hook, O parent-Hina one, 40.

Touch the surface of the sea, O parent-Hina two,

Bite the fish of the wizard, parent-Hina three,

Lift it above[20] to parent-Hina four,

Put in the canoe of parent-Hina five,[21]

The mud-hen[22] came down for Hina; 45.

Came down below to the water-source,

To the spring, to the flowing water,

To the bathing pool of Hina.

By rubbing the skin, producing redness

To cleanliness, Hina absolved her several body forms; 50.

They flew as a bird, suspended like a kite,

Past the difficult places, Kane leading.

Hina followed at a distance,

Hakiololo came behind you O Hina,

As the kite rose the mud-hen crawled to Hina 55.

And flew away.

The awa planted by the side of the house

Has grown, has leaved and ripened,

Send[23] and pull it up and bring it here;[[503]]

Chew it, strain it, and put it in the cup, 60.

[The] fish-drink,[24] if approved, Lono drinks and Hina drinks.

For the contentious effect of the oven-treated awa.

O Hina! Hina of the many,

O Hina of the shark,

O Hina of the kala, 65.

O Hina of the weke,[25]

Here is yours, kala, the sick part,

Here is yours, weke, the death part,

Return you the life-giving portion.

[[501]]

Pule no Hina.

O Hina hoi, Hina ukiuki,

O Hina hoi, Hina we’awe’a,

O Hina waianoa, la’i e i ka polikua kane,

Kani ae la Hina ha’ihala,

He akua kona i ka Nonomea. 5.

O ka wai e auau ai Hinakua,

Kani holo Hina i ke alanui,

He kaua huna na Peapea,

A i ole i hiki ka maia o ka wai e,

E ka wai e auau ai Hina makua! 10.

Iho mai Hina mai ka lani,

Kona alanui, o ka anuenue,

Kulukulu ka ua, ka pakapaka,

Ke ala a Hina i pii ai,

Kaukini Hina i ka hele one, 15.

Kani ae Hina i ke ahua,

He manini ka i’a e ai Hina,

Ua loaa e.

Kaumaha ia, kaumaha ia,

Ka papa i kai, ke koa panoa, 20.

Ka halelo, ka hee ku kohola, ka pe’ape’a,

Ka aalaihi, ka palani,

Kaa i ka onini he i’a paoa nui,

Na Hina ia i’a.

Kai-na mai i uka, unuhia mai i kaa walu 25.

Ka i’a Hina makua kala[[502]]

Ai Hina i ka i’a makamaka maikai

Au e Hina e! Na Hina ka hoi ua i’a.

Kaumaha ia, kaumaha ia,

Ka papa i kai ka haku moana 30.

Ka lua kupua ka wai lua ono,

Kahakai o Hina, makai na ’ku ana,

Nana ia ’ku o Palaiuli, o Palaikea.

O Hina malailena, o Hina ai kanaka,

O ka Hina ia nona ka i’a, 35.

Hanaua mai he i’a e Hina e!

Na Hina ka hoi ua i’a.

Kaumaha ia, kaumaha ia,

Hookelekele ana Hina i kana i’a.

Maunu i ka makau o Hina makua kahi, 40.

Pa i ka ilikai o Hina makua lua,

Ai mai ka i’a a ke kupua, o Hina makua kolu,

Ka’ika’ina iluna o Hina makua ha,

Hoouka i ka waa o Hina makua lima.

Kuukuu ka alae na Hina, 45.

Kuu aku i lalo i manawai,

I ka wai puna, i ka wai kahe,

I ka wai auau no Hina,

Hamo ana i ka ili, nana i ka ula

I ka maikai, hoopau Hina i ona kino, 50.

Ua lele a manu, ua kau a lupe,

Pau ma koa’e, o Kane ka imua

O Hina ka i ka hope

O Hakiololo ka i muli mai ou e Hina.

Kau ka lupe, kolo ka alae a Hina la, 55.

Lele aku la.

O ka awa kanuia i ke kala o ka hale,

Ua kupu, ua lau, ua oo,

Kiina, hukia, lawea mai a,[[503]]

O ha, o heea, i’a ku i ka apu, 60.

I’a inu, ku ia ia inu Lono, i’a inu Hina,

I ka umu hakoko, o ka awa hoi ane,

E Hina! E Hina! I ke kini,

E Hina i ka mano,

E Hina i ke kala, 65.

E Hina i ka weke,

Eia kau e kala o ka pu’u ma’i,

Eia kau e weke o ka pu’u make,

O ka pu’u ola kau e hoihoi mai.


[1] Hina, the Helen of Hawaiian folk-lore, as a goddess and as a human, she figures more frequentlyin popular tradition than any other heroine of the race. She is here pleaded withto return from her fickle, wandering course. [↑]

[2] Among the definitions of ukiuki, that of provoking, teasing offense, rather than anger, seems applicable here. [↑]

[3] We’awe’a, given here as procurer, probably had a different meaning in earlier days, thoughthis may be warranted. It has a sense of running around on impure business. [↑]

[4] Unrestrained, unawed, whereon the husband’s shoulders rest. [↑]

[5] Nonomea, a mythical land supposed to be ever bathed in the red glow of twilight. [↑]

[6] Hinakua or Hina makua (parent), referred to later as elder Hina. [↑]

[7] Heralded or proclaimed as she (Hina) ran: kani holo, the method of issuing royal edicts in olden times. [↑]

[8] Manini, surgeon-fish (Teuthis sandwichensis). [↑]

[9] Make offerings to the aumakua, ancestral god, for personal aid. [↑]

[10] Koa panoa is the bared coral bank or reef at low tide. [↑]

[11] Aalaihi (Thalassoma duperrey). [↑]

[12] Palani, Sturgeon-fish (Hepatus dussumieri). [↑]

[13] This line has reference to the handling of the net in fishing. Kai’na, here is to lift or ease over the net (ka’ika’i ana mai), rather than pull. As one party handles the net from the shore, another party inthe water prepares to drive the fish into it. [↑]

[14] Unuhia mai, round up, gather, or drive into the net. [↑]

[15] Kala, (Monoceros unicornis), a fish sacred to Hina. [↑]

[16] Makamaka is a friendly companion, and in a certain sense means strong affection, asalso good, fresh. [↑]

[17] Malailena, revengeful, bitter, sarcastic. [↑]

[18] Man-eater in the sense of exacting penalties for the infraction of her kapus. [↑]

[19] The poet here calls upon Hina to give birth to fish, hanaua mai like hanau mai. [↑]

[20] Lift or place it above, ka’ika’ina iluna. [↑]

[21] The numbering of these several Hinas may indicate successive generations. [↑]

[22] The introduction here of the mud-hen, alae, identifies the subject of this mele, Hina, as the mother of the demi-god Maui, whoby a cunning trick obtained from this bird the sacred fire stolen from the gods, aswitness the red frontal knob caused by Maui’s burning away of its feathers by thesacred fire, hence its name alae ula (Gallinula galeata sandwicensis). [↑]

[23] Send, kiina for kii ana; pull it up and bring it here, lawea for lawe ia. [↑]

[24] The real meaning here of i’a inu, fish-drink, is a relish with awa drinking, to overcome its bitter taste; generallyfish was preferred, in some cases chicken was the palliative agreed upon. In thiscase if fish suited Lono it would be agreeable to Hina. [↑]

[25] Weke, Goat-fish (Upinius, sp.). [↑]

[[Contents]]

Prayer to Kapo.

Kane, thou who art revered above,

Who art revered below,

A woman garlanded in reverence is Kapo![1]

Thou Kapoulakinau, this is a prayer from the heart.

Grant life plentiful to me by the cape at Kaulia, 5.

At shattered Kahiki, by the rise to Maunaloa

Is the path by which Kapo climbed,

Flew, and received honors; Grant me honors.

Where is my wreath, Kapo?

A wreath of reverence placed in Kona by Kapo. 10.

Rise thou, O Kapo!

Come thou, O Kapo, pluck thy herb,

Bind it in a bundle and lay it in the shadowy path,

Have compassion.[[504]]

The cry of affection creeps to the heart; 15.

Kapo climbs Maunaloa—

Kapo already adorned in her skirt.

A fog of the mountain, a cloud of the rising sea;

Clouds which easily fade away.

Kapo came down to earth, 20.

Kapo saw the lehua,

Kapo broke the lehua,

Kapo bundled the lehua,

Kapo plucked the lehua,

Kapo strung the lehua, 25.

Kapo braided the lehua,

Kapo wore the garland of lehua.

Kapo came down to earth,

Kapo saw the maile,

Kapo broke the maile, 30.

Kapo bundled the maile,

Kapo stripped the maile,

Kapo tied the maile,

Kapo twisted the maile,

Kapo wore the garland of maile; 35.

A wreath for your standing,

A wreath for your sitting, thou woman of Kolokolo.

Pass not the lover of my heart;

The regard is for the lover;

Love for Kaulanaula, O Kapo! 40.

Here is a multitude of voices—the tears,

My sacrifice to thee, O Kane!

That which draws me to him do thou sever:

When this is done, sacrifice is offered on thy altar, O Kane!

Pule no Kapo.

Kane hili ae ka malama iluna,

Haahaa ka malama ia ilalo,

He wahine lei malama ka e Kapo.

Kapoulakinau ke oho i kamanawa,

A ola i one au, kalae i Kaulia, 5.

Kahiki i olopa o pii a Maunaloa

I hiki ke ala Kapo i pii ai,

Lele ai, hano ai, hanohano au e—alele.

Auhea kuu lei e Kapo?

He lei malama e kau i Kona, e Kapo-la-ana, 10.

Ku mai e Kapo!

Hele mai e Kapo, uhuki i kau weuweu,

Pupu halii i ke ala o nio ka la,

Kau mai.[[504]]

E weliweli kolo ke oho i kamanawa, 15.

Pii ae Kapo iluna o Maunaloa—

Pau kahiko Kapo i kona pau,

He ohu kuamauna, he ao kainuu,

He opua haalele wale la-ana.

Iho iho o Kapo i ka honua, 20.

Ike aku o Kapo i ka lehua,

Haihai o Kapo i ka lehua,

Pua o Kapo i ka lehua,

Ako ae o Kapo i ka lehua,

Kui ae o Kapo i ka lehua, 25.

Uo ae o Kapo i ka lehua,

Lei ae o Kapo i ka lehua—ane.

Iho iho o Kapo i ka honua,

Ike aku o Kapo i ka maile,

Haihai o Kapo i ka maile, 30.

Pua o Kapo i ka maile,

Uu ae o Kapo i ka maile,

Hikii o Kapo i ka maile,

Wili ae o Kapo i ka maile,

Lei ae o Kapo i ka maile, 35.

Lei ku, lei noho ka wahine o Kolokolo

A mai hala ka ipo i kamanawa.

Ke aloha mai nei hoi ka ipo,

Ke aloha mai nei Kaulanaula, e Kapo!

Eia ka ula leo la, he waimaka, 40.

He mohai na’u ia oe e Kane,

Kana pili la wahia iho;

Iloko i ka palani, kau kuahu oe e Kane!

[[505]]


[1] Kapo, a sister of Kalaipahoa, was the fabled goddess who entered certain trees andrendered them poisonous. Her sister Pua, or Kupua, was also credited with like functions. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Prayer to Lono. O Lono of the heavenly region, From out of the rest of heaven’s origin Issued forth Kane and Kanaloa. [From] within the heavenly birth-place Came forth Kumu-honua, of Kane. 5. And Lalo-honua, the female. Spread forth Wakea and great Papa that gave birth to lands. From out of Huli-honua The chiefs were born; From within the heavenly birth-place 10. Lono stood forth. [He] created the red fish; Sanctified the black coconut; Created the white fish; Sanctified the growing awa, 15. By leaves is the awa propagated, It springs up at the irregular cliffs. Kane and Kanaloa stood forth, They rendered the red fowl sacred; Sanctified the white awa; 20. Rendered the pig sacred; Sanctified the black awa; Established the restrictions To anoint the robe Within the heavenly birth-place. 25. The rain fell noisily in drops, In the month of Kaelo, Of Ikiki, of Ikuwa, and Kanikoi, To magnify the heavens, To magnify the earth, 30. To stand sacred, in fear, To stand solitary within tremulous heavens. Lono leaned forward The shadow of Lono in Kahiki, The cloud-clusters fell 35. At the approach of Lono; The red glow vanishes At the approach of Lono; The red smoke-column melts away At the approach of Lono; 40. The red rain fell At the approach of Lono; [[506]] The red clouds were overcome At the approach of Lono; The rainbow was dispelled 45. At the approach of Lono; The smoky atmosphere was dispelled At the approach of Lono; The swelling clouds disappeared At the approach of Lono. 50. For Ku, Kane, And Kanaloa were the supreme in Kahiki. Of the sisters, The large female sea, Haalipolipo, Of Ulu-nui Maholo-lani, 55. Of Maewa at east Kahiki, Of Maewa at west Kahiki, Maewa at the Apapa-nui-lani, Great Maihi-lani, sacred to Hehu, Kalani-ula, the woman 60. Who broke the kapus of Kahiki, Establishing the order, the strengthening bones of the land. Kahai leaped over, Kahai leaped over the first boundary Of the high-place [of earth]. 65. The vision, the smooth space, To breathe and carry away the awa leaf In the wind. To grow thriftily In the restraining place of the land 70. Of Lono, of Keakea-lani, Living together as progenitors of the land; Setting apart the kapu of the woman. Clouds in the sea bowed down, The head of the earthquake sounds 75. Below the earth, Shaken down Beneath at Malama. Awake thou, O Lono! Come and eat of the sacred food of Kanaloa. 80. Prepare awa, [As] propitiatory offering for men and for women. Here is the food, a voice offering. [[505]] He Pule no Lono. O Lono, o ka oili lani, Mai loko mai o ka maha ulu lani, Ku mai o Kane o Kanaloa, Iloko o ka eweewe-lani Puka mai o Kumuhonua a Kane 5. Me Lalo-honua, ka wahine. Laha mai o Wakea me Papa nui hanau moku. Noloko mai o Huli-honua Hanau mai na ’lii Mailoko mai o ka eweewe-lani. 10. Ku mai o Lono. Hana i ka ia ula, Molia i ka niu hiwa, Hana i ka ia kea. Molia i ka awa-lau, 15. He lau ka awa i kupu, I kupu i ka hanuunuu pali. Ku mai o Kane, o Kanaloa. Hana i ka moa ula hiwa, Molia i ka awa maka kea 20. Hana i ka puaa hiwa, Molia i ka awa hiwa, Hana i ka papa kea. I poina i ka aahu Iloko o ka eweewe ka lani. 25. Kulu kahi ka paka a ka ua, Iloko o Kaelo. O Ikiki, o Ikuwa, o Kanikoi, O ku kilakila i ka lani, O ku kilakila i ka honua, 30. O ku Iu, o ku ano, O ku meha iloko o Maewa-lani. Hina aku la o Lono, Ke aka o Lono i Kahiki, Hina ae la ka pae opua 35. I ka hiki’na o Lono. Hina ae la ka onohi ula I ka hiki’na o Lono Hina ae ka punohu-ula I ka hiki’na o Lono. 40. Hina ae la ka ua-koko I ka hiki’na o Lono. Hina ae la ke ao makoko I ka hiki’na o Lono. Hina ae la ke anuenue 45. I ka hiki’na o Lono. Hina ae la ka alewalewa I ka hiki’na o Lono. Hina ae la ka opua kiikii I ka hiki’na o Lono. 50. No Ku, no Kane, No Kanaloa, ka pukoa ku i Kahiki. O na kaikuahine, O kai-wahine-nui Haalipolipo, O Ulu-nui Maholo-lani, 55. O Maewa a Kahiki-ku, O Maewa a Kahiki-moe, O Maewa a ke Apapa-nui-lani, O Maihi-lani nui, kapu a Hehu. O Kalani-ula, ka wahine, 60. Nana i ae na kapu o Kahiki, Holo ka papa, ka iwi niau o ka moku. Ae mai Kahai, Ae Kahai i ka iwi kahi, O ka lewa-nuu. 65. O Hihio, o Laumania, O Hano a lele ka lau o ka awa, I ka makani, I kupu no a ohiohi I ka pae humu o ka moku. 70. O Lono, o Keakea-lani. E unoho ana i kaulu o ka honua, Hoanoano ke kapu o ka wahine, Ku lolou na opua i ke kai. Kani ka poo a ke olai, 75. Ilalo o ka honua, Nauweuwe aku la, Lalo o Malama. E ala mai oe e Lono, E hoi e ai i ka ai kapu a Kanaloa. 80. Pakiki awa. Kanaenae no na kane aa me na wahine Eia ua ai he mohai leo. [[507]]

[[Contents]]

A Prayer. Strangely lofty is this heaven, This very heaven which separates the seasons of heaven; Trembling is the point below; Moving are the gills, the fins, the head of the earth; Exclaiming are the hosts, the multitude of gods. 5. Turned is the face of the god toward the visible heaven; [He] turned and stamped upon Kahiki. Extended be the sacred worship of Lono; Extended through Kahiki and worshiped. Budding are the leaves of Lono; 10. Turn hither the image of the god; Turn hither within Maewa-lani; Sound the leader within Papa-ia-mea. The heavens are silent; The eyes of Lono have seen Kahiki. 15. The rays of light shine forth; ’Tis Ikuwa, Makalii, ’Tis Hinaiaeleele, Hilinehu, ’Tis Kaelo, Kaaona the month. Lono sickened with pregnancy, 20. The month suffered intensive pains, The placenta was agitated, The travail prevailed in Hinaiaeleele. The cord of Papa-ia-mea trembled. The leaves of Lono are scattered; 25. The image of Lono is placed for devotion, [To] stand till it falls to the foundation of the land; Bending low is the glory; Covered is the god by the heaven; That heaven is established. 30. Covered is the god by the earth’s strata. Squeaking is the voice of the alae within Kanikawi; Cracking is the voice of the thunder; Cracking within the shining black cloud; Broken are the mountain springs below; 35. The god returns and dwells in the clefts; The god returns and dwells in obscurity; [[508]] The god Lono returns and dwells in the mire. Sounding is the voice of the shell; Sounding above is the voice of the overthrow; 40. Sounding excitedly is the voice of the birds; Creaking is the voice of the trees in the forest. Here is your bird-body, O Lono! Whirling up the dust in the heavens; The eyes of Lono glance to Hoomo’s altar; 45. He dwells here in the space of the land. Growing is the body high toward heaven; Passed are the former blustering winds. The first-born children of Hinaiaeleele. May I be saved by thee, O Lono, my god! 50. Saved by the supporting prayer! Saved by the holy water! Saved to offer sacrifice to thee, O god! Here is the sacrifice, a voice offering. [[507]] He Pule. Kiekie e mai nei hoi ua Lani nei, O ua Lani nei hoi keia ke hemo nei ka manawa o ka Lani; Ke halulu nei ka piko i lalo; He api nei ka halo, ka maha, ka poo o ka honua; Uwa mai kini, ka mano o ke akua. 5. Huli aku la ke alo o ke akua i ka lewa, Huli aku la e keehi ia Kahiki, O mai ka hoano kapu a Lono; O mai iloko o Kahiki a Hoano. Oiliili mai ke kino lau o Lono; 10. Kahuli mai ke kino aka o ke Akua, Kahuli mai iloko o Maewa-lani; Kani ka poo iloko o Papa-ia-mea. Ua neoneo ka lani; Ua ikea mai e Kahiki na maka o Lono. 15. O mai na kukuna o ka malama; O Ikuwa la, o Makalii, O Hinaiaeleele la, o Hilinehu, O Kaelo la, o Kaaona, ka malama. Ua ho’iloli mai o Lono; 20. Ua haakokohi mai ka malama, Oili ka inaina, Hemo ke kuakoko iloko o Hinaiaeleele, Nauwe ka aha o Papa-ia-mea. Helelei ke kino lau o Lono; 25. Ua kau ke aka o Lono i ka molia, Ku, a hina i ka mole o ka moku; Opaipai lalo o ka Hiwa; Wahi ke Akua i ka Lani; Ua paa ia Lani, 30. Wahi ke Akua i ka papa o ka honua. Uina ka leo o ka alae iloko o Kanikawi; Uina ka leo o ka hekili; Uina iloko o ke ao-polo-hiwa; Naha ka umaka pali o lalo; 35. Hoi ke Akua, noho i ke hanono; Hele ke Akua, noho i ka pilikua; [[508]] Hoi ke Akua, o Lono, noho i ka naele. Kani ke ka leo o ka pupu; Kani kaulele ka leo o ke kahuli; 40. Kani halale ka leo o ka manu; Uwi ka leo o ka laau i ka nahele; Eia ko kino manu e Lono! Ke wili nei ka ea i ka lani; Lele na maka o Lono i lele o Hoomo; 45. Ke noho mai la i ka wa o ka moku. Kupu ke kino a kiekie i ka lani, Haule na kikeao makani mua, Na makahiapo a Hinaiaeleele. E ola a’ uia oe, e Lono, ka’u akua! 50. E ola i kalele pule! E ola i ka wai oha! E ola i kanaenae ia oe, e ke Akua! Eia kanaenae la, he mohai leo.

[[Contents]]

An Ancient Prayer. Unstable are the heavens; Makakulukahi has fallen; The stars are placed in the upper space. Approaching are the footsteps of Kahiki; Broken are the kamahele branches of the god; 5. Shattered is the brittle stone; Strewn are the pieces in Haehae, Else numberless gods enter. The body of Lono has changed into glory. The kanawao grows in the moist earth; 10. The body of that tree stands in high heaven, Established is the holy assembly of Lono in the distant sacred place. [[509]] The voice of man is forbidden; Here is the soul within Kulu-wai-maka-lani; The soul within the smooth bones of the god. 15. Here are the sacred signs of the assembly: The voice of thunder bursts forth; Flashing are the rays of the lightning; The earthquake shakes the earth; The smoky cloud and the rainbow appeareth; 20. The heavy rain and high wind prevails; The whirlwinds sweep beneath the earth; Rocks adjoining the streams are moved; The red mountain-streams rush to the sea. Here are the waterspouts; 25. Tumbled about are the cluster clouds of heaven; Gushing forth are the springs in the cliffs. One eye has the god; Two, four eyes, to see clearly behind him. Greatly revered be the voice of my god in the heavens. 30. It has been inspired within Papa-iakea, Dwelling within the Maka-kolu-kolu-kahi. The kapu of Lono reaches to Kahiki, It goes to overthrow the kapu of Kahai, Sacrificing the kapu of Kahai on the altar; 35. It has fallen and tumbled in confusion. Dead are the fish, fallen in their flight; Fallen disfigured all through Kahiki; Kahai is stirring up the pelting rain; Kahai is beating the surface of the earth. 40. Here is Lono the bone of salvation and glory; The bone placed in the clear sky. Indistinct is the voice of the god, Indistinct through the single-breasted surf. My god was shark-born; 45. Shark-born in [the month] of Hinaiaeleele. May I be saved by my fullness of prayer! Saved by the life-offering! Saved by my devotion! By thee, O god! 50. [[508]] He Pule Kahiko. Ua lewa mai ka lani; Ua haule o Makakulukahi; Ke kau mai la na onohi i ka lewa. Pili aku la na kapuai o Kahiki; Nahae na lala kamahele o ke Akua; 5. Helelei kia ka pohaku eleku; Lele ka mamala i Haehae, O komokomo kini o ke Akua, Haule ke kino o Lono i ka Hiwa. Kupu kanawao i ka naele; 10. Ku ke kino oia laau iloko o Lani wao; Ua kau ka Aha kapu a Lono iloko o ka iuiu kapu. [[509]] Kapu ka leo o ke kanaka! Eia kahoaka iloko o Kulu-wai-maka-lani, O kahoaka iloko o ka iwi laumania o ke Akua. 15. Eia ka hoailona kapu o ka Aha; Poha mai ka leo o ka hekili; O mai ka maka o ka uwila; Nauwe mai ke olai i ka honua; Iho mai ka alewalewa me ke anuenue; 20. Hele ino ka ua me ka makani; Wili ka puahiohio ilalo o ka honua; Kaa ka pohaku-pili o ke kahawai; Iho ka omaka-wai-ula i ka moana. Eia ka wai-pui-lani; 25. Ke hiolo nei ka pae-opua i ka lani; Huai ka wai-puna i ka pali, Akahi maka o ke Akua; Alua, aha maka i lele pono ka ike ma ke kua. Hoano nui ka leo o ko’u akua i ka lani. 30. Hahano o mai iloko o Papa-ia-kea, Noho mai iloko o ka Makakolukolukahi. Hoi ke kapu o Lono i Kahiki. Hoi aku la e kulai i ke kapu o Kahai, Kau i ka lele ke kapu o Kahai, 35. Hina e hio iloko o ka pilikua. Make ka ia, moe i ka naholo; Hina kikepakepa iloko o Kahiki; Hoolale Kahai i ka paka o ka ua; Hahau Kahai i ka papa o ka moku. 40. Eia Lono ka iwi kaola o ka Hiwa; Ka iwi kau iloko o ka alaneo. Paee mai ka leo o ke Akua, Paee mai iloko o ka nalu alo kahi; Ua hanau-mano ko’u akua; 45. Hanau mano iloko o Hinaiaeleele. E ola a’u i ka’u waihona-pule! E ola i ka Alana ola! E ola i ka’u pulapula! Ia oe e ke Akua! 50. [[510]]

[[Contents]]

Prayer to Lono.

Prose Translations Showing Variance.

O Lono in heaven; you of the many shapes (or beings). The long cloud, the short cloud, the cloud just peeping (over the horizon), the wide-spreading cloud, the contracted cloud in the heavens, (coming) from Uliuli, from Melemele, from Kahiki, from Ulunui, from Hakalauai, from the country of Lono situated in the upper regions, in the high heavens, in proper order, in the famous order of Leka. O Lalohana, O Olepuu-Kahonua, Eh Ku, Eh Lono, Eh Kane, Eh Kanaloa, Eh the God from Apapalani of Apapa-nuu, from Kahiki east, from Kahiki west; here is the sacrifice, here is the offering. Preserve the chief, preserve the worshipers, and establish the day of light on the floating earth! Amama, ua noa.[1]

Your many shapes O Lono in the heaven. The long cloud, the short cloud. The cloud just peeping (over the horizon). The wide-spreading cloud. The contracted cloud in the heavens. (Coming) from Uliuli, from Melemele, from Kahiki, from Ulunui, from Hakalauai, from the country of Lono situated in the upper regions, in the high heavens, in proper order, in the famous order of Leka. O Lalohana, O Olepuukahonua. O Ku, O Lono, O Kane, O Kanaloa, O the God from Apapalani of Apapanuu, from Kahiki-east, from Kahiki-west, here is the sacrifice, here is the offering. Preserve the Chief, preserve the worshipers, and establish the day of light on the floating earth. Amen, so be it.


[1] Note. Corresponding in every prayer to the Christian Amen, so be it. Literally “It is offered, the tabu is off”, or, “the ceremony is over” [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Prayer. Here is the food great Kawau, of life, Pour out from heaven the love within Hoeu. This is the food, kindling the desire, enflaming the thoughts abiding within. Sleepless I cry for your love, Longing for the place you slept with your husband. From Hamakua to Kula we hid in the pandanus [trees] of Hamakua, We shredded ti-leaves [in] the rain of Hamakua, To hide this thing, the love for each other, A love, a love, my husband in the rain Puhalomoa, of Kula, from the waters of Waiohuli, [Where] he turned around. He Pule. Eia ka ai e Kawau nui, a ola, E hina mai kalani ke aloha mailoko o Hoeu, E eia ka ai ho-a ke kuko, ho-a ka lia, iaia kaulu ku, Ka makalahia e uwe no au i ko aloha, E uwe ia kahi a olua i moe ai me ko kane, Mai Hamakua ’ku a kula peepee puhala kaua o Hamakua, Hunahuna lau ki kaua ka ua o Hamakua; E huna ’ku ana i keia mea o ke aloha i na Io. He aloha, he aloha, ku’u kane i ka ua Puhalomoa, o kula, mai ka wai o Waiohuli la e, Huli mai oia. [[511]]

[[Contents]]

A Song of Jesus.[1]

Jesus was the heaven-conceived chief,

Brought up in the presence of his Father.

The heaven-conceived was brought forth in travail,

Jesus was born in Bethlehem

In the time of Herod the king. 5.

The angels directed the wise men,

The Holy Spirit rested upon Jesus.

When they came by the spirit of the Lord

And saw the child Jesus

They knelt down with gifts and incense 10.

Which they had brought,

And returned again to their homes.

The earth began to show jealous hatred,

Herod was greatly troubled in mind

And the king commanded his officers 15.

To slay all young children of Bethlehem,

And the children in adjoining towns;

Children born within the past two years.

When Herod died

The word spoken by the Lord to Joseph was fulfilled. 20.

When the time of Pilate came,

The enemies of this world greatly increased.[2]

Judas betrayed his Lord.

Jesus was the light of the world,

He was hung on the cross 25.

And pierced with the wicked spear.

Jesus’ teachings were of lasting good.

The first-born of God was slain,

The sinless one,

With head bowed down to the earth 30.

Jesus prayed to the Father,

O Father, O Father![[512]]

Forgive this world,

They did not understand thee.

The angels of heaven mourned 35.

The sun and moon wept,

The heaven was veiled in darkness,

The clouds wept for Jesus,

The darkness fell down at his feet.

Jehovah divided the waters of heaven, 40.

The Messiah returned in his glorious chariot,

Saying unto his disciples:

I am going to heaven,

To the bosom of my Father,

And will send you a teacher. 45.

Jesus departed with the power of the Spirit.

His fame went all abroad,

Jesus was the soldier of Kawaluna.

The land trembled with fear of the multitude;

Together they fled in dismay 50.

At the revelation of the great day of Jesus.

Compassionate art thou, O Jesus,

Who died to save us.

Ours was the guilt for which the Lord died.

By his death 55.

Once only was that sacrifice for sin.

But the death of this world

Is two fold in its nature,

This world, and the world to come,

Life everlasting. 60.

[[511]]

He Mele no Iesu.

Iesu ke ’lii kauhua lani,

Hoowiliwili i ke alo o kona Makua,

Kokohi ka lani, hoiloli kuakoko,

Hanau Iesu i Betelehema,

I ke au i ke alii ia Herode. 5.

Kuhikuhi ka anela i na Magoi

Kau iho la ka Uhane Hemolele maluna o Iesu.

A hiki aku la lakou me ka mana o ka Haku,

Ike aku la lakou i ka Haku ia Iesu.

Kukuli iho la me ka mohai aku i na mea ala, 10.

A lakou i lawe aku ai,

A hoi aku la lakou i ko lakou wahi,

Hoomaka ka honua i ka inaina,

Kahaha iho la ka naau o Herode.

Kena ae la ke ’lii i kona mau kuhina, 15.

E luku i kamalii uuku o Betelehema.

A me na kamalii e kokoke mai ana,

O kamalii i hanau i na makahiki elua,

A make o Herode,

No ia ko ai ka olelo a ka Haku ia Iosepa 20.

A hiki i ke kau ia Pilato.

Mahuahua loa ka enemi o ko ke ao nei.

Kumakaia Iuda i kona Haku,

Olina Iesu i ke ao nei,

I kaulia ’i ma ka laau kea, 25.

O ia i ka ihe ino.

Ko Iesu aoao maikai mau,

Make ’i ke keiki makahiapo a ke Akua,

Ka mea hala ole.

Kulou iho la kona poo i ka honua, 30.

Pule Iesu i ka Makua

E ka Makua, e ka Makua![[512]]

E aloha mai i ko ke ao nei.

Ka poe ike ole mai ia oe.

Uwe kanikau na anela o ka lani 35.

Uwe ka la me ka mahina,

Uhi ka lani poeleele.

Ua ka lewa ia Iesu

Haule ka pouli i lalo o kona wawae.

Mahele Iehova i na wai o ka lani, 40.

Hoi ka Mesia ma kona kaa hoano

Kauoha mai i kana mau haumana

Ke hoi nei a’u i ka lani,

I ka poli o ko’u Makua.

A hoouna mai a’u i kumu na oukou. 45.

Hoi aku la Iesu me ka mana o ka Uhane,

Kui aku la kona kaulana i na wahi a puni.

Iesu ke koa o Kawaluna,

Li haukeke ka aina o ke poi

Pilikua make ke auhee, 50.

I ka hahana o ka la nui o Iesu.

Aloha wale oe e Iesu,

Ko make mau ia makou

No makou ka hewa make ai ka Haku,

O kona make ana, 55.

Hookahi no ia make ana i ka hewa,

Aka o ke ao nei make ana,

Ua papalua ko lakou make ana,

I keia ao, i ke la ao,

A i ke ao pau ole. 60.


[1] This chant is another of those Lahainaluna students’ compositions, which reveals thebiblical training by the mission teachers in its reproduced New Testament narrative.The original paper is without date, or signature, but from accompanying compositions,dated 1837, it very likely belongs to that period. In character it resembles Kekupuohi’sCreation chant of a few years earlier, and may have been influenced thereby, the originalof which, and its translation, by Rev. L. Andrews, will be found in the Hawaiian Spectatorof 1839, Vol. II, pp. 78–80, and termed by him a remarkable production. [↑]

[2] Mahua of the original, like mahuahua, to grow or increase. [↑]

[[Contents]]

The Holy Bible. BY KANUI. The Holy Bible, Precious and wonderfully rich, Being published throughout our country. There is nothing like the precious pearl It is an everlasting gift for God’s people; 5. Those who go prepared With spear, sword and cudgel. The Holy Bible, you are precious, Your word is accepted by your believers here. [[513]] It is sweet, like honey from heaven above: 10. Your strength is like a two-edged sword. You have been cutting in all lands, The hardened minds and averted eyes. Stop, put away tobacco and all evil things. The Holy Bible, 15. Your beauty was seen from the earliest teachers On the hills and on the mountains, In the valleys and ponds; The hill of Zion, the lake of Liberia; The mountain of Gerizim and the valley of Laneka (?). 20. O the Holy Bible, here it is; We have seen with [our] two eyes. There is nothing to be compared [to it] for the peoples uplift. Where is the people ruling, to govern The distorted mind of the Hawaiians, 25. Whereby they would walk uprightly as you desire? Where is the carpenter who proposed this ruling? The rule to straighten the gnarled trees? O the carpenter! search and you will find. There is the uprightness and justness; 30. Take and place [it] in your minds In order to judge the right and the wrong; To distinguish the upright and the crooked. Where is the blacksmith who really believed In his solid hammer 35. Striking heavily The hard iron bars of the mind of the people? There is no one else to break them but you. The Holy Bible, you possess good; You are the weapon which makes the soldier brave. 40. Through you came forth death and the resurrection. Where indeed is the captain Who considers this instruction The correct compass, So that their boats should not be wrecked 45. On the coral strands beyond Where they are sailing? Here is the good leader, The true guide to reach [[514]] The port of the King in New Jerusalem. 50. Therefore, the precious truths we hear Is plainly set forth in the Holy Bible; It is good, beautiful, there are many blessings. Where is the great mirror To reveal all things within? 55. Here is the right mirror For God’s people; Those who look honestly would see all their faults; The envious, the quarrelsome are revealed here, Therefore, [there is] no hammer, no rule, 60. No compass, or mirror, No advisor, no guide for the soul To reach unto heaven But the Holy Bible. [[512]] Ka Palapala Hemolele. NA KANUI. E ka Palapala Hemolele Waiwai nani ano e I hoolahaia mai ma ko makou aupuni nei Aole waiwai e ae i like me ka momi loa He waiwai mau loa ia no ko ke Akua poe kanaka 5. Ka poe hele makaukau Me na ihe, pahikaua, newa nei. E ka Palapala Hemolele, he nani kou Ua ae ia kau hua, e au mau haipule nei [[513]] He ono, he meli, mai luna o ka lani mai 10. O kou ikaika, me he pahikaua oilua la Ua okioki iho oe, ma na aina a pau O na naau paakiki, o ka maka hoomaloka Ua oki, paka haalele, i na mea ino a pau E ka Palapala Hemolele 15. Ua ikeia kou nani, mai ke kumukahiko mai Ma na puu, a me na mauna Ma na awawa, a me na loko Ka puu o Ziona, ka loko o Liberia Ka mauna o Gerizima a me ke awawa o Laneka 20. E ka Palapala Hemolele, ano la Ua ike makou me na maka elua Aohe mea e ae e pono ai na kanaka Auhea la ka rula pololei i rula iho ai? I na naau kekee o kanaka Hawaii 25. I mea hoi e pololei ai, a like me ka manao ou? Auhea la ke kamana i manao ai keia rula Ka rula e pololei ai na laau kekee? E ke kamana, e huli, a e loaa no, Malaila ka pololei a me ke kupono, 30. E lawe, a e kau ma ko oukou naau I ikea ka pololei a me ke kekee I ikea ke kupono a me ke kapakahi Auhea la ka amara i manao oiaio I kana hamare paa nei 35. I kui paluku iho a I na kua hao paakiki o ka naau o kanaka Aohe mea e e naha ai, o oe wale no. E ka Palapala Hemolele, he maikai kou O oe ka pahikaua, i koa ai ka poe koa 40. Maloko ou i puka mai ai ka make a me ke ola. Auhea la hoi ke kapena? I manao i keia alakai, Ke panana pololei I ili ole ai na moku o lakou 45. Ma ka pukoa i ku i ke ohi Kahi a lakou e holo nei Eia ke alakai maikai Ke kukukuhi pololei i hiki aku ai [[514]] I ke awa o ke Alii i Ierusalema hou 50. Nolaila ka waiwai nani a kakou e lohe nei Ua hoike akaka mai ka Palapala Hemolele He maikai, he nani, nui wale ka pomaikai Auhea la ke aniani nui? I ikea na mea a pau iloko. 55. Eia ke aniani pololei No ko ke Akua poe ohua O ka poe nana pono, e ike ia na hewa a pau O ka huahua, o ka hakaka, ua ike ia maanei Nolaila aole hamare, aole rula 60. Aole panana a me ke aniani Aole kuhikuhi, aole alakai no ka uhane E hiki aku ai i ka lani Ke ole ka Palapala Hemolele.

[[Contents]]

The Ignorant. BY PAALUA. You are the ignorant! To look and direct the people wrongly. You are a blinded leader of them And also a general for them, The one who taught them 5. There is life over there; there is death over there. There is the lie. The sinner; the father of the unbelievers; The one who taught them I am the Life, and I am the one to punish 10. Those who do not believe on me. But! Your thoughts are foolish, You taught with cunning, Show us the right way; Teach us with wisdom. 15. But I have cunning. You were smart in teaching. Alas! you are worthless. Show yourself with forwardness; refute the wrongs. [[515]] You are the death. The general of the pit of fire; 20. You are springing like a lion Searching for something to swallow, Like a lioness waiting at the den. So you are the sinner, You are leaping like a real lion, 25. And you are swallowing it as you desired. [[514]] No ka Naaupo. NA PAALUA. O oe e ka naaupo! Ke nana e ao mai i ka poe hewa He alakai makapo oe no lakou He alihikaua no hoi no lakou Ka mea nana e kuhikuhi mai ia lakou 5. Aia ke ola ma o, aia ka make ma o Aia ka hoopunipuni. E ka hewa, ka makua o ka poe aia Ka mea nana e kuhikuhi mai ia lakou Owau ke ola, owau ka mea nana e hoopai 10. I ka poe manaoio ole mai ia’u. Aia ka! he lapuwale kou manao Ao mai oe me ka maalea Kuhikuhi mai me ka pololei Ao mai me ke akamai loa 15. Aia ka! he maalea ko’u, akamai oe i ke ao mai Auwe he lapuwale oe Hookohukohu hoiimaka oe e ka hewa [[515]] O oe hoi e ka make Ke ’liikoa o ka lua ahi 20. Ke lele mai nei oe me he liona la E imi ana i kana mea e ale ai E like me ka liona wahine e moe ana ma ka lua Pela no oe e ka hewa Ke lele mai nei no oe me he liona io la 25. A ke ale io mai nei no oe ia e like me kou manao.

[[Contents]]

The Ignorant. BY KAUWAHI. You are an ignorant; The teacher teaching the people wrong. You are a blind guide for them, A general indeed for them! You are the sinner; 5. The father of the ungodly Who tempted all persons; The enemy of the righteous. You are the death. Where is your power? 10. I liken you to a lion Springing upon us. You indeed are the wise one Who called the ignorant people. Persevere you; seek wisdom, 15. So that you can rightly direct your living. You are the true believer; The one who calleth on the indifferent To repent right away, Or you will fall quickly to darkest night. 20. You indeed are the careless one; The one who taught us To change to carelessness. Alas! you are a barren land. You indeed are the ungodly, 25. The one who denied God. Do not you deny like that; You must consider it first. You indeed are the life; [[516]] The one who enlightened the wicked; 30. The light which leadeth Unto everlasting darkness. You are the adulterer. The deadly pit of the Hawaiians. Alas for us! should we follow after you, 35. You would be greatly delighted. You indeed, who are all sinners, We have nothing with which to refute [you]. Alas for us! should we sink together with you To everlasting death; death of the dark night. 40. [[515]] No ka Naaupo. NA KAUWAHI. O oe e ka naaupo, Ke kumu ao mai i ka poe hewa Ke alakai makapo oe no lakou He alihikaua no hoi no lakou. O oe hoi e ka hewa 5. Ka makua o ka poe aia Ka mea hoowalewale mai i na kanaka a pau Ka enemi hoi o ka poe pono a pau O oe hoi e ka make Auhea kou mana e? 10. Ke hoolike aku nei au ia oe me ka liona E lele mai ana maluna o makou. O oe hoi e ka naauao Ka mea kahea mai i ka mea naaupo E hooikaika oe, e imi i ka naauao 15. I hiki ia oe ke hooponopono i kou noho ana. O oe hoi e ka manaoio Ka mea kahea mai i ka mea palaka E mihi koke oe ano O poho koke oe i ka po 20. O oe hoi e ka palaka Ka mea ao mai ia makou E huli mai oe i ka palaka, Auwe! he kula neoneo oe. O oe hoi e ka aia 25. Ka mea hoole i ke Akua Alia oe e hoole pela E noonoo pono oe mamua. O oe hoi e ke ola, [[516]] Ka mea hoomalama i ka poe hewa 30. Ka lama e hele ana Iloko o ka pouli mau. O oe hoi e ka moekolohe Ka luapau o ko Hawaii nei Auwe makou ke lilo mamuli ou 35. A olioli loa oe. O oukou hoi e na mea hewa a pau Aole o makou mea e pale aku ai Auwe makou ke poho iloko o oukou I make mau, make ma ka po. 40.

[[Contents]]

The Name of Kamapuaa. Recited by his Grandmother Kamauluaniho. Thou art indeed Haunuu, O Haulani, O Kaalokuloku, The shark, the great fish, Make a move, O stalwart chief, Your name, make answer. 5. Your child was born a bundle, That indeed is your name; Rub against the cold dew of Kaala The skin roughened from awa In dwelling above Kaliuliupeapea, 10. Near Akua, Of the fine misty rain In the cold dew of Keke. The pandanus and the lehua are in the uplands, Increasing in the uplands of Kaliuwaa, 15. This is your name, make answer. Your child was born a bundle, The stately eye of the chief; Recognizing eye of the chief; Enchanting eye of the chief 20. That went away To establish relationship with the royal clan, [[517]] O Ku, O Kane, O Kanaloa, The chiefs, ancestral gods of the night; The ancestral gods of the day. 25. The god of wild eye Before Kawa’ewa’e, This is your name, make answer. Your child was born a bundle, Thou art Hiwahiwa, 30. And that is Hanohano, Of the eye of the god That glances to heaven, To place, to shake, to rain. Like the sun flash 35. [Is] my fruit, my chief, When the heavens are obscured. Thou art the man That was born in the uplands of Kaliuwaa, Having eight feet, 40. Having forty toes, The leaf of the hiwa, The ki, the white ki, The white weakling, The trampled hog, 45. The temple stones, The hot stones, The blonde, the dark, The black, the white face, The kukui, the fern, 50. The scratchy pandanus, The matured shoot, the hard rock, The large foreigner with bright eyes, The prize pig of the heavens, The hog bodies of Kama in the bush. 55. Thou art Haunuu, And that is Haulani, And Kaalokuloku, The shark, the large fish. Make a move, your name respond thereto. 60. Your child was born a bundle, Be watchful, be watchful, When you give birth, O Hina, The eyes of the hog They glance to heaven, 65. They glance mountainward, To the mountain of expert Peapea; The hog-child of Hina hath eight eyes. [[518]] By Hina art thou, By Kahikiula, 70. By Kahikilei. Thou art Lonoiki, Thou art Lononui, Of my eyes, My love is this, 75. O Lono. Follow until thou liest on the altar of Olopana; Of our king. Your name, make answer. Your child was born a bundle, 80. Kaulua was the star, Koeleele was the month, The surf was born, the bag of waters, Scattering hither the spray of the sea. Lo the spring water above flows forth, 85. The bath water of man Born to Hooilo, The bursting, contending shark. Ikuwa was the star, Koeleele the month 90. Kama was born. Kaneiahuea was born, A god is he, Kama is human. This is your name, make answer. 95. Your child was born a bundle. Thou art Kaneiahuea, The god with piercing eyes, The eyes that look to heaven, Watching over the island here. 100. In Kahiki was that chief, The young fish of Lono in the distant water trough. Thou art Hiiaka at Puukapolei, Thou art the god of Haia, Thou art Haia, your name, make answer. 105. Your child was born a bundle, For Mumu above, The tumult below. The heaven belongs to Mumu, To Muahaaha, 110. The crawling maggots, to Niniole, Of the seed here, The report came in the day [[519]] Of the powers of the hog; Its tusks, its chewing, 115. Make soft and fine, By Haapekupeku. The hog that roots up the land, Standing on the island of Kauai, He is of Oahu-of-Lua here. 120. Your name, make answer. Your child was born a bundle. Standing high at the cliff, Low are the tusks of the hog. Simply weary is the chief, 125. Simply weary indeed, Simply weary indeed is the chief, The sound of the great chief-eating hog, Eating men also, Wind is raised below Waimea, 130. Going forward to lie on the altar of Olopana, Your name, make answer. Your child was born a bundle, The red collections are going away, The wreath collections, 135. The collecting together the bristles of the hog, The large marketable hog, That it may grow and touch the heavens, Carrying the large house-filling hog, Kaleiheha, Hoohonua, 140. Ukunono, of the noisy sea, Rustling above, rustling below, Slippery Hauiliili, Thou art Kukaleiai, Thou art the man that was born above Kaliuwaa, 145. Having eight feet, Having forty toes. Innumerable are The bristles of the hog here. Your name, make answer. 150. [[516]] Ka Inoa o Kamapuaa. I hea ia e kona kupunawahine Kamauluaniho. O oe no ia e Haunuu, E Haulani, e Kaalokuloku, Ka mano ka ia nui, E ui—e, e ui—lani Kou inoa, e o mai. 5. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, Kou inoa no ka hoi kena, Ili ana i ka hau anu o Kaala Ka ili mahuna i ka awa I noho i uka o Kaliuliupeapea, 10. Maka i o Akua, O ka ua ili noe awa, I ke hau anu o Keke, I uka ka hala me ka lehua Kupu i ka uka o Kaliuwaa, 15. O kou inoa ia, e o mai. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, Ka hanohano maka o ka lani, Kunou maka o ka lani, Awihi maka o ka lani, 20. I haalele aku ai E ku ka iwi i ka ahumanu. [[517]] E Ku, e Kane, e Kanaloa, Na ’lii, na aumakua o ka po; Na aumakua o ke ao, 25. Ke akua maka iolea, Imua o Kawae’wa’e O kou inoa ia, e o mai. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, O Hiwahiwa no oe, 30. O Hanohano na, O ka maka o ke akua, Lele oili i ka lani, O kahi, o ue, o ua, Oane ka la, 35. O ka’u hua, ka’u lani, O hookokohi ka lani, O kanaka oe, I hanau iuka o Kaliuwaa, Ewalu ka wawae, 40. He kanaha ka manea, O ka lau o hiwa, O ke ki o ki-kea, O ka nana-kea, O ka hahi-kea, 45. O ke kakala-unu, O ke kakala-wela, O ka ehu, o ka uli, O ka hiwa, ka mahakea, Ke kukui, ke ama’uma’u, 50. Ka hala uhaloa, Ke a oo, ke a piwai, Ka haole nui maka alohilohi, Ke eo puaa i ka lani, Na kino puaa o Kama i ka nahelehele, 55. O Haunuu oe, O Haulani na, O Kaalokuloku, Ka mano ka ia nui, E ui—e, kou inoa, ae o mai. 60. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, He miki, he miki, I hanau ia mai oe e Hina, Ka maka o ka puaa, E lele ana i ka lani, 65. E lele ana i kuahiwi, I ka mauna o Peapea makawalu, Ewalu ka maka o ke keiki puaa o Hina, [[518]] Na Hina no oe, Na Kahikiula, 70. Na Kahikilei, O Lonoiki oe, O Lononui oe, O kuu maka, O kuu aloha nei la, 75. E Lono e, A haina a moe i kuaahu o Olopana, O ko kakou alii, Kou inoa, e o mai. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, 80. O Kaulua ka hoku, O Koeleele ka malama, Hanau ka nalu, ka inaina, Puhee mai ahu lele kai, Kahe mai ka wai puna la o uka, 85. Ka! ka wai auau o ke kanaka, I hanau ia Hooilo, Ka mano poha ko eleele, O Ikuwa ka hoku, O Koeleele ka malama, 90. Hanau o Kama, Hanau o Kaneiahuea, He akua ia, He kanaka o Kama, Kou inoa ia, e o mai. 95. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, O Kaneiahuea oe, Ke akua maka oioi, Nana ka maka i ka lani, E kilo ana i ka moku nei, 100. I Kahiki na lani, Ka pauu e Lono i ka haiuiu, Hiiaka oe i Puuokapolei, He akua oe o Haia, O Haia oe, kou inoa e o mai. 105. Hanau oe no apopo ka olua keiki, Na Mumu iluna, Na hoowawa ilalo, Na Mumu ka lani, Na Muahaaha, 110. Na ilo eu, na Niniole, Na ka hua nei Na ke lono i ke ao, [[519]] Na ka mana o ka puaa, Na kui, na nau, 115. Na wali, na oka, Na Haapekupeku, Na ka puaa eku aina, Eku ana i ka moku o Kauai, Oahu-a-Lua oia nei la—e, 120. Kou inoa, e o mai. Hanau ae no apopo ka olua keiki, Kiekie ku a ka pali, Haahaa ka niho o ka puaa, Kena wale no i ka lani—e. 125. Kena wale la hoi, Kena wale la no i ka lani, Ka leo o ka puaa nui ai alii Ai kanaka hoi, E ku ka ea i kai o Waimea la—e, 130. O hele ana, a moe i kuahu a Olopana, O kou inoa, e o mai. Hanau oe no apopo ka olua keiki, O hele ana e ka unuunu ula, Ka unuunu lei, 135. Ka unuunu ana o ka hulu o ka puaa, O ka puaa nui maauaua, E kela a kupu a pa i ka lani, Ke amo ana o puaa nui pani hale, O Kaleiheha, o Hoohonua, 140. O Ukunono, o ke kai wawa, O nehe luna, o nehe lalo, O Hauiliili nakelekele, Ku-ka-lee-ai ka oe, O kanaka oe i hanau iuka o Kaliuwaa, 145. Ewalu ka wawae, He kanaha ka manea, He kini, he lau. Ka hulu o ka puaa nei la—e, Kou inoa, e o mai. 150. [[520]]

[[Contents]]

Kamapuaa’s Prayer. A Fragment The rain is descending here, My flesh-god in the heavens, The wreath ladder of Paoa That separates the rain and the sun In the atmosphere, 5. In the great broad smoke-columns, Falling down from heaven to earth, Opening the heavens to rain, Kiouli-Kiomea was born; Kauakahi-iki-poo-waiku was born; 10. Kahakaa-kelu— Kepolohaina, Kuliaikekaua, Lonomakaihe, Lono-iki aweawealoha, 15. Lonopuakau, Apanapoo, Pooilolea. O Kanikawi, O Kanikawa, O Kumahumahukolo, O Kolokaaka, Thou defending gods of Kama, 20. Cause the rain to flow. [[520]] Pule a Kamapuaa. He Apana Iho mai ana ka ua ilalo nei, E kuu kino akua i ka lani, E ka haka lei o Paoa. E mahele ana e ka ua e ka la, E ka alewalewa, 5. E ka punoho nui akea I haule ai ka lani i ka honua, I hookaakaa ai ka lani e ua. Hanau Kiouli Kiomea; Hanau Kauakahi-iki-poo-waiku; 10. O Kahakaa-kelu—e. O Kepolohaina, O Kuliaikekaua, O Lonomakaihe, O Lono-iki aweawealoha, 15. O Lonopuakau, O Apanapoo, o Pooilolea, E Kanikawi, e Kanikawa, E Kumahumahukolo, e Kolokaaka, E na akua hooheu o Kama la—e— 20. Homai ana he ua!

[[Contents]]

Puna Spread with Fertility. Puna spread with fertility, rich in fragrance, Expanding the woods of Panaewa in the rain, A rain, a steady rain for the lehua, A prevailing lehua aspect through much moisture For the hala blossom friend of Kaulumano. 5. Hilo arises [calling] a breeze, a fragrance, A fragrance as of passing over lehua, twice. Vain [was the] cold wind of Omaolena, Revealing toward dawn the cliffs. Many were the falling streamlets; 10. The brook of Palikaua flowed slowly. [[521]] Place on the platform of desire, The place of the thoughts to dwell in, It is love’s dwelling place For Kamehameha. 15. Being handled, red cross [was] the wood, All lama, singing by the falling of the rain. Reddened is the skin of the ohelo by the sun, Sparkling red in the grass [is the] sacred child; A reservoir for the running water loosing itself; 20. A house for the flowers to stand; A place for the lehua to hang up. Place choice fragrant flowers on the person; As one with waving hair; The shining straight leaf of the fern; 25. The fern leaf of the dark fern; A fern, of wild growth only. If you attempted to go there, Desiring the top of the ti leaves, Jealous of the swelling of the kukui, 30. A different comfort had the awapuhi. The eye delighteth in the beauty of the woods, There was no fault in looking with your eyes, Beauty covered all my mountains, Wasted by the birds are my lehua flowers; 35. Shaken and fallen down, Reaching there, Kaliu descended with his offering, Shedding tears, weeping for love For Kamehameha. [[520]] Puna Lau Momona. Puna lau momona ala kuhinia Ka liko ka nahele o Panaewa i ka ua He ua, he ua hoonou paa no ka lehua He lehua maka aulii halana wai No ka ipo hinalo hala a Kaulumano 5. Ke u nei o Hilo, he moani he moani e— A moani ua ani lehua ka lua Ua puulena o Omaolena Kaukau ane uwaiao ka paliku Ua lau maka oa ma ka ihe ka wai 10. Ua laumeki kahawai o Palekaua e— [[521]] E kau i ka awai haka a ka lia Ko ka manao wahi e noho ai Ko ke aloha kuleana hale ia Na Kamehameha 15. Kuau iho la kea nono ka laau He lama okoa memele i ka uaia e ka ua Lelo ka ili o ka pua helo i ka la Ula oaka i ka mauu keiki kapu He ahu no ka wai holo ilina ala 20. He hale waiho ale no ka pua He holopapa no ka lehua e kau ai Kau na lua pua ala i ke kanake e— Me he kanaka lauoho maewaewa la Ke oho hina lau kalole o ka palai 25. He lau palai no palai uli He palai he nahelehele wale no Ke hoohele aku oe malaila Makemake aku i ka muo o ka lauki Makee aku i ka liko o ke kukui 30. Nanea okoa no i kaawapuhi Oa ka maka i ka nani o ka laau Aohe hala o ka maka i nana He nani wale no a na’u mauna Maunaia iho la e ka manu kuu pua lehua 35. Luhia iho la helelei ilalo Hiki ae la, ua iho la uka Kaliu He liu waimaka ue ue aloha. Na Kamehameha.

[[Contents]]

Beautiful is Waialeale. Beautiful is Waialeale in the sky. Sea-waves absorb many waters. The head of Kapaeloa is reached by Keolewa, flying as a bird. Haupu is like a kite to me, 5. Flying kite-like in the heavens; Eyes is it of the sailing canoe. O thou! Why went you away, the companion? [[522]] Upsetting the water to anoint the bed. That man is satisfied through love, 10. Swollen as a snow-covering garment. The snow girdled the summit, Uniting the shoulders of my mountains, The front and back [of] Kahaliukua, Diffusing the akoa tears, offensive water of the mist. 15. Bright is Waimea; Kohala has cliffs; you are above [them]. A canoe is the property of man, The freighting resembles the high platform; Loaded, it groans with its burden. [[521]] Nani Waialeale. Nani Waialeale i ka lani Kai ale hanini ka wai kini Ke poo o Kapaeloa i hiki Keolewa lele e—me he manu la Me he pea la ia’u Haupu 5. E lele kaha lupe ana i ka lai Na maka ia a ka waa holo.—O oe e— I holo i ahaia la ke hoa? [[522]] I kaulia i ka wai, i hinu i ka moe Mimiko ia kanaka he aloha 10. Opuopu me he kapa lele hau la I hau kakoo i ke kuahiwi He pane hono no a’u mauna He alo he kua Kahaliukua O kuu ka waimaka akoa, wai hauna i ke kewai 15. Lama Waimea a ke Kohala ka pali i uka—o—oe—e Ukana ka waa na ke kanaka Ka hooukana me he pola wala Piha loko ua nanahu i ka eha.

[[Contents]]

Koolau Wind of Wailua.

The wind-mist[1] cloud of Wailua

Seeks and embitters the water[2] from the sea.

Wilted are the leaves of food-plants and trees;

Ripened[3] are the stalks, the food of Makaukiu,

The kukui blossoms[4] foretelleth the wind; 5.

A sure messenger of the [coming] koolau.

The results[5] are seen above at Kapehu;

Seen by the people, they call for help[6] from the wind,

[And] warn the canoes to flee [for safety].

The banana leaves come floating[7] down; 10.

The hau blossoms and their mate, mokihi,[8] of the stream,[[523]]

Passeth, floating[9] to the waters of Maluaka;[10]

The sign of that fierce, relentless[11] wind,

Devastating the forest of Maluakele,

Taken[12] together with companion-man, lost, 15.

Leaving[13] the sorrow and memories within,

They vainly[14] grasp the sand,

And simply cry at Moomooiki.[15]

A narration [is this] of the imagination,[16]

Not the word of mouth, which blames,[17] 20.

Else affection would justly hold me guilty.[18]

I am the sufferer[19] of love,

Wandering[20] in the way with tears;

At no time[21] was payment made for the house,

I am indeed guilty. 25.

Ke Koolau o Wailua.

Ka waiopua makani o Wailua,

I huliia e ke kai, awahia ka wai,

Awahia ka lau ai me ka lau hau,

Pala ka ha, ka ai o Makaukiu.

He kiu ka pua kukui na ka makani, 5.

He elele hooholo na ke koolau.

Ke kuehu mai la iuka o Kapehu,

Ike ke kanaka, kahea, ualo makani!

Ke kipaku mai la i ka waa e hele e—

Holo newa ka lau maia, 10.

Ka pua hau i pili aloha me ka mokihi i ka wai,[[523]]

Maalo pulelo i ka wai o Maluaka,

Ke aka o ua makani kaili hoa la,

Kaili ino ka lau Maluakele,

Lala lawe i ka hoa kanaka la, lilo, 15.

Koe aku ka u me ka manao iloko.

Ke apo hewa la no i ke one,

Uwe wale iho no i Moomooiki e.

He hoomooolelo na ke kuhiwale,

Aole ae ma ka waha e hewa ai, 20.

E hewa pono ai la hoi au e ke ’loha.

Owau ka ke ’loha i luaiele,

Ua kuewa i ke ala me ka waimaka.

Aohe wa ua uku hoi i ke hale,

Hewa au e— 25.

[[524]]


[1] Waiopua is the name of a wind at Wailua, Kauai; literally cloud-water. [↑]

[2] When the wind drives the sea into the mouth of a fresh water stream, the salt wateris at the bottom and the fresh water is at the top until it becomes sale, awahia; the wind also affects the leaves of taro plants and the hau, hibiscus. [↑]

[3] Faded, dead are the leaves of the taro, the food at Makaukiu, a place of Wailua. [↑]

[4] As spies, kiu, the kukui blossoms indicate the coming wind, they are swift messengers of the koolau or northerly wind. [↑]

[5] Kuehu, to brush away, kindred to puehu, sweep them away to the mountain side of Kapehu. [↑]

[6] The people cry for safety from the wind, kualo, and warn canoeists to seek places of shelter. [↑]

[7] Floating down, holo newa, to glide slowly. [↑]

[8] Mokihi, like mo kila, a lizard that lives under water, said to be large, hence the proper name Luakiha where they live. [↑]

[9] Maalo, to pass on, pulelo, fluttering, or flying in the wind. [↑]

[10] Maluaka, a place at Wailua. [↑]

[11] Fierce, pitiless wind, kaili ino, that sweeps off his companion and strips the forest leaves of Maluakele, a highplace. [↑]

[12] Lala lawe, swept off from, separated his body and companion, hoa kanaka, whereby he is lost. [↑]

[13] Weeping and reflections remained behind. [↑]

[14] Ke apo, etc., they grasp the sand in vain in their despair. [↑]

[15] Weeping only was at Moomooiki, name of a place. [↑]

[16] It is for supposition to give the history, hoomoolelo, i.e., of the persons separate from each other. [↑]

[17] No one is able to blame them, aole ae, etc., none opens his mouth in condemnation. [↑]

[18] E hewa pono ai, a fault for which I shall be justified by thee, O love. [↑]

[19] I am the one that is greatly influenced by love, luaiele, the action of a mother when meeting her infant whom she has not seen for a longtime. [↑]

[20] Kuewa, etc., homeless, friendless, going crooked in the path from weeping. [↑]

[21] Or, there is no time wherein reward has been made, hence his guilt. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Lahainaluna Chants. A LOVING DIRGE FOR L. L. UA.[1] Alas! the bright morning star has passed away, It was given away to God; It was hidden away by the dark clouds. He may be up with the stars Far above the sky in infinite space. 5. You have seen the beautiful Paradise; The beautiful place of the lamb, That is surrounded with gold and diamonds. Like the friendly rain of Hilo That is on the way to Hanakahi. 10. Loving thoughts predominate, As the yearning of mother and child, Pinching hard the skin of the lover; Firing the wheels of affection permeated with love. [I] am bemoaning thee, 15. Flowing tears doth flow for thee, [Like] the rushing sea of Makaiwa. The thunder roars in the sky, A professor in mathematics wert thou; A professor of science wert thou, 20. Seen by the eyes and seized by hands. Tumultuous was the voice of sorrow Being heard from island to island. Husband and wife separated; Broken are the bands joining Russia. 25. The friend of the sea has gone; Gone to dwell in the calm of Kona; Will not again see the uniting of the isles In the Kailua day of Lahainaluna. Memories of the comrades of the hot day of Makalii. 30. Glory is gone, the beauty has passed away, The elder brother has gone to the friendless land; We are children of the same parents, We shall meet there again, Never to be separated in that realm. 35. [[525]] Thou hast gone first and we shall follow, Weeping in loving remembrance of thee, L. L. Ua, Who has gone alone on the journey of sleep. The teacher has gone, his teachings have ceased; The departed spirit has been laid to rest; 40. Moved to the cliff of Hooipo; Taken there to Wahinekapu, The going off of the loved one To seek the companionship for this barren plain. Loud is the weeping and wailing 45. For the father of the companionless home. Brought together but soon separated; Taken by the rushing wind above. Scattering the fragments of love, Overflowing the top of Waialoha, 50. Loving thoughts are always for thee At the grassy plain of Lele. Take away the breath and life ceases, The breath has ended the thoughts within, The naked soul passed away. 55. Two things that are dear within, The love which has returned Though your soul has departed; Taken away to Kamalama below Before was the light and darkness at the rear. 60. Close thy eyes with love. The soul is returning to the coconut grove of Lele; To the dark clouds of Wailuku; To the cold misty rain of Kula; To the smoky sprinkling rain falling in the grass, 65. Joining the rain and the sun In the cold and chilly time. Return thy soul to Maunahoomaha, Rest from weariness and pain That was scattered, damaging the thicket, 70. The bird that eats lehua of Hauola, The rain-fog that hung over the woods, We thought you were there, but no. A shadow of the soul that went at dawn; At the breaking of the day. 75. The voices of the birds above are gayly singing, Your passing footsteps are sounding [[526]] Like the strange one of Maunapiku, A sad and loving memory of you. My love to Lanihulipo at the smoky crater; 80. Benumbing love, benumbed by the cold, Turning and facing the plain of Nahili; Plaiting mistakingly the faded red flowers of the thicket; Remembering thy love at the plain of Limaloa, Quickly recognizing the beauty of love; 85. Love of the sea of Pailolo and Kaiwi, Where you used to sail. You have gone away with good fortune; Your brethren are left behind in tears; Your elder brothers in sorrow; 90. Your many friends are mourning here, And your teachers are weeping. Your friends of the journey Have gone and passed the shade of Kaawela. Separated are we your brothers from the study room, 95. The room where pursued different studies; It was the ark of wisdom, Unhabited house of the mind, Death is an inheritance of the body. A memory of love to thee, 100. Farewell to thee who has gone ahead To see the heavens and their hosts. Your dreams of wisdom have passed To the double of the square and the thickness of the cube; To the fullness of the square and extract of the square root; 105. To the triangular and the algebra, Geometry and trigonometry; To the surveying and navigation. You have gone to the new Jerusalem, It is the inheritance of just persons; 110. It is the path quieting the wind Which we mistakenly held. You were ahead in all studies. Your studies are over, the body is prepared for its sleep, Sleeping by the sands of Lahainaluna, 115. Upon Jesus the Savior. [It is] for us to be comforted. [[524]] Mau Mele no Lahainaluna. HE KANIKAU ALOHA NO L. L. UA.[1] Auwe, ua nalo ae nei ka Hokuloa malamalama, Ua manuahiia aku la e ke Akua; Ua paniia aku la e na ao Polohiwa. Aia paha la iluna i ka poe lalani hoku, Iluna i ke aouli la oloko lilo aku. 5. Ike aku la oe ia Paradaiso nani; Kahi nani o ke Keikihipa, I hoohiluhiluia i ke gula a me ke diamana. Me he makamaka ala ka ua no Hilo Ka hele no a kipa i Hanakahi. 10. Akahi ke aloha e hana nei, Iloko o ka wahine me ke keiki, Iniki wela i ka ili o ka ipo ahi; Ahi loko huila i ke aloha. Aloha ana oe la e, 15. Ke niuniu oe a ka wai kahe, Kahe makawalu ke kai o Makaiwa. Aiwaiwa ka hekili poha i ka lewa, He ahikanana oe i na mea helu; He puaakela oe i na mea ike, 20. He ike na ka maka lalau ka lima. Nui ka pihe ke wawa nei Ke holo nei ka lohe i na moku. Moku ke kane kaawale ka wahine; Naha ka paa ka pili o Rusia. 25. Ua hala ke kai ka makamaka; Hoi no a noho i ka lai o Kona; Pau ka ike ana i ka hono o na moku I ka la ko Kailua o Lahainaluna, Aloha mai na hoa o ka la wela o Makalii. 30. Ua Ikaboda, ua hala ka nani, Ua hele ke kaikuaana makua o ka aina makamaka ole; He mau kieki kakou na ka makua hookahi, Malaila no kakou e hui ai, Aole he kaawale ana ’ku iloko olaila. 35. [[525]] O oe no ka hiki mua o makou na ukali, He u, he aloha ia oe e L. L. Ua, Ka mea i hele aku la i ke ala koolua ole a ka moe. Ua hala ke kumu, pau ke a’o ana; Moe kinowailua ke kaha ana ’ku nei; 40. Nei aku la i ka pali o Hooipo; Lilo aia i Wahinekapu, Ka hele ana aku nei a ke aloha E imi ana i na hoa kuka o keia kula panoa. Olo ka pihe e uwe ana 45. I ka makua o ka hale hoopili wale. I ka pili no a haalele mai; Popoi na umii hao a ka makani iluna. Hoolelele i na auneke a ke aloha, Ke hele nei a hanini iluna o Waialoha, 50. Aloha wale ke kahana loa oia nei I ke kula pili o Lele. Kaili ka hanu lele ke ea, Ua pau ka makani ka manao aloko, Hele kohana ke kinowailua. 55. Elua mea nani a loko e hana nei, O ke aloha ua hoi mai Ko kino uhane ua lilo e; Lilo aku la ia Kamalama ilalo. Malamalama ke alo pouli ke kua. 60. Papale na maka i ke aloha. Ke hoi nei ka uhane i ka malu niu o Lele: I ka malu kuwawa o Wailuku: I ka ua naulu noe anu o Kula; I ka ua noe uwahi moe i ke pili, 65. I piliia ka ua me ka la Ke anu hoi me ke koekoe. Hoi ka uhane i Maunahoomaha, Hoomaha i ka luhi i ka eha. I lu ia, eha wale ka nahele, 70. E ka manu ai lehua o Hauola, Ka ka punohu a ka ua i ka laau, Kuhi makou o oe ia, aole ka. He aka no ka uhane i hele i ka wanaao. I ka wehe ana o ke alaula malamalama. 75. Kani uina ka leo o ka manu iluna, Nei nakolo na kapuai o kou hele ana [[526]] He mea kamahao ia no Maunapiku, He u he aloha ia oe la e. Aloha Lanihulipo i ka uwahi a ka lua; 80. Aloha maeele, maeele i ke anu, Huli kua huli moe i ke kula o Nahili; Hili hewa i ka pua ula mae a ka nahele; Haale mai ana kou aloha i ke kula o Limaloa, Aole loa e ike i ka mea maikai o ke aloha; 85. Aloha ke kai o Pailolo a me Kaiwi, Kahi au e holoholo ai. Hele aku la no oe me ka pomaikai; Noho kou mau pokii me ka waimaka; Ou poe kaikuaana me ka minamina; 90. Ou nui kini e kanikau nei, O au mau kumu e u nei. Na makamaka ia o kamahele Hele aku la ae nalo i ka malu o Kaawela. Kaawale makou ou pokii o ka hale noele, 95. E noele aku ana i ka apua paa o ka ike; O ka hale lewa ia o ka noiau, Hale hooilina ole o ka noonoo, He hooilina ka make no na kino He u he aloha ia oe la e. 100. Aloha nui oe e ka mea i hele aku la, E ike i ko ka aina lani a me kolaila puali Pau kou hiolani ana i na mea naauao. I ka papalua o ke kuea a me ka makolukolu o ke cuba; I ka hoopiha ana o ke kuea a me ka unuhi o na kumakaha, 105. I ka huinakolu me ka hoailonahelu; Moleanahonua me ke anahuinakolu; I ke anaaina me ka holoholomoku. Holo aku la oe e ike ia Ierusalema hou, Ke kuleanapaa ia o ka poe pono; 110. He ala hoolulu ia na ka makani A makou e kuleana hewa nei. He hiki mua oe iloko o na buke noonoo, Pau ka noonoo la ua lolii ke kino i ka moe, Moe lolii oe i ke one o Lahainaluna, 115. Maluna o Iesu ka hoola. E ala oluolu ai makou. [[527]]
[1] A teacher of the Seminary, recently deceased. By the students of the Lahainaluna Seminary, Feb. 13, 1854. [↑] [1] Kekahi kumu o ke Kulanui i make aku nei. Na na haumana o ke Kulanui, Lahainaluna, Feb. 13, 1854. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Lamentation for Lahainaluna.[1] Love to you Lahainaluna, The chief parent of the Hawaiian Isles, The beautiful golden garment of the poor; The glory of the orphans. You are the one greatly thought of 5. By the new students from Hawaii to Kauai. We are happy over your everlasting beauty; Our minds are ever longing Just to see your honored home, And your beautiful golden fence. 10. O Lahainaluna, love to you, Where wise men have dwelt, There were our hearts made ever glad With the shady trees of your grounds Where your brethren encamp around thee. 15. O Lahainaluna, love to you, The shelter of the learned. You have found a new chief For the residents. From you have come forth 20. The honored men of the Hawaiian government; From your bosom there were sent out Deacons and disciples of the Lord. O Lahainaluna, I love you Who brought out the goodness of the Hawaiian Kingdom. 25. Where shall I find the one you long to see? Let us consider the learned men From Hawaii to Kauai. Is it right to have the flag half-masted By the Hawaiian Kingdom? 30. The sumach flowers turn toward the plain of Puopelu Resting safely with the breeze, the aa, Here we are the orphans, longing to be with thee. O Lahainaluna, I love thee, The breast of the orphans. 35. [[528]] You are the kawelu (grass) at the cliff of Nuuanu; At Nuuanu, the dividing line of knowledge, Seeking for you but never finding you. There you are at the Isthmus of Darien, Overlooking the Mediterranean Sea. 40. O Lahainaluna, I love you. You are the sounding twine of the shoemaker; You are the sledge hammer of the blacksmith; You are the compass of the navigators; And the mud-hen singing at mid-night. 45. I heard a noise while asleep and awoke, O Lahainaluna, I love you. You were a hunch-back among the chiefs; You were the consulting companion of the two winds, The moae and the hauapepee. 50. They are the originators of the kona, To hide away your love Across to the stormy sea of Cape Horn. O Lahainaluna, I love you; Thou art the misty rain of Lilikoi 55. That is agitating my heart. You have seen Waialeale, You were delighted with the water of Haunu, Lovely Kaala sublime in its beauty, It was the beauty of the land, 60. You are the fragrant flower of Ainahau, that is kissed in all lands. In the midst of people, and the jungle of Africa. I love the lehua blooming on the plain, Satisfied in the sojourn that was blessed by the red rain, Murmuring at Kanehoa. 65. You was a friend in time of trouble at Lahainaluna, Just like the pervading of perfumes Flying over to the calm of Lele. I jumped to embrace you, but could not find you You were at Ieheulani. 70. Beautiful lies the field of Kaiwiula. O Lahainaluna, I love you, The greatest in the Kingdom of Hawaii nei. March 30, 1853. [[527]] Kanikau no Lahainaluna.[1] Aloha oe e Lahainaluna, Ka makua alii o ko Hawaii paeaina, Ke kapa gula nani o ka poe hune; Ka lei alii o na keiki makua ole. O oe ka mea i manao nui ia 5. E na haumana hou mai Hawaii a Kauai. Ke olioli nei makou i kou nani pau ole; Ke iini nei no hoi na naau o makou E ake e ike aku i kou hale hanohano, Me ou pa gula nani. 10. E Lahainaluna e aloha oe; Kahi i noho iho ai o ka poe noiau, Malaila no hoi i hauoli nui aku ai ko makou manao Ma na laau malumalu o kou kahua hele Kahi e hoomoana ai o kou mau hanauna. 15. E Lahainaluna, e aloha oe, Ka puuhonua o ka naauao. Ua loaa iho nei oe he pali alii hou No na kupa Hawaii. Noloko mai hoi ou i hoopuka ia mai ai 20. Na kanaka hanohano o ke Aupuni Hawaii; Noloko o kou poli i hookuu ia mai ai, He mau luna haiola na elele o ka Haku. E Lahainaluna e aloha oe Ka mea e maikai ai ke Aupuni Hawaii. 25. Mahea la i huli aku ai kau mea i manao ai? Noonoo pu kakou i na kanaka noiau Mai Hawaii a Kauai. Pono anei ka hae hapa hoailona o ka make E ke Aupuni Hawaii? 30. Ka pua-nele-au nenee i ke kula o Puopehi I walea ka noho ana i ka pa aheahe a ka makani, he aa, Eia makou na keiki makua ole e ake aku ana e launa me oe E Lahainaluna, e aloha oe, Ka waiu o na keiki makua ole. 35. [[528]] O ke kawelu ka oe i ka pali o Nuuanu; A Nuuanu huli ka palena o ka naauao, E imi aku ana ia oe aole ka oe i loaa. Aia ka oe i ka puali o Kaliena, E huai aku ana i ke kai o Kaikahonelua, 40. E Lahainaluna, e aloha oe. O ke kuaina kani ka oe a ka poe humu kamaa; O ka hamale kui hao ka oe a ka poe kui hao; O ke panana ka oe i waena o ka poe holomoku; O ka alae kani kuluaumoe ka oe. 45. Moe au a puoho lohe i ka halulu, E Lahainaluna, e aloha oe. O kahi kuapuu hele ka oe i waena o na ’lii; Ka hoa kuka ka oe o na makani elua. O ka moae a me ka hauapepee. 50. Na laua e hooluli ala o ke kona, I huna aku hoi i kou aloha I alo aku hoi i na lae ino o Kepahoni. E Lahainaluna, e aloha oe; Ka ua noe ka oe o Lilikoi 55. E hakoi lua nei ka puuwai. Ike aku la oe ia Waialeale. Walea aku la oe i ka wai o Haunu, Aloha Kaala he onaona i ka nani, He nani no no ka aina, 60. O ka pua ala oe o Ainahau i honi ia ma na aupuni a pau, I waena hoi o na wahi kanaka a me na auakua o Apelika. Aloha ka lehua aki popohe i ke kula, I walea ka noho ana i ka hoopiha ia e ka ua ula, Ke nu mai la i Kanehoa. 65. He hoa oe i ka la inea o Lahainaluna, Me he wai lukini ala ia e paoa nei Lele hoolahalaha aku la i ka lai o Lele. I lele aku wau e apo ia oe aole oe i loaa Aia ka oe Ieheulani. 70. Nani ke kula o Kaiwiula e waiho nei. E Lahainaluna, e aloha oe, Ka mea ihiihi ma ke Aupuni Hawaii nei. [[529]]
[1] From certain of her students when they heard that they were to leave the Seminary of Lahainaluna because the building was decaying, therefore this song of mourning was sung for her. [↑] [1] No kekahi mau haumana kula o na kuaaina no ka lohe ana mai e waiho ia ana ke Kulanui o Lahainaluna i keia manawa e hiki mai ana, no ka hiolo ana o ka hale; nolaila kanikau ihola makou i ke aloha nona. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Loving Song for the Seminary.

Deep regards, seminary, our mother of education,

Our mother of this place,

Our mother of the hot days,

Our mother of the dust,

Our mother of the cold weather that chills the skin, 5.

The parent of the scattering rain,

The mother of the grass glittering in the sun,

Our regret for thee as thy children leave thee with love,

My mother of the orphanage period in the hot and cold weather.

Thou art cold, my love, 10.

The sun was above and you were below,

Regard to you, O united fame,

My loving mother of the barren hill,

My mother of the pleasant breeze,

My mother of the sea-breeze, 15.

My mother when at play,

My mother when at work,

My mother of the elule[1] food,

My mother in the ascent of steep cliffs,

And the trail of Kuia and Makili, 20.

My mother of the pattering lehua rain.

Makili was the mother of the fog of Kuia,

You were known by the things made by you.

Be compassionate to the woman with child,

The mother who conceives frequently, 25.

You have conceived these four or five years,

You have long conceived

And your time of delivery is at hand.

You fell ill O pregnant woman,

The approach of birth is released, 30.

The red rain of birth is near,

Your time of labor is one of these days.

My love to you and the rest of your children,[[530]]

Our love for our younger brothers,

Our loving mother of the red dust, 35.

Our loving mother, farewell.

Farewell to thee, I return to the dry place,

And the two-masted schooner which shadowed thee, farewell.

Your face is hid, we cannot see you, our beloved,

Our younger brother whom we love, who saw the place through you, 40.

Ate at this hot and barren place.

If I searched for you here I should find you,

And by letters would you be found.

Memories of school, devotion, lunch, roaming, sleeping, playing, and working time.

If you searched there you would find us, 45.

Memories of our parents, farewell to you all.

[[529]]

He Mele Aloha no Kulanui.

Aloha ino o Kulanui ko kakou makuahine ma ka naauao,

Aloha ka makua o keia wahi.

Aloha ka makua o ka la welawela,

Ka makua o ka lepo,

Aloha ko kakou makuahine o ke anuanu lia o ka ili, 5.

Ka makua o ka ua kawalawala,

Ka makua o ke pili anapanapa o ua kula la nei la,

Aloha ino no hoi oe o haalele kau mau keiki ia oe la, ea aloha,

Aloha kuu makuahine o ka wa makua ole ua pili ia ka la, ka wela, ke anu,

Ke koekoe ia oe la, e aloha, 10.

He la ko luna o oe ko lalo,

Aloha oe e kaulana huipuia,

Aloha ka makua o ke kula panoa,

Kuu makua o ka makani olu,

Kuu makua o ke aheahe a ka aa, 15.

Kuu makua o ka paani ana,

Kuu makua o ka hana ana,

Kuu makua o ka ai ka elule.

Kuu makua o ka piina ikiiki o na pali,

Ka holo o Kuia ame Makili, 20.

Kuu makua o ka ua kanikani ’lehua.

Makiki ka makua o ka ohu noenoe o Kuia.

Ua ike ia oe ma na mea i hana ia nou.

Aloha ka wahine hapai keiki,

Aloha ka makuahine hapai pinepine. 25.

Ua hapai iho nei oe i keia mau makahiki eha a elima,

Ua loihi kou hapai ana

A ua kokoke mai kou wa e hanau ai.

Hoiloli iho la oe e ka wahine hapai,

Hemo mai la inaina hanau keiki, 30.

A ua kokoke mai ke kuakoko e hanau ai.

E hanau ana no nae oe i keia mau la.

Aloha oe a me kau mau keiki i koe,[[530]]

Aloha ino na kaikaina o kakou,

Aloha ka makua o ka lepo ula, 35.

Ka makua aloha, aloha.

Aloha oe ke noho iho ke hoi nei ma ka maloo,

A ma ka moku kialua huna ka huina ao uli ia oe la e, aloha.

Nalo na maka pau ka ike ana ia oe, e aloha,

Aloha na pokii o kakou i ike ia keia wahi ia oe la e! 40.

Ai no i keia kula wela e au.

Ina i huli ia oe ma keia wahi e loaa no,

A ma na palapala e loaa no oe.

Aloha ke kula ana, ka pule ana, ka ai ana, ka hele ana, ka moe ana, ka pani ana, kahana ana,

Ina oe i huli malaila, e loaa no, 45.

Aloha na makuakane o kakou, aloha oukou a pau.


[1] Elule, young potato leaves. [↑]

[[Contents]]

A Song for Lahainaluna. You are Lahainaluna, The parent of the educated, You were organized with wisdom. And thy works therefore are indeed good. You are the foremost in Hawaii here, 5. You are in an elevated place, Your several buildings also are always clean. Your fence and roads are good. You are, Lahainaluna, The father of the orphans, 10. A friend of the friendless, A light to shine in the dark place, A guide for the unknown places. You provide the food for famine lands. You are, Lahainaluna, 15. You are a sharp two-edged sword, Separating the darkness Of all these islands. [[531]] Alas, O Lahainaluna, You are filled with wisdom, 20. You have the knowledge and the skill. You are Lahainaluna, the one I love, You are also desired By all the well educated people. April, 1841. [[530]] He Mele no Lahainaluna. O oe e Lahainaluna, Ka makua oe no ka naauao, Ua hookumuia oe me ke akamai. O kau mau hana hoi he maikai no ia. O oe hoi ke pookela ma Hawaii nei, 5. Aia hoi oe ma kahi kiekie ae, O kou mau hale hoi he mea maemae no ia. O kou mau pa, a me na alanui, he maikai no ia, O oe hoi, e Lahainaluna. Ka makua no ka poe makua ole, 10. He makamaka no kahi makamaka ole, He kukui hoi no kahi pouli, He alakai no oe no kahi ike ole ia, Ia oe ka ai no kahi ai ole. O oe e Lahainaluna, 15. He pahikaua oilua oe, E hookaawale ana i ka pouli O keia paeaina a pau. [[531]] Auwe oe, e Lahainaluna, Ua piha oe i ka naauao, 20. Ia oe no ka ike a me ka noiau. O oe e Lahainaluna, ka mea a’u i aloha ai, Ua makemake ia hoi oe E ka poe naauao io a pau.

[[Contents]]

A Song. BY KAMAKEA. Beautiful Lahainaluna, the great school Where students are mingling, And the red dust is blown By the fickle upland wind, And the cold dews of the dawn from above 5. Cried out, asking, who were the teachers? Andrews and Clark were the teachers. Beautiful Lahainaluna the great school At the gathering of the students In the cool sea-breeze 10. And the hot sun glittering at noon. Students look well dressed in their best In their uniform of the seminary As they are parading about. A day for the students 15. [Was] the first Monday of the week, Friday was composition day, Thursday and Friday were trial days. My thoughts go back to Lahainaluna. To the enlightening flowers of the mind. 20. Wisdom reverts to Lahainaluna, The receptacle where teachers were stationed. Beautiful Lahainaluna the seminary. The white dining halls, And the glistening of the windows 25. At the rising sun from Pa’upa’u, And the clouds facing the windows. Beautiful are those red clouds, At the parting of the rain was seen Lahainaluna nestled in the pili grass, 30. [[532]] Whitening the plain of Lele, Glorying over lower Lahaina. The thought was lost, [It] almost returned to America, The place whence it came. 35. The sea is before your eyes. The bell rings early in the morning, At the breaking of the dawn of day. Awake, move, and go to devotion. The bell rang, the teacher entered, 40. After devotion a few minutes of rest. The bell rang again, breakfast was ready. Kamakau was weeping, Having the routine tasks, Resting and praying. 45. After breakfast, time for work, Working with our hands for food. April, 1839. [[531]] He Mele. NA KAMAKEA. Nani Lahainaluna, i ke kulanui I ka hio a na kamalii, I ka hao mai a ka lepo ula I ka makani lauwili mauka mai. I ka hau anu o ka wanaao mauka mai 5. E uo e ninau, owai na Kumu? O Aneru, o Kalaka, o na kumukula ia. Nani Lahainaluna i ke kulanui I ka uluaoa a na haumana I ka makani olu makai mai 10. I ka la ulili anapa i ke awakea. Nani na haumana i na wawae paikini I ke kapa komo like o ke kulanui. Ka hookakahele a na haumana He la no na haumana 15. Ka Monede mua o ka hebedoma, He la hai manao ka Feraide, He la hookolokolo kiko ka Tarede a me ka Feraide. Hoi ka manao i Lahainaluna, I na pua hoolale a ka manao. 20. Hoi ka ike i Lahainaluna, I ka ipuholoholona a na kumu kahi i waiho ai. Nani Lahainaluna i ke kulanui. I ke keokeo mai a na halepuna, I ka anapa mai a na pukaaniani 25. I ka la hiki mai ma Pa’upa’u, I ke ao pa pono mai i ka pukaaniani. Nani wale ia ao ula, I naha ka ua i ike Lahainaluna noho i ke kulapili, 30. [[532]] Hoaiai ana i ke kula o Lele, Kei ana iluna o Lahainalalo. Ka manao ua nalowale, Ane hoi i Mareka (Amelika), I kona wahi i hele mai ai. 35. Ke kai alo i ka maka. Kani ana ka bele i ka wanaao, I ka wehe ana o ke pewa o ke ao. E ala! E eu! E hele i ka pule. Kani ka bele komo ke kumu, 40. Pau ka pule hoomaha i na minute, Kani hou ka bele he bele aina ia, Ue ae nei o Kamakau, E mea ka paluku haina ma, Hoolai ka noho e pule ana, 45. Pau ka ai, hele i ka hana, Ka hanalima no ka ai.

[[Contents]]

A Song of Lahainaluna. BY KIAIKAI. Beautiful art thou Lahainaluna, The trees that are grown on good soil; Grown and covered by thy leaves. Under thy shade everyone rests, Shading the places that were not shaded; 5. Darkening where nothing green was seen. Planted on uncultivated soil, That is why we call you a tree, Sheltering these islands. Thou art standing alone on this barren hill, 10. And this place was shaded by you, You are famous for your shade And loved also by the lands. For you were grown in the dark. The people of that place have raised you; 15. They have fed you With the things to develop you, Your leaves have grown and are beautiful, You must be stronger than all the plants. March, 1839. [[532]] Kahi Mele ia Lahainaluna. NA KIAIKAI. Nani no oe e Lahainaluna, Ka ka laau i ulu ma kahi lepo maikai; Ulu a maikai kou mau lau. Malalo o kou malu na mea a pau. Ua hoomalu aku la oe ma kahi malu ole; 5. Hoouliuli aku la ma kahi uliuli ole. Kanu ia ’ku la oe ma kahi i kanu ole ia; Nolaila hoi kapa ia aku oe he laau, E hoomalumalu ana i keia paeaina. Ku iho la oe ma keia kula panoa, 10. A ua malu keia pae wahi ia oe, Kaulana aku la oe no kou malu, Ua aloha ia hoi ia e na aina, No kou ulu ana iloko o ka pouli, Na ko laila poe i hoala ia oe; 15. Hanai mai la lakou ia oe Me na mea e ulu ai oe, Ua ulu a maikai kou mau lau, E ikaika oe mamua o na mea ulu a pau. [[533]]

[[Contents]]

Lahainaluna Seminary. BY PAALUA. Of the Seminary seeking knowledge, It seeks to multiply, to subtract, to divide. Located there on the grassy plain of Lele [Is] the reflection of its glass windows. The misty rain is falling on the Puopelu plain, 5. The eyes of the people of Lahaina are attracted [And] they inquire: What is that object of Lahainaluna That is glittering on the plain of Puopelu? It is the first time this wondrous thing of Lahainaluna is seen. 10. Turn, look at the wondrous object of Lahainaluna Shining and glittering forth. Go up and look, and see the beauty of Lahainaluna, You will see the Seminary building and the wondrous things Where the learned people reside, 15. [And] will see the dormitory of the students. March 8, 1839. Kulanui Lahainaluna. NA PAALUA. O ke Kulanui imi akamai, Nana i imi ka hoonui, ka hoolawe, ka puunaue, Ke noho mai la i ke kulapili o Lele Ka hulalilali a na pukaaniani. Ke kewai la e kahe ana i ke kula o Puopelu, 5. Kaha ka maka o ke kanaka o Lahaina Ninau ae la; He aha la kela mea o Lahainaluna Ke hulali mai la i ke kula o Puopelu? Akahi no a ikeia keia mea kupanaha o Lahainaluna, 10. E huli, e nana i ka mea kupanaha o Lahainaluna Ke alohi anapa mai la. E pii e nana, e ike i ka nani o Lahainaluna, I ike aku au i ka hale Kulanui a me na mea kupanaha Kahi o ka poe naauao e noho ai. 15. I ike aku au i ka hale moe o na haumana.

[[Contents]]

A Lamentation. BY KAAUEPAA. Affection, Affection, my companion, My companion in the cold and the chill; My companion in the heat of the day; My companion of childhood; 5. My companion from the floating land; Love, my companion, weep. My companion of uninhabited region; My companion seeking things mysterious, [[534]] Seeking American people of education; 10. Brought hither from foreign lands. Love to you, O my companion; My companion peopling the uninhabited region. Beautiful are the proud flowers, Beautiful are the shade grown flowers. 15. When well opened The patch owner rejoices In his flowers here. July 13, 1840. [[533]] He Uwe Aloha. NA KAAUEPAA. Aloha, Aloha ku’u hoa, Ku’u hoa i ke anu a ke koekoe, Ku’u hoa i ka wela o ka la, Ku’u hoa pili kamalii, 5. Ku’u hoa mai na aina lewa, Aloha ku’u hoa u. Ku’u hoa o kahi kanaka ole, Ku’u hoa imi i na mea pohihihi, [[534]] I imi ia e ko Amerika poe naauao, 10. I lawe ia mai mai na aina e mai, Aloha oe e ku’u hoa. Ku’u hoa hoolau kanaka o kahi kanaka ole. Nani na pua hoomahie, Nani na pua ulu malu, 15. I mohala maikai ai Olioli ka mea kihapai I kana mau pua nei.

[[Contents]]

Lunalilo. Moving, the heavens fell by the rolling of Kieleula, By the sweet voiced lunihini in the woods. By right the chief could not say anything From within Hinawaikolii. The central precious tax of the upper Haea 5. To raise up red Malani so as to be heard. He was from Kalanipulei; As the chief stood forth, nine prostrated, Divided through the prostration they escaped this, The eyes reverted not on seeing clearly, 10. I went on, tired of him. Here you are. Kona was lazy for the sun was hot, Huehue was enjoying the gentle land breeze, Not wearied by the hand of Hikuhia. 15. The standing staff of Mailehahei Shielding only those having confidence. What are you doing there, Keawaawa? You came back by the aalii leaf road, Kamakuhi smelling fragrant flowers of Kapuulena. 20. Let us look, he is here; He was meek, gentle was his living In receiving these good things, sitting quietly. Here you are. Lunalilo. Naue hina ka lani na ke kaa Kieleula, Na ka lunihini leo lea i ka nahele. Na ka pololei kani kua ole na ’lii. Mailoko mai o Hinawaikolii. Ka onohi palalahiwa i ka uka Haea 5. Ka ea Malani ula i kau ka lohelohe, Na Kalanipulei ia nei. Na ka lani ke ku mai eiwa ka moe. Moku loko i ka moe a ua ola onei Hoihoi ole ka maka ke ike aku, 10. Hele hoi au a molowa iaia, Eia la—oe. Molowa Kona ua wela i ka la, O Huehue kai apo’a e ke kehau, Kaumaha ole i na lima o Hikuhia. 15. Ke kalele ku a Mailehahei Hilinai wale iho no i ka hilinai. Heaha kau e Kaawaawa o laila? E hoi mai oe i ke ala lau alii, Kamakuhi hanu pua ala o Kapuulena. 20. E nana e kakou, eia ianei, Ua akahai, ua kakuu mai ka noho. I ka hiki o nei mea maikai he noho malie, Eia la—oe. [[535]]

[[Contents]]

Beautiful Land of Hawaii. BY NUUANU. You are pleasant toward strangers; You are kind and loving, Your nights have no rain, it is calm also, A safe refuge art thou for ships; You give them rest in their troubles. 5. Hawaii has gained a victory, yet only an island, Bare above, nothing growing, Jehovah caused things to grow, He produced the growing plants. Beautiful and lovely are the isles, 10. He distributes benefits; The soil is rich; Every plant is growing well, The taro, the potato, the yam, Whereby hunger is appeased. 15. The water-melon and the cane are good, They are desirable products; The cotton is good, It brings riches to men, Hope for Hawaii’s future. 20. Have a mind to go there, The people are kind, not angry, It is finished to crumbling. September, 1839. Nani na Aina o Hawaii. NA NUUANU. He oluolu kou i na malihini; He lokomaikai me ke aloha, Aole ou po ua, ua noho malie hoi, He puuhonua maikai oe no na moku; Ia oe no e maha, lakou pilikia. 5. Ua ea Hawaii he moku wale no, Olohelohe ko luna, aohe mea kupu. Na Iehova i hoopuka mai, Nana hoi i hana i na mea ulu. Nani he maikai ka aina, 10. Ua hookupu maikai mai oia; He momona ka lepo; He kupu maikai na mea kanu, He kalo, ka uwala, ka uhi, He mea ia e maona ai. 15. He maikai ka ipu, ke ko, He mau waiwai maikai ia, He maikai ka pulupulu, Ko ke kanaka pomaikai ia, Lana ka manao ia Hawaii. 20. Manao e holo ilaila, He oluolu na kanaka, aole huhu, Ua pau a elu.

[[Contents]]

Song Book of Kalaikuaiwa. IN HEAVEN IS POLOULA. BY KALAI OF KONA. There in heaven is Poloula, the chief star, The twinkling star, Fluttering in the cross of the sky. Keawe and Kalanikauleleiaiwi, The line of chiefs from out of the East, 5. The banana field that stood in the time of Pukea, [[536]] The small parent who radiates Kahualoa. Kalanikupuapa the high chief, the ancestor, Springing forth the joy and desire To seize the hand, confirming the voice 10. That this is my lehua field. Here you are. There in Mana [is] the shadow, the mirage, Searching for Kalama Kopii, Found at the fifth of Ainaike, 15. A work of the residents of Limaloa, Erecting houses at Papiohuli. The house of the thick cloud at Kaunalewa was finished, The ridge bonnetted by Kalauamaihiki. So you have come over here, 20. I have gone to seek food For our house warming, Here you are. Buke Mele na Kalaikuaiwa. KA LANI POLOULA. NA KALAI O KONA. Aia i ka lani Poloula, ka hoku alii, Ka hoku maka imoimo, I hulili ma ka pea o ka lani. O Keawe o Kalanikauleleiaiwi, Ka lalani alii puka mai ma ka hikina, 5. Ka e’a maia i ku i ka wa o Pukea, [[536]] O ka iki makua nana e kaa Kahualoa, O Kalanikupuapa i ka laninui, ke kupuna, Kupu mai nei ka olioli me ka makemake E lalau ka lima e hooko i ka leo 10. O ka’u kula lehua noia, Eia la oe. Aia i Mana ke aka! ka wai liula. E imi ana ia Kalama Kopii, Loaa i ka hapa lima o Ainaike, 15. He hana ka ke kamaaina o Limaloa. E kukulu kauhale ana i Papiohuli, Paa ka hale a ka naulu i Kaunalewa, Ke kaupaku ia la e Kalauamaihiki. Ua hiki mai ka oe ianei, 20. Ua halaau i ka imi mea ai I mea komo no ka hale o kana, Eia la—oe.

[[Contents]]

Hakaleleponi. The bitter gourd had protection of chiefly kapu, The fragrant shrub of the stream, The chief’s pillar it was of Kaka’e. A retinue, gathered compassionately for the Kakaalaneo, A water-course dam for the noisy place. 5. There was the wonderful chief’s residence For the kapued stream of Kamakaalaneo. The house was silent and empty, no people; The bed was not used, Perhaps onward in the small room, 10. Here you are. The heavens turned back, the chief turned front, Turned from Keaka the chief’s tree, The ancestral ohia from the woods, The mamaka sprouting field of Piilani, 15. Plucked [by] the resident the leaves call. [[537]] The overturned leaf of the kapu; Kapu of Kauwaunui, the flute. Go [thou] according to the urging of the desire; The mind leading the body, 20. But you would be tired of the love, Here you are. Here am I, the kuahine rain, Raining in the woods of Kaau, Joining friendly the dews of Keehu, 25. The dew drops of the misty cloud, Dripping to flood, floating the nene blossoms, For the teasing kupukupu in the Waikoloa, Working craftily on the plain of Kanoenoe, Deceiving the native born resident of that place; 30. The many above Kokoloa. When you called the meal was finished, You were famished with hunger, You had better have some salt, It is the best there is. 35. Here you are. [[536]] Hakaleleponi. O ke kamanomano alii kapu ka uhi, Ka aala makahinu o ke kahawai, Ka pela ’lii noia a Kaka’e. He kini haehae ahu no ke Kakaalaneo, He pani mano wai no ka halulu kahi, 5. Nolaila mai ka noho kupanaha ’lii, No ke kahawai kapu o Kamakaalaneo. He neoneo wale no ka hale, aohe kanaka. Waiho wale iho no kahi moe, Eia ’ku paha i na rumi liilii, 10. Eia la—oe. Kaakua ka lani, kaa alo ke ’lii, Kaa mai Keaka ka laau alii, Ka ohia kumakua mai i ka wao. Ka hoowaa ulu o mamaka o Piilani, 15. Kapaipai ke kupa oha ka lau; [[537]] Ka lau kahulihuli’a o ke kapu, Kapu a Kauwaunui ka ohe. O hele i ke koi a ka makemake; Ke kono a ka manao i ke kino, 20. O oe no nae ke luhi ana i ke aloha, Eia la—oe. Eia ’u e ka ua kuahine, E ua nei i ka nahele o Kaau, Au hoolaua o Keehu wai kehau, 25. Ka huna wai kehau a ke kiowao, I kulu kio, halana i ka pua o ka nene, Ne ke kupukupu hone i ka Waikoloa, Hana maalea i ke kula o Kanoenoe, I puni ke kupa, ke kamaaina o laila; 30. Ke kini mauka o Kokoloa. Ea mai nei oe ua pau ka ai ana, Oki loa oe i ka pololi, E aho no ka pu paakai a’e, He ma’u noia, 35. Eia ’la—oe.

[[Contents]]

Kaiahua. Fly above the relentless path of the wind, Sickened by [the] head rain of Ikuwa, Treading the borders of Kaawela, At the eyeball of Manohina at Makalii, The women above Nuumealani, 5. At the heaven cross of Kuhana heaven In the flowering thicket of Laumalahea That called me to you in your day [of] rejoicing. If you got angry your chin was firm; Becoming indignant your mouth closed, 10. Extended the long lizard tongue. This man was displeased with you. What kind is it? the thing is rubbish, Here you are. Perhaps scattered 15. There at Kaukini [is] the bird-fearing fire, [[538]] A fire bewildering birds for Pokahi That were snared above Kaawana. A fish-net it is of Kamaino, A bag (of Hasai) gathered fog from the mist. 20. The net is spread in the smoke, The fish is seized by hand of Puawalii, A chief whose love is a curiosity to us, An awa passer, an accuser, A river-mouthed lobster for him and I. 25. Here you are. [[537]] Kaiahua. Lele iluna ke ala ino a ka makani, Hooliliha i poo ua o Ikuwa, Hehi hele i ka lihilihi o Kaawela, I ka onohi o Manohina a Makalii, O na wahine iluna o Nuumealani, 5. I ka pea lani o lani Kuhana, I ka uluwehiwehi lau pua o Laumalahea, I hea mai oe ia’u i ko la lealea. (Huhu iho oe ku ko nuku), A hiki mai ka ukiuki paa ko waha, 10. (Hemo ke lelo loa o Pelo), Wahawaha keia kanaka ia oe, (Heaha ke ano, he opala ia mea), Eia la—oe. (Puehu paha). 15. Aia i Kaukini ke ahi kanai manu, [[538]] He ahi kanalio manu no Pokahi Ke hoohei ’la i luna o Kaawana, He upena mahae ia na Kamaino, He eke (a Hasai) hului ohu na ka noe. 20. Ke kuu ’la i ka upena o ka uwahi, Hei ka ia lauahi lima o Puawalii. He alii ke aloha he milimili na kakou, He a’e awa he pii poo, He ula ai nuku na maua me ia nei. 25. Eia la—oe.

[[Contents]]

Keohokalole. BY MAKUE. The chief’s girdle is sacred to a chief. Liloa was girded with the girdle of great power, The girdle that compassed Umi the chief. Chiefs outspread to ten descendants; Descendants set aside for Kanikawi 5. Whose were the four burning ancestors. A sacred chief’s countenance had Kauhi, governor of Kama. You are from Kamalua, the love discerning man. Because he had many friends he went forward, He went forward and backward. 10. Here you are. Kawaikini resembled Waialeale, Resembled and agreed at Maunalima, Boasting of the fine lehua buds, Wishing perhaps to hear Hauailiki 15. Regarding the work of Kukalakamanu. I have affection for Aipo, A longing for a sight of Kahelekua. The hunger troubles of Koianana Measure it, place its full length, 20. Covering the width and breadth To completely satisfy your desire. Here you are. Keohokalole. NA MAKUE. O ke Kaailani kapu na he ’lii, Kaa mai Liloa ke kaa i ulu nui, O ke kaai mawaho o Umi ke ’lii. Na ’lii lau manamana i umi ka pua; He mau pua wae ia no Kanikawi, 5. Nona na kupuna ahi eha. He maka lani kapu no Kauhi aimoku a Kama. Mai Kamalua oe ’ke aloha i ke kanaka, I na ia na la he hoa lehulehu He hele imua, hoi ana i hope, 10. Eia la—oe. Hookohu Kawaikini i Waialeale. Ua hookohukohu i Maunalima, Ke kaena ’la i ka lehua maka noe, E ake paha e lohe Hauailiki 15. I ka hana wale a Kukalakamanu. He aloha ko’u ia Aipo, O ka ike wale aku ia Kahelekua. Ka haiki pilikia o Koianana Anana ia kau i pau ka loa, 20. I pau ka laula me ke akea Pau pono iho ’la no kou makemake, Eia la—oe. [[539]]

[[Contents]]

Moeholua. The chief is the chosen warrior, skin-striped by the kapu, The kapu of Kukona of Ahukinioloa, [The] sacred road from Kahiki Comes [to] the chief, the eatable rough fish skin. Kaulua-heavenly-altar-sacrifice, the chief. 5. The fish of the fish-pond of Kinilau That were caught by the hook of Manaiakalani Do not praise the men. The one who desired The maile as a bed room for the auhau. 10. The resident is signaling at the fire-place; The all-absorbing altar of the fire at Makuaiki, Seeking the swelling Pueo, the decoration. Odorous mokihana, the fragrant plant of Makana With my companion Kaana at Waialoha. 15. There is at Honopu, Waikanaka, A man to love should you see [him], A companion for the lonely place, The close companion who is residing here. Here you are. 20. Moeholua. O ka lani ke koa ili ohiili onionio i ke kapu, Ke kapu o Kukona o Ahukinioloa, Alalaa mai Kahiki Hiki ka lani ka ia ili kalakala ili ai. O Kaulualelemohailani ke ’lii, 5. Na ia o ka pa ia a Kinilau, I hoolou ai i ka makau o Manaiakalani. Mai hoolanilani i ke kanaka, Ka mea nana i makemake He lumi moe ka maile no ka auhau. 10. Ke kuehu mai ’la ke kupa i ka momoku; Ka lele makawalu a ke ahi i Makuaiki, E imi ana i ka liko Pueo, ke hei, Noenoe mokihana ka ihu anu lauae o Makana Me o’u hoa Kaana i Waialoha. 15. Aia la i Honopu i Waikanaka, He kanaka ke aloha i ike oe, He kokoolua no kahi mehameha, O ke hoa pili no ia e noho nei, Eia la—oe. 20.

[[Contents]]

Kanaina. The kaona flower befogs the sky, Hanging in the smoke-house of Kanaloa Kuaana. The red bird with two sharp defenses, Struck by the spurs of Makakaualii, The red makoko octopus in the deep sea. 5. Bones of Maka hung out in the rain. The weapon that excelled in length Was Kane of the Iwilani rain, Like the great heavens was the love. The beating of the heart pained, 10. [[540]] The twisting hurt across the man’s back, Here you are. Nuuanu is turned to the wind; The hands have seized the kiowao rain Contending with Leleaanae. 15. Waipuhia was well pleased, The haao rain resounded with laughter; [The] kukui consorted with the ahihi; With the kamakahala wreath of Malailua. I am exceedingly ashamed of you 20. By your going around taking my name When I flew by as a runner. Here you are. [[539]] Kanaina. Ka pua kaaona maka uwahi ka lani, I kau i ka hale uwahi o Kanaloa Kuaana. O ka moa ulahiwa i paku lua ka oi, I ku i ke kakala o Makakaualii, O ka hee makoko ula i ke kai eleele. 5. O iwi kau i ka ua, a Maka, O ka hia i pakela ka loa O Kane i ka ua Iwilani, Me he lani nui la ke aloha. Ke kuikui i ka houpu a eha. 10. [[540]] Eha ka hilo ka pea kua o ke kanaka, Eia ’la—oe. O Nuuanu ua huli i ka makani; Ua lalau na lima o ka ua kiowao. E aumeume ana me Leleaanae 15. Ua komo ka lealea ia Waipuhia, Ke kani nei ka aka a ka ua haao; Kukui haele me ka ahihi; Me ke kamakahala lei o Malailua. He lua ole kuu hilahila ia oe 20. I ko lawe hele i ko’u inoa Pulelo ana ’u me he wahi kukini ’la, Eia la—oe.

[[Contents]]

Love Chants. Kalolou is another chief who stands visible, A cudgel is the quivering fish-line of Kanaloa; A gasping for breath of Kane. The contending forehead that day; Kanehoalani of Kauahoa, 5. My companion which accompanied Kihi of Kauahoa was he, Not an assistant; you are the one who seeks knowledge. With you as companion the tears would flow, Shortened is the sleep for spiritual possession. He is indeed sleeping, 10. Careless and to no purpose, Just listening here and there And retaining much that is worthless. Love is what he should keep, To rejoice should he touch flesh; 15. A dazzling leaf, a concealed veil of his; A skin which strikingly resembled Mano’s. It is Mano of the sacred awa-root, The sacred hill, to be appeased when the kapu is properly observed. Where is the station that will give him peace? 20. The bosom only is satisfied by union, [[541]] With its being touched by man And in the confusion takes on the color of his skin. Ruddy is the war crier on the day of battle, The skin is [like] that of Kama; 25. A countenance of a most sacred child-chief, a wonderful chief. Hard indeed is its sacredness when it is used, Deprived of the seizure of the night, is destitute; Thou art gone, the true sun. When the excitement arrived I fell with thee, 30. We fought and came near rebelling, We came near fighting on your account, But you are not behind me, Yet I am unduly excited for your love. A lover is the large headed cloud on the plain of Kema, It is hanging above Kamahualele, Simply appearing hitherward Is the spirit of my lover. I thought it was your voice making reply; 5. It came to me wet and weak with flowers in its hand. Return, look after me, lest you regret And say it is for him to look after his own. How I love the call of the young geese, It cried on account of the cold as it crept along; 10. It is thoroughly wet with the cold of the dew. It is simply waving from below the sea, And increasing is the kookoolauwahine (wind), My companion in the calm of Puna, Of the plain of Kahunanahai; 15. A lover in the house—the long house, From the pili flower-treading rain of waahila. Makahuna is ashamed, I hid it so as to be secure, But my tears revealed it and it became known. 20. We are known, my love, The love was known without any voice, Yet I longed for your coming; On your coming a house is here, [[542]] Let us enter where it is warm. 25. The expansion of the smoke; When it smokes there are birds, if it’s bird smoke, This is a night for smoking birds on Kaukini. The multitude of fowlers of Pokahi With nets without hoops by Puawa’lii. 5. A chief is the bird-fire for Kaauana indeed. I cried until I was short of breath When I heard that my lover had a companion; On my arrival the companion was gone, My bed was given for their desire 10. Which caused this person to dwell with love. At Apua is the lama bud, It is being covered over by this misery, The light mountain fog of Kaolina At the cliff of Hakuna in mountain fastnesses, [it] is crying, 15. Repenting and offering my body a recompense For the endearment which we have enjoyed; For the endearment which rejoiced my heart toward you and Possessed me with gentle love And made me love the person in the presence 20. Of the lover! Here is a lover, a woman who talks of evil. I see that my companion has become strange, He does not recognize me, his companion in sin, yet here I am. I am going to meet my wind companion In the days at Kualani kini, 25. [A] companion at Waikupolo. I am saddened, for evil lurks within. Loving is the water which moistens the edge of the cloud, It is welling over in tears, Weeping at the beach until out of breath; Weeping from the beach to the uplands to be quieted. The cry is a rain, it is raining from the beach to be quieted in the uplands, 5. Quieting the bud of the wild kalo; [[543]] A rain which feeds the baskets of kalo blossoms, The kalo with hard roots standing in the lehua, Lehua kalo at the lehua uplands in Kona. Laukona cane is the cane growth above, 10. Here it is, born and held on high; It is the wonder of yesterday, Gladdened long ago for the attachment was great, Entangled outside of the vine. The heavens are darkened, greatly darkened by the rain, Covered with blackness is the mountain, The mountain of Leleanae. The head of Lanihuli is crown turned; Is facing the wind. 5. O ye wind, there is fragrance. What would you, haao, the rain wreathing the kamakahala Which has matured above Keki? The leaves grow, the flowers develop large, Nurtured by the rain of Nuuanu. 10. O thou cold, what is it? The shadow of the chief arose lobster like, Bathing in the water of the clouds in heaven. It has grown large and is trailing, The rain cloud is a benefactor to Kona. I feel sorry for Kona, it is hurt, it is sweltered by the sun. 5. The plain of Kailua is sore, It is struck on the side by heat as a child untied and left to himself. The rocks toward the sea lie by themselves, Nothing to disturb them, The breast of the calm is not panting, 10. The face wet and slippery with dew, The dew of the ice from the mountain, A water without body by the wind, Just simply wetting the food To give life to the food of Wainae. 15. Let there be a resting so that The pangs of love would be assuaged, And the weariness of desire That is yours,—to desire until it is placed in your quiver, When within there is a friend, a call 20. issues forth, here I am. [[540]] He mau Mele Aloha. O Kalolou ia lani ka i ku mea, O ka newa ka kolili aho o Kanaloa; O ke kaahiki mauliawa o Kane, O ka naenae hoa na lae ia la, O Kanehoalani a Kauahoa, 5. Kuu hoa i hoohoa’i o Kihi kapua a Kauahoa ia, Aohe hoa; o ka hoa imi akamai oe. O oe no ka hoa e hua ka ue, Nainai hoi ka moe hoomanamana. He moe la ka i ana, 10. Ka lau a hikaua, E hoolono ae ana i o ia nei, Nui wale hoi ka mea e malama’i. Ka ukana e malama’i o ke aloha, E hoolea i na he pa kino lau; 15. He lau kolii he paku ia ia; He ili aai i kohu no Mano. O Mano ia o ka puawa kapu, Ka pue kapu he kena ka ke kapu wale i pono. Auhea ka pahu e malumaluhia’i oia? 20. Ua ono wale ke alo i ka pili na mai, [[541]] I ka pa kanaka ana mai. Pioloku ai kohu ai ka ili, Ehu o ka la kaua no ka la kauehu, A Kama ka ili, 25. He ili lani hiwauli, he lani ku hao, Nahao na moe ke haona nei. O ka haona o ka po nele ia, ua nele, Hele oe ka la io. Hiki ka inoa kaeo hina wau mamuli ou, 30. Kaka anehe maua e kipikipi. Mai hakaka la maua ia oe, Aole ka oe mamuli ou, Kaeo hewa ana a’u i kou aloha. He ipo ke ao poo nui i ka laula o Kema, Ke kau mai la maluna o Kamahualele, Ke lele wale mai no ia nei Ke kahoaka o kuu aloha. O ka’u ia e manao nei o ko leo i ka pane ana mai, 5. Pa iho ia’u eloelo nawali au ka pua o ka lima. Ho’i, mai nana oe ia’u o aloha oe aunei, Ke i mai iaia no paha ke kii i ka ua. Aloha wale ke oho pua o ka nene, Ua ue wale i ke anu i kokoloea 10. Ua pulu ko u i ke anu a ka hau, Ke ahe wale mai la no mai lalo ke kai A ulu ke kookoolauwahine. Kuu hoa i ka la o Puna, I ke kula wale o Kahunanahai, 15. He ipo i ka hale halauloa, Mai ka ua hehi pua pili waahila. Hilahila o Makahuna, I huna no wau e nalo, Hai kuu waimaka i kea, 20. Ikea kaua e ke aloha. Ua ike no i ke aloha po loa i leo, He ake ko hiki mai, A hiki mai oe he hale ko onei, [[542]] Maloko nei kaua ka mehana hoi. 25. O ka liko o ka uahi Uahi nae manu uahi manu e Poahi manu o Kaukini e O ke kini lawaia manu o Pokahi Upena kuku ole o Puawa’lii 5. He ’lii ke ahi manu no Kaauana au e Uwe wale no au a pau ke aho I ka lohe ana mai he hoa ko kuu aloha ala Ea ana a’u ua lilo ka pili Ua haawi kuu moe i make ai 10. I noho ai nei kanaka me ka ’loha Aia i Apua ka liko o ka lama Ke hina ia aku la e ka maino E ka noe ohu mauna o Kaolina I ka pali o Hakuna i na au mauna e ue ana 15. E mihi ana i kuu kino i uku No ka moe i moe iho nei a No ka moe i hauoli ai kuu manawa aa ia oe a Uluhia maoli e laka ke ’loha Aloha ia aku i ke kanaka i ka maka 20. O ka ipo eia he ipo he wahine haina ino Ua ino mai la ka ua hoa la Ike ole mai nei ia’u a maua i moe hewa la eia hoi E hoi ana a’u e pili i kuu wahine makani I na la i Kualani kini 25. Hoaloha i Waikupolo Poele a’u la ua loko ino. Aloha ka wai kio i ka maka o ke ao; Ke hoohalokoloko mai la e ue, Uwe no i ke kai a pau ke aho; Ue no mai kai a hala i uka. He uwe he ua, he ua hoi mai kai a uka, 5. Hoonana i ka maka o ke kaluulu; [[543]] Ka ua hanai kihene apu pua kalo, Na kalo uia a hao kumaka lehua, Kalo lehua mauka o lehua a Kona. Ko laukona maka ulu o na ko i luna, 10. Eia la a hanau ka luna; Ka hao i nehinei, Ua olioli i kahi ko iki ole la ka pili, Hihia iwaho o ka hue. Polani po hewa i ka ua, Eleele panoa ke kuahiwi, Ka mauna o Leleanae. He panepoo no Lanihuli, E haliu ana i ka makani. 5. E ka makani e he ala, Heaha kau e ka haao e ka ua lei kamakahala Ua makua i luna o Keki. Ulu ka lau kaha ka pua, Maawe i ka ua o Nuuanu. 10. E ke anu e heaha la? O kupu hawawae ke aka o ke ’lii, He auau i ka wai maka opua i ka lani. Ke koiawe ae la he makua, He makua ke ao ua no Kona. O Kona kau aloha, ua eha, ua pepehiia e ka la, 5. Ua napele ke kula o Kailua, Ua pa aoao i ka wela me he keiki mai hana hemo la. Hemo haalele ke a o ke kai, Waiho malie wale iho no, Naenae ole ke alo o ka lai, 10. Alokele pahee i ke kehau, Kehau wai hau no ka mauna, He wai kino ole na ka makani Ke hoomau wale no i ka ai, I ola ka ai o Wainae. 15. Auhea no la i na lea iho e Ka oopa a ke aloha, Ka malohilohi i ka makemake O kau ia o ka makemake a komo he pua la. Maloko i makamaka e hea mai ai owau e. 20. [[544]]

[[Contents]]

Ode to Love.

A wicket-gate is Nuuanu for the wind;

A threatening blackness for the wind-driven rain;

A stone fenced pond for the kioao;

For my anae, at Leleanae.

There above is Waipuhia

With my aholehole at Lanihuli,

Which swim in great numbers in the waahila rain.

Say, eat.

Shame abides with the masterless fishermen,

For the fish-baskets have been taken away,

Leaving only the coarse receptacles.

He Mele Aloha.

Hana makaha[1] Nuuanu na ka makani[2]

He paulihiwa[3] na ka ua haao[4]

He loko pa pohaku no ke kioao[5]

Na ku anae[6] no Leleanae,

Ai la iluna o Waipuhia.[7]

Me a’u aholehole[8] i Lanihuli.

Ua holo a nui i ka ua waahila,[9]

A—i, e—a,[10]

Hilahila[11] ka noho ana o ka lawaia haku ole.

Ua ohi’a[12] ka ipuholoholona a pau;

I ahona i ka inaluahine hoi a.

[[545]]


[1] Makaha, a wicket gate or door at the mouth of fish-ponds where the water can enter but wherethe fish cannot escape. [↑]

[2] Paulihiwa, pauli, poetic for pouli; hiwa, exceedingly black as a threatening cloud. [↑]

[3] Haao, name of a kind of rain at Koolau accompanied by black darkness. [↑]

[4] Loko papohaku, Nuuanu is likened to a lake fenced with a stone wall. [↑]

[5] Kioao, name of the rain at Nuuanu; poetically speaking, Nuuanu in the great rain is swimming with water. [↑]

[6] Anae, a kind of fish at the Leleanae place in upper Nuuanu. [↑]

[7] Waipuhia, name of the waterfall on the right as seen in going up Nuuanu, lit., the water blown (by the wind). [↑]

[8] Aholehole, name of a flat round fish at Lanihuli, a place near the cascade. [↑]

[9] Waahila, name of the rain on the tops of the mountains. [↑]

[10] A-i-e-a, chorus. [↑]

[11] Hilahila, shame covers fishermen without masters. [↑]

[12] Ua ohi ’a, etc., the fish worms are all gathered; inaluahine; inalua, name of the basket fishermen have wherein to throw various things. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Song to Hiiaka.

The high surf-pit breaks upon the shore;

It bursts on high, breaking pointedly by the storm.

With deafening noise the lehua of Kaniahiku roars,

The woman who consumes the lehua of Kaumu.

The rocks bubble till they hurt, 5.

By the seizures of the fire sported with by the puulena wind.

The island is drawn up; the land is flattened down;

The sky is lowered; the mountain is thrown into surf;

The ocean broken up, Kilauea overflows.

Say, Papalauahi becomes a cave. 10.

Pele pierces her body; the hail,

The rain that cometh from heaven.

The earth travels in an earthquake,

The hailstones fall with confusing noise;

Then Puna rises up on high. 15.

Low is the growing pillars of cloud.

The upland of Keahialaka is like a sandy colored blossom,

Girdled by the fire of Waiwelawela

Of the crater, eh

Woe betide those that near the crater dwell. 20.

He Kau[1] no Hiiaka.[2]

Apopoi,[3] haki kaikoo, ka lua,[4]

Haki ku, haki kakala,[5] a ka ino.

Paia[6] kuli, uwo lehua, no Kaniahiku[7]

Wahine ai lehua o Kaumu[8]

Kupukupu,[9] a eha ka pohaku[10] 5.

I ka uwalu[11] a ke ahi i ke kaunu[12] a ka puulena[13]

Huki ka moku,[14] papapa ka aina.

Haahaa ka lani, kaikoo ka mauna.[15]

Ha[16] ka moana, popoi[17] Kilauea.

Halelo o Papalauahi[18] e— 10.

O mai Pele i o[19] na kino, ka hakikili,[20]

Ka ua mai ka lani mai.

Nei ka honua i ke olai,

Haka Ikuwa[21] ka poha koeleele,

Ku mai Puna kiekie, 15.

Haahaa ka ulu a ka opua,[22]

Pua[23] ehu mai la uka o Keahialaka,

Pa-u[24] i ke ahi Waiwelawela,

O ka lua e.

Aloha ua poe la o uka o ka lua e. 20.

[[546]]


[1] He kau, the portion of a mele or poetical part of a kaao to be sung, interlarding its recitation. [↑]

[2] Hiiaka, the youngest sister of Pele, renowned for her supernatural powers, particularlyfor strength. [↑]

[3] Apopoi, to turn over as the ridge of the surf when breaking; haki, its breaking; kaikoo, high surf or sea. [↑]

[4] Ka lua, the pit Kilauea. [↑]

[5] Haki kakala, it breaks in rough drops. [↑]

[6] Paia, a confused noise; kuli, deafening, stunning noise; uwo, to bellow, roar. [↑]

[7] Kaniahiku, name of a place at the volcano. [↑]

[8] Kaumu, the oven, an epithet of Kilauea. [↑]

[9] Kupukupu, the action of the bubbling, boiling lava. [↑]

[10] Pohakau, poetical for pohaku. [↑]

[11] Uwalu, waluwalu; to grab, seize hold of anything available as in climbing a precipice, so the fireseizes any combustible material. [↑]

[12] Kaunu, playing, sporting, of a man and woman; here the play of the wind with the fire. [↑]

[13] Puulena, name of the wind that blows from Kilauea towards Hilo. [↑]

[14] Huki ka moku, i.e., Pele draws up the land as in a mountain, to papala, flatten down. [↑]

[15] Kaikoo ka mauna, throws the mountains into surf. [↑]

[16] Ha for haki, breaks up. [↑]

[17] Popoi, overflow; Kilauea breaks up and overflows. [↑]

[18] Name of a place near the volcano. [↑]

[19] O, to stab, pierce; na kino, bodies. [↑]

[20] Hakikili, the rain of hail; hail stones are termed hua hekili. [↑]

[21] Ikuwa, name of a month; poha, poetical for pohaku, elision of the ku because the next vowels begin with ko; koeleele, loud noise or sound. [↑]

[22] Opua, clouds that appear low, haahaa, and stand up as pillars. [↑]

[23] Pua ehu, to blossom a sandy color; trees scathed with fire. [↑]

[24] Pa-u, girt about with the liquid fire of the pit. [↑]

[[Contents]]

Ode to Kaiko.

Borne aloft is the water by the wooden viaduct,

The water that is borne by the wiliwili of Poloiea,

That the food of Keaokuukuu may find nourishment.

From the water is the food of Kamananui;

From Kawaihapai even to Kaena.

A disturbed thought exists within thee there,

Fire rages within, it flames with desire to sleep,

The bones are wrung through desire,

The praise of Haaheo is a puukauila,

Thou art proud indeed.

He Mele na Kaiko.[1]

Auamo[2] i luna ka wai haka laau[3]

Ka wai a ka wiliwili[4] o Poloiea,

I ola ka ai o Keaokuukuu.[5]

I ka wai ka ai o Kamananui.[5]

Mai Kawaihapai[5] no a Kaena.

He ena[6] ’loha kou e noho mai la,

Ua ’hi loko[7] ua lapalapa[8] i ka moe.

Ua uina[9] ka iwi o ka makemake,

Ua puukauila[10] na io o Haaheo.[11]

He heo no e.[12]

[[i]]


[1] A song of Kaiko, a petty chief, caused by grief. [↑]

[2] Auamo, to bear, carry. [↑]

[3] Haka laau, etc., a ladder; here a rude aqueduct of sticks of timber put up so as to carry water. [↑]

[4] Wiliwili, the kind of timber used for the water trough of Poloiea, a place in Waialua. [↑]

[5] Place-names in Waialua; from Kawaihapai (lit. the fruitful water) to Kaena, the northwesternpoint of Oahu. ↑ [a] [b] [c]

[6] He ena, a perturbation of mind from having injured one, hence, a dislike or fear of theperson. He ena ’loha ko’u, i.e., Haaheo, his wife, love estranged or set upon by another; e noho mai la, that is here exhibited or that exists within you. [↑]

[7] Ua ’hi loko, i.e., Haaheo on fire internally; fire rages within. [↑]

[8] Ua lapalapa, it flames with desire to sleep (cohabit). [↑]

[9] Uina, to wring off, twist, break; the bones are wrung off through desire. [↑]

[10] Puukauila, puu, a bunch; to resemble one to the kauila (one of Hawaii’s most valued trees) was to speak in praise of him. [↑]

[11] Haaheo, the wife of Kaiko. [↑]

[12] He heo no e, chorus from the last syllable of Haaheo. [↑]

[[Contents]]